LAND USE REGULATIONS
DIVISION A: AGRICULTURE, FORESTRY AND FISHING
01. Agriculture Production-Crop
02. Agriculture Production-Livestock
07. Agricultural Services
08. Forestry
09. Fishing, Hunting and Trapping
DIVISION B: MINING
14. Mining and Quarrying of Nonmetallic Minerals, Except Fuels
DIVISION C: CONSTRUCTION
15. Building Construction-General Contractors and Operative Builders
16. Heavy Construction Other Than Building Construction Contractors
17. Construction-Special Trade Contractors
DIVISION D: MANUFACTURING
20. Food and Kindred Products
22. Textile Mill Products
23. Apparel and Other Finished Products Made From Fabrics and Similar Materials
24. Lumber and Wood Products, Except Furniture
25. Furniture and Fixtures
26. Paper and Allied Products
27. Printing, Publishing and Allied Industries
28. Chemicals and Allied Product
29. Petroleum Refining and Related Industries
30. Rubber and Miscellaneous Plastic Products
31. Leather and Leather Products
32. Stone, Clay, Glass and Concrete Products
33. Primary Metal Industries
34. Fabricated Metal Products, Except Machinery and Transportation Equipment
35. Industrial and Commercial Machinery and Computer Equipment
36. Electronic and Other Electrical Equipment and Components, Except Electrical Computer Equipment
37. Transportation Equipment
39. Miscellaneous Manufacturing Industries
DIVISION E: WAREHOUSING, TRANSPORTATION, COMMUNICATION, ELECTRIC, GAS AND SANITARY SERVICES
40. Railroad Transportation
41. Local and Suburban Transit and Interurban Highway Passenger Transportation
42. Motor Freight Transportation and Warehousing
44. Water Transportation
45. Transportation by Air
47. Transportation Services
48. Communications
49. Electric, Gas and Sanitary Services
DIVISION F: WHOLESALE TRADE SELLING PRIMARILY TO RETAILERS, INDUSTRIAL, COMMERCIAL, INSTITUTIONAL USERS, ETC.
50. Wholesale Trade-Durables Goods
51. Wholesale Trade-Nondurable Goods
DIVISION G: RETAIL TRADE SELLING PRIMARILY FOR PERSONAL OR HOUSEHOLD CONSUMPTION
52. Building Materials, Hardware, Garden Supply and Mobile Home Dealers
53. General Merchandise Store
54. Food Stores
55. Automotive Dealers and Gasoline Service Station
56. Apparel and Accessory Stores
57. Furniture, Home Furnishings and Equipment Stores
58. Eating and Drinking Places
59. Miscellaneous Retail
DIVISION H: FINANCE, INSURANCE AND REAL ESTATE
60. Depository Institutions
61. Nondepository Institutions
62. Security and Commodity Brokers, Dealers, Exchanges and Services
63. Insurance Carriers
64. Insurance Agents, Brokers and Service
65. Real Estate
DIVISION I: SERVICES
70. Hotels, Rooming Houses, Dormitories, Camps and Other Lodgings
72. Personal Services
73. Business Services
75. Automotive Repair, Services and Garages
76. Miscellaneous Repair Service
78. Motion Pictures and Theaters
79. Amusement and Recreation Services, Except Motion Pictures
80. Health Services
81. Legal Services
82. Educational Services
83. Social Services
84. Museums, Art Galleries, Botanical and Zoological Gardens
86. Membership Organizations
87. Miscellaneous Services
88. Private Households
89. Miscellaneous Services, Not Elsewhere Classified
DIVISION J: PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION
91. General Government Not Elsewhere Classified
92. Justice, Public Order and Safety
(Ord. No. 1996-227, §§ 8—18, 11-26-96; Ord. No. 1997-279, § 2, 7-15-97; Ord. No. 1997-280, § 1, 7-15-97; Ord. No. 1997-525, §§ 3, 4, 11-25-97; Ord. No. 1998-203, §§ 3, 4, 11-24-98; Ord. No. 1999-01, § 2, 1-12-99; Ord. No. 1999-22, § 3, 3-10-99; Ord. No. 1999-94, § 2, 8-17-99; Ord. No. 1999-137, § 3, 9-28-99; Ord. No. 2001-44, § 1, 5-8-01; Ord. No. 2002-84, § 3, 8-13-02; Ord. No. 2002-92, §§ 3, 4, 8-13-02; Ord. No. 2003-44, §§ 2, 3, 4-22-03; Ord. No. 2003-63, § 2, 7-15-03; Ord. No. 2063-69, §§ 5—7, 8-19-03; Ord. No. 2006-463, § 3, 10-17-06; Ord. No. 2006-488, § 1, 10-24-06; Ord. No. 2006-489, § 4, 10-24-06; Ord. No. 2007-59, §§ 1—6, 8—14, 3-6-07; Ord. No. 2008-146, §§ 1—4, 11-25-08; Ord. No. 2008-159, §§ 1, 2, 12-9-08; Ord. No. 2009-55, §§ 1, 3, 4, 4-14-09; Ord. No. 2009-207, § 1, 10-13-09; 2011-121, § 2, 9-3-11; Ord. No. 2012-31, §§ 1—3, 1-10-12; Ord. No. 2012-55, § 1, 2-14-12; Ord. No. 2012-229, § 1, 5-8-12; Ord. No. 2013-31, § 2, 3-12-13; Ord. No. 2013-105, § 7, 10-8-13; Ord. No. 2014-67, §§ 3—5, 5-13-14; Ord. No. 2014-94, § 1—6, 7-15-14; Ord. No. 2014-95, §§ 2—5, 7-15-14; Ord. No. 2015-125, § 2, 9-22-2015; Ord. No. 2015-142, §§ 2—6, 10-13-15; Ord. No. 2016-082, 1—6, 7-19-16; Ord. No. 2016-102, § 9, 9-13-16; Ord. No. 2017-026, §§ 2, 3, 3-28-17; Ord. No. 2018-043, § 8, 4-10-18; Ord. No. 2018-079, §§ 1, 2, 7-17-18; Ord. No. 2020-097, § 2, 8-18-20; Ord. No. 2022-083, § 1, 6-21-22; Ord. No. 2023-236, § 1, 11-28-23)
Editor's note— Ord. No. 2013-125, § 1, adopted Nov. 6, 2013, amended former Part 7, §§ 54-250—54-262, in its entirety to read as herein set out. Former Part 7 derived from this codification of the zoning ordinance and the following: Ord. No. 1999-54, § 4, 4-27-99; Ord. No. 2009-205, §§ 1, 2, 10-13-09; Ord. No. 2007-230, § 1, 12-6-07.
Editor's note— Ord. No. 2011-45, § 1, adopted June 21, 2011, amended former Part. XI, §§ 54-266—54-273, in its entirety to read as herein set out. Former Part 11 pertained to the Commercial Corridor Design Review District. See the Zoning Ordinance Comparative Table for a listing of ordinances which have amended former Part. 11.
Editor's note— Ord. No. 2005-603, § 1, adopted Oct. 18, 2005, repealed former Pt. 12, §§ 54-274—54-285, in its entirety and enacted new provisions as herein set out. Former Pt. 12 pertained to similar subject matter and derived from Ord. No. 2003-69, Exh. A, adopted Aug. 19, 2003.
Editor's note— Ord. No. 2007-213, § 1, repealed former Part 13, §§ 54-286—54-295, in its entirety and enacted new provisions as herein set out. Former Part 13 pertained to similar subject matter and derived from Ord. No. 2004-77, § 1, 8-17-04; Ord. No. 2006-397, §§ 2—8, 9-12-06; Ord. No. 2007-79, § 1, 4-10-07
Editor's note— Ord. No. 2015-142, § 1, adopted October 13, 2015, added a new Part 17, §§ 54-300—54-312. Inasmuch as these sections already exist in Article 3, to avoid duplication of section numbers, these sections have been renumbered as §§ 54-299.21—54-299.33 at the discretion of the editor.
Editor's note— Ord. No. 2016-102, § 4, adopted Sept. 13, 2016, added provisions numbered as Part 17, §§ 54-299.16—54-299.23. In order to avoid conflicts in the numbering of provisions the editor has renumbered these added provisions as Part 18, §§ 54-299.51—54.299.58.
a.
Conservation, C District. A district designed primarily to protect and encourage the appropriate use of marshlands, forested areas, scenic areas, and agricultural areas that are not likely to be developed for urban purposes in the reasonable near future.
b.
Agricultural, AG-8 and AG-S Districts. The AG districts allow agricultural, crop production, animal production, forestry, and related uses as well as various type of residential and recreational uses, and other related uses, some commercial uses, resource extraction/mining, and some manufacturing and production uses as allowed uses, conditional uses or special exception uses depending on the specific type and size of the use. The AG-S district also allows asphalt and concrete recycling uses as a conditional use. Most of the regulations for the AG districts can be found in Article 10.
c.
Rural Residential, RR-1 District. The RR-1 district allows agricultural and silvicultural uses as well as most uses allowed in the SR districts. RR-1 requires a minimum lot size of 12,500 square feet and limits density to 3.5 units per acre.
d.
Single-family Residential, SR-1, SR-2, SR-3, SR-4, SR-5, SR-6, SR-7 and SR-8 Districts. The Single-family Residential (SR) districts allow for one-family detached dwellings with maximum densities of 4.8, 7.3, 7.3, 10.9, 17.4, 8.7, 1 and 2.9 units per acre respectively, with varying setback, height and lot occupancy requirements.
e.
Single- and Two-family Residential, STR District. The STR district allows single- and two-family dwellings and all uses permitted in the SR districts. The minimum lot size for a two-family dwelling is 9,000 square feet for a maximum density of 7.3 units per acre.
f.
Diverse Residential, DR-6, DR-9, DR-12, DR-1, DR-1F, DR-2, DR-2F Districts. The DR districts allow multi-family residential (3 or more) dwellings and one-family attached dwellings as well as single- and two-family dwellings. Density limitations are 6.0, 9.0, 12.0, 19.4, 19.4, 26.4 and 26.4 units per acre respectively. Within the DR-1, DR-1F, DR-2, DR-2F districts, the Board of Zoning Appeals may approve as a special exception, fraternity houses, sorority houses, dormitories, and homes for the elderly.
g.
Diverse Residential, DR-3 District. The DR-3 district is intended to promote acceptable living environments for occupants of mobile home parks as well as occupants of mobile homes, and manufactured homes and non-mobile home residential dwellings on single lots outside of mobile home parks. Uses allowed in SR and DR districts are also allowed in the DR-3 district. The minimum lot size for a mobile home or manufactured home on its own lot is one acre.
h.
Diverse Residential, DR-4 District. The DR-4 district allows multi-family dwellings of 20 or more units for the elderly. Such structures are subject to development standards relating to maximum lot area per living unit, height, lot coverage, as well as other development requirements.
i.
Residential Office, RO District. The RO District is intended to allow limited office uses within converted residential structures along major roadways. This district shall provide for the daily convenience and personal service needs of the surrounding community and shall be designed to mix compatibly and aid in the preservation and stabilization of the local neighborhood. The RO zoning district is not intended to permit the loss of viable housing stock.
j.
General Office, GO District. The GO district is intended to provide for professional, administrative, executive and government offices including, but not limited to, medical, insurance, real estate, attorney, engineering, and financial offices. Accessory uses intended to compliment office uses are permitted pursuant to Section 54-212.
k.
Commercial Transitional, CT District. The CT District is intended to protect, preserve and enhance residential areas while allowing commercial uses which are compatible with the adjacent residential areas. In addition to allowing a limited number of commercial uses, the size and hours of operation of certain uses are restricted.
l.
Limited Business, LB District. The LB district is intended to provide for a limited variety of commercial uses and services associated with neighborhood retail, financial and office activities which are compatible with residential areas. The hours of operation for most permitted commercial uses are restricted to between 7 a.m. and 11 p.m. Gasoline service stations are permitted as a conditional use. Prohibited uses include, but are not limited to bars, liquor stores, car washes as a principal use, bowling alleys, billiard parlors, dance halls, restaurants with drive-thru service windows, and automobile sales.
m.
General Business, GB District. The GB district is intended to provide for a broad range of commercial uses and activities. It is the most intensive commercial zoning district. Prohibited uses include junk and salvage yards, and storage yards (except for vehicles and boats). Mini-warehouse/self-storage uses may be permitted as special exception uses subject to the approval of the Board of Zoning Appeals. Automotive repair shops, communication towers, gas stations, short term lenders, veterinary clinics, and stables may be permitted as conditional uses.
n.
Urban Commercial, UC District. The UC district is intended to allow high density residential development in a commercial zoning district that permits the same commercial uses as the General Business district.
o.
Mixed Use, MU-1 District. The MU-1 district is intended to permit high density residential uses along with a limited variety of neighborhood commercial uses and services in urban areas of the city.
p.
Mixed Use, MU-2 District. The MU-2 district is intended to permit high density residential uses along with a broad range of commercial uses and activities in urban areas of the city.
q.
Business Park, BP District. The BP district is intended to accommodate service type commercial, wholesale, storage, and light manufacturing uses with relatively limited external effects in a high quality environment. Uses which fit into this category are characterized by being low traffic generators, having no external environmental effects across property lines, and having all outdoor storage screened from adjoining rights-of-ways and properties by a minimum six-foot tall solid fence or wall and landscape buffer, if required. Automotive repair shops and veterinary clinics are permitted only as special exceptions subject to the approval of the Board of Zoning Appeals.
r.
Light Industrial, LI District. The LI district is intended to permit most commercial uses and low impact industrial uses which are compatible with surrounding commercial districts. More intensive industrial and manufacturing uses are permitted as conditional uses if the uses satisfy specific performance standards. Storage yards are permitted only as special exceptions subject to the approval of the Board of Zoning Appeals.
s.
Heavy Industrial, HI District. The HI district is intended to provide for a broad range of industrial uses. It is the least restrictive industrial zoning district. Junk yards and storage yards permitted only as special exceptions subject to the approval of the Board of Zoning Appeals.
t.
Gathering Place, GP District. The GP district is intended to promote mixed-use town, village, and neighborhood centers around the city at major intersections or along traditional commercial streets. Diverse housing, mixed-use, pedestrian oriented development are permitted within this district.
u.
Mixed Use 1, Workforce Housing, MU-1/WH District. The MU-1/WH district is incentive based and is intended to permit high density residential uses with a mixture of housing opportunities, along with limited neighborhood nonresidential uses and services in urban areas of the city.
v.
Mixed Use 2, Workforce Housing, MU-2/WH District. The MU-2/WH district is incentive based and is intended to permit high density nonresidential uses with a mixture of housing opportunities, along with a broad range of nonresidential uses in urban areas of the city.
w.
Upper Peninsula, UP, District. The UP District is intended to accommodate a mixture of dense residential and commercial and uses and taller buildings in the upper portion of the peninsula through the use of incentives designed to promote ecology, mobility, energy efficiency, diverse housing and privately maintained outdoor spaces accessible to the public.
x.
Job Center, JC District. The JC District is intended to promote small entrepreneurial businesses and industries consisting of consumer, special trade, services, office/warehousing and limited business park uses. Uses that fit into this category are characterized by being incubators for new small and entrepreneurial business, uses are low traffic generators, and do not have external environmental effects across property lines. The scale of the buildings and uses in the JC District are an appropriate transition between residential uses and more intense zone districts. The hours of operation for uses that are open to the public are limited to 7:00 a.m. to 9:00 p.m.
(Ord. No. 1997-525, § 1, 11-25-97; Ord. No. 1998-203, § 2, 11-24-98; Ord. No. 1999-22, § 2, 3-10-99; Ord. No. 1999-54, § 4, 4-27-99; Ord. No. 1999-137, § 2, 9-28-99; Ord. No. 2001-44, § 2, 5-8-01; Ord. No. 2002-84, § 2, 8-13-02; Ord. No. 2003-63, § 1, 7-15-03; 2003-69, § 4, 8-19-03; Ord. No. 2006-463, § 2, 10-17-06; Ord. No. 2011-157, § 1, 10-11-11; Ord. No. 2013-105, §§ 1—3, 10-8-13; Ord. No. 2014-67, § 2, 5-13-14; Ord. No. 2015-142, § 11, 10-13-2015; Ord. No. 2016-02, § 3, 9-13-16; Ord. No. 2017-026, § 1, 3-28-2017; Ord. No. 2018-031, § 4, 4-10-18; Ord. No. 2022-084, § 1, 6-21-22)
a.
Accommodations, A Overlay Zone. The A Overlay Zone is intended to identify those areas within the City limits where accommodation uses are allowed. Accommodation uses are prohibited except within the A Overlay Zone, with the exception of bed and breakfasts that are approved in accordance with the provisions of Section 54-208.
b.
Tour Boat, TB Overlay Zone. The TB Overlay Zone is used only on the peninsula area of Charleston to identify waterfront areas suitable for the operation of tour boats.
c.
Johns Island, JI Overlay Zone. The JI Overlay Zone applies to all areas of Johns Island within the City limits. Within the JI Overlay Zone, additional restrictions may apply depending on the underlying base zoning district and the specific use. Restrictions of the JI Overlay Zone which are incorporated into the applicable sections of this Chapter include street frontage buffers, buffers for industrial uses, sign regulations, and curb cut requirements.
d.
Amusement and Recreation Services, AR Overlay Zone. The AR Overlay Zone applies to all areas of peninsula section of the city as bounded by the Ashley River, the Cooper River and Charleston Harbor.
e.
Savannah Highway SH Overlay Zone. The SH Overlay Zone is intended to allow office and neighborhood service uses in addition to the uses allowed in the base zoning district. Existing structures in the SH zone that are used for a non-residential use shall retain their residential appearance. Building additions and new structures shall be designed to look like the existing residential structures. Parking shall be restricted to the side or rear of the principal buildings and buffering from adjoining residential lots shall be required.
f.
School S Overlay Zone. The S Overlay Zone is intended to identify those areas within residential zoning districts where school uses are allowed. School uses are prohibited within residential zoning districts except within the S Overlay Zone.
g.
Landmark LMK Overlay Zone. The Landmark Overlay Zone is intended to effect and accomplish the protection, enhancement and perpetuation of structures or other improvements that have a special character or special historical, cultural, or aesthetic interest or value as part of the development, heritage or cultural characteristics of the city, state or nation or that are associated with an event of importance to the history of the city, state or nation, or that reflect the environment in an era characterized by a distinctive architectural style or that embodies those distinguishing characteristics of an architectural style or engineering specimen.
h.
Short Term Rental, ST Overlay Zone. The Short Term Overlay Zone is intended to permit commercial short term rentals, as defined herein, in specific base zoning districts within the ST Overlay Zone and Bed and Breakfasts, as defined herein, in all base zoning districts within the ST Overlay Zone.
i.
General Business Late Night, GBLN Overlay Zone. The General Business Late Night Overlay Zone is intended to restrict certain uses, as specified herein, to only operate between 7:00 a.m. and 11:00 p.m.
j.
Light Industrial Late Night, LILN Overlay Zone. The Light Industrial Late Night Overlay Zone is intended to restrict certain uses, as specified herein, to only operate between 7:00 a.m. and 11:00 p.m.
k.
Tech Corridor, TC Overlay Zone. The Tech Corridor Overlay Zone is intended to enable high technology and technology-related industries to anchor new development in the district.
l.
Gateway, G Overlay Zone. The Gateway Overlay Zone is intended for sites in the City that are located at primary entrances to specifically defined or colloquially known districts and areas of the City. The purpose of the Gateway Overlay is to accommodate a more varied use matrix at these strategic locations by providing an opportunity for denser residential developments at commercially zoned properties by way of an optional set of development regulations that authorize higher residential density, and impose lot coverage requirements and certain height restrictions.
m.
Folly Road, FR Overlay Zone. The Folly Road Overlay Zone is intended to implement traffic safety measures, to improve the visual character of the corridor, and to create consistency between the City of Charleston and surrounding jurisdictions concerning land use and design standards.
n.
Special Parking District, SPD Overlay Zone. See Section 54-511.c.
(Ord. No. 1996-125, § 4, 7-16-96; Ord. No. 1998-112, § 1, 5-26-98; Ord. No. 1999-01, § 1, 1-12-99; Ord. No. 1999-95, § 1, 8-17-99; Ord. No. 2006-428, § 5, 9-26-06; Ord. No. 2006-463, § 2, 10-17-06; Ord. No. 2012-41, § 1, 1-24-12; Ord. No. 2014-08, § 1, 1-30-14; Ord. No. 2014-37, § 1, 3-25-14; Ord. No. 2015-060, § 2, 5-26-2015; Ord. No. 2016-079, § 1, 7-19-16; Ord. No. 2017-148, § 1, 12-11-17; Ord. No. 2018-043, § 5, 4-10-18; Ord. No. 2021-092, § 2, 7-20-21)
Permitted principal uses for each base zoning district, except for Agricultural zoning districts, shall be as set forth in Part 3: Table of Permitted Uses, and as modified by special provisions, exceptions and conditions contained herein. For permitted principal and accessory uses in Agricultural base zoning districts, see Article 10. Principal use means the primary or predominant use or uses of a lot or parcel. The Table is based upon the 1987 Standard Industrial Classification Manual. Accessory uses, which for the purposes of this Chapter are defined as uses of land or of a building or portion thereof which are customarily incidental and subordinate to a principal use located on the same lot or parcel, are allowed, except that communication towers, home occupations, residential short term rentals, home day care facilities, and limited commercial uses within the GO district are only allowed pursuant to the requirements specified in Part 4: Accessory Uses, of this Article.
a.
Symbols used in the Table are as follows:
1.
*bull; means that the indicated use is permitted by right in the indicated district;
2.
† means that the indicated use is permitted in the indicated district, subject to the granting of a special exception by the Board of Zoning Appeals;
3.
‡ means that the indicated use is permitted in the indicated district as a conditional use, subject to a finding by the Zoning Administration that the use satisfies specific conditions listed herein.
4.
H means that the indicated use is permitted but the hours of operation for that use are restricted to normal business hours for that district as listed in Section 54-204.
b.
Any use not permitted in a district is expressly prohibited.
c.
A section number following the use category means that the special exception or conditional use is allowed where indicated on the Table but must meet the conditions and requirements set forth in the referenced section of this Article.
d.
The Zoning Administration may utilize the Standard Industrial Classification Manual to determine the appropriate classification of a land use.
(Ord. No. 1999-54, § 4, 4-27-99; Ord. No. 2018-031, § 5, 4-10-18; Ord. No. 2018-043, § 6, 4-10-18)
a.
Within CT. In commercial transitional, CT district, certain uses, as specified herein, are restricted to normal business hours. In the CT district, normal business hours are deemed to be hours of operation beginning no earlier than 7 a.m. and ending no later than 8 p.m.
b.
Within LB. In the limited business, LB district, certain uses, as specified herein, are restricted to operating only between 7 a.m. and 11 p.m., except that theaters may operate beyond 11 p.m. although theater box offices may not sell tickets after 11 p.m.
c.
Within the GBLN and LILN Overlay Zones. In the General Business Late Night overlay zone and Light Industrial Late Night overlay zones certain uses, as specified herein, are restricted to only operate between 7:00 a.m. and 11:00 p.m.
(Ord. No. 1997-524, § 1, 11-25-97; Ord. No. 2014-08, § 2, 1-30-14)
a.
Definitions:
Community shopping center: Shopping center having a GLA of 100,000 to 249,999 square feet.
GLA: Gross leasable area (GLA) in square feet means the total floor area designed for tenant occupancy and exclusive rent, including mezzanines, upper floors, outdoor storage areas, and is the area upon which the tenant's pay rent.
LOS: Level of service (LOS) means the level of service of a roadway as defined in the 1994 Highway Capacity Manual.
Regional shopping center: Shopping center having a GLA of 250,000 square feet or more.
Shopping center: A commercial development which includes one or more retail type uses - from Table 3.3: Off-street Parking Requirements. The total floor area must equal 20,000square feet or more, in one or more buildings, on one or more lots which are designed and laid out to function as an interrelated development, as evidenced by both shared driveways and parking. For purposes of this Section 542-204.1 only, the definition of shopping center shall also include a single retail establishment built which has a gross leasable area (GLA) in excess of 100,000 square feet, which is the sole store on a site.
b.
A regional shopping center shall be permitted by right within the limited business, general business, light industrial, and heavy industrial districts provided the proposed shopping center property is within one mile of an interchange with either Interstate 26 or the Mark Clark Expressway.
c.
A community shopping center shall only be permitted as an exception within the limited business, general business, light industrial, and heavy industrial districts when the property is not within one mile of an interchange with either Interstate 26 or the Mark Clark Expressway and where the Board of Zoning Appeals-Zoning, after review finds, that:
(i)
A detailed traffic study plan has been submitted and approved by the City Department of Traffic and Transportation which identifies critical roadways and intersections impacted by the proposed shopping center. The traffic study shall develop an anticipated arrival/departure pattern for vehicle trips generated by the proposed shopping center for the defined study area. Site traffic shall be distributed throughout the study area based on arrival/departure pattern. In addition, if the traffic study recommendations require, the developer of the proposed shopping center shall also submit a traffic mitigation plan which delineates the improvements to be made by the developer on-site and off-site to mitigate the traffic consequences of the proposed shopping center and to improve the LOS of the critical roads. The traffic study and mitigation plan, if appropriate, must demonstrate that traffic operations on the critical roadways and intersections in the vicinity of the proposed shopping center shall have a LOS of not less than LOS "D" after the construction of the proposed shopping center. If an existing intersection within one mile of an interstate interchange is currently operating at a LOS "E" or "F," the traffic study or mitigation plan should allow for maintaining the same overall intersection delay. Any off-site improvements required must be completed prior to the issuance of a certificate of occupancy for the project.
(ii)
The traffic pattern for the proposed shopping center shall not include any residential street.
(iii)
An existing shopping center with 80,000 square feet or more shall be permitted to expand to the maximum square footage allowed for a community shopping center under this Ordinance and shall be exempt from paragraph c., sections (i), (ii), and (iii) above.
(Ord. No. 2000-164, § 2, 7-18-00)
The following regulation has been adopted to ensure that the placement of portable storage units comply with the health, safety and aesthetics objectives of the City. This section regulates the placement of portable storage units in order to promote the health and safety of the residents of the City and to preserve the aesthetic value of its residential neighborhoods and commercial districts.
a.
Definitions.
Portable storage unit shall mean a transportable unit designed and used primarily for temporary storage of building materials, household goods, or other materials which is typically delivered and removed by truck. For the purposes of this section, the trailer portion of a tractor trailer, boxcars and shipping containers shall be considered a portable storage unit when used for the purposes of on-site storage in residential districts.
b.
Requirements for placement of portable storage units. The following requirements shall apply to the placement of portable storage units in all zoning districts except BP, LI and HI:
(i)
It shall be unlawful for any person or entity to place, permit the placement of, or allow a portable storage unit to remain on a lot in excess of thirty (30) calendar days in any calendar year. Thirty (30) day extensions may be granted if there is substantial evidence of need. Requests for extension shall be made in writing and set forth the reason the extension is needed. Requests shall be directed to the City's Zoning Administrator.
(ii)
Portable storage units shall only be placed upon approved parking areas such as driveways and parking lots. If space is available at the sideyard or the rear yard of a lot, the portable storage unit may be placed on the side or rear of the lot. Portable storage units shall not displace required parking spaces. A Portable Storage Unit shall not be placed in the public-right-of-way without the authorization of the Traffic and Transportation Department pursuant to Chapter 19.
(iii)
There shall be no more than one (1) portable storage unit per lot. Portable storage units shall be no larger than eight (8) feet high by eight (8) feet wide by sixteen feet (16) long. Portable storage units shall not be considered an accessory structure.
(iv)
Notwithstanding the time limitations set forth herein, all portable storage units shall be removed immediately upon the issuance of a tropical storm warning or hurricane watch issued by a recognized government agency. If the Zoning Administrator, or designee, determines that an emergency, other than a tropical storm warning or hurricane watch by a recognized government agency, provides sufficient cause to exceed or reduce the time limitations which would otherwise apply, the Zoning Administrator, or designee, may allow a portable storage unit to remain at a lot for a period in excess of such time limitations, or may also order the immediate removal of the portable storage unit.
(v)
The owner and operator of any lot on which a portable storage unit is placed shall be responsible for ensuring that the portable storage unit is maintained in good condition, free from evidence of deterioration, weathering, discoloration, graffiti, rust, ripping, tearing or other holes or breaks, at all times. When not in use, the portable storage unit shall be kept locked.
(vi)
No portable storage unit shall be used to store solid waste, construction debris, demolition debris, recyclable materials, business inventory, commercial goods, goods for property other than that of the property where the portable storage unit is located (i.e. used for retail sales) or any other illegal or hazardous material. Upon reasonable notice to the property owner or operator, the City may inspect the contents of any portable storage unit at any reasonable time to ensure that it is not being used to store said materials. At no time shall a portable storage unit be used for any illegal purpose.
(vii)
The provisions of this section shall not supersede the restrictive covenants of any subdivision or planned development in which the placement of portable storage units is limited or prohibited.
(Ord. No. 2009-167, § 1, 9-22-09; Ord. No. 2015-018, § 1, 3-10-2015)
Within all base zoning districts, it shall be unlawful to advertise, rent, or otherwise use a property, or part of a property, as an accommodations use, as herein defined, unless said use has been approved by the City of Charleston pursuant to this Chapter.
(Ord. No. 2018-043, § 7, 4-10-18)
a.
Within all zones except LI and HI. Adult uses, as defined in Section 54-120, are prohibited.
b.
Within LI and HI. Adult uses, located within 1,000 feet of any school, public or private park, church, or residential area or within 1,000 feet of any other such establishment are prohibited. Such distance shall be measured from the nearest point of the parcel of land so used to the nearest property line of another establishment or zoning line in the case of a residential area. Nothing contained in this subsection shall be construed to apply to the exhibition, presentation, showing or performance of any play, ballet, drama, tableau or production in any theater, concert hall, auditorium, museum of fine arts, school, institution of higher learning or other similar establishment which is primarily devoted to such exhibitions, presentations, shows or performances as a form of expression or opinion, communication, speech, ideas, information, art drama.
(Ord. No. 2003-50, § 4, 5-27-03)
Uses designated in the Table of Permitted Uses and listed below, may be permitted in certain districts where the Board of Zoning Appeals—Zoning after review, finds that requirements listed below for such uses are met.
a.
Additional dwelling units in the SR zoning districts. Additional dwelling units shall be permitted as an exception within all single-family residential, SR zoning districts, in dwellings constructed prior to August 17, 1966, where the Board, after review, finds that such existing dwelling contains such an amount of space available and suitable for residential purposes that it is unreasonable to require its use as single family dwelling.
b.
Cemeteries. Cemeteries shall be permitted within the Conservation and all residential zones only as an exception where the Board, after review, finds that no building or parking lot thereof will be closer than one hundred (100) feet to an adjoining lot, and that all facilities will be adequately screened and landscaped in a manner appropriate to the character of the district.
c.
Church. Church uses, except parking for church uses, shall only be permitted as an exception within the Conservation and all residential zones where the Board, after review, finds that buildings will not be closer than twenty-five (25) feet to an adjoining property line and that the required off-street parking spaces will be provided. Parking for church uses within the Conservation and all residential zones shall be permitted as a conditional use under Section 54-207, y.
d.
Dairy farms & dairy products manufacture shall be permitted only as an exception within the Conservation Zone where the Board, after review, determines that such uses are in accordance with the City's comprehensive land use plan.
e.
Day care centers. A day care center, which is an accessory use to a church, school, park or other institution, shall be permitted as an exception within the Conservation District, all residential districts, and the CT District, where the Board, after review, determines that an application for such a use satisfies the following requirements:
1.
proof of the application for the facility's licensing by the Department of Social Services is provided; and
2.
the proposed facility satisfies the definition of a day care center; and
3.
all signage is in conformity with that allowed for home occupations; and
4.
outdoor play is allowed only between the hours of 8 a.m. and 6 p.m.; and
5.
if a play area is within fifty feet (50′) of a residential structure, it is appropriately buffered; and
6.
there exist at least two (2) parking spaces per employee; and
7.
plans for ingress/egress, loading/unloading and the location of the parking and play areas are approved for safety by the appropriate city department(s); and
8.
the facility is compatible with the surrounding neighborhood based upon consideration of the number of persons cared for, potential traffic and noise impacts, location of the play, parking, loading and circulation areas and relation to other noise or traffic generating institutions (particularly if another non-residential facility is facing or abutting the same block face or is within three hundred feet (300′) of the proposed site); and
9.
the proposed outdoor lighting of the facility does not unduly impact neighboring properties.
f.
Mini-warehouse/self-storage facilities shall be prohibited within the UC, MU-2, and MU-2/WH districts and shall be permitted within the GB district only as an exception where the Board, after review, finds that the proposed mini-warehouse/self-storage facility satisfies the following requirements:
1.
The lot on which the mini-warehouse/self-storage facility is located is not within 200 feet of any MU-1, MU-1/WH, MU-2, MU-2 WH;
2.
The lot on which the mini-warehouse/self-storage facility is located is not within 200 feet of any RR-1, SR-1, SR-2, SR-3, SR-4, SR-5, SR-6, SR-7, SR-8, STR, DR-1, DR-1F, DR-2, DR-2F, DR-3, DR-4, DR-6, DR-9, DR-12 or RO zoning district;
3.
All loading bays are located on building sides that do not face a street;
4.
First floor frontage of buildings within 50 feet of a street shall be designed to accommodate retail and office spaces to a depth of no less than 30 feet, have a minimum floor to ceiling height of 12 feet and not be occupied as mini-warehouse/self-storage space;
5.
The site provides a twenty-five foot Type C buffer, as specified in Section 54-348, along all streets adjacent to the site, or satisfies the buffer requirements of Article 3, Part 8, whichever requirement is greater; except that for properties within the jurisdiction of the Board of Architectural Review (BAR) or the Design Review Board (DRB), the BAR or DRB may reduce or eliminate this buffer requirement if they deem the reduction or elimination to be appropriate;
6.
All buildings maintain a minimum setback from street rights-of-way of fifty feet (50') or satisfy setback requirements of Section 54-311, whichever is greater; except that for properties within the jurisdiction of the Board of Architectural Review (BAR) or the Design Review Board (DRB), the BAR or DRB may reduce or eliminate this setback requirement if they deem the reduction or elimination to be appropriate; and
7.
The site satisfies all other applicable regulations of this chapter.
Outdoor boat and boat trailer storage shall be permitted in connection with mini-warehouse/self-storage facilities if the above conditions are met.
g.
Drive-thru or automated teller facilities for depository institutions, banks, savings and loans, credit unions or similar depository institutions shall be permitted within the GO district only as an exception where the Board, after review, finds that the proposed teller facility satisfies the following requirements:
1.
adequate off-street parking and traffic circulation is provided.
2.
the vehicular access will not create a traffic hazard.
h.
Reserved.
i.
Reserved.
j.
Reserved.
k.
Reserved.
l.
Homes for the elderly which care for no more than twenty (20) persons shall be permitted within the DR-1, DR-1F, DR-2, DR-2F, DR-3, CT, LB, GB, UC or UP zones as an exception where the Board, after review, finds that the proposed facility will be compatible with the character of the neighborhood, its population density, traffic patterns and parking facilities and not adversely impact the immediate neighborhood. The Board may, after review, permit larger facilities when it finds that the public interest will be served thereby.
m.
Logging camps and forestry activities shall be permitted as an exception within the Conservation Zone where the Board determines that such uses are in accordance with the City's comprehensive land use plan.
n.
Museums shall be permitted within the SR-3, SR-4, SR-5, SR-6, STR, and all diverse residential, DR districts where the Board, after review, finds the following:
1.
That such museum is organized, that is, is a duly constituted body with expressed responsibilities.
2.
That such museum is permanent, that is, expected to continue in perpetuity.
3.
That such museum is a non-profit institution, that is, has documentary evidence of its tax-exempt status under the regulations of the U.S. Internal Revenue Service.
4.
That such museum is essentially educational or aesthetic, that is, manifests its expressed responsibilities by knowledgeable utilization of its objects and exhibits them for elucidation and enjoyment.
5.
That such a museum maintains a professional staff, that is, has at least one paid employee who commands an appropriate body of special knowledge and the ability to reach museological decisions consonant with the experience of his or her peers, and who has access to and acquaintance with the literature of the field. The continuity of employment of at least one professional staff member, who must work sufficient hours to meet adequately the current demand of the institution for administration, record keeping and care of collections is essential.
6.
That the tangible objects, animate and inanimate, forming the museum's collections must have intrinsic value to science, history, art or culture.
7.
That such museum maintain regular and predictable hours which constitute substantially more than token opening, so that access is reasonably convenient to the public.
8.
That such museum operate during normal business hours and does not inherently exhibit noise, light or traffic conditions clearly debilitating to neighboring residents.
o.
Sewage disposal facilities shall be permitted as an exception within the Conservation Zone where the Board, after review, determines that such uses are in accordance with the City's comprehensive land use plan.
p.
Stables shall be permitted within the GB and UC district as an exception where the Board, after review, finds that:
1.
The stable is not located within 100 feet of any residential zone district.
2.
The City of Charleston Tourism Commission has issued a Certificate of Appropriateness for the stable.
3.
The stable complies with all city, county, and state regulations for stables.
4.
A site plan is provided showing that the cleaning/loading/tacking area shall not impede traffic flow in the public right-of-way.
5.
A written explanation is submitted detailing how refuse will be handled in accordance with city, county, state, and federal regulations. This shall be reviewed by the Department of Public Service.
6.
A plan is submitted showing how drainage on the property is to be collected in accordance with city, county, state, and federal regulations. This shall be reviewed by the Commissioners of Public Works and the Department of Public Service.
7.
Buildings are designed utilizing appropriate ventilation to prevent objectionable odors from being emitted.
q.
Electric substation or gas regulator station. Such station shall be permitted within the Conservation District, all residential districts, the CT district, the RO district, and the JC district only as an exception where the Board, after review, finds that such station is essential for service of the immediate area, will be enclosed within an appropriate woven wire or solid fence, will be suitably landscaped and no storage of vehicles or equipment will occur.
r.
Storage yards, junk yards, scrap yards or auto salvage yards.
1.
Outdoor storage yards, which are used for storage of materials and equipment, other than vehicles, boats or shipping containers, are permitted within the LI (Light Industrial) and HI (Heavy Industrial) districts as an exception where the Board, after review, finds that adequate provision and maintenance of visual screening by fences, planting or other means, from public streets, roads, residences and adjacent residential zone districts will be provided.
2.
Junk yards, scrap yards, or auto salvage yards are prohibited within the LI district but permitted within the HI district as an exception where the board, after review, finds that the same standards for visual screening listed in 54-206.r.1. are met.
s.
Reserved.
t.
Golf courses and membership sports and recreation clubs, private or for profit, or changes thereto, shall be permitted within the Conservation district as an exception where the Board, after review, finds that the location, lighting, hours of operation, type and size of the facility, or changes thereto, will not adversely affect any neighboring residentially zoned areas.
u.
Dwellings within the HI district shall be permitted as an exception where the Board, after review, finds that there shall not be created any unsafe living conditions given the existing uses in the area.
v.
Mining for the purpose of extracting materials from a property shall be permitted as an exception in all districts if the total size of the area to be mined does not exceed two (2) acres. For larger operations, Dirt Mining/Resource Extraction shall be permitted as an exception only in the Light Industrial (LI) and Heavy Industrial (HI) zone districts.
1.
Mining operations not exceeding two (2) acres in total mining area and meeting all of the following conditions shall be permitted in any zone district as an exception where the Board, after review of documentation submitted by the applicant, finds that:
a.
The total mining area, work zone and construction access road is shown on a scaled site plan of the property, and is intended as preparation for residential use, recreational use or agricultural use.
b.
The mining use will not last more than one (1) year from the date of approval.
c.
The mining work zone, as shown on the scaled site plan, will be located at least fifty (50) feet from any property boundary and at least one hundred (100) feet from any dwelling.
d.
A mining operation has not occurred on the subject property within three (3) years prior to the date of the application.
e.
Variances and/or special exceptions from Article 3, Part 6: Tree Protection Requirements, if required, have been approved.
f.
Existing vegetation will be maintained and adequately protected as a natural buffer between adjacent dwellings, existing water bodies or wetlands and the mining work zone.
g.
The applicant agrees in writing to restrict the hours of operation for mining operations to between 8:00 a.m. and 7:00 p.m., Monday through Saturday.
h.
The applicant will not use any office facilities at the mining location except in the LI and HI zone districts.
i.
A stabilized access road for mining vehicles will be constructed and maintained to the specifications of the City Engineer and to a minimum depth of 50 feet from the public right-of-way.
2.
Mining operations exceeding two (2) acres in area shall be allowed in the Light Industrial (LI) and Heavy Industrial (HI) zone districts as an exception where the Board, after review, finds that:
a.
The applicant agrees in writing to restrict the hours of operation for mining operations to between 7 a.m. and 7 p.m., Monday through Saturday.
b.
Variances and/or special exceptions from Article 3, Part 6: Tree Protection Requirements, if required, have been approved.
c.
The size, shape and location of the area to be mined are such that it will allow for the conversion of the mining area into an amenity for the eventual use of the property. Evidence for this finding shall require the submittal of a plat of the property which 1) complies with the preliminary plat requirements of Section 54-810; 2) indicates the limits of clearing and excavation for the mining operation; 3) indicates the intended post-mining use of the mining area and other areas of the tract in conjunction with the Zoning Ordinance; and 4) indicates the depth of the mined area and the final slopes of the sides.
d.
Vehicle access from a public road for the mining operations is shown on a plat of the tract where the mining will occur, will be located in a manner that minimizes or removes any adverse impacts on adjoining parcels, and will not be through any residential areas. The applicant shall:
i.
Submit a copy of the approved SCDOT or City encroachment permit for the proposed access road;
ii.
Construct and maintain a paved roadway from the access point on a public right of way prior to commencing mining operations. The paving shall extend a minimum of fifty (50) feet into the property from the right-of-way. When the vehicle access to the mining area is less than two-hundred and fifty (250) feet from a residential area, the Board may increase the distance the road must be paved or may require a maintenance plan for an unpaved road to eliminate dust and noise issues.
e.
The mining work zone will have adequate separation from adjoining properties and all wetland areas or areas below the critical line. The minimum separation from adjoining non-residential property, which is not part of the proposed development the amenity is intended to serve, shall be one-hundred (100) feet. The minimum separation from an existing water body, wetland, area below the critical line, or adjoining property with a residential zoning or residential use, shall be two hundred fifty (250) feet. The Board may increase the required distance between the mining work zone and an existing water body, wetland, area below the critical line, or adjoining property to mitigate potential adverse impacts due to an insufficient existing vegetative buffer, an environmentally sensitive area, or an existing residential use.
f.
Where vegetation exists along a property boundary, natural water body or wetland, the operator shall maintain sufficient existing vegetation to provide a buffer between the mining operation and property boundary, natural water body or wetland.
w.
Membership sports and recreation clubs and civic, social and fraternal clubs shall be permitted within the SR-3, SR-4, SR-5, SR-6, STR, DR-6, DR-9, DR-12, DR-1F, DR-1, DR-2F, DR-2 and DR-3 districts where the Board, after review, finds the following:
1.
Required off-street parking spaces, separated from property lines by an appropriate buffer strip, will be provided.
2.
The location of the facility will not significantly increase pedestrian traffic or automobile traffic and parking on minor and local streets within existing residential neighborhoods.
3.
That such organization is a non-profit organization and has documentary evidence of its tax-exempt status under the regulations of the U.S. Internal Revenue Service.
x.
Sidewalk cafés for licensed businesses not meeting the requirements of Section 54-213 subsection k. paragraph 2. and/or subsection k. paragraph 3. shall be permitted within residential areas as an exception where the Board, after review, finds the following:
1.
A completed application for a sidewalk café permit has been submitted for review by the Zoning Administrator;
2.
The applicant meets the requirements of section 54-213 with the sole exception of subsection k. paragraph 2. and/or subsection k. paragraph 3.
3.
The sidewalk café can be operated in the proposed location without compromising public safety or the use of sidewalks for pedestrian travel and access.
4.
The sidewalk café hours of operation will be restricted and be compatible with the surrounding area.
5.
The business applying for the sidewalk café permit is not licensed to permit on premises consumption of alcoholic beverages and will not permit the consumption of alcoholic beverages in the sidewalk café.
6.
The applicant has submitted a petition signed by twenty-five (25) or more residents of the neighborhood in which the sidewalk café is to be located and, if the location is within a neighborhood with a neighborhood association recognized by the City of Charleston, the applicant must provide proof of having presented the proposal for said sidewalk café to that neighborhood association.
y.
Establishments located in a structure, except a structure that provides accommodations uses, as that term is defined in Sec. 54-120 of this Chapter, approved as a special exception pursuant to Sec. 54-220 of this Chapter and containing twenty or more rooms, that is within five hundred feet of a residential zoning district and which allows for the on-premise consumption of alcohol, beer or wine after midnight, shall be permitted in the Mixed Use 2, Mixed Use 2 Workforce Housing, Business Park and Heavy Industrial zoning districts, and the General Business and Light Industrial zoning districts that are not subject to the General Business Late Night Overlay or Light Industrial Overlay zones where the Board, after review, finds:
1.
Garbage, recycling, maintenance equipment and supplies are stored in a manner so as not to be visible from adjoining properties, public right-of-way or other public property; and
2.
Storage areas for all garbage, recycling, maintenance equipment and supplies are designed to contain odors and prevent the wafting of odors onto adjoining properties, public rights-of-way and other public property; and
3.
The location for garbage and recycling pick-up is safe; and
4.
Measures have been incorporated into the structure to address adverse impacts of noise to properties in a residential zoning district; and
5.
The operation of the establishment will not be of substantial detriment to parking in adjoining residential zoning districts; and
6.
The establishment will not result in a heavy concentration of establishments of the same kind within a block, or if so, the applicant demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Board that, due to factors such as the geographic or physical attributes of the block or to other measures incorporated into the structure, the addition of the establishment will not harm the character of the block, the intent of this provision being to encourage vibrant night time activity while maintaining an appropriate balance and mix of uses within the blocks of the districts. In its consideration of a special exception that involves a heavy concentration of establishments, the Board may impose conditions on its approval it deems appropriate and in furtherance of the intent of this Section.
For purposes hereof, residential zoning districts are C, RR-1, SR-1, SR-2, SR-3, SR-4, SR-5, SR-6, SR-7, SR-8, STR, DR-1, DR-1F, DR-2, DR-2F, DR-6, DR-9, DR-12, DR-3 and DR-4.
For purposes hereof, the distance between the proposed establishment and the residential zoning district shall be measured from the point of the property line of the establishment nearest to the residential zoning district to the property line of the nearest property within a residential zoning district.
For purposes hereof, a block is the area on both sides of the street on which a structure fronts that is within 175 feet of the side lot lines of the property where the establishment is to be located.
For purposes hereof, heavy concentration means: (a) a block where more than 40% of the structures contain establishments that allow the on-premise consumption of alcohol, beer or wine after midnight; or (b) a block where establishments that allow the on-premise consumption of alcohol, beer or wine after midnight have, in the aggregate, an occupant load greater than 1,000 people; or (c) a block where there exists an establishment that allows the on-premise consumption of alcohol, beer or wine after midnight and which has an occupant load greater than 300 people.
Notwithstanding anything in Section 54-110 to the contrary, the provisions of this Section shall apply to any establishment that allows on-premises consumption of alcohol, beer or wine after midnight that is within five hundred feet of a residential zoning district that for which, after September 22, 2015, an application is sought for a certificate of occupancy or an initial business license, or for which approval is sought to physically expand the establishment or expand hours of operation after midnight; provided however, that nothing herein shall be construed to prohibit the issuance of a certificate of occupancy or business license for those establishments that, as of the effective date of Ordinance No. 2014-136, ratified by City Council on September 23, 2014, had on file with the Department of Planning and Preservation development plans or applications for permits for establishments intending to provide for the on-premises consumption of alcohol, beer or wine after midnight that were vested under statutory or common law.
(Ord. No. 1996-227, §§ 3—6, 11-26-96 ; Ord. No. 1997-279, § 1, 7-15-97; Ord. No. 1997-280, § 2, 7-15-97; Ord. No. 1998-147, § 3, 8-18-98; Ord. No. 1998-203, § 5, 11-24-98; Ord. No. 1999-01, § 3, 1-12-99; Ord. No. 1999-54, § 4, 4-27-99; Ord. No. 1999-137, § 4, 9-28-99; Ord. No. 2001-31, § 1, 3-14-01; Ord. No. 2002-92, § 2, 8-13-02; Ord. No. 2003-44, § 4, 4-22-03; Ord. No. 2004-68, § 1, 7-20-04; Ord. No. 2006-489, § 2, 10-24-06; Ord. No. 2007-59, § 7, 3-6-07; Ord. No. 2008-146, § 5, 11-25-08; Ord. No. 2009-55, § 2, 4-14-09; Ord. No. 2009-207, § 2, 10-13-09; Ord. No. 2009-208, § 1, 10-13-09; 2011-121, § 1, 9-13-11; Ord. No. 2013-105, § 4, 10-8-13; Ord. No. 2015-125, § 1, 9-22-2015; Ord. No. 2015-142, § 8, 10-13-2015; Ord. No. 2016-102, § 7, 9-13-16; Ord. No. 2017-026, § 5, 2-28-17; Ord. No. 2019-021, § 1, 3-26-19; Ord. No. 2025-086, § 1, 6-17-25)
The following uses shall be approved by the Zoning Administrator as conditional uses within the zoning districts specified upon a finding by the Zoning Administrator that the proposed use satisfies the applicable requirements listed below for that use.
a.
Amusement parks (outdoor) or other similar outdoor entertainment except shooting ranges, such as carnivals, circuses or motor vehicle races are allowed within the GB, UC, LI or HI districts only when the property, or part thereof, upon which such activity is to occur is not within one thousand feet (1,000′) of a residential district. If the property, or part thereof, upon which such activity is to occur is within one thousand feet (1,000′) of a residential district, approval for such activity shall require approval of the Board, after review, as an exception unless the same is sponsored by a church or school and is to be held on church or school property. For purposes hereof, a carnival is deemed to be any traveling enterprise offering amusements which include rides, games or concessions and such activities related thereto.
The Board of Zoning Appeals shall only permit such outdoor amusement park or other similar outdoor entertainment as a special exception when it finds that the potential impacts of such activity on the surrounding residential neighborhood from noise, traffic and lighting are not unduly disruptive. The Board shall consider, among other things, the size of the amusement park, including the number of employees, the number and type of rides and/or exhibition booths, the number of vehicles to be utilized for the amusement and its employees and the duration of the event.
b.
BP district and JC district conditions.
1.
Conditional uses within the BP and JC districts shall not generate high volumes of traffic, have external environmental effects across property lines or have outdoor storage, unless said storage is part of the permitted principal use of the property and is screened from adjoining rights-of-way and properties by a minimum six-foot tall solid fence or wall in addition to a landscape buffer, if required under Article 3, Part 8: Landscape Buffer Requirements.
2.
The hours of operation in the JC district for uses that are open to the public are limited to 7:00 a.m .to 9:00 p.m.
c.
Communication towers shall be approved within the GB, GP, UC, BP, LI and UP districts subject to a finding that a tower satisfies the staff approval criteria listed below. Towers not meeting the staff approval criteria may be approved by the Board of Zoning Appeals—Zoning as an exception subject to a finding that the tower satisfies the special exception criteria listed below. Towers which are no longer used for communication purposes must be dismantled and removed within 120 days of the date the tower is taken out of service.
1.
Staff approval criteria. The Zoning Administration may approve construction of a communication tower upon a finding that each of the following criteria is met:
(a)
The height of the proposed tower must not exceed 160 feet, or the height limits in the Old City Height District, if applicable; and
(b)
The tower must be located no closer to residential or conservation zoned property than a distance equal to the height of the proposed tower, except that flush mount monopole towers and stealth monopole towers may be located as close to a residential or conservation zoned property as a distance equal to one-half the height of the proposed tower. For the purposes of this section, a flush mount monopole shall be a monopole communication tower on which the antennas are flush mounted against the monopole with no visible wires, and a stealth monopole shall be a monopole communication tower with no visible antennas, wires or transmitters; and
(c)
The proposed tower must be located no closer than 2,500 feet to another communication tower unless the applicant certifies that the existing tower does not meet the applicant's structural specifications and the applicant's technical design requirements, or that a co-location agreement could not be obtained at a reasonable market rate.
(d)
The proposed tower must be located such that adequate setbacks are provided on all sides to prevent the tower's fall zone from encroaching onto adjoining properties and street rights-of-way (the fall zone shall be determined by an engineer certified in the State of South Carolina in a letter which includes the engineers signature and seal); and
(e)
The proposed tower must not be visible from property listed in the National Register of Historic Places, or from a road or river which has been officially designated as a scenic road or river. The line of site to determine whether a proposed tower will be visible from a certain location, will be from approximately six feet above grade, or the river level at high tide, at that location; and
(f)
The proposed tower and associated improvements meet applicable zoning district and speed limit setback requirements, and applicable landscaping and tree protection requirements; and
(g)
The applicant has attempted to co-locate on existing communication towers, buildings, or other structures and the applicant is willing to allow other users to co-locate on the proposed tower in the future subject to engineering capabilities of the structure, frequency considerations, and proper compensation from the additional user; and
(h)
The proposed tower is only illuminated as required by the Federal Communications Commission, Federal Aviation Administration or other regulatory agencies. Night time strobe lighting shall not be incorporated unless required by the Federal Communications Commission, Federal Aviation Administration or other regulatory agency; and
(i)
The color of the proposed tower is appropriate to blend in with its surroundings; and
(j)
The proposed tower and associated structures are appropriately secured by means of walls, fences or other devices and appropriately screened using existing or new evergreen shrubs and trees that will reach a minimum height of six (6) feet; and
(k)
The proposed tower does not include signage of any nature on any portion of the tower.
2.
Board of Zoning Appeals—Zoning approval criteria. The Board of Zoning Appeals—Zoning may approve construction of a communication tower as an exception upon a finding that each of the following criteria are met:
(a)
The height of the proposed tower must not exceed 200 feet, or the height limits in the Old City Height District, if applicable; and
(b)
In addition to satisfying staff approval criteria listed above as (c), (d), (f), (g), (h), (i), (j), and (k), the Board must find that the design, location and height of the proposed tower will not substantially impact (1) the aesthetic and residential character of adjoining areas zoned residential or conservation and intended to remain as such under adopted land use plans; and (2) the character of property listed in the National Register of Historic Places, or roads and rivers which have been officially designated as scenic roads or rivers.
3.
Applications for staff or Board approval shall include the following information:
(a)
A scaled site plan showing the location of the tower(s), guy anchors (if any), buildings and other structures or improvements, parking, driveways, fences, and protected and grand trees affected by the proposed improvements. Adjacent land uses shall also be noted on the site plan.
(b)
The height and typical design of the tower, typical materials to be used, color, and lighting shall be shown on elevation drawings.
(c)
Documentation indicating that collocation on existing towers or buildings in the vicinity of the proposed tower was attempted by the applicant but found to be unfeasible, with reasons noted.
(d)
Other information as requested by staff or the Board to allow adequate review of approval criteria, including photographs with the tower superimposed to assess visual impact."
d.
Community parking lots may be permitted within all residential districts provided the parking lot is paved with bituminous asphaltic or Portland cement binder making possible a permanent, desirable, dustless surface which is graded and drained to dispose of surface water. In addition, each such parking lot shall be enclosed with an ornamental fence, masonry wall or evergreen screen maintained at a height of not less than five and one-half (5½) feet, except within fifteen (15) feet of the intersection of street lines, where the height shall not exceed three (3) feet. Such fence, wall, or screen shall be maintained in good condition and shall comply with front and side yard requirements along the streets side of a corner lot.
e.
CT district conditions.
1.
All commercial activities must be operated within enclosed buildings except produce markets shall be permitted to operate outdoors as open air markets or roadside stands;
2.
All drive-thru facilities are prohibited within CT;
3.
Within CT, the uses listed below, subject to the conditions specified herein, are permitted. Structures existing on December 3, 1984, shall be exempt from the square footage requirements herein set forth for conditional uses.
(a)
food stores are only allowed to operate between the hours of 7 a.m. and 8 p.m. and the total size of the establishment cannot exceed five thousand (5,000) square feet.
(b)
laundries and dry cleaning establishments are only allowed to operate between the hours of 7 a.m. and 8 p.m.
(c)
office uses are restricted to no more than five thousand (5,000) square feet.
(d)
restaurants are allowed provided the following conditions are met:
(1)
the total size of such establishment does not exceed three thousand (3,000) square feet;
(2)
service and consumption of food take place inside the principal structure or on an outdoor patio limited in area to no more than one thousand (1,000) square feet and located no closer than one hundred fifty (150) feet from any residential structure in a residential zone district;
(3)
the sale of alcoholic beverages is an incidental use only; and
(4)
the location and method of trash and refuse collection is designed so as not to impinge on neighboring residential dwellings.
(5)
hours of operation are restricted to between 7 a.m. and 11 p.m. indoors, and between 7 a.m. and 9 p.m. outdoors;
(6)
have no amplified music, whether live or recorded, speakers, microphones, televisions or other audio or video devices outside the principal structure.
(e)
retail establishments are only allowed to operate between the hours of 7 a.m. and 8 p.m. and the total size of the establishment cannot exceed five thousand (5,000) square feet.
f.
Day care centers, and overnight day care facilities in conjunction with day care centers, shall be permitted within the GO, LB, GB, UC, BP, LI, HI and UP districts if the proposed center or facility satisfies the following conditions:
(1)
the proposed facility must meet the definition for a day care center, and overnight day care facility if applicable;
(2)
proof of application for the facility's registration with the Department of Social Services is submitted;
(3)
any play area, if located within fifty feet (50′) of a residential structure or zone, is appropriately buffered;
(4)
there exists at least one (1) parking space per employee, including the operator, working at the facility at one time, plus one (1) space for every ten (10) day care users, or fraction thereof;
(5)
plans for ingress/egress, loading/unloading and the location of the parking and play areas are approved for safety by the appropriate city department(s);
(6)
if the facility is located adjacent to a residence(s), outdoor lighting is oriented away from that structure(s).
g.
Gas storage shall be permitted within the LI district if the total storage area does not exceed 10,000 cubic feet.
h.
Farms producing crops, timber farms, and horticultural specialties (nurseries) shall be allowed within the RR-1 district; however, farms and horticultural specialties shall not be allowed within any other residential district.
i.
Manufacturing
1.
Within the BP and JC districts, light manufacturing shall be permitted if the proposed facility meets standards in 54-207, b., and does not exceed 7,000 square feet of light manufacturing space per establishment and is only engaged in the manufacture, processing or preparation of finished products from previously prepared materials. This category includes the processing, preparation, fabrication, assembly, treatment, packaging and storage of such products and incidental sales and distribution.
2.
Within the LI, JC and UP districts, the following types of food and kindred products, textile mill products, lumber and wood products manufacturing or processing or other types of manufacturing or processing are prohibited:
a)
Cottonseed products manufacture, crabmeat or seafood processing involving cooking, tallow, grease, or lard manufacture, dye-stuff or oil cloth manufacture, tanning, curing or sorting of raw hides or skins, paper or pulp manufacture, creosote manufacture or processing or other types of manufacturing or processing which are noxious or offensive by reason of the omission of odor, dust, smoke, gas, vibration, or noise.
3.
Within the LI and UP districts, Principal Use categories 26, 30, 31, 32, 34, 35, 36, 37, 39, and 7692, shall be permitted if the Zoning Administration finds that the use meets the following Performance Standards:
a)
A total ambient noise level of no more than 67 decibels (dBA) is created at all external lot lines adjacent to residential zoning districts or 72 decibels at all external lot lines adjacent to non-residential zoning districts, measured at least 1,000 feet from adjacent roadways and rail lines if possible;
b)
A total vibration level of no more than 65 velocity decibels (VdB) is created at any internal lot line;
c)
Glare will be less than 50 foot lamberts or one-half of a foot candle on land within residential zoning districts when measured at the lot line; and
d)
All existing South Carolina State air pollution control regulations are met to insure no significant adverse air quality or odor impacts.
Demonstration that the proposed use meets the above standards must be submitted by the property owner to the Zoning Administration for review. The Zoning Administration may require the property owner to conductperiodic monitoring to ensure the standards are continuously met or may undertake such on its own. Equipment used for measurement must meet the standards of the American National Standards Institute. All costs associated with such measurements shall be the responsibility of the property owner.
j.
RO district conditions. Offices, professional, executive, governmental, and administrative shall be permitted within the RO district if the proposed use satisfies the following conditions:
1.
Business hours of operation shall be limited to 7:00 a.m. to 9:00 p.m.;
2.
Sales of goods shall be permitted if the goods being sold are related to the approved office use and stored and displayed entirely within the office building;
3.
Site and building requirements:
(a)
slope and pitch of roof, existing on date property is zoned RO, shall be retained in any reconstruction or addition or, in the case of new construction, shall be similar to nearby structures;
(b)
the street facade, including doors and windows existing on date property is zoned RO shall be retained, with no window displays or exterior display of merchandise; and
(c)
the street facade of any addition, which includes doors and windows, shall utilize doors and windows of a size and type similar to those on the existing street facade.
4.
Adequate off-street parking shall be provided in accordance with Article 3: Part 4, except that:
(a)
no parking shall be allowed in the required front yard setback; and
(b)
lighting of parking area shall be directed into the site and away from adjoining residential property.
k.
Warehousing and storage within buildings, including convenience storage facilities such as mini-warehouses, shall be permitted within the BP district if the proposed facility does not exceed 7,000 square feet of storage space per individual business establishment. Outdoor boat and boat trailer storage shall be permitted in connection with warehousing and storage facilities.
l.
Auto supply stores shall be permitted within the LB district if the hours of operation are restricted as prescribed in Section 54-204, b., and the store does not include any auto repair or installation facilities.
m.
Reserved.
n.
Casinos, as herein defined, shall only be permitted in the LI and HI zone districts if the lot on which they are located is not within 1,000 feet of any residential zone district, church, school or the highwater mark of a navigable stream. Provided however, casinos for which a City business license has been issued as of March 26, 2012, that do not comply with the provisions of this subsection shall be deemed nonconforming uses.
o.
Shipping container storage uses shall only be permitted within the LI and HI zoning districts as a conditional use where the staff determines, upon review of a site plan submitted by the applicant showing the location of the proposed shipping container storage area, stacking limitations, and required buffer improvements (if applicable), that the proposed use satisfies the following restrictions:
1.
Within the LI zone district, no stacking of shipping containers shall be permitted. Within the HI zone district, no stacking of shipping containers shall be permitted within 300 feet of any residential zoning district. A survey may be required to verify that an area or parcel to be used to stack shipping containers is more than 300 feet from a residential zoning district.
2.
Where stacking of shipping containers is permitted, the height of the stack shall not be permitted to exceed three (3) containers.
3.
Shipping container storage areas shall be buffered from all streets and residences by a minimum 25-foot wide Type "D" buffer or the buffer required for the adjacent street if that buffer requirement is greater than 25 feet, and all non-industrial zoning districts by the minimum buffer required under Table 3.5, Section 54-347.
4.
Exemptions. Water-dependent maritime shipping and cargo handling facilities or terminals where shipping containers are stored temporarily awaiting further shipment or relocation to storage facilities shall be exempt from these requirements.
5.
Amortization of nonconforming uses. Existing shipping container storage uses that do not conform to the stacking restrictions listed above in subsections 1 and 2 and are not exempt in accordance with subsection 4, shall be amortized and made to conform to the above stacking restrictions or discontinued twelve (12) months after the effective date of this Ordinance No. 2003-44.
p.
Affordable Housing shall be permitted on existing lots of record platted prior to August 21, 2018 within the DR-1, DR-1F, DR-2, DR-2F, CT, LB, GB, LI, MU-1, MU-1/WH, MU-2 and MU-2/WH districts if the proposal satisfies the following conditions, except that there are no density limits in the MU-1, MU-1/WH, MU-2 and MU-2/WH districts:
(a)
The applicant has filed floor plans for all units proposed to be used for Affordable Housing.
(b)
The size of the lot being developed for Affordable Housing shall meet the following minimum lot sizes based on the total number of bedrooms proposed, as indicated on floor plans submitted with the application. For the purposes hereof, a bedroom shall be any room other than a kitchen, living room, dining room, bathroom or hall.
(c)
The total number of bedrooms on the lot shall not exceed twenty-two (22).
(d)
For lots in DR-1, DR-2, LB-residential, LI-residential, and GB-residential zoning districts, lot occupancy of buildings shall not exceed fifty (50) percent or the lot occupancy in existence on September 26, 2006, whichever is greater. For lots in DR-1F and DR-2F zoning districts, lot occupancy of buildings shall not exceed sixty-five (65) percent or the lot occupancy in existence on September 26, 2006, whichever is greater. Ramps required for compliance with handicapped accessibility regulations shall be exempt from being counted in lot occupancy calculations or setback requirements.
(e)
Off-street parking shall be provided at a rate of one (1) parking space for each four (4) dwelling units. Lots containing less than four (4) dwelling units shall not be required to provide off-street parking.
(f)
As to rental units, these units shall be rented to households earning no more than eighty (80) percent of the area median income, and the rents charged by the owner shall be in accordance with the Fair Market Rents published annually by the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development or such entity that may be subsequently designated. In the absence of such information, the rents charged by the owner shall not exceed 30 precent of the household annual income. The owner shall be required to submit to the City of Charleston Department of Housing and Community Development, or its successor, the rental rate to be charged and verified income reports of household income of all rental occupants at the inception of each tenancy and on no less than a yearly basis thereafter, as determined by the City of Charleston Department of Housing and Community Development, or its successor. These units shall be subject to these restrictions for no fewer than twenty (20) years from the initial occupancy as affordable housing. The owner shall execute a Memorandum of Use with the city as a party acknowledging the use of the property for Affordable Housing in accordance with the provisions of this Section, which Memorandum shall be in a form acceptable for recording in the record office of the applicable county and which shall be recorded in the record office of the applicable county. If a proposal meets the requirements of this section and the owner is willing to enter into the terms of a Memorandum of Use contained in this paragraph, the Mayor shall be authorized so sign the Memorandum of Use on behalf of the City.
(g)
As to owner occupied units, these units shall be sold to households earning no more than one hundred twenty (120) percent of the area median income. Each owner, prior to initial occupancy, shall be required to submit to the City of Charleston Department of Housing and Community Development, or its successor, a verified income report of household income of all members of the household. These units shall be subject to resale restrictions for no fewer than ten (10) years from date of initial sale of the property. Such restrictions will be recorded as deed restrictions.
q.
Veterinary services shall only be permitted within the GP, GB, UC, MU-2, MU-2/WH, BP, JC, CT, LB, MU-1, MU-1/WH, and UP districts as a conditional use if the use satisfies, as evidenced by a site plan, floor plans and written description of the proposed facility, the following conditions:
1.
Boarding of animals shall be completely indoors;
2.
Buildings in which animals are kept or exercised shall be designed and constructed utilizing appropriate soundproofing and ventilation so that noise and odor shall not be perceptible beyond the premises;
3.
No cremation of animals shall occur on the property. All dead animals and refuse shall be disposed of in accordance with City and other governmental agency regulations.
r.
Automotive repair shops, shall be permitted within the GB, UC, MU-2, MU-2/WH, JC, BP and UP zone districts as a conditional use where the applicant has provided sufficient documentation to demonstrate compliance with the following conditions:
1.
Buildings will not be within one hundred (100) feet of any existing school, church, hospital, or public library.
2.
Buildings will not be within fifty (50) feet of any residential zone district.
3.
Exposed repair facilities will not be on the front portion of the lot.
s.
Indoor shooting ranges shall only be permitted in the LI and HI zone districts as a conditional use if the lot on which the range is located is not within (1,000) feet of any school, public or private park, church, or residentially zoned area. Such distance shall be measured from the nearest point of the parcel of land so used to the nearest property line of the other use or zoning line in the case of a residentially zoned area. Nothing contained herein shall be construed to apply to (1) marksmanship centers in existence at the time of the passage of Section 21-213 that are used for practice and training by the South Carolina National Guard and other military organizations and military institutions; and (2) special events, including annual turkey shoots, which have received a special events permit issued by the Special Events Committee of the City of Charleston pursuant to Section 2-189 of the Code of the City of Charleston, and the written approval of the mayor or chief of police.
t.
Multiple one-family detached dwellings on one lot, up to a maximum of four (4) one-family detached dwellings, shall be permitted within the Conservation (C) and Rural Residential (RR-1) zoning districts if the lot, and plans submitted for approval, satisfy the conditions listed below. These conditions shall not apply to the addition of a second dwelling unit in an accessory building on a lot zoned Conservation, which may be permitted pursuant to Section 54-301. Applications for approval pursuant to the requirements of this section shall be reviewed by the zoning administrator and all City departments responsible for administering building and fire codes, and may include a determination that additional fire hydrants or improved fire flows are necessary for constructing additional dwellings.
1.
The lot fronts on a public street and meets the minimum required distance of lot frontage in Section 54-824, and can provide vehicular access to the street through that lot frontage;
2.
The lot contains a minimum of three (3) acres of high ground if zoned RR-1, or a minimum of six (6) acres of high ground if zoned Conservation;
3.
Use of the lot conforms to the land use regulations of this Chapter;
4.
A plat, prepared by a licensed surveyor, is submitted showing the entire lot in question, the total acreage of high ground, the locations of any existing buildings and one-family detached dwellings, the approximate locations of all future one-family detached dwellings to be permitted under this conditional use, the location of the private drive to provide vehicular access to each existing and future one-family detached dwelling how this private drive shall also satisfy the fire apparatus access road requirements of the applicable fire and building codes, and how the property could be subdivided pursuant to the requirements of this Chapter to provide each existing and future one-family detached dwelling with a lot meeting the requirements of the applicable zoning district with a street meeting the minimum requirements of this Chapter;
5.
Notes concerning the perpetual maintenance of the private drive and the location of garbage collection and recycling, which shall be on the public street, are placed on the plat;
6.
Plans and specifications for improving the required private drive to meet the minimum standards for a fire apparatus access road are submitted if determined by the fire marshal to be necessary.
7.
Must provide documented evidence of approvals from necessary permitting agencies for public water and sewer service or individual water supply and sewage disposal system for each house.
u.
Short-term lender, as herein defined, shall only be permitted in GB, LI, HI and UP zoning districts as a conditional use when the proposed use satisfies all the following conditions:
1.
The proposed use is at least 3,000 feet, measured from lot line to lot line, from another short-term lender.
2.
The proposed use is at least 3,000 feet, measured from the lot line, to any city boundary line.
3.
The proposed use is at least 300 feet, measured lot line to lot line, from any church, school or residentially zoned district.
4.
The proposed use is housed within a nonresidential building having at least 30,000 square feet.
v.
Gasoline stations shall only be permitted in the LB, GB, UC, BP, LI and HI zone districts as a conditional use where the applicant has provided documentation to demonstrate compliance with the following conditions:
1.
Pumps and other equipment, including vents, safety valves, and storage tanks, shall not be located within one hundred (100) feet of any existing day care building or playground, school building or playground, church building or playground, hospital, public library or dwelling; and
2.
Pumps and other equipment, including vents, safety valves, and storage tanks, shall not be located within fifty (50) feet of any residential zoning district; and
3.
Stations located within the LB zone district shall restrict their hours of operation to between 7 a.m. and 11 p.m.
w.
Commercial Vehicles.
1.
Parking or storage of commercial vehicles shall only be permitted in the C, RO, LB, and GB districts as a conditional use upon the following conditions:
(a)
On residential property, the commercial vehicle is used by the resident of the subject property or permission of the property owner/lessor/lessee is evidenced by written authorization placed in the windshield of the commercial vehicle displaying the names and telephone numbers of the property owner/lessor/lessee and the commercial vehicle operator, and the dates of the authorization which shall not exceed 48 consecutive hours;
(b)
On commercial property, the commercial vehicle is being used in connection with the business purpose of the property or permission of the property owner/lessor/lessee is evidenced by written authorization placed in the windshield of the commercial vehicle displaying the names and telephone numbers of the property owner/lessor/lessee and the commercial vehicle operator, and the dates of the authorization which shall not exceed 48 consecutive hours; or
(c)
Such parking or storage is deemed necessary for public safety, or otherwise authorized by, the City of Charleston.
2.
No sleeping in a commercial vehicle overnight shall be allowed in the C, RO, LB, and GB districts.
3.
The vehicle operator and/or the property owner/lessor/lessee where the commercial vehicle is stored or parked shall be subject to penalties for violations of this section.
4.
Concurrently with the zoning administrator's enforcement remedies under this chapter, the livability division shall be authorized to enforce this section and seek remedies under section 1-16 of the City of Charleston Code.
x.
Water storage tanks shall be permitted in the C, RO and all residential districts provided that the water storage tank shall either be setback a minimum of fifteen (15) feet from all property lines or shall meet the setbacks of the of the applicable zoning district for the subject property, whichever is greater.
y.
Parking for church uses within the Conservation and all residential zones shall be permitted as a conditional use if parking areas satisfy landscaping and landscape buffer requirements of this Chapter and receive approval from the Technical Review Committee pursuant to Article 6.
z.
Affordable housing conditional use subdivision and lot dimensional standards for one-family detached dwellings and one-family attached dwellings.
1.
Intent: To promote ownership or occupancy of quality affordable housing, property within the SR-1, SR-2, SR-6, zoning district may be approved for subdivision and development for one-family detached dwellings, in accordance with the following conditional use standards in this section. Property within the STR, DR-1, DR-1F, DR-2, or DR-2F zoning districts may be approved for subdivision and development of one-family detached dwellings and one-family attached dwellings, in accordance with the following conditional use standards in this section. The use of the subject parcel shall be restricted to one-family detached dwellings or one-family attached dwellings, according to the zoning of the property, for the provision of affordable housing as certified by the City of Charleston Department of Housing and Community Development, or its successor.
2.
Affordable housing conditional use requirements:
(a)
The entity developing the subject parcel in accordance with the standards in this Section 54-207, z., shall restrict the use of each lot to a single, one-family detached dwelling or a single, one-family attached dwelling lot for the provision of affordable housing as certified by the City of Charleston Department of Housing and Community Development, or its successor.
(b)
Ownership: As to owner occupied units, these units shall be sold to households earning no more than one hundred twenty (120) percent of the area median income. Each owner, prior to initial occupancy, shall be required to submit to the City of Charleston Department of Housing and Community Development, or its successor, a verified income report of household income of all members of the household. These units shall be subject to resale restrictions for no fewer than ninety (90) years from date of initial sale of the property. Such restrictions will be recorded as deed restrictions.
(c)
Rental: As to rental units, these units shall be rented to households earning no more than eighty (80) percent of the area median income, and the rents charged by the owner shall be in accordance with the Fair Market Rents published annually by the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development or such entity that may be subsequently designated. In the absence of such information, the rents charged by the owner shall not exceed 30 percent of the household annual income. The owner shall be required to submit to the City of Charleston Department of Housing and Community Development, or its successor, the rental rate to be charged and verified income reports of household income of all rental occupants at the inception of each tenancy and on no less than a yearly basis thereafter, as determined by the City of Charleston Department of Housing and Community Development, or its successor. These units shall be subject to these restrictions for no fewer than ninety (90) years from the initial occupancy as affordable housing.
(d)
The entity developing the subject parcel in accordance with this Section 54-207, z., shall execute a memorandum of use with the City as a party acknowledging the use of the property for affordable housing in accordance with the provisions of this section, which memorandum shall be in a form acceptable for recording in the record office of the applicable county and which shall be recorded in the record office of the applicable county. If a proposal meets the requirements of this section and the owner is willing to enter into the terms of a memorandum of use contained in this paragraph, the Mayor shall be authorized so sign the memorandum of use on behalf of the City.
3.
Affordable Housing Conditional Use Lot Dimensional Standards For One-family Detached Dwellings: See Section 54-301, Table 3.1 Height, Area and Setback Regulations for standards not addressed in the table below.
Footnotes:
1. Requirement for averaging surrounding lot frontages per Section 54-824(c)(1) shall not apply.
2. Lots in STR, DR-1, DR-1F, DR-2, or DR-2F zoning districts that front on a street may be subdivided to create one lot with no lot frontage provided that both lots meet all requirements in this subsection, both lots are used for affordable housing in accordance with the requirements of this Section 54-207, z., and a platted and recorded shared ingress/egress easement utilizing an approved driveway is furnished to the newly created lot without frontage.
3. See lot frontage exception noted below in this Section 54-207, z.
4.
Lot frontage exception for Maryville Ashleyville: Due to the unique history of the former town of Maryville and corresponding historic platting, parcels abutting the following rights-of-way, and any extensions thereof, shall have a minimum lot frontage of 50 feet:
5th Avenue
Armstrong Avenue
Battery Avenue
Benada Street
Bender Street
Brody Avenue
Brookfield Street
Burger Street
Carnegie Avenue
Channing Street
Chickadee Avenue
Davidson Avenue
Diana Street
East Street
Fiall Street
Forbes Avenue
Gunn Avenue
High Street
Hillsboro Dr.
Hillside Dr.
Hobart Avenue
Justin Avenue
Lula Street
Magnolia Road
Main Street
Mamie Street
Mazyck Street
Minnie Street
N Hillside Drive
San Juan Avenue
Sycamore Avenue
Tripe Street
5.
Affordable housing conditional use lot dimensional standards for one-family attached dwellings: Property within the STR, DR-1, DR-1F, DR-2, or DR-2F zoning districts may be approved for subdivision and development of one-family attached dwellings, in accordance with the conditional use standards in this section and pursuant to the requirements in Article 3, Part 11 One-family Attached Dwellings, as modified herein. Modifications to the requirements in Section 54-353, are as follows:
(a)
The minimum side setback for the principal building listed in subsection d. shall be reduced to five (5) feet except when the conditions listed in Section 54-353, d. subsections 1, 2, 3 or 4 exist;
(b)
The minimum rear setback for the principal building listed in subsection e. shall be reduced to ten (10) feet except when the conditions listed in Section 54-353, e. subsections 1 or 2 exist;
(c)
The maximum percent lot occupancy of buildings listed in subsection g. shall be increased to sixty (60) percent; and
(d)
Subsection j. shall include an additional special requirement that allows lots for one-family attached dwellings to be platted without any lot frontage on a street, if the lot or lots is provided with a suitable driveway access easement, the title to which runs with or is appurtenant to such lot(s).
6.
Affordable housing conditional use court standards: Notwithstanding the standards in subsection 3. above, lots in the DR-2 or DR-2F zoning districts with a minimum lot frontage of 56 feet and minimum lot area of 6,700 square feet may be developed to create a traditional "Charleston Court", with a new street or "court" extending into the lot to provide access to lots, if all lots are restricted to one-family detached affordable housing pursuant to this Section 54-207, z. and the development satisfies the following requirements:
(a)
The new street shall be constructed to meet City of Charleston road construction standards with a minimum right-of-way width of 24 feet, minimum pavement width of 20 feet and maximum length of 150 feet.
(b)
All lots shall have lot frontage and all lots accessed exclusively from the new street shall have a minimum lot frontage of 15 feet and average lot frontage of 25 feet.
(c)
All lots shall meet the lot dimensional standards in subsection 3., except that the minimum high ground lot area for each lot shall be 1,024 square feet, there shall be no minimum front building setback for lots accessed exclusively from the new street, and the minimum side setback for all side property lines adjacent to another lot accessed exclusively from the new street shall be three (3) feet.
(d)
The dwelling on each lot with frontage on the existing street the new street connects to shall front on the existing street.
7.
Affordable housing conditional use off-street parking requirements: Each lot used for Affordable Housing in accordance with the requirements of this Section 54-207, z. shall provide two off-street parking spaces.
aa.
The conversion of an existing accommodations use to affordable housing may be permitted as a conditional use if a written proposal with a current survey of the property demonstrates compliance with each of the following conditions:
1.
All accommodations units shall be converted to dwelling units, as defined herein, for a residential use, as defined herein, and no part of the property shall hereafter be used for an accommodations use;
2.
All converted units shall comply with applicable building and fire codes;
3.
The property shall not be converted to a horizontal property regime and all dwelling units shall be rental units;
4.
Off-street parking shall be provided on the property at a rate of one (1) parking space for each dwelling unit;
5.
Ten (10) percent of the dwelling units shall be rented to households earning no more than sixty (60) percent of the area median income. The remaining dwelling units shall be rented to households earning no more than eighty (80) percent of the area median income. The rents charged by the owner shall be in accordance with the Fair Market Rents published annually by the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development or such entity that may be subsequently designated. In the absence of such information, the rents charged by the owner shall not exceed thirty (30) percent of the household annual income. The owner shall be required to submit to the City of Charleston Department of Housing and Community Development, or its successor, the rental rate to be charged and verified income reports of household income of all rental occupants at the inception of each tenancy and on no less than a yearly basis thereafter, as determined by the City of Charleston Department of Housing and Community Development, or its successor. These units shall be subject to these restrictions for no fewer than twenty (20) years from the initial occupancy as affordable housing. The owner shall execute a Memorandum of Use with the city as a party acknowledging the use of the property for Affordable Housing in accordance with the provisions of this Section, which Memorandum shall be in a form acceptable for recording in the record office of the applicable county and which shall be recorded in the record office of the applicable county. If a proposal meets the requirements of this section and the owner is willing to enter into the terms of a Memorandum of Use contained in this paragraph, the Mayor shall be authorized so sign the Memorandum of Use on behalf of the City; and
6.
Two neighborhood meetings are required. The purpose of the neighborhood meetings is to provide details regarding the application to property owners, neighborhood associations and residents within the area of the property that is subject of the application:
a.
The Zoning Administrator shall be notified of the date, time, and location of each meeting at least five (5) business days prior to the meeting; and
b.
The neighborhood meeting shall be conducted by the applicant or representative for the associated application and may be attended by representatives from the City to monitor the results. Each such meeting shall be conducted in accordance with meeting procedures that have been established by the Department, posted online, and otherwise made available upon request.
(Ord. No. 1996-227, § 7, 11-26-96 ; Ord. No. 1997-525, § 2, 11-25-97; Ord. No. 1998-73, § 2, 4-14-98; Ord. No. 1998-203, § 6, 11-24-98; Ord. No. 1999-54, § 4, 4-27-99; Ord. No. 1999-94, § 3, 8-17-99; Ord. No. 1999-137, § 4, 9-28-99; Ord. No. 2003-44, § 5, 4-22-03; Ord. No. 2006-489, § 3, 10-24-06; Ord. No. 2007-119, § 1, 6-19-07; Ord. No. 2008-146, § 6, 11-25-08; Ord. No. 2008-161, §§ 1, 2, 12-9-08; Ord. No. 2009-55, §§ 1, 3, 4, 4-14-09; Ord. No. 2009-206, § 1, 10-13-09; Ord. No. 2011-09, § 2, 2-8-11; Ord. No. 2012-31, §§ 4, 5, 1-10-12; Ord. No. 2012-55, § 2, 2-14-12; Ord. No. 2012-369, § 1, 9-11-12; Ord. No. 2012-371, § 1, 9-11-12; Ord. No. 2013-22, § 2, 2-26-13; Ord. No. 2013-31, § 3, 3-12-13; Ord. No. 2013-105, § 6, 10-8-13; Ord. No. 2014-94, § 7, 7-15-14; Ord. No. 2014-95, § 7, 7-15-14; Ord. No. 2015-142, § 9, 10-13-2015; Ord. No. 2016-026, § 1, 2-9-16; Ord. No. 2016-102, § 8, 9-13-16; Ord. No. 2017-026, § 4, 3-28-2017; Ord. No. 2019-021, § 2, 3-26-19; Ord. No. 2020-097, § 1, 6, 7, 8-18-20; Ord. No. 2023-021, § 1, 2-14-23; Ord. No. 2023-207, § 1, 10-10-23; Ord. No. 2023-226, § 2, 11-14-23; Ord. No. 2024-162, § 1, 10-8-24)
a.
General Requirements. A residential short term rental use may be permitted as a Category 1, Category 2, or Category 3 STR Permit, if the zoning administrator determines the STR to be an accessory use to the principal residential use on a property which satisfies the requirements of Section 54-208.1, 54-208.2, or 54-208.3, as applicable, and issues a permit for such STR use.
b.
Operational Requirements. In all cases, Category 1, 2 or 3 STR uses shall adhere to the following operational requirements:
1.
The residential STR shall be operated by the record owner of the subject property who shall also be a resident of the subject property and who shall be residing overnight on the property while residential STR guests are present; and
2.
The property shall not contain signs advertising the STR use; and
3.
If meals are served by the resident owner, no meals other than breakfast may be served to the paying guests; and
4.
The record owner of the subject property must keep in full force and effect during all times the STR is operated a general liability policy with a company authorized to do business in the State of South Carolina insuring against personal injury (including death) and property damage with limits of no less than $1,000,000.00 per occurrence; and
5.
The resident owner shall keep a current guest register including names, addresses, telephone numbers and dates of occupancy of all guests; and
6.
The resident owner shall comply with all business license and revenue collection laws of the City of Charleston, Berkeley County or Charleston County, whichever is applicable, and State of South Carolina; and
7.
The resident owner shall provide a rental packet containing applicable city rules and restrictions specified in the Residential STR Permit application materials, as well as pertinent unit safety information and contact information to guests when they book the STR and shall prominently display the STR Permit, rules, safety and contact information within the STR; and
8.
Each Category 1, 2, or 3 STR permittee is entitled to rent, list with a booking or listing service, advertise, make available for STR use, or otherwise market only one (1) STR unit; and
9.
The resident owner and the owner's agent shall list the Residential STR Permit number on all advertisements, listings with booking services, and marketing materials, including without limitation, Airbnb, VRBO/Homeaway, FlipKey, and any other online websites and listing or booking platforms or services.
10.
The residential STR shall not be expanded in any respect beyond the specific rooms which were designated as part of a residential STR unit on plans relied upon by the city in approving a residential STR permit or beyond the maximum number of guests listed on the residential STR permit, nor shall the use be changed to any other use not permitted by the Zoning Ordinance without reapplication to and approval by the zoning administrator.
c.
Application Procedure.
1.
New Applications. Applications for new Category 1, 2 or 3 STR Permits shall be notarized and include the following:
(a)
The location and name of the record owner of the property; and
(b)
An application fee; and
(c)
Floor plans drawn to scale of the habitable structures on the property that clearly designate all rooms to be used by STR guests, and the specific room or rooms to be used by guests for sleeping; and
(d)
A site plan of the lot showing the location of the proposed Residential STR unit and the required off-street parking spaces and driveways; and
(e)
A photograph or photographs of the current principal view or views of the structure where the residential STR unit is to be located; and
(f)
A statement which the resident-owner must sign acknowledging that he or she has reviewed and understands the requirements of this section and the applicable section for the category of permit requested.
Upon receiving a complete application and prior to the issuance of a new STR permit, the zoning administrator shall cause notice to be posted on the property upon which the proposed STR use is to be located for fifteen (15) consecutive calendar days, advising that the Resident-owner of the property has applied for a zoning permit to establish a STR use at the location and supplying a phone number to call for further information. During this fifteen (15) calendar day period, the zoning administrator shall determine if the application meets the requirements as set forth in this section. If, at the end of the fifteen (15) day posting period, the zoning administrator determines that the application meets the requirements for the STR use requested, the zoning administrator shall notify the applicant that the application is approved and shall, after waiting an additional five business days to allow for appeals, issue the STR Permit, which shall be valid for one (1) year from the date of issuance, and shall be renewable annually unless revoked. Any appeals filed within the five-day period shall cause the issuance of the STR Permit to be stayed pending resolution of the appeal.
2.
Renewal Applications:
(a)
For renewal of an STR permit, a property owner shall be required to recertify compliance with this section for the STR use with the zoning administrator. An application for annual recertification of the STR permit must include the application fee, an affirmation by the applicant that the nature of the STR use at the property has not changed, and must be notarized, filed with, and approved by the zoning administrator to continue the STR use.
(b)
Upon a change in ownership of a property, and prior to the issuance of a new business license to allow continuation of an existing, permitted STR use upon said property, the new property owner shall be required to recertify compliance with this section for the STR use and submit plans reaffirming the specific room or rooms to be used for the STR unit with the zoning administrator. An application for recertification of the STR use must include the required plans and be notarized, filed with, and approved by the zoning administrator prior to the STR use by the new property owner.
3.
On an annual basis the zoning administrator shall determine whether each STR use permitted under this section remains in compliance with all the terms of this chapter, and shall initiate such enforcement procedures as may be appropriate. All operators of STR uses permitted under this Section shall cooperate fully with the zoning administrator and his designees, including, but not limited to, providing pertinent information upon request and affording access to that portion of the property which is used for the STR use for reasonable site inspections.
d.
Existing Approved Bed and Breakfast Uses. All approved, legal bed and breakfast uses that are operating on the effective date of this ordinance or that are entitled to be in operation on the effective date of the ordinance from which this section derives on properties outside the Short Term Overlay Zone shall be issued a Category 1 or Category 2 STR Permit, depending on their location. Such previously approved uses shall adhere to the requirements of the Zoning Ordinance in effect prior to April 10, 2018.
e.
Violations and Penalties.
1.
Violations. It shall be a violation of this Chapter for an owner, his agent or manager to:
(a)
Operate a Category 1, 2 or 3 STR use, a bed and breakfast use or other accommodations use without complying with the requirements of this Chapter and the Code of the City of Charleston; or
(b)
Expand an STR use or bed and breakfast use without obtaining a new permit; or
(c)
Advertise a property as being available for an STR use, bed and breakfast use or other accommodations use without first complying with the requirements of this Chapter; or
(d)
Represent or submit for advertising or marketing, or to otherwise hold out an STR unit, bed and breakfast unit or other accommodations unit as being available for use or occupancy unless the STR or bed and breakfast has been permitted pursuant to this Chapter and the permit number is displayed in the materials used to represent, advertise, market or otherwise hold out the property as available for STR or bed and breakfast use or occupancy; or
(e)
Represent or submit for advertising or marketing, or otherwise to hold out the availability of a STR or bed and breakfast for use or occupancy by more than the number of occupants that are permitted pursuant to this Chapter; or
(f)
Represent or submit for advertising, or marketing, or to otherwise hold out more STR or bed and breakfast units or other accommodations type units on a property than are permitted pursuant to this Chapter.
2.
Penalties. A violation of this Chapter is a misdemeanor punishable by a fine and/or incarceration. Each day the unlawful erection, construction, reconstruction, alteration, conversion, maintenance, use, or other violation under this Chapter continues is considered a separate offense. Any violation of this Chapter entitles the zoning administrator to revoke the STR or bed and breakfast permit.
(Ord. No. 2009-204, § 1, 10-13-09; Ord. No. 2011-11, § 2, 2-8-11; Ord. No. 2018-043, § 9, 4-10-18)
a.
An STR use may be established in a dwelling unit as an accessory to the principal residential use, on any property located within the Old and Historic District, where the zoning administrator, after reviewing an STR Permit application, finds that the following requirements are met:
1.
The property shall not contain more than one (1) STR unit. Each unit shall consist of one or more rooms arranged for the purpose of providing sleeping accommodations for occupancy for one (1) to twenty-nine (29) consecutive days by up to four (4) adults. For the purposes of this Section, an adult shall include any person eighteen (18) years of age or older; and
2.
The subject property shall be located entirely within the Old and Historic District; and
3.
The STR shall be operated by the record owner of the subject property who is a Resident of the subject property; and
4.
The STR shall be subordinate and incidental to the principal residential use of the property; and
5.
The STR shall provide one (1) off street parking space on the subject property, in addition to providing, on the subject property, required off street parking for existing uses on the property. The parking space provided for the STR may be situated in tandem with the required spaces for other uses; and
6.
The STR unit shall be located within an existing structure or accessory building that is individually listed on the National Register of Historic Places; and
7.
The STR unit shall not displace an existing dwelling unit which has been occupied within one (1) year prior to the filing date of the application; and
8.
The STR use shall not create the need for exterior alterations to any building for the purpose of maintaining such accessory use; and
9.
The STR use shall be located on property which is in compliance with allowed uses for the zone district in which the property is located; and
10.
The STR use shall be located on a lot which complies with the required minimum lot area for existing uses as specified under Table 3.1: Height, Area and Setback Regulations (applicable to SR and STR residential districts only); and
11.
The applicant for the STR use shall not be someone who has had an STR Permit revoked within the previous twenty-four (24) months.
(Ord. No. 2011-11, § 3, 2-8-11; Ord. No. 2018-043, § 9, 4-10-18)
a.
An STR use may be established in a dwelling unit as an accessory use to the principal residential use, on any property not located in the Old and Historic District and located entirely within the Old City District, where the zoning administrator, after reviewing an STR application, finds that the following requirements are met:
1.
The property shall not contain more than one (1) STR unit. Each unit shall consist of one or more rooms arranged for the purpose of providing sleeping accommodations for occupancy for one (1) to twenty-nine (29) consecutive days by up to four (4) adults. For the purposes of this Section, an adult shall include any person eighteen (18) years of age or older; and
2.
The subject property shall be located entirely on the peninsula and not within the ST Overlay Zone or the Old and Historic District; and
3.
The STR use shall be operated by the record owner of the subject property who shall also be qualified as a resident of the subject property; and
4.
The STR unit shall be located within a building constructed fifty (50) or more years ago; and
5.
The STR shall provide one (1) off street parking space on the subject property, in addition to providing, on the subject property, required off street parking for existing uses on the property. The parking space provided for the STR may be situated in tandem with the required spaces for other uses; and
6.
The STR shall be located on property which is in compliance with allowed uses for the zone district in which the property is located; and
7.
The STR use shall not create the need for exterior alterations to any building for the purpose of maintaining such accessory use; and
8.
The applicant for the STR use shall not be someone who has had an STR permit revoked within the previous twenty-four (24) months.
(Ord. No. 2018-043, § 9, 4-10-18)
a.
A Category 3 STR use may be established in a dwelling unit as an accessory to the principal residential use where the zoning administrator, after reviewing an STR application, finds that the following requirements are met:
1.
The subject property shall be located entirely off of the peninsula; and
2.
The number of STR guests on the property shall not exceed four (4) adults. For the purposes of this section, an adult shall include any person eighteen (18) years of age or older; and
3.
The size and character of the STR use must be subordinate and incidental to the principal residential use of the property; and
4.
The STR shall be operated by the record owner of the subject property who shall also be qualified as a resident of the subject property; and
5.
The STR shall provide one (1) off street parking space on the subject property, in addition to providing, on the subject property, required off street parking for existing uses on the property. The parking space provided for the STR may be situated in tandem with the required spaces for other uses; and
6.
The STR use shall not create the need for exterior alterations to any building for the purpose of maintaining such accessory use; and
7.
The applicant for the STR use shall not be someone who has had an STR permit revoked within the previous twenty-four (24) months.
(Ord. No. 2018-043, § 9, 4-10-18)
Communication towers shall be allowed as an accessory use within the GB, GP, UC, BP and LI districts, subject to a finding that the tower satisfies the criteria listed in 54-207, c.
(Ord. No. 2007-119, § 2, 6-19-07)
a.
Family day care homes, group day care homes, or overnight day care facilities, may be established in all residential zoning districts as an accessory use to a residential use upon a finding by the Zoning Administration that the requirements that follow are met.
1.
Permitting requirements.
(a)
the proposed facility must meet the definition for either a family day care home or group day care home. Overnight day care facilities are allowed only in conjunction with approved family day care homes; and
(b)
proof of application for the facility's registration with the Department of Social Services is submitted; and
(c)
outdoor play is allowed only between the hours of 8 a.m. and 6 p.m.; and
(d)
the facility is an accessory use of a residence occupied by the operator of the facility; and
(e)
the proposed outdoor lighting of the facility does not unduly impact neighboring properties; and
(f)
there are no signs advertising or identifying the property as a family day care home.
2.
Approval process. Prior to the issuance of a zoning permit, the Zoning Administration shall cause the property upon which the proposed facility is to be located to be posted for ten (10) consecutive days, advising that the occupant of the property has applied for a zoning permit to establish a day care facility at the location and supplying a phone number to call for further information. Should no objection to the permit, as hereinafter set forth, be received by the Zoning Administration during the ten (10) day posting period, the Zoning Administration shall, after verifying that the facility meets the requirements as set forth above, issue the zoning permit. If, prior to the expiration of time during which the property is posted, the Zoning Administration is presented with a petition in opposition to the issuance of a zoning permit, signed by a majority of the owners of property located within 200 feet of any lot line of the property where the facility is proposed to be located, then the matter shall be referred to the Board of Zoning Appeals. The Board of Zoning Appeals shall, in considering the matter, prior to the issuance of a permit, verify that the facility meets the requirements as set forth above and the facility is otherwise compatible with the surrounding neighborhood based upon the size of the proposed facility, the potential for increased traffic and noise and the location of play, loading and circulation areas.
On an annual basis, the Zoning Administration shall determine whether each day care facility permitted under this section remains in compliance with all the terms of this ordinance, and shall initiate such enforcement procedures as may be appropriate. All operators of day care facilities permitted under this section shall cooperate fully with the Zoning Administration and his designees, including, but not limited to, providing pertinent information upon request and affording access to that portion of the premises which is used for day care for reasonable site inspections.
(Ord. No. 1999-54, § 4, 4-27-99)
a.
A home occupation may be established on a property in any zoning district, as an accessory use to the principal residential use, if the intended home occupation meets the conditions listed below. The business owner must complete and sign a "Home Occupation Application." The completed application shall constitute zoning approval.
1.
The home occupation shall be a use that is customarily conducted by the resident of record, is incidental and subordinate to the principal residential use, and does not constitute a nuisance or adversely affect the use and development of adjoining properties in the neighborhood. Home occupations shall include, in general, but not be limited to, personal services such as furnished by an artist, musician, seamstress or instructor. Also, a home occupation may be a business that maintains an office within a dwelling, but conducts business activity at another location away from the dwelling. This includes, but is not limited to, building contractor, lawn care service, painter, pressure washing, interior design, cleaning service, or newspaper delivery. A home occupation shall not include such occupations as adult uses, motor vehicle repairs, motor vehicle rental, motor vehicle sales, tattooing, tea rooms, tourist homes, bed and breakfasts short term rentals, rooming or boarding houses, animal kennels or hospitals, physicians, dentists or other offices for diagnosis, prevention, alleviation, or cure of disease or disability, retail businesses, or occupations which have vehicles, other than vehicles as described below, parked or stored at the dwelling.
2.
The home occupation shall be clearly incidental to the principal residential use of the property and shall not change the essential residential character of the property.
3.
Outdoor activities. All activities and storage areas associated with home occupations must be conducted in completely enclosed buildings, with the exception of swimming instructions.
4.
Use of the dwelling for this purpose shall be limited to thirty-three percent (33%) of the existing principal building and up to 650 square feet of an enclosed accessory building.
5.
No outside storage shall be used in connection with the home occupation.
6.
No electrical, mechanical, or chemical equipment that is not normally a part of domestic or household equipment shall be permitted. There shall be created no dangerous, injurious, noxious or otherwise objectionable fire, explosive or other hazard; noise or vibration; smoke, dust, odor or other form of air pollution; heat, cold or dampness; electromagnetic or other disturbance; glare; liquid or solid refuse or other waste; or other objectionable substance, condition or element.
7.
There shall be no exterior display, no exterior storage of materials, no exterior sign, except as permitted by the applicable district regulations, and no other exterior indication of the home occupation or internal or external alterations inconsistent with the residential use or character of the dwelling.
8.
Such occupation shall be carried on by a resident, members of his family living on the premises, and no more than one full-time or part-time nonresident employee who works at the residence used for the home occupation. The home occupation may have other employees who are not working at the residence, but work at other off-site locations, if applicable. For the purpose of this section, the term "nonresident employee" includes an employee, business partner, co-owner, or other person affiliated with the home occupation, who does not live at the site, but who may work at the site as a part of the home occupation.
9.
Display of products shall not be visible from the street and only articles made on the premises may be sold on the premises.
10.
Instruction in music, dancing, swimming, art and similar instruction shall be limited to two students at a time, with the expectation that pick-up and drop-off times are arranged in a manner that minimizes impact to the neighborhood.
11.
A barber shop or beauty shop with not more than one (1) chair shall be permitted as a home occupation if the other requirements of this Section are met.
12.
Passenger vehicles only shall be permitted in connection with the conduct of the home occupation. Passenger vehicles include motorcycles, automobiles, pickup trucks and vans. No truck cabs, or other large trucks or semi-truck trailers shall be allowed.
13.
No traffic shall be generated by such home occupation in greater volume than would normally be expected in the neighborhood, and any need for parking generated by the conduct of such home occupation shall be met off the street and other than in a required front yard.
14.
Nothing in this section shall allow zoning approval for a home occupation which creates or causes to be created noises, noxious odors, or conditions injurious to the health, safety, morals, or welfare of the community. The Board of Zoning Appeals-Zoning shall review all appeals to decisions of the Zoning Administrator. Such zoning approval shall be revoked upon a finding that any home occupation established under this Chapter fails at any time to meet the requirements prescribed herein.
In granting the zoning approval for a home occupation, the Zoning Administrator may impose such reasonable and additional stipulations, conditions or safeguards, as deemed necessary to fulfill the purposes and intent of this Chapter.
b.
Expiration. The Zoning Permit for a home occupation shall expire under the following conditions:
1.
Whenever the applicant ceases to occupy the premises for which the home occupation was issued. No subsequent occupant of such premises shall engage in any home occupation until a new permit has been issued through proper application.
2.
Whenever the applicant fails to exercise the use permitted for any period of twelve (12) consecutive months.
3.
Whenever in the judgment of the Zoning Administrator the home occupation exceeds the limitations of this Chapter or the restrictions stated on the zoning approval, a notice which revokes the Home Occupation zoning approval shall be mailed by certified mail to the licensee stating the date the permit is to be voided. The licensee may request a hearing before the Board of Zoning Appeals-Zoning for a reinstatement of the Home Occupation zoning approval.
(Ord. No. 1999-54, § 4, 4-27-99; Ord. No. 2006-488, § 2, 10-24-06; Ord. No. 2007-172, § 2, 9-11-07; Ord. No. 2011-08, § 4, 2-8-11; Ord. No. 2011-28, § 2, 4-12-11; Ord. No. 2015-081, §§ 1, 2, 7-21-2015; Ord. No. 2018-043, § 10, 4-10-18; Ord. No. 2022-026, § 1, 2-22-22)
Accessory uses may be permitted when intended to complement any of the permitted uses and are designed to be for the primary use of employees, visitors, and/or clients of the office occupants. Possible uses are as follows: barber shop, beauty salon, drafting service or quick reproduction service, medical or dental laboratories, for use by employees only, and other such uses which would be in keeping with the spirit and intent of this section. Accessory uses shall be included as tenants within the various principal office buildings and shall not occupy separate buildings. Not more than twenty (20%) of the gross floor area of any principal office building may be occupied by an accessory use. No accessory use shall have an individual outside entrance nor shall there be any display of advertising signs or merchandise visible from outside the building.
For tracts of land in excess of 12 acres, where a planned development is proposed, and reviewed by the Planning Commission, additional uses such as cafeteria and/or coffee shop or snack bar, apothecary, communication facilities, recreational facilities, day care facilities may be included as tenants as accessory uses. Day care facilities may be permitted as regulated in any General Business (GB) district and subject to review by the Zoning Administration or Board of Zoning Appeals required for such use in that district.
(Ord. No. 1999-54, § 4, 4-27-99)
a.
Findings.
WHEREAS, City Council finds that it is appropriate and in the best interest of the general public to permit the establishment of sidewalk cafés as an accessory use and enact regulations governing their operation; and
WHEREAS, City Council finds that where adequate sidewalk right-of-ways exist to accommodate sidewalk cafés, such sidewalk cafés can be positive visual amenities, enhance business opportunities and enhance the quality of life for our citizens and visitors, provided they can be operated while ensuring public safety and without compromising the use of sidewalks for pedestrian travel and access; and
WHEREAS, sidewalk cafés, if properly regulated, will preserve and enhance the character of the City and promote desirable land use.
b.
Definitions.
1.
Alcoholic beverages means and includes alcohol, spirits, wine or beer.
2.
Clear pedestrian path means a paved sidewalk area free from any obstructions such as trees, tree wells, bike racks, signs, parking meters, street lights, utility poles, or fire hydrants.
3.
Zoning Administrator means the Zoning Administrator of the City of Charleston.
4.
Food means any raw, cooked or processed edible substance or ingredient, used or intended for use in whole or in part for human consumption, and shall include non-alcoholic beverages allowed to be sold in accordance with this section, but shall not include alcoholic beverages.
5.
Sidewalk café means a portion of an immobile retail food establishment located on a public right-of-way directly adjacent to the retail food establishment.
6.
Sidewalk café elements mean all tables, chairs, plants, planters, and any other items of the sidewalk café, which are approved in the sidewalk café permit.
c.
Permit required for sidewalk café. A permit, which shall be known as a sidewalk café permit, shall be required to operate a sidewalk café.
d.
Fees. A non-refundable application fee shall be paid with the submittal of the application by a business for a sidewalk café permit. Subsequent applications by a business to make changes to their approved sidewalk café permit shall require a fee. Upon approval, applicants for a sidewalk café permit shall, if required, pay an annual user fee. All fees shall be determined by City Council and shall be set forth in the Department of Planning and Preservation or Fee Schedule ("Fee Schedule").
e.
Permit application and approval procedure. Application for a sidewalk café permit shall be submitted to the Zoning Administrator, who shall make available forms for this purpose. The applicant shall provide such information on the application as the Zoning Administrator may require by rules and regulations as same may be adopted by City Council and thereafter amended by the Design Review Committee upon a recommendation from the Zoning Administrator, including:
1.
Proof that the applicant holds a valid retail food establishment business license and certificate of occupancy issued to the establishment that will provide food for the sidewalk café adjacent thereto.
2.
Proof of insurance as required in this section.
3.
A measured drawing of the sidewalk café prepared by a licensed surveyor, professional architect, landscape architect or engineer. This drawing must accurately depict all existing street furniture and other obstructions (trees, poles, newsboxes, signs, hydrants, parking meters, etc).
4.
A layout plan for the sidewalk café, complying with applicable regulations, and demonstrating that the sidewalk café shall not unreasonably interfere with:
(a)
Adequate pedestrian flow;
(b)
Access to building entrances;
(c)
Pedestrian and traffic safety; and
(d)
The aesthetic quality of the surrounding area.
5.
A non-refundable application fee.
6.
A notarized statement indicating that the applicant: (a) has had no municipal code violations relating to the applicant's retail food establishment within the last 12 months preceding the date of the application or (b) has had municipal code violation(s) relating to the applicant's retail food establishment within the last 12 months preceding the date of the application with a list of the specific violation(s) by date and code section.
Any municipal code violation that has been adjudicated against the applicant relating to the applicant's retail food establishment within the last 12 months preceding the date of the application shall be grounds for denial of the application.
7.
The Rules and Regulations for the Sidewalk Café Program, which shall be used to administer this Ordinance, are marked as Exhibit A, attached hereto and incorporated by reference herein (the "Rules and Regulations").
f.
Review of application. The Zoning Administrator shall review a submitted application for compliance with this section and regulations promulgated pursuant thereto.
1.
If the Zoning Administrator finds that the applicant meets the requirements of this section and the regulations promulgated hereunder, the Zoning Administrator shall provide the application to the Fire Marshall and the Design Review Committee. The Fire Marshal will review the application for fire code compliance, and will forward a recommendation to the Zoning Administrator. The Design Review Committee will review the proposed Sidewalk Café Elements and the proposed density of those elements and will forward a recommendation to the Zoning Administrator.
2.
Upon the receipt of a favorable recommendation from the Fire Marshal and the Design Review Committee, the Zoning Administrator shall approve the sidewalk café permit to the applicant; provided the sidewalk café permit shall not be issued until after the Zoning Administrator and Fire Marshal have conducted a site inspection of the approved sidewalk café and all Sidewalk Café Elements placed therein to ensure that the sidewalk café and all Sidewalk Café Elements are in compliance with the approved permit and that the permittee is in compliance with all other requirements of the permit.
3.
If the Zoning Administrator finds that the applicant fails to meet the requirements of this section of the regulations promulgated hereunder or if the Zoning Administrator does not receive a favorable recommendation from the Fire Marshal and the Design Review Committee, the Zoning Administrator shall deny the application, except that applicants for sidewalk café in residential areas shall be given the opportunity to apply for a special exception under Section 54-206(x).
4.
All appeals of administrative interpretations or decisions of the Zoning Administrator shall be made to the Board of Zoning Appeals Site Design in accordance with Section 54-926 of the Zoning Ordinance of the City of Charleston. All appeals of administrative interpretations or decisions of the Board of Zoning Appeals Site Design shall be made in accordance with Section 54-930 of the Zoning Ordinance of the City of Charleston.
5.
Subsequent applications by a business to make changes to their approved sidewalk café permit, including enlarging the sidewalk café, may be approved by the Zoning Administrator and Fire Marshall without review of the Design Review Committee if the sidewalk café elements and density are not proposed to be changed.
g.
Compliance with plan and other components of application. Each sidewalk café shall comply in all respects with the specifications set out in the plan submitted to and approved by the Zoning Administrator, and with the other components of the application.
h.
Permit—Assignment or transfer prohibited. No permittee shall assign or transfer a sidewalk café permit without the express written consent of the Zoning Administrator.
i.
Permit for one retail food establishment only. A sidewalk café shall be for the exclusive use of the licensed retail food establishment stated on the permit. Sharing or other joint use of a sidewalk café location by more than one retail food establishment shall be prohibited.
j.
Permit for food and beverage service, including alcoholic beverages, only. A sidewalk café permit shall only authorize food and beverage service, including alcoholic beverages, at the sidewalk café. Regardless of what other activity may be permitted to take place inside the establishment that holds the sidewalk café permit, such other activity except food and beverage service, including alcoholic beverages, shall be prohibited.
k.
Operational conditions.
1.
Sidewalk cafés permitted under this section shall not operate earlier than 7:00 a.m. and no later than 12:00 a.m. unless the hours of the establishment are more restricted by operation of law or otherwise, in which case, the establishment's more restrictive hours shall control.
2.
Sidewalk cafés shall only be permitted on sidewalks within a public right-of-way space between the building and street curb that includes both paved and non-paved surfaces and has a minimum width of eight feet (8′ - 0″) measured from the property line to face of curb. The area designated for the sidewalk café shall be considered an extension of the franchise; therefore, the location of the sidewalk café must be directly in front of the franchise and abut the building.
3.
On sidewalks that abut marked on-street parking spaces or loading zones, sidewalk café operators shall maintain a minimum clear pedestrian path width of five feet (5′) at all times. In areas of higher pedestrian traffic or activity, or in conditions that suggest the need for additional clearance, a minimum clear pedestrian path width greater than five feet (5′) may be required.
4.
On sidewalks that do not abut marked on-street parking spaces or loading zones, sidewalk café operators shall maintain a minimum clear pedestrian path width of eight feet (8') at all times. In areas of higher pedestrian traffic or activity, or in conditions that suggest the need for additional clearance, a clear pedestrian path width greater than eight feet (8') may be required.
5.
The sidewalk café shall not impinge on any required clear distances for maneuvering around building entrances or exits and shall not obstruct emergency exits or access to fire department hose connections. All services provided to patrons of a sidewalk café and all patron activity (i.e., sitting, dining, waiting, etc.) shall occur within the designated sidewalk café area, and shall not impinge on the required clear pedestrian path at any time.
6.
Sidewalk cafés permitted under this section shall not play amplified music, whether live or recorded. No speakers, microphones, televisions or other audio or video devices shall be permitted at a sidewalk café.
7.
Additional parking shall not be required due to the addition of a sidewalk dining area.
8.
The permittee must provide supervision of the sidewalk café area to ensure the conduct of patrons and operations of the area are in compliance with this ordinance at all times.
9.
Where exigent circumstances exist, and an authorized officer or city official gives notice to a permittee to temporarily move from a location, such permittee shall comply with the notice. Exigent circumstances shall include, but not be limited to unusually heavy pedestrian or vehicular traffic, existence of any obstructions in the public space at or near such a location, an accident, fire, an emergency situation, private or public construction projects at or near such locations, or a parade, demonstration, or other such event or occurrence at or near such location. Such findings by the Zoning Administrator may be made upon unanticipated or after-discovered factors or conditions, which became obvious only after operation of a sidewalk café. If such a limitation or suspension shall continue for a period in excess of thirty (30) days, or should a permit be so cancelled, the permittee shall be entitled to refund of a pro rata share of the annual fee.
10.
The permittee or the permittee's designee shall be required to post the original sidewalk café permit, and any conditions that have been imposed upon such permit, on the premises of the affiliated franchise of the sidewalk café.
l.
Alcoholic beverage service—Requirements. If alcoholic beverages are served at the sidewalk café, the operator must be validly licensed under all applicable laws for such sales. Alcoholic beverages supplied by the customer or by any other person other than the permittee shall not be allowed at sidewalk cafés. No alcoholic beverages may be stored or mixed in the sidewalk café area.
m.
Violation—Penalties.
1.
Any person who violates any of the provisions of this section or regulations promulgated hereunder shall be subject to punishment as set forth in Section 1-16 of the Code of the City of Charleston or revocation of the sidewalk café permit or both at the election of the City.
2.
Any sidewalk café in operation without a valid sidewalk café permit is subject to removal from the public right-of-way by the Zoning Administrator or his designee and subject to punishment as set forth in Paragraph m.(1) above.
n.
Severability. The invalidity of any section or part of this section, or any regulation promulgated hereunder, shall not affect the validity of any other section or part thereof or regulation.
(Ord. No. 2004-102, § 1, 10-12-04; Ord. No. 2009-26, § 1, 2-24-09; Ord. No. 2009-208, § 2, 10-13-09; Ord. No. 2021-184, § 1, 12-21-21; Ord. No. 2025-086, § 1, 6-17-25)
In all base zoning districts, an accessory dwelling unit (ADU) may be approved by the Zoning Administrator as an accessory use to a principal single-family dwelling unit, if the Zoning Administrator finds the following conditions have been met:
a.
The Department of Planning and Preservation ("Planning") shall prepare a site plan checklist and application for use by applicants. The application shall include, without limitation, a statement, signed by the applicant, certifying that no covenants exist prohibiting the construction or use of an ADU on the lot. In addition to other items required by the application, the applicant shall submit the following to Planning with the signed application:
1.
A scaled site plan showing all information required in the site plan checklist; and
2.
A draft Declaration of Covenants and Restrictions ("DCR"), which must be approved by the Department of Planning ("Planning") and the Office of Corporation Counsel ("Legal"), including the terms, conditions, and provisions set forth in Section 54-214.g. The DCR must be executed by the owner(s) of the lot, in a form sufficient for recording with the applicable Register of Deeds Office. A certificate of occupancy/completion shall not be issued for the ADU until the applicant provides a recorded copy of the DCR that is approved by Planning and Legal. If the ADU receives financial subsidy from the City of Charleston under the provisions set forth in Sec. 54-214.g(3), the Department of Housing and Community Development ("Housing") must provide approval prior to review by Planning and Legal.
c.
There shall be a limit of one (1) ADU per lot.
d.
The total number of dwelling units, including the ADU, shall not exceed two (2) dwelling units per lot. The ADU may be separately metered for electricity, gas, and water.
e.
The ADU may include no more than 850 square feet of conditioned floor area; provided, however, for ADU's within an accessory building approved utilizing the setback exceptions in Section 54-506.f, the maximum building footprint shall be 600 square feet.
f.
One (1) off street parking space shall be provided for the ADU on the lot, in addition to providing, on the lot, required off street parking for existing uses thereon. The off street parking space provided for the ADU may be situated in tandem with the required spaces for other uses on the lot.
g.
The DCR shall include the following terms, conditions, and provisions:
1.
Either the principal dwelling unit or the ADU must be owner-occupied and serve as the primary dwelling unit for the owner of the lot. If neither dwelling unit is owner-occupied, the ADU may not be rented separately from the principal dwelling unit.
2.
No subleases of the ADU shall be permitted.
3.
If the applicant receives financial subsidy from the City of Charleston and the ADU is rented for remuneration, the ADU must meet affordable housing income and rental thresholds, as defined in Sec. 54-120, where the occupants have, in the aggregate, a household income of less than or equal to eighty percent (80%) of AMI, and the owner shall provide proof of affordability to the City of Charleston Department of Housing and Community Development, or its successor, on an annual basis during the affordability period.
4.
For applicants receiving financial subsidy under Sec. 54-214.g(3), the affordability period shall be at least thirty (30) years, beginning upon receipt of a certificate of occupancy/completion for the ADU.
5.
Occupancy of an ADU shall be limited to no more than two (2) adults, with "adult" defined as any person eighteen years of age or older.
6.
Under no circumstances shall the property be converted to a horizontal property regime.
7.
Neither the principal dwelling unit nor the ADU shall be utilized for a short term rental.
8.
The covenants shall accord the City, or its assignee, rights to enforcement by any legal and/or equitable means, including the revocation of a certificate of occupancy.
(Ord. No. 2020-116, § 4, 9-8-20; Ord. No. 2022-069, § 1, 5-10-22; Ord. No. 2025-086, § 1, 6-17-25)
The following provisions apply to new or additional areas sought to be utilized for outdoor dining services:
A.
Definitions.
(1)
Expiration Date. "Expiration Date" means January 10, 2022 at 11:59:59 p.m.
(2)
Outdoor Dining Services. "Outdoor dining services" means services covered by a temporary outdoor dining approval and/or a temporary sidewalk dining permit.
(3)
Residential Area. "Residential Area" means any property within a residential zoning district.
(4)
Restaurant. "Restaurant" means an operation that prepares, processes, packages, serves, or otherwise provides food for human consumption, either on or off the premises, regardless of whether there is a charge for the food; provided, however, the term "restaurant" shall not include grocery stores, pharmacies, convenience stores, gas stations, school cafeterias, independent living food service operations, licensed healthcare facilities, retail meat markets, fish/seafood markets, retail ice merchants, or mobile food establishments.
(5)
Sidewalk Dining. "Sidewalk dining" means a portion of an immobile restaurant located on a designated public right-of-way immediately adjacent to the restaurant.
(6)
Sidewalk Dining Elements. "Sidewalk dining elements" means any and all tables, chairs, tents, umbrellas, planters, heaters, and other objects associated with sidewalk dining.
(7)
Temporary Outdoor Dining Approval. A temporary outdoor dining approval authorizes a restaurant to temporarily utilize new or expanded outdoor dining areas on private property.
(8)
Temporary Sidewalk Dining Permit. A temporary sidewalk dining permit authorizes a restaurant to engage in sidewalk dining within a designated area on a public right-of-way.
B.
Temporary Suspension of Regulations Governing Outdoor Dining Areas and Sidewalk Dining. The following regulations temporarily shall supersede and replace any conflicting provisions of the City's zoning ordinances or regulations governing outdoor dining services; provided, however, nothing herein supersedes or replaces conflicting provisions of the City's zoning ordinances or regulations with respect to new development, redevelopment, construction, or improvement of property.
C.
Applications. Any restaurant desiring to offer outdoor dining services shall first apply to the Zoning Division on forms created for that purpose. All information required to show compliance with the standards for outdoor dining services under this Section shall be included with the application. The Zoning Administrator is hereby authorized and directed to generate standard application forms and adopt internal procedures for such purpose.
D.
Special Exception. The location of outdoor dining services within 150 feet of a residential area is generally disfavored and shall not be granted except upon a special exception approved by the Board of Zoning Appeals-Zoning ("BZA-Z"). The BZA-Z may approve, approve with modifications, approve with conditions, or disapprove an application for outdoor dining services within 150 feet of a residential area after considering the application, the relevant supporting materials, any staff recommendation, and the evidence presented at the hearing. Prior to granting a special exception under this Section, the BZA-Z shall find as follows:
(1)
Compliance with Standards. The proposed special exception complies with the specific standards applicable to the request set forth in this section 54-215.
(2)
Compatibility. The proposed special exception is appropriate for its location and compatible with the character of surrounding lands and the uses permitted in the zoning districts of surrounding lands, and will not reduce property values of surrounding lands.
(3)
Design does not have substantial adverse impact. The design of the proposed special exception minimizes adverse effects, including visual impacts of the proposed use on adjacent lands; furthermore, the proposed special exception does not impose significant adverse impact on surrounding lands regarding traffic, service delivery, parking and loading, odors, noise, glare, vibration, and does not create a nuisance.
E.
Conditional Use Permit. A conditional use permit issued by the Zoning Administrator shall be required for outdoor dining services which are not located within 150 feet of a residential area. The Zoning Administrator shall approve the application if the proposed outdoor dining services comply with the specific standards applicable to the request set forth in this section 54-215.
F.
Standards for Temporary Outdoor Dining Approval. Restaurants desiring temporary outdoor dining approval shall comply with the following standards:
(1)
The restaurant shall be properly licensed by appropriate state and local agencies to perform any activities, sales, and services.
(2)
The restaurant shall comply with all applicable laws relating to litter, noise, and other livability matters.
(3)
No amplified music shall be permitted in outdoor dining areas approved under this section 54-215. Nothing herein shall prohibit amplified music in outdoor dining areas approved for use prior to effective date of this ordinance, to the extent amplified music was previously permitted in such areas.
(4)
Unless authorized as part of a sidewalk dining permit or sidewalk café, outdoor dining areas shall not encroach within any public rights-of-way.
(5)
Outdoor dining areas shall not encroach into or interfere with required handicapped parking spaces.
(6)
Outdoor dining areas shall not interfere with safe pedestrian and vehicular access or access required to be maintained under the Americans with Disabilities Act.
(7)
Outdoor dining areas shall not encroach within or interfere with fire and other emergency access.
(8)
Any sales and/or consumption of food and/or alcoholic beverages shall be in compliance with the provisions of any federal, state, and/or local laws and regulations governing same.
(9)
Outdoor dining areas shall comply with all applicable occupancy requirements and other provisions of the fire code.
G.
Temporary Sidewalk Dining Permit. The following procedures shall apply to temporary sidewalk dining permits:
(1)
Layout. A layout sketch or site plan and a minimum of two (2) photographs showing all sidewalk dining elements, utilities, sidewalks, and appropriate measurements shall be included with an application for a temporary sidewalk dining permit.
(2)
Effect. The following terms and conditions shall apply to any temporary sidewalk dining permit issued by the City under this Ordinance:
a.
The permit is for a permissive use only and the issuing of the permit shall not operate to create or vest any property rights in the permittee.
b.
The City shall have free and complete access to the public right-of-way (the "ROW") in which sidewalk dining has been permitted for maintenance and repair of the ROW, and the permittee shall hold harmless the City for any damage that may be done by the City during maintenance and repair of the ROW.
c.
The permittee shall maintain the sidewalk easement area in a good and safe condition as long as the temporary sidewalk dining permit remains in effect. Permittee understands and acknowledges that, should the permittee, its agents, employees, vendors, or patrons, damage and/or disturb the ROW and/or the sidewalk dining area, the permittee shall be solely responsible for repairing the destroyed/disturbed ROW and the sidewalk dining area to the City's satisfaction.
d.
Permittee shall maintain a general liability insurance policy with combined single liability limits for personal injury or death and property damage in the amount of the liability limits set forth in the South Carolina Tort Claims Act, naming the City as an additional insured. The permittee agrees to provide proof of such policy to the City upon request.
e.
If alcoholic beverages will be served within the sidewalk dining area, the permittee shall maintain liquor liability insurance for the area under the same terms and conditions as those applying to general liability insurance.
f.
Permittee shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the City against any and all claims or suits for damages or injury arising from permittee's or the permittee's agents', employees', vendors', and/or patrons' use of the ROW or the sidewalk dining area or from any activity, work, or act done, permitted, or suffered by permittee in or about the sidewalk dining area, and shall further indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the City against and from any and all claims or suits arising from any breach or default of any performance of any obligation of permittee under this Section or the sidewalk dining permit, and against and from all costs, attorneys' fees, expenses, and liabilities related to any claim or any action or proceeding brought within the scope of this indemnification.
g.
Permittee shall not assign the sidewalk dining permit without the prior approval of the City.
h.
Any unlawful encroachments existing in the ROW shall be subject to removal and the permittee shall be responsible for labor and costs associated with such removal. Any encroachments existing in the public ROW shall be removed upon twenty-four (24) hours' notice given by the department of public service when such removal is necessary to repair or improve the ROW. If it is necessary to remove any encroachments, including but not limited to sidewalk dining elements, the permittee shall be responsible for labor and costs associated with removal and reinstallation.
i.
In the event that the City police, fire, public service or traffic and transportation departments determine that the location of an encroachment, including but not limited to sidewalk dining elements, constitutes an immediate physical danger to life, safety or health, the encroachment may be removed immediately without prior notice. If the City removes an encroachment, a notice of removal shall be sent to the permittee as soon as practicable under the circumstances. Any abandoned encroachment shall be subject to removal. For purposes hereof, 'abandoned' shall mean the vacating of the premises by the permittee for a period of seven (7) consecutive days or more. Any costs incurred to the City in restoring the public ROW to the condition that existed prior to the use of the sidewalk dining area shall be the responsibility of the permittee.
(3)
Inspection. The Zoning Administrator shall perform or cause to be performed a site inspection of the area to be utilized for sidewalk dining to verify compliance with the requirements set forth herein prior to issuing a temporary sidewalk dining permit. The City of Charleston's Fire Department, Fire Marshal, Police Department, Building Inspections Division, Livability Code Enforcement Officers, and zoning officers shall be authorized to inspect and determine whether applicants and permittees comply with and continue to comply with the rules and regulations governing sidewalk dining set forth herein, as may be amended.
(4)
Decision. The Zoning Administrator is hereby authorized, after any necessary consultation with other City departments, to issue a temporary sidewalk dining permit if the application meets all standards set forth in section 54-215.
(5)
Posting. The temporary sidewalk dining permit shall be posted on the premises so as to be visible from the public right-of-way during all times that sidewalk dining is being conducted within the public right-of-way.
H.
Design and Layout. The following standards shall govern the design and layout for sidewalk dining:
(1)
The width of the sidewalk dining area shall not exceed the width of the frontage of the restaurant's property.
(2)
Permittees shall maintain a clear pedestrian path of at least six feet (6') at all times; provided, however, in areas of higher pedestrian traffic or activity, or in conditions that suggest the need for additional clearance, the Zoning Administrator may require a clear pedestrian path greater than six feet (6'). Any such clearance area must be free of all obstructions such as trees, parking meters, utility poles, fire hydrants, and similar encroachments in order to allow for adequate pedestrian movement. All services and patron activity provided within the designated public right-of-way shall occur within the designated area and shall not encroach within the minimum clearances for pedestrian passage at any time.
(3)
Sidewalk dining and sidewalk dining elements shall not interfere with any utilities or other facilities such as utility poles, fire hydrants, signs, parking meters, mailboxes, and/or benches within the sidewalk or within the public right-of-way.
(4)
Sidewalk dining and sidewalk dining elements shall not interfere with or obstruct any required clearance for maneuvering around entrances or exits.
(5)
Sidewalk dining and sidewalk dining elements shall not interfere with or obstruct any areas required for accessibility for disabled persons, whether patrons or employees.
(6)
Sidewalk dining and sidewalk dining elements shall not interfere with or obstruct required ingress and/or egress for adjacent buildings set forth in the building code or otherwise.
(7)
Sidewalk dining and sidewalk dining elements may not violate the vision clearance requirements set forth in section 54-351. Vision clearance will also be required when sidewalk dining or sidewalk dining elements are located adjacent to an alley or driveway; provided, however, the Zoning Administrator is authorized to impose additional requirements when unusual circumstances exist or when public safety may be jeopardized.
(8)
Signs advertising the sale of food, beverages, goods, or services within sidewalk dining areas shall be prohibited. This prohibition includes but is not limited to sandwich boards, banners, pamphlets, podiums, or any other advertisements. Nothing herein shall prohibit the posting of any signage required by the City.
(9)
No amplified music, whether live or recorded, shall be permitted within sidewalk dining areas. No speakers, microphones, televisions or other audio or video devices shall be permitted within sidewalk dining areas.
(10)
No vending machines, carts, or objects for the sale of goods shall be permitted within sidewalk dining areas.
I.
Standards for Sidewalk Dining. Restaurants obtaining a temporary sidewalk dining permit shall comply with the following operational standards:
(1)
The standards for temporary outdoor dining approval in section 54-215.F.
(2)
Sidewalk dining is prohibited between 12:00 a.m. and 7:00 a.m., unless the permitted hours are more restrictive under the existing zoning applicable to the property, use, or activity, in which case the more restrictive hours shall control.
(3)
Any and all sidewalk dining elements shall be removed from the public right-of-way except during the restaurant's daily operations. The storage of sidewalk dining elements within the public right-of-way at any time is prohibited. The leaving of sidewalk dining elements in public rights-of-way at any time before or during daily operations is also prohibited.
(4)
If alcoholic beverages are served within the designated public right-of-way, the permittee must have a valid license under all applicable laws for such sales. Alcoholic beverages supplied by the customer or by any other person other than the permittee shall not be allowed within the designated public right-of-way. No alcoholic beverages may be stored or mixed within the designated public right-of-way.
(5)
The permittee must require patrons dining within the designated public-right-of-way to wear shoes and shirts at all times.
(6)
All employees must comply with applicable requirements and standards for a retail food establishment.
(7)
The permittee must comply with all federal, state, and local laws, rules, and regulations applicable to the operation of sidewalk dining within the City.
J.
Administrative Suspension. Any temporary outdoor dining approval and/or sidewalk dining permit is subject to suspension, modification, or amendment at any time based on a determination that additional conditions or limitations shall be required to protect against adverse impacts to the public health, safety, or welfare associated with new or expanded area.
K.
Modification. City Council may suspend, modify, or amend the provisions governing outdoor dining services at any time, in which case all restaurants shall comply with any such modifications or amendments, whether or not they previously received an approval or permit hereunder. In this respect, an approval for outdoor dining services is considered an activity, not a use. All approvals and permits governed by this section shall automatically expire on the expiration date, unless such approval or permit is otherwise suspended, modified, amended, or extended in accordance with this section or a subsequent ordinance adopted by city council.
L.
Appeal. Any decision of the Zoning Administrator under this section may be appealed to the BZA-Z, in accordance with the standards governing appeals from administrative officers under state law and the City's Zoning Ordinance.
M.
Compliance. Permittees are responsible for ensuring that the procedures and standards set forth in this section are followed or otherwise cease services. Pursuant to section 45-3-30 of the South Carolina Code, the City may deny or revoke any license granted to conduct any such business when, in the judgment of the City, the business is not complying with this Ordinance and shall be subject to the penalties set forth in Section 1-16 of the City Code. Pursuant to section 45-3-20 of the South Carolina Code, the City of Charleston Fire Department, Office of the Fire Marshal, Police Department, Building Inspections Division, and their designees, Livability Code Enforcement Officers, and Zoning Officers are hereby authorized to inspect and determine whether businesses are in compliance with this Section. Any person who shall refuse to allow such inspection or who shall obstruct any officer whose duty it is to make such inspection shall be subject to the penalties set forth in section 45-3-20.
N.
Previously Approved Outdoor Dining Services. Outdoor dining services permitted or approved under an emergency ordinance may continue in effect until the expiration date, subject to the following terms and conditions: (1) the outdoor dining service was permitted or approved prior to December 1, 2020; (2) the permit or approval for the outdoor dining service remains in effect, under its terms or through an extension thereof, on January 12, 2021; (3) any physical expansion of an outdoor dining service shall follow the procedures set forth in this Section with respect to such expanded area only; and (4) the permit or approval may be suspended, modified, amended, or extended in accordance with this Section or a subsequent ordinance adopted by City Council. The Zoning Administrator is hereby authorized to provide written confirmation of the continued effectiveness of any such permit or approval complying with the above-referenced terms and conditions. No additional conditional use permit or special exception permit shall be required under these circumstances.
(Ord. No. 2021-001, § 1, 1-12-21)
1.
Recreational activity including but not limited to mini golf, pickleball, and ax throwing, may be allowed as an accessory use when it generates less than half the revenue of the principal use, is subordinate to the principal use, and requires patron participation in the principal use for remuneration. Operation of the accessory use may only occur during hours when the principal use is in operation.
2.
Such accessory uses shall be subject to approval of an operations plan by the zoning administrator which establishes: (1) hours of operation for each use, (2) terms and conditions upon which participation in the principal use is a requirement to participation in the accessory use, and (3) a point of contact that may be reached by telephone during all operational hours. The zoning administrator may require the operations plan to include:
a.
A noise abatement plan, including use of a noise monitoring device;
b.
A neighborhood response plan for complaints;
c.
A security plan;
d.
A sanitation plan.
The operational plan may be amended from time to time so long as the requirements of this section are met, upon consent of the owner and zoning administrator.
3.
Proof that the accessory use is subordinate, including proof of the income generated by the principal and accessory use, shall be provided to the zoning administrator upon request. Techniques and devices used to artificially skew revenue percentages shall be disregarded and the true business of the establishment shall be discerned. Techniques and devices used to artificially skew percentages include but shall not be limited to: reduced price or free admission for the principal use with participation in the accessory use, sham transactions or sales, misstatement of value by inflating prices associated with the principal use above prices generally prevailing as to the use, services, or goods associated with the principal use, sham transactions, etc.
(Ord. No. 2023-225, § 1, 11-14-23)
In all base zoning districts, a pool may be approved by the Zoning Administrator as an accessory use to a permitted principal use, if the Zoning Administrator finds the following conditions have been met:
a.
In-ground pools. Pools not elevated above existing grade may be located within building setbacks, critical line buffer setbacks and visual buffer zone setbacks but shall not be located within landscape buffers, critical line buffers or a visual buffer zone. Wall elements on in-ground pools, such as waterfalls, may be located within building setbacks. For in-ground pools with pool sections that are elevated above existing grade, such as spas, the elevated sections shall not encroach into required side setbacks and shall meet rear setback requirements of the base zoning district or 10', whichever is less.
b.
Above-ground pools. Pools elevated above existing grade shall not encroach into required side setbacks and shall meet rear setback requirements of the base zoning district or 10', whichever is less.
(Ord. No. 2025-087, § 3, 6-17-25)
a.
Intent. The A Overlay Zone is intended to identify those areas within the City limits where accommodations uses are allowed. Accommodation uses are prohibited except within the A Overlay Zone, with the exception of short term rentals and bed and breakfasts that are approved in accordance with the provisions of sections 54-208, 54-208.1, 54-208.2, 54-208.3, 54-224. b.1 or 54-227. The City places a high value on the preservation of the character of its residential districts. Outside of its residential districts, the City places a high value on the preservation and creation of a diverse mix of uses, containing a balance of uses comprised of retail uses, office uses, service industry uses, educational uses, cultural uses, and appropriate residential uses. Potential negative impacts of accommodations uses affecting residential districts shall be avoided or minimized to the greatest extent possible, and, outside residential districts, accommodations uses shall contribute to preservation or creation of diverse, mixed-use districts. The City places a high value on assuring that its residents have access to housing that is safe and decent and affordable to persons of all income levels. While accommodations uses are a source of jobs, many, if not most, of the jobs created are low-paying, with minimal benefits, heightening the need for housing that is attainable by those employed in the field of accommodations uses and rendering it necessary and proper for accommodations uses to reasonably contribute to the creation of housing affordable for its workforce. The City places a high value on maintaining a free and safe flow of traffic and the availability of parking spaces convenient to residents, patrons, workers and visitors. As accommodations uses give rise to employees often having to drive to reach the workplace, to assist in the maintenance of a free and safe flow of traffic and convenient parking, it is necessary and proper and in furtherance of good order that accommodations uses provide a plan for parking employees and/or promoting the use of public transportation.
b.
Permitted uses. In any Accommodations overlay zone, land may be used and buildings or structures may be erected, altered or used for any purpose allowed by the base zoning district as listed in Article 2: Part 3, and the following uses, subject to the approval of the Board of Zoning Appeals-Zoning:
1.
Accommodations uses. The Board of Zoning Appeals-Zoning may permit accommodations uses as an exception where it finds that:
(a)
the accommodations use will not result in a net loss of dwelling units that have been occupied within five years of the date of application for the exception; provided however, the BZA-Z may approve the alteration or replacement of such existing dwelling units on the same site as the accommodations use, or within a radius of one quarter (¼) mile from the site if the proposed off site location does not result in an over concentration of low income households, as defined by the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development, as adjusted by the Department of Housing and Community Development; and provided further, the BZA-Z shall require any such alteration or replacement to include dwelling units of substantially the same size and type of those being altered or replaced and shall require that no certificate of occupancy shall be issued for the accommodations uses until either a certificate of occupancy has been issued for all dwelling units being altered or replaced or irrevocable bonds or letters of credit in favor of the City in amounts equivalent to one hundred twenty-five (125%) per cent of the costs to complete construction or renovation of the dwelling units, as determined by the Chief Building Inspector, has been filed with the City.
(b)
the accommodations use, if located in the Accommodations Overlay on the peninsula, will not reduce or displace more than 25% of office space that has been used for such purpose within five years of the application for the exception;
(c)
the accommodations use, if located in the Accommodations Overlay on the peninsula, will not displace more than 25% of the linear frontage of existing ground floor storefront retail space on the property;
(d)
the location of the accommodations use will not significantly increase automobile traffic on streets within residential districts;
(e)
the location of the accommodations use will contribute to the maintenance, or creation, of a diverse mixed-use district;
(f)
the total square footage of interior and exterior floor area for restaurant and bar space in the proposed accommodations use, including restaurant/bar patron use areas, bar areas, kitchen, storage, and bathroom facilities, shall not exceed 12 percent of the total interior, conditioned floor area in the accommodations use, except that each accommodations use shall be permitted to exempt from the calculation of total restaurant floor area one interior, ground floor restaurant tenant space if the total tenant space does not exceed 2,000 square feet, the restaurant tenant does not serve alcoholic beverages, and the exempt restaurant tenant space is clearly labeled with these restrictions on the floor plans submitted with the application for this zoning special exception;
(g)
the accommodations use proposed guest drop off and pick up area(s) is located outside the public right-of-way and on the property utilized for the accommodations use if the accommodations use contains more than 50 sleeping units, and if 50 sleeping units or less, the proposed guest drop off and pick up area(s) are located outside the public right-of-way if feasible, and the location and design of the guest drop-off and pick-up area(s) has been reviewed by the Department of Traffic and Transportation and determined to be safe and not be an impediment to traffic and that every effort has been made to minimize traffic impacts;
(h)
the total number of sleeping units within the buildings or structures on the lot or parcel in which the accommodations use is located is equal to or exceeds ten (10) sleeping units.
(i)
within areas of the accommodations overlay zone designated as "A-1", "A-2", "A-3", "A-4", "A-5", "A-6", or "A-7" on the zoning map, the number of sleeping units within the buildings or structures on the lot or parcel in which the accommodations use is located shall not exceed 50 in areas designated "A-1"; 180 in areas designated "A-2"; 225 in areas designated "A-3"; 100 in areas designated "A-4"; 150 in areas designated "A-5"; 69 in areas designated "A-6"; and 175 in areas designated "A-7"; provided, however, that within the portion of the area designated "A-1" bounded by King Street on the west, Meeting Street on the east, Mary Street on the south and Line Street on the north (the "Full-Service Corridor"), the number of sleeping units within the buildings or structures on the lot or parcel in which the accommodations use is located may exceed 50, but shall not exceed 250, if the accommodations use qualifies as a Full-Service Hotel, meaning that the accommodations use provides 20,000 or more square feet of meeting, conference and banquet space of which 15,000 square feet thereof is contiguous, an on-site restaurant that serves breakfast, lunch and dinner seven days a week and other services such as a concierge, a spa/health club, laundry, turndown service, newspaper delivery, security personnel and airport shuttle; and in no event shall any accommodations use on the peninsula exceed 250 sleeping units;
(j)
the proposed accommodations use will not share any of its buildings, structures, facilities, or operations with another accommodations use;
(k)
(1)
The proposed accommodations use, if located in the accommodations overlay on the peninsula, incorporates meeting and conference space at a ratio of 400 square feet per 10 sleeping units, or fraction thereof, with respect to the first 150 sleeping units, and incorporates meeting and conference space at a ratio of 1000 square feet for every 10 sleeping units, or fraction thereof, exceeding 150 sleeping units. In either case, at least 75% of the meeting and conference space shall be contiguous;
(2)
Notwithstanding subsection k(1) hereof, if the accommodations use contains more than 50 sleeping units and is located in the Full-Service Corridor, the provisions of subsection (i) hereof shall govern the square footage of required meeting and conference space;
(l)
the proposed accommodations use will not result in there being more than eight (8) Full-Service Hotels on the peninsula, inclusive of those Full-Service Hotels existing on the peninsula and those with approved special exceptions as of the effective date of the ordinance from which this section derives; for purposes of this subsection (l) only, a Full-Service Hotel means a Full-Service Hotel as defined in subsection (i) having in excess of 150 sleeping units; and
(m)
to assist in providing affordable housing opportunities for its employees, the applicant for the accommodations use commits to contribute to the City of Charleston Affordable/Workforce Housing Account a fee payable upon the issuance of a Certificate of Occupancy, calculated as follows: $5.10 per square foot of area used for sleeping units and the hallways adjacent to sleeping units, stairwells and elevators.
c.
Application requirements. In making the findings required in subsection b.1, the Board of Zoning Appeals-Zoning shall consider the following information to be provided by the applicant in site plans, floor plans and building elevations that will govern the construction of the building in which the accommodations use is located, along with a detailed written assessment report to be submitted with the application:
1.
The number of existing dwelling units on the property, including units on the property that were occupied as dwelling units within five years of the date of the application for the exception, the type of unit (rental or owner-occupied; one-family detached; one-family attached; two-family or multi-family; occupied or unoccupied), by income range of the most recent occupant(s), the rental price for rental units and market price for owner occupied units relative to the area median income figures that are determined annually by the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development and adjusted by the City of Charleston Department of Housing and Community Development, or its successor, the physical condition of the units (sound, deficient, deteriorated or dilapidated), the square footage and number of bedrooms in each unit, and if the units are proposed to be physically altered or replaced, a description and plan showing the square footage and number of bedrooms in the altered or replaced units, and their location;
2.
The effect of the physical alteration or replacement or relocation of dwelling units on the housing stock of a particular type on the property and whether a condition should be attached to a special exception approval for the accommodations use requiring a minimum percentage of the dwelling units on the property or replaced off-site to remain affordable based on the annually updated median area income values;
3.
The presence of office space on the property, or the presence of spaces on the property that were occupied as office spaces within five years of the date of application for the exception;
4.
The linear frontage of existing ground floor storefront retail space on the property;
5.
The location and design of guest drop off and pick up areas for the accommodations use;
6.
The cumulative number of vehicle trips generated by the proposed accommodations use and other accommodations uses that are either existing or approved within an area identified by the Department of Traffic and Transportation, the traffic circulation pattern serving the accommodations use and efforts made to minimize traffic impacts;
7.
The distance of the main entrance and parking entrance of the accommodations use from a road classified as an arterial or collector road;
8.
The land uses within five hundred feet (500') of the accommodations use, to include the location, square footage, and number of rooms in existing accommodations uses and accommodations uses that have been approved;
9.
The proximity of residential districts to the accommodations use;
10.
The accessory uses proposed for the accommodations use, such as restaurants, spas, bars, pools and the like, in terms of their location, size, impact on parking, traffic generation, noise or odors in or to a residential district;
11.
The demonstrated provision of off-street parking at the rate of two spaces that meet the design requirements of section 54-318 for each three sleeping units, provided however, the utilization of mechanical or other means of parking that meet the ratio of two spaces for each three sleeping units shall be allowed;
12.
The presence of industrial uses and uses which use, store, or produce toxic or hazardous materials in quantities in excess of those specified by the EPA listing of toxic and hazardous materials, within five hundred feet (500') of the accommodations use;
13.
The commitment to environmental sustainability and recycling;
14.
The distance of the accommodations use from major tourist attractions;
15.
The distance of the accommodations use from existing or planned transit facilities;
16.
The long term provision of on- or off-site parking for employees who drive vehicles to work, including an estimate of the number of employees that will drive to work during the maximum shift and the location of parking spaces to be provided, and the demonstrated provision of free transit passes or other incentives to encourage employee use of public transportation;
17.
The number of sleeping units proposed as part of the accommodations use;
18.
The provision of shuttle bus services to and from the Historic Districts by accommodations uses with more than 50 sleeping units located outside the area designated "A-1" through "A-6" on the zoning map;
19.
The commitment to make affirmative, good faith efforts to see that construction and procurement opportunities are available to MBEs (minority business enterprises) and WBEs (women business enterprises) as outlined in section 2-268 (e)(1), (2), and (3) of the Code of the City of Charleston;
20.
The commitment to make affirmative, good faith efforts to hire personnel, representative of the population of the Charleston community, at all employment levels.
d.
Violations: In addition to any remedies otherwise available to the City under State law or the City Code, a violation by the owner or operator of the accommodations use of any provisions or conditions of an exception granted hereunder, to include any deviation from the plans and written assessment as required by subsection c. hereof, shall subject the owner or operator of the accommodations use to having its business license and/or certificate of occupancy revoked.
e.
Applicability: The provisions of this Section 54-220 shall apply to special exceptions for accommodations uses granted by the Board of Zoning Appeals-Zoning after May 28, 2019, it being the intent of City Council that special exceptions approved by the Board of Zoning Appeals-Zoning prior to May 28, 2019 be entitled to and governed by the vested rights provisions accorded by Article 9, Part 5 of this Chapter. The provisions of this Section 54-220 shall not apply to Planned Unit Developments that include accommodations uses as an authorized use that were approved as of May 28, 2019.
(Ord. No. 1998-76, § 2, 4-28-98; Ord. No. 1999-02, §§ 3—5, 1-12-99; Ord. No. 1999-54, § 4, 4-27-99; Ord. No. 2006-428, §§ 6—8, 9-26-06; Ord. No. 2007-204, § 1, 11-20-07; Ord. No. 2012-41, § 5, 1-24-12; Ord. No. 2013-93, §§ 1—6, 9-24-13; Ord. No. 2013-93, §§ 1—6, 9-24-13; Ord. No. 2017-093, § 1, 8-15-17; Ord. No. 2018-008, § 1, 2-13-18; Ord. No. 2018-043, § 11, 4-10-18; Ord. No. 2019-094, § 1, 10-8-19; Ord. No. 2020-064, § 1, 5-26-20; Ord. No. 2023-084, § 1, 5-9-23)
a.
Intent. The intent of the tour boat overlay zone is to restrict tour boat facilities on the peninsula to appropriate locations.
b.
Defined. A tour boat facility is the use of land, the structures thereon, docks, wharfs, or other such appurtenances for the purpose of embarking or disembarking of passengers for hire aboard boats for transportation to and from historic sites, or for the purpose of viewing, in Charleston harbor or the rivers or lands adjacent thereto.
c.
Restrictions. In the peninsula of the City of Charleston in the area bounded by the Ashley River, the Cooper River, and U.S. Highway 17, land may be used and buildings or structures may be erected, altered, or used for tour boat facilities only in districts delineated on the zoning grid maps of the City of Charleston as Tour Boat Overlay Zones.
In any Johns Island Overlay Zone, land may be used and buildings or structures may be erected, altered or used for any purpose allowed by the underlying zoning district as listed in Article 2: Part 3.
a.
In the Amusement and Recreation Services, AR Overlay Zone, land may be used and buildings or structures may be erected, altered or used for any purpose allowed by the underlying zoning district, except that the use of buildings, structures or land for the short term rental of amusement and recreational vehicles or for providing sightseeing services by air are prohibited.
b.
For purposes of this section, the following definitions shall apply:
1.
"Short term rental" shall mean to rent or make available to patrons or engage in transporting passengers for hire, amusement and recreational vehicles for any period of time less than one (1) year
2.
"Amusement and recreational vehicles" shall mean mopeds, golf carts, low speed vehicles, scooters or skateboards powered by fuel or batteries.
3.
"Moped" shall mean any motor vehicle, with or without pedals to permit propulsion by human power, that travels on not more than three wheels in contact with the ground, has a maximum speed of thirty (30) miles per hour on level ground whether powered by gasoline, electricity, alternative fuel, or a hybrid combination thereof. Based on the engine or fuel source, the moped must be equipped with a motor of fifty cubic centimeters or less, or designed to have an input of no less than 750 watts and no more than 1,500 watts.
4.
"Low speed vehicle" shall mean any two (2)- or four (4)-wheeled motor vehicle whose top speed is greater than eight (8) miles per hour, but not greater than twenty-five (25) miles per hour. This group includes neighborhood electric vehicles, Segway transporters, speed-modified golf carts, and similar types of vehicles whose top speed is greater than eight (8) miles per hour, but not greater than twenty-five (25) miles per hour.
c.
Nonconforming amusement and recreational vehicle rental. All existing amusement and recreational rental uses within the AR Overlay Zone on the effective date of this ordinance [June 11, 2002] shall be amortized and discontinued fifteen months after the effective date of this ordinance.
(Ord. No. 1996-125, § 5, 7-16-96; Ord. No. 1998-175, § 1, 10-13-98; Ord. No. 2002-77, § 4, 6-11-02; Ord. No. 2002-130, § 1, 11-26-02; Ord. No. 2005-17, § 1, 1-25-05; Ord. No. 2015-060, § 1, 5-26-2015; Ord. No. 2019-032, § 1, 5-14-19)
a.
Intent. The intent of the Savannah Highway, SH Overlay Zone is to allow office and neighborhood service uses in addition to the uses allowed in the base zoning district. The existing principal buildings will be retained to every extent possible. Additionally, existing structures in the SH zone that are used for a non-residential use shall retain their residential appearance. Building additions and new structures shall be designed to look like the existing residential structures. Parking shall be restricted to the side or rear of the principal buildings and buffering from adjoining residential lots shall be required.
b.
Permitted conditional uses.
1.
Owner-occupied, single-family residential properties shall be permitted to have one of the following accessory uses if the building requirements listed in Section 54-224.c., are met:
(a)
one short term rental unit utilizing only one bedroom within the principal structure with one parking space in addition to the parking spaces required for the residential use. The short term rental parking space must be accessible without affecting the accessibility of the other required spaces.
(b)
One accessory apartment with no more than one bedroom.
2.
Use of properties within the SH zone as offices for professional services including accounting, financial, insurance, legal, design, engineering, surveying, medical, dental, travel, real estate, and similar professional services, excluding tattooing services; offices for non-client based civic and non-profit agencies; and neighborhood services including only the following uses: beauty salons, barber shops, computer repair, shoe repair, watch, clock, camera and jewelry repair, tailor/ seamstress, acting and music instruction, artist studios, and photographic studios shall be allowed if the building requirements listed in Section 54-224.c., and the following conditions are met:
(a)
Business hours of operation involving clients shall be limited to between 8 a.m. and 8 p.m.;
(b)
Goods shall not be visible from the exterior;
(c)
Additional driveways shall not be permitted, except that an existing driveway may be shifted to a side property line to allow it to be shared with the adjoining lot;
(d)
No more than two (2) lots shall be combined for an allowed non-residential use and the principal structure on each lot, if existing on the date of this ordinance's adoption, shall be retained;
(e)
Parking and drives shall be unpaved except for the driveway entrance(s) at the street which shall be paved to a depth of 20 feet. All parking shall be provided to the rear or sides of the principal building and not in the front yard. If any part of a residential property in the Savannah Highway Overlay Zone is used for a non-residential use, including parking in conjunction with a non-residential use, parking for the residential use shall no longer be permitted in the front yard;
(f)
Exterior lighting, if used, shall be shielded, residential lighting, installed to minimize glare on adjacent properties (e.g. motion sensor lights, shoebox lights). The light source(s) shall be concealed so as not to be visible from adjoining properties. Pole mounted lights shall not be taller than eight feet (8′);
(g)
If no street tree exists in front of the property, as part of the landscaping requirements a new canopy tree shall be planted in the front yard within five (5) feet of the right-of-way to enhance tree canopy in the area.
(h)
Landscape buffers or screens shall be installed as follows:
(1)
If parking spaces are provided in the side yard, a landscape hedge or screen of at least three feet (3′) in height and five feet (5′) in width shall be installed parallel to the street to screen the parking spaces from the street.
(2)
Landscape buffers with a width of five feet (5′) shall be installed adjacent to all residentially zoned lots not in the SH overlay zone and along any part of a property line which is within twenty-five feet of a residentially zoned lot not within the SH overlay zone. Where utility easements run along property lines, the required buffer shall be located adjacent to the easement. These buffers shall include a six-foot (6′) high solid wooden fence, four-inch (4″) caliper recommended trees from Appendix B planted forty feet (40′) on center, and minimum eight-foot (8′) tall recommended understory trees from Appendix B centered between the recommended trees required above. Fences along side property lines shall extend from the rear buffer fence to the front facade of the abutting principal building. Beyond the fence, a minimum four-foot (4′) tall hedge shall continue to within fifteen feet (15′) of the front property line.
(3)
Along property lines which abut lots within the SH overlay zone with residential units, a six-foot (6′) high solid wooden fence shall be erected running from the rear buffer fence to the front facade of the abutting residential building.
c.
Building requirements.
1.
Existing principal buildings shall be retained, unless deemed structurally unsound by the Chief Building Official. Additionally, the City's Design Review Board has purview over the demolition of any structures over fifty (50) years old in the Savannah Highway Overlay.
2.
All new construction, additions or renovations must be similar to existing structures in terms of their character, height, compatibility of materials, roof pitch and slope. A residential appearance on all sides of structures is required:
(a)
The street facade of additions shall utilize windows and doors of a size similar to those on the existing street facade.
(b)
The street facade existing on the date of this ordinance's adoption shall be retained, with no window displays or exterior display of merchandise.
(c)
The roof pitch and slope shall remain similar to adjacent structures.
(Ord. No. 1998-112, § 2, 5-26-98; Ord. No. 2006-488, § 3, 10-24-06; Ord. No. 2011-155, §§ 1—6, 10-11-11; Ord. No. 2018-043, § 12, 4-10-18)
a.
Intent. The intent of the School "S" overlay zone is to provide for appropriate sites for the establishment or expansion of school uses within residential zoning districts, as set forth on the official zoning map. The City places a high value on the preservation of the character of its residential neighborhoods. Potential negative impacts affecting residential neighborhoods shall be minimized to the greatest extent possible.
b.
Permitted uses. In any School overlay zoning district, land may be used and buildings or structures may be erected, altered or used for any purpose allowed by the underlying zoning district as listed in Article 2, Part 3, and nursery, preschool, kindergarten, elementary, and secondary schools, and colleges, except the Board of Zoning Appeals—Zoning shall approve the manner of the school use as an exception, upon a finding by the Board that the following conditions will be met to minimize the potential negative impacts to the greatest extent possible:
1.
For nursery, preschool and kindergarten schools:
(a)
Proof of the application for the facilities licensing by the Department of Social Services is provided;
(b)
Outdoor play is allowed only between the hours of 8 a.m. and 6 p.m.;
(c)
Play areas within fifty feet (50') of a residential structure are appropriately buffered;
(d)
Off-street parking requirements of this Chapter are met and parking areas are appropriately buffered;
(e)
Plans for ingress/egress, loading/unloading and the location of the parking and play areas are approved for safety by the appropriate City department(s);
(f)
The facility is compatible with the surrounding neighborhood based upon consideration of the number of persons in the facility, potential traffic and noise impacts, location of the play, parking, loading and circulation areas and relation to other noise or traffic generating institutions (particularly if another non-residential facility is facing or abutting the same block face or is within three hundred feet (300') of the proposed site); and
(g)
Proposed outdoor lighting of the facility does not unduly impact neighboring properties.
2.
For elementary and secondary schools and colleges:
(a)
The principal building(s) shall occupy no more than fifty (50) percent of the lot on which the building(s) is (are) located;
(b)
Sufficient well-designed parking spaces will be provided internal to the campus and parking areas shall be appropriately buffered;
(c)
Dormitory type facilities will be no closer than twenty-five feet (25') to any lot occupied by a single-family dwelling;
(d)
Excessive traffic will not be generated on a residential street; and
(e)
The facility is compatible with the surrounding neighborhood based upon consideration of the number of persons in the facility, potential traffic and noise impacts, location of the play, parking, loading and circulation areas and relation to other noise or traffic generating institutions (particularly if another non-residential facility is facing or abutting the same block face or is within three hundred feet (300') of the proposed site).
(Ord. No. 1999-01, § 4, 1-12-99; Ord. No. 1999-54, § 4, 4-27-99)
In any Landmark Overlay Zone, land, buildings or structures may be used for any purpose allowed by the underlying zoning district; provided however, the exterior of any structure or improvement, whether or not visible from a public street or right-of-way, shall not be altered, and no structure shall be erected, removed, moved or demolished, in whole or in part, unless a Certificate of Appropriateness has been issued by the Board of Architectural Review for the contemplated alteration, erection, removal, move or demolition. The procedure for applying for a Certificate of Appropriateness as set forth in Article 2, Part 6 of this chapter shall appertain to LMK applications. The Board, when passing on such applications, shall utilize the criteria as would be applicable if the property, structure or improvement were located in the Old and Historic District, as set forth in section 54-240 of this chapter, in furthering the intent of this overlay zone.
(Ord. No. 1999-95, § 2, 8-17-99)
a.
Intent. The Short Term Rental, ST Overlay Zone is intended to identify those areas within the City limits where Commercial short term rental uses and bed and breakfast uses, as herein defined, are allowed as a conditional use. Commercial short term rentals are prohibited except on commercially zoned properties within the ST Overlay Zone. Bed and breakfast uses are prohibited except on properties within the ST Overlay Zone. The City places a high value on the preservation of the character of its residential neighborhoods. Potential negative impacts affecting residential neighborhoods shall be avoided or minimized to the greatest extent possible.
b.
Commercial Short Term Rental Use.
1.
Accommodations Use. Subject to the conditions in Section 54-227, b. 2, a dwelling unit converted into a commercial short term rental may be rented to not more than four (4) unrelated people pursuant to the definition for family for a period of between one (1) and twenty-nine (29) days; provided, however, only one (1) family at a time may occupy and use a dwelling unit converted into a commercial short term rental.
2.
Conditions. A conforming or legal nonconforming dwelling unit may be converted into a commercial short term rental only when all of the following conditions are satisfied, as evidenced by an application, a site plan, and floor plans:
(a)
The lot is located entirely within one or more of the following base zoning districts: CT, LB, GB, UC, MU-1, MU-1/WH, MU-2, or MU-2/WH; and
(b)
The lot is commercially zoned and located entirely within the Short Term, ST Overlay Zone, as shown on the Zoning Map; and
(c)
The dwelling unit being converted to a commercial short term rental is not designated as an affordable housing unit or a workforce housing unit; and
(d)
The owner of the dwelling unit being converted into a commercial short term rental complies with all business license and revenue collections laws of the City of Charleston, Charleston County and the State of South Carolina; and
(e)
Any commercial uses on the lot must be completely separate and independent operations, unrelated to the Commercial Short Term Rental; and
(f)
There are no common areas or other areas serving more than one dwelling unit and/or commercial short term rental on the lot, except driveways; and
(g)
There are no exterior signs for the commercial short term Rental use of the lot; and
(h)
Existing parking spaces on the lot, if any, that satisfy the off-street parking requirements of this Chapter for the existing dwelling units being converted to short term rentals and all other uses on the lot shall be shown on the site plan submitted with the application. No additional parking spaces shall be required for the dwelling units being converted to short term rentals; and
(i)
No more than nine (9) dwelling units may be converted to short term rentals on any one (1) lot. Ten (10) or more short term rental units on one (1) lot shall require approval as an accommodations use pursuant to Section 54-220 of the Zoning Ordinance. This provision shall not be interpreted to permit an increase in the maximum density permitted under the base zoning district for dwelling units on the lot; and
3.
Except as expressly stated otherwise in this Section 54-227, a dwelling unit converted into a commercial short term rental shall continue to be subject to the regulations for such a dwelling unit in the base zoning district, including without limitation the site regulations in Article 3 of the Zoning Ordinance.
4.
Impact on Nonconforming Uses. For the purposes of applying Section 54-110 concerning nonconforming uses, a commercial short term rental is considered a continuation of the nonconforming use of a legal nonconforming dwelling unit.
5.
Prohibition on Construction of Commercial Short Term Rentals. Nothing in this Section 54-227 shall be construed to permit a property owner to construct a commercial short term rental. A property owner seeking a conditional use for a commercial short term rental must construct a dwelling unit in accordance with applicable standards for the dwelling unit under the base zoning district for the subject property and then apply for the conversion of the conforming dwelling unit to a commercial short term rental use.
6.
Approved Short Term Rentals Within the ST Overlay Zone. All STR uses within the ST Overlay Zone that have City approval to operate on the effective date of this ordinance shall be issued a commercial STR permit, which shall be valid for one (1) year from the date of issuance and shall be renewable annually unless revoked. Permit holders shall adhere to the requirements of this Chapter.
7.
New Short Term Rentals Within the ST Overlay Zone, Permit. New STR uses within the ST Overlay Zone that receive City approval to operate shall be issued a commercial STR permit, which shall be valid for one (1) year from the date of issuance, and shall be renewable annually unless revoked. Permit holders shall adhere to the requirements of this Chapter.
8.
Annual Renewal. For renewal of a commercial STR permit, a property owner shall be required to recertify compliance with this section with the zoning administrator. An application for annual recertification of the commercial STR permit must include the application fee, an affirmation by the applicant that the nature of the STR use at the property has not changed, and must be notarized, filed with, and approved by the zoning administrator to continue the STR use.
c.
Bed and Breakfast Use.
1.
Accessory Use. Subject to the conditions in Section 54-227, c., 2, a bed and breakfast use may be established in a dwelling unit as an accessory to the principal residential use, on any property located within the ST Overlay Zone, and each approved bed and breakfast unit may be rented to one (1) family for a period of between one (1) and twenty-nine (29) consecutive days.
2.
Conditions: A bed and breakfast may be approved only when all of the following conditions are satisfied, as evidenced by an application, a site plan, and floor plans:
(a)
The number of bed and breakfast units shall not exceed four (4) units; except that a lot may have between four (4) and ten (10) bed and breakfast units if the total square footage of conditioned floor area in the building or buildings containing the bed and breakfast units is equal to or greater than the sum of the number of bed and breakfast units multiplied by 560, and all other requirements of this section are met. Each unit shall consist of one (1) or more rooms arranged for the purpose of providing sleeping accommodations for one (1) family for a period of between one (1) and twenty-nine (29) consecutive days; and
(b)
The subject property is located entirely within the ST Overlay Zone; and
(c)
The bed and breakfast shall be operated by the record owner of the subject property who also resides at the subject property at least 183 days each year; and
(d)
The principal building on the property on which the bed and breakfast use will be located shall have been constructed 50 or more years ago although the bed and breakfast unit(s) may be located in a building that was not constructed 50 or more years ago; and
(e)
Bed and breakfast unit(s) located in buildings constructed 50 or more years ago shall provide one (1) off street, maneuverable parking space on the subject property for each two (2) bed and breakfast units, or fraction thereof. Bed and breakfast unit(s) located in buildings not constructed 50 or more years ago shall provide one (1) off street, maneuverable parking space on the subject property for each bed and breakfast unit. Spaces required for the bed and breakfast unit(s) shall be in addition to providing, on the subject property, required off street parking for existing uses on the property; and
(f)
The property shall be permitted to have one sign advertising the Bed and Breakfast. The permitted sign may have a maximum of two sides and no side shall exceed four (4) square feet in total sign face area; and
(g)
The bed and breakfast shall be located on property which is in compliance with allowed uses for the zone district in which the property is located; and
(h)
The bed and breakfast shall be operated by someone who has not had a bed and breakfast permit revoked within the previous twelve (12) months.
3.
Operational Requirements. In all cases, bed and breakfast use shall meet the following operational requirements:
(a)
No meals other than breakfast may be served by the resident owner to the paying guests.
(b)
The resident owner shall keep a guest register including names, addresses, telephone numbers and dates of occupancy of all guests for three (3) years and shall make this available to the City upon request.
(c)
The resident owner shall comply with all business license and revenue collection laws of the City of Charleston, Charleston County and State of South Carolina.
4.
Application Process.
(a)
New applications for bed and breakfast uses shall be notarized and include the location of the property and resident owner of record of the property, an application fee, floor plans drawn to scale of the habitable structures on the property, a site plan of the lot showing the location of the proposed bed and breakfast units, the location of any existing bed and breakfast units, and the location of the required off-street parking spaces and driveways, and photographs of the current principal views of the structure where the proposed bed and breakfast units are to be located. The floor plans shall clearly note all rooms to be used by bed and breakfast guests, with the room or rooms to be used by bed and breakfast guests for sleeping designated. The application shall also include a statement which the resident-owner must sign acknowledging that he or she has reviewed and understands the requirements of this section.
Upon receiving a complete application and prior to the issuance of a zoning permit, the lot upon which the proposed use is to be located shall be posted for fifteen (15) consecutive days, advising that the resident-owner of the property has applied for a zoning permit to establish a bed and breakfast use at the location and supplying a phone number to call for further information. During this fifteen (15) calendar day period, the zoning administrator shall determine if the application meets the requirements as set forth above. If, at the end of the fifteen (15) day posting period, the zoning administrator determines that the application meets the requirements, the zoning administrator shall notify the applicant that the application is approved and shall, after waiting an additional five business days to allow for appeals, issue the zoning permit, which shall be valid for one (1) year from the date of issuance and shall be renewable annually unless revoked. Any appeals filed within the five-day period shall cause the issuance of the zoning permit to be stayed pending resolution of the appeal.
(b)
Renewal application.
(1)
For renewal of a bed and breakfast permit, a property owner shall be required to recertify compliance with this section with the zoning administrator. An application for annual recertification of the bed and breakfast permit must include the application fee, an affirmation by the applicant that the nature of the bed and breakfast use at the property has not changed, and must be notarized, filed with, and approved by the zoning administrator to continue the bed and breakfast use.
(2)
Upon a change in ownership of a property, and prior to the issuance of a new business license to allow continuation of an existing, permitted bed and breakfast use upon said property, the new property owner shall be required to recertify compliance of the bed and breakfast use with the zoning administrator by having an application for recertification of the bed and breakfast use notarized, filed with, and approved by the zoning administrator.
5.
The bed and breakfast use shall not be expanded in any respect throughout the structure or structures, or elsewhere on the property nor shall the use be changed to any other use not permitted by the Zoning Ordinance without reapplication to and approval by the zoning administrator.
6.
All operators of bed and breakfast uses permitted under this section shall cooperate fully with the zoning administrator and his designees, including, but not limited to, providing pertinent information upon request and affording access to that portion of the premises which is used for the bed and breakfast use for reasonable site inspections.
7.
Existing Approved and Bed and Breakfast Uses. All approved, legal bed and breakfast uses that are operating on the effective date of the ordinance from which this section derives or that are entitled to be in operation on the effective date of this ordinance shall be issued a bed and breakfast permit which shall be valid for one (1) year of issuance and shall be renewable annually unless revoked and shall adhere to the requirements of this Chapter.
d.
Violations and Penalties.
1.
Violations. It shall be a violation of this Chapter for an owner, his agent or manager to:
(a)
Operate an STR use, a bed and breakfast use or other accommodations use without complying with the requirements of this Chapter and the Code of the City of Charleston; or
(b)
Expand an STR use or bed and breakfast use without obtaining a new permit; or
(c)
Advertise a property as being available for an STR use, bed and breakfast use or other accommodations use without first complying with the requirements of this Chapter; or
(d)
Represent or submit for advertising or marketing, or to otherwise hold out an STR unit, bed and breakfast unit or other accommodations unit as being available for use or occupancy unless the STR or bed and breakfast has been permitted pursuant to this Chapter and the permit number is displayed in the materials used to represent, advertise, market or otherwise hold out the property as available for STR or bed and breakfast use or occupancy; or
(e)
Represent or submit for advertising or marketing, or otherwise to hold out the availability of an STR or bed and breakfast for use or occupancy by more than the number of occupants that are permitted pursuant to this Chapter; or
(f)
Represent or submit for advertising, or marketing, or to otherwise hold out more STR or bed and breakfast units or other accommodations type units on a property than are permitted pursuant to this Chapter.
2.
Penalties. A violation of this Chapter is a misdemeanor punishable by a fine and/or incarceration. Each day the unlawful erection, construction, reconstruction, alteration, conversion, maintenance, use, or other violation under this Chapter continues is considered a separate offense.
Should the STR or bed and breakfast use fail to continue to meet the requirements under which it was authorized or be discontinued for a period of twelve (12) months or more, the operating permit issued pursuant to this Chapter shall be revoked.
(Ord. No. 2012-41, § 4, 1-24-12; Ord. No. 2018-043, § 13, 4-10-18)
Within the General Business Late Night overlay zone, the following principal uses are restricted to only operate between 7 a.m. and 11 p.m.: 54. Food stores, 554. Gasoline service stations, 5812.1 Eating places without drive through or drive up service, 5812.2 Eating places with drive through or drive up service, 5813. Drinking places (alcoholic beverages), and any businesses that sell alcoholic beverages for on- or off-premises consumption.
(Ord. No. 2014-08, § 3, 1-30-14)
Within the Light Industrial Late Night overlay zone, the following principal uses are restricted to only operate between 7 a.m. and 11 p.m.: 54. Food stores, 554. Gasoline service stations, 5812.1 Eating places without drive through or drive up service, 5812.2 Eating places with drive through or drive up service, 5813. Drinking places (alcoholic beverages), and any businesses that sell alcoholic beverages for on- or off-premises consumption.
(Ord. No. 2014-08, § 3, 1-30-14)
a.
Intent. The intent of the Tech Corridor "TC" overlay zone is to enable high technology and technology-related industries to anchor new development in the district. The City deems it necessary to provide additional protections to ensure these key properties are used predominately for tech office uses. Within this overlay zone, specific types of land uses are permitted only with the approval of a special exception and certain uses are specifically prohibited.
b.
Permitted uses. In any Tech Corridor overlay zoning district, land may be used and buildings or structures may be erected, altered or used for any purpose allowed by the underlying zoning district as listed in Article 2, Part 3, provided, however, any type of residential use and any type of retail use where the total area of a retail use, including storage and office areas associated therewith, exceeds 25,000 square feet, shall be permitted only by way of a special exception approved by the Board of Zoning Appeals-Zoning, where the Board, after review, finds that the residential or retail uses are clearly incidental and subordinate to the primary use of the property for technology-related industry, it being the intent that residential use and large format retail use only be permitted in the district as a minor, incidental and subordinate use on properties within the Tech Corridor overlay zone.
c.
Prohibited uses. In any Tech Corridor overlay zoning district, the following uses shall be prohibited: public warehousing, mini-warehouse, self-storage facilities.
d.
Building height. In any Tech Corridor overlay zoning district, no part of a building or structure, including elevator penthouses and mechanical penthouses, shall exceed the height of eighty-five (85) feet, nor shall the principal structure be lower than thirty (30) feet.
(Ord. No. 2014-37, § 2, 3-25-14; Ord. No. 2014-125, § 1, 9-23-14)
Editor's note— Ord. No. 2014-37, § 2, adopted March 25, 2014, added provisions numbered as § 54-228. In order to avoid conflicts in section numbering the editor has renumbered these provisions as § 54-229.1.
a.
Intent. The intent of the Gateway "G" overlay zone is to accommodate a more varied use matrix at the strategic locations by providing an opportunity for denser residential developments at commercially zoned properties by way of an optional set of development regulations that authorize higher residential density, and impose lot coverage requirements and certain height restrictions.
b.
Permitted uses. In any Gateway overlay zoning district, land may be used and buildings or structures may be erected, altered or used for any purpose allowed by the underlying zoning district as listed in Article 2, Part 3. In the alternative, land may be used and buildings or structures may be erected, altered or used for any purpose allowed by the underlying zoning district, and may include residential uses at a density between 50 and 78 dwelling units per acre of high ground, or fraction thereof (rounded up), provided that all dwelling units above 72 dwelling units per acre of high ground, or fraction thereof, must meet the requirements for affordable housing in Sec. 54-207 p., and provided further that the zoning administrator approves a Site Plan of the property being put to alternate uses that demonstrates the following conditions are met:
1.
The gross floor area, hereafter "GFA", of the structures on the property shown on the Site Plan, in the aggregate, but excluding parking structures, shall not exceed 81,000 square feet per acre of high ground, or fraction thereof. For the purposes of this section, GFA shall mean the total floor area within the building envelope including exterior walls, except that vertical circulation, i.e. stairs and elevator shafts, mechanical chases, and mechanical penthouses shall be exempt from being included in GFA, and further provided that parking and driveway areas within a building, and the exterior walls surrounding parking and driveway areas within buildings, shall be exempt from being included in the GFA. For example, a two story building with exterior dimensions of 20 x 40 feet has a GFA equal to 1,600 square feet minus any square footage of floor area occupied by vertical circulation, mechanical chases or mechanical penthouses while a three story building with exterior dimensions of 20 × 40 feet in which a story consists of only parking and driveway areas, has a GFA equal to 1,600 square feet minus any square footage of floor area occupied by vertical circulation, mechanical chases or mechanical penthouses; and
2.
No less than seventy (70%) per cent of the GFA of the structures on the property shown on the Site Plan must be used for residential purposes; and
3.
The total number of required off-street parking spaces must be provided on site and calculated in accordance with the parking standards of the underlying zoning district; provided that parking requirements for affordable housing units shall be 1 space per unit; and
4.
No structure on the property shown on the Site Plan shall exceed the lesser of: (a) the height limit set by the underlying zoning district; or (b) 160 feet, with a 10 foot allowance for mechanicals, to include stairs, railings, antennas and elevator overruns; and
5.
Lot Occupancy of the buildings on the Site Plan shall not exceed fifty-five (55%) percent of the property shown on the Site Plan.
6.
The number of dwelling units per acre of high ground, or fraction thereof, shall be within the limits as noted in this section, and if exceeding 72 dwelling units per acre of high ground, or fraction thereof, the Site Plan shall indicate the total number of affordable housing units.
c.
The Site Plan may include multiple, contiguous lots of record over which the alternate uses and other requirements of subpart (c) may be allocated. If the lots of record delineated on the Site Plan are not under common ownership, the consent of all owners of the lots of record must be shown on the Site Plan. For purposes hereof, lots of record separated by a public right-of-way shall be deemed contiguous.
d.
For the purposes of this Section, the Site Plan shall include the following:
1.
A Site Plan that shows spot elevations of the highest curb elevation adjacent to the site, and the highest points on each roof section of each building; and
2.
Floor plans with uses, the total number of dwelling units, calculated GFA on the site and a breakdown of the total GFA by residential and non-residential area noted; and
3.
An overall Site Plan that shows existing lot lines, notes the high ground and wetland areas of each lot, notes the owner of each lot, shows all buildings, notes the lot occupancy of buildings, shows all parking spaces, and notes the calculated parking requirements for each use to satisfy requirements noted in this section; and
4.
In the event that a Site Plan includes multiple, contiguous lots of record that either are not under common ownership or will remain as separate lots of record, a separate overall site plan that allocates uses and other requirements described in section 54-229.2, c, to each lot of record and includes the written consent of all owners of the lots of record.
5.
In the event that a Site Plan includes affordable housing, the Site Plan shall note the total number of affordable housing units and include notes that restate the requirements of Sec. 54-207. p. (f) and (g).
e.
Once a permit is issued to authorize construction under the Site Plan, the provisions of the Site Plan shall control the development of the property.
a.
Intent and Applicability. The Dupont Wappoo Planning Area, as shown on the map titled "Dupont Wappoo Planning Area and Overlay Zone", is an area of West Ashley that consists of a variety of residential, commercial and light industrial uses that have evolved over time. Within the Dupont Wappoo Planning Area is the Dupont Wappoo (DuWap) Overlay Zone. The intent of the Dupont Wappoo Planning Area and DuWap Overlay Zone is to preserve the existing development patterns while providing land use and design standards that enable new attractive development appropriate to and in scale with the community and to build upon the existing entrepreneurial as well as other existing commercial, office, retail and residential uses in the area. The Dupont Wappoo Planning Area and DuWap Overlay Zone also create regularity and coordination between the City of Charleston and Charleston County concerning zoning, land use, and design standards.
The DuWap Overlay Zone regulations in this section apply to all uses except for single-family residential and single and two family residential uses. The DuWap Overlay Zone regulations in this section apply in addition to the underlying base zoning district and in addition to all other applicable regulations of the City of Charleston Zoning Ordinance. In the case of conflict between the regulations of this section and other regulations in the Zoning Ordinance, the regulations of this section shall control. These overlay zoning district regulations are intended to be consistent with similar regulations adopted by Charleston County. Legally established existing uses that do not meet the requirements of this section shall be considered legal nonconforming per Sec. 54-110.
b.
Coordination with adjacent jurisdictions. The City of Charleston and Charleston County collaborated to develop the DuWap Overlay Zone standards to ensure that development within the within the Dupont Wappoo Planning Area is consistent between the two jurisdictions. The City of Charleston and Charleston County will coordinate with the other regarding all land development applications, with the exception of single-family detached residential, to ensure consistency with regards to development requirements.
c.
Prohibited Uses. In addition to the prohibited uses in Article 2, Part 3, Table of Permitted Uses, the following uses are prohibited within the DuWap Overlay Zone: vehicle sales (new or used) and associated vehicle storage areas that encompass more than one acre, boat sales (new or used) and associated storage areas that encompass more than one acre, restaurants with drive thrus, vehicle and boat repair as a principle or accessory use, vehicle and boat service shops, towing services, car washes, gasoline stations, pawn shops and short term lenders. Self-storage facilities are prohibited unless they are part of a multi-story mixed use development where the ground floor use along the entire street frontage is separately leased commercial or office space that is independent of the storage facility business. Single use multi-family structures with individual building footprints greater than 10,000 square feet, except as noted in 54-228(g) herein.
d.
Driveways and vehicle access.
1.
General. The driveway separation requirements shall apply per Article 3, Part 3 Driveway and Building Setback Requirements for Business, Office or Industrial Lots, sections 54-310 and 54-311 and the following subsection below.
2.
Shared access. Shared access is encouraged between adjoining parcels. Driveways for all uses except single-family residential should be located in a manner where they can be shared between adjoining parcels, if feasible and as described below.
a)
Shared access should be located along a common property boundary.
b)
If the owner of the adjacent parcel does not agree to share access the applicant must provide documentation of such in a letter from the adjacent property owner or by an affidavit.
c)
Shared access agreements shall be recorded with the Register of Mesne Conveyance (RMC) Office.
c.
Pedestrian access and sidewalks.
1.
On-site pedestrian walkways shall be included in the site design of all new development and redevelopment projects and shall link access to existing sidewalks, adjacent parcels, as well as within the development area. At-grade and grade-separated pedestrian walkways within the project site shall provide direct connections from the street to the main entrance and to abutting properties. Pedestrian walkways shall be designed and located in a manner that does not require pedestrians to walk through parking lots or within driveways. All walkways must be ADA compliant.
2.
Sidewalks in or adjacent to public rights-of-way shall be required per Article 3, Part 14.
d.
Landscape buffer, road buffer and parking lot buffer requirements.
1.
Requirements for landscape buffers shall apply per Article 3, Part 8, Landscape Buffer Requirements, with the following amendments applicable to the DuWap Overlay Zone:
a)
Skylark Drive and Dupont Road shall be classified as Class I roads with a required buffer of 15 feet.
b)
for buffers required to screen incompatible land uses, the landscape buffer may be reduced by up to one-half (½) its required depth when a six (6) foot tall opaque screen wall or fence is utilized in combination with the buffer to provide a continuous screen element; however, no required landscape buffer shall be less than ten (10) feet in depth.
2.
Requirements for parking lot, vehicular use and refuse collection area landscaping and screening shall apply per Article 3, Part 7, Parking Lot, Vehicular Use and Refuse Collection Area Landscaping and Screening Requirements.
e.
Street trees & street lights. The following shall apply to parcels with frontage along Savannah Highway. The installation of street trees and appropriately scaled street lights within the right-of-way shall be required for all new development and redevelopment projects that require approval by the City's Technical Review Committee (TRC) regardless of the amount of right-of-way altered as part of the project scope. Street tree species selection, size, location and spacing shall be pursuant to the City of Charleston Street Tree Manual and shall require approval of the Department of Parks as part of the TRC review process. Street selection location and spacing shall be pursuant to the City Code and shall require approval of the Department of Parks per City Code Sec. 30-51 as part of the TRC review process. Street light have Octagonal fixtures on fluted posts seventeen (17) feet in height or other as approved by the Department of Parks.
f.
Signage. Requirements for signage shall apply per Article 4, Part 3, Sign Regulations for the base zoning district unless noted otherwise below.
1.
For a development containing three or fewer business units, one freestanding monument style sign with a maximum height of twelve (12) feet and a maximum size of forty (40) square feet per face shall be allowed.
2.
For a development containing more than three business units, one monument style sign with a maximum height of fourteen feet (14') and a maximum size of sixty (60) square feet per face shall be allowed.
g.
Design standards. Savannah Highway, Wappoo Road, Dupont Road, Orleans Road and Skylark Drive are included in the City of Charleston's Design Review District and are under the purview of the Design Review Board (DRB) per Article 2, Part 11 in order to protect and improve the visual and aesthetic character and economic value of development within the City of Charleston. In accordance with Sec. 54-267 Design Review Objectives and Sec. 54-272 Design Review Standards, the following standards apply for all uses in the DuWap Overlay Zone except for single family residential uses and should be used as a frame of reference for the applicant in the development of site and building plans.
1.
Building height.
a)
Within the DuWap Overlay Zone, building height shall be measured by stories instead of feet. Parcels with frontage on Savannah Highway between Dupont Road and I-526 or between Stinson Drive and I-526 shall have a maximum building height of seven (7) stories; all other parcels between Dupont Road and I-526 shall have a maximum height of five (5) stories. Parcels with frontage on Savannah Highway east of Dupont Road and Stinson Drive shall have a maximum building height of five (5) stories. Parcels with frontage on Wappoo Road shall have a maximum building height of three (3) stories.
2.
Building footprint.
a)
Single use multi-family structures shall not have an individual building footprint greater than 10,000 square feet.
b)
Affordable housing development projects, as verified by the City of Charleston Department of Housing and Community Development, are exempt from the maximum individual building footprint requirement provided that no less than fifty percent (50%) of the units in the development meet affordable housing requirements for no fewer than twenty (20) years from the initial occupancy.
3.
Site design.
a)
The DuWap area should be defined by building frontages, screen walls and landscaping and not by parking lots.
b)
Buildings on corner lots should address all applicable street frontages with regards to site design and architectural interest.
c)
Parking for new developments should be located to the side or rear of the building. When side or rear parking abuts a public right-of-way, a screen wall should be provided.
4.
Building appearance.
a)
Building entrances and windows should be provided along the street frontage.
b)
Vehicle bays and storage bays shall not face any road frontage. Emergency service facilities may be exempt from this requirement.
c)
Windows shall be inset with sills and headers. Vinyl windows will not be permitted.
d)
Quality building materials must be used; vinyl siding or EIFS will not be permitted.
e)
New buildings should utilize colors that are complementary, not necessarily homogeneous, to existing buildings.
f)
Along Wappoo Road, in cases where existing buildings that are residential in nature are converted to nonresidential uses, the residential character (height, scale, material entrances, windows roof pitch) should be presented at the street frontage.
h.
Special stormwater drainage requirements. The Dupont Wappoo Planning Area and DuWap Overlay Zone are located in the Tiger Swamp watershed with outfall into the Stono River. Due to existing drainage issues within the watershed area, development activities occurring within the Dupont Wappoo Planning Area and DuWap Overlay Zone may be required to comply with additional or more stringent design criteria in addition to the requirements of the City of Charleston Stormwater Design Standards Manual. Applicants shall be required to meet with the City of Charleston Engineering Division to discuss specific design criteria prior to making a pre-application submittal to the Technical Review Committee.
(Ord. No. 2016-102, § 1, 9-3-16)
Editor's note— Ord. No. 2016-102, § 1, adopted Sept. 13, 2016, amended the Code by adding provisions numbered as § 54-228. In order to avoid conflicts in section numbering the editor has renumbered these provisions as § 54-229.3.
a.
Intent. The Folly Road, FR, overlay zone fronts on the east and west sides of Folly Road from its intersection with Tatum Road south to the Folly River and includes only those parcels with a commercial base zoning designation. Folly Road is the main thoroughfare on James Island and the only route leading to Folly Beach. As such, it carries a large number of vehicles each day. Moreover, some of the properties along Folly Road are located within the jurisdictional limits of the Town of James Island, the City of Folly Beach, the City of Charleston, and unincorporated Charleston County. The intent of the FR overlay zone is to implement traffic safety measures, to improve the visual character of the corridor, and to create consistency between the Town of James Island, the City of Folly Beach, the City of Charleston, and unincorporated Charleston County concerning land use and design standards.
b.
Generally.
1.
Development regulations for all areas of the FR overlay zone. The following development regulations apply to all parcels within the FR overlay zone in addition to the requirements described below for each of the five sub-areas. All development applications, except for development applications for one-family detached dwellings, shall, at the time application is made, provide proof that the following requirements will be met prior to the issuance of any approvals:
(a)
Vehicle access.
(1)
All parcels in this overlay zoning district with a base zoning of RO (Residential Office) shall be allowed one curb cut per 150 feet of road frontage; all other parcels with a commercial base zoning shall be allowed one curb cut every 250 feet.
(2)
Proposed new access drives shall be a minimum distance of 75 feet from a street intersection measured from the edge of the intersecting roadway to the beginning of the driveway radius. These minimum spacing requirements shall be increased if a right-turn deceleration lane is required and shall equal the length of the turn lane and taper plus an additional distance of 50 feet.
(3)
All applications for development of non-residential uses shall include a suitable access management plan demonstrating that the driveway separation requirements can be met. The following techniques may be employed to achieve this result, but the burden of accomplishing the desired effect remains with the developer of the property:
a.
Aggregation of parcel;
b.
Parallel frontage or "backage" roads;
c.
Shared curb cuts between adjoining properties; and
d.
Shared access easements between parcels.
(b)
Pedestrian access. Paved pedestrian ways shall be included in site design and shall provide a continuous link to adjacent parcels, as well as within the development area. Grade-separated pedestrian walkways must provide a direct connection from the street to the main entrance, and to abutting properties. Pedestrian walkways must be designed and located in a manner that does not require pedestrians to walk through parking lots or cross driveways and sidewalks may be allowed in right-of-way-buffers.
(c)
Building height. The height of buildings shall not exceed a maximum of two and one-half (2.5) stories or thirty-five (35) feet, whichever is less, measured from the highest curb elevation of Folly Road adjacent to the site, except that architectural features such as parapets, cupolas, roof structures, and other similar features shall be allowed to exceed the 35-foot height limitation but not exceed a total building height of 40 feet.
(d)
Residential density. Parcels with a base zoning of CT, LB, GB and LI within the Folly Road Overlay shall be limited to a maximum of eight dwelling units per acre of high ground. A maximum of 12 dwelling units per acre of high ground shall be permitted if workforce housing requirements contained in Article 2, Part 15, of this chapter are met. All parcels developed with residential uses greater than 10,000 square feet shall include commercial uses so that the square footage of conditioned, commercial floor space equals a minimum of 10 percent of the total square footage of conditioned floor space on the parcel. Residential developments that provide workforce housing shall be exempt from the 10 percent commercial use requirement.
(e)
Uses. Permitted uses and prohibited uses are described in each of the five sub-areas below. Gun shops shall be permitted only on parcels in this overlay zoning district with a base zoning of General Business (GB).
(f)
Coordination with adjacent jurisdictions. A letter of notification to the Town of James Island, Charleston County, and/or City of Folly Beach shall be required as part of all land development applications, dependent upon overlay zoning district area. The purpose of the notification is to ensure that each jurisdiction is aware of proposed development.
(g)
Multi-use path. A multi-use path of at least twelve feet (12') in width shall be installed along the frontage of the parcel. The design of the multi-use path shall be reviewed and approved by the Design Review Board ("DRB"). The DRB shall seek to have the path implemented in an aesthetically pleasing manner with regards to landscaping, the proposed building, existing trees and other site features and context. The multi-use path may be fully in the right-of-way or on private property with an easement. The multi-use path shall be as safely designed as possible with good separation from moving traffic on Folly Road. If the applicant establishes that the required minimum width of the multi-use path is not feasible based on site conditions, the DRB may: (1) permit a reduction in the required minimum buffer plantings along the road right-of-way to accommodate the minimum required width of the path; and/or (2) permit a reduction in the required width of the multi-use path.
(Ord. No. 2017-148, § 2, 12-11-17; Ord. No. 2020-027, § 2, 2-25-20)
The North Village sub-area extends from Crosscreek/Tatum Street to Oakpoint Road (Ellis Creek area). This area currently consists of mixed medium and low intensity commercial uses such as shopping centers, professional offices, and vehicle services. Higher intensity residential uses, such as apartment complexes, also exist in this area. The following regulations apply in addition to the requirements of Section 54-229.4, b:
a.
Permitted uses. Permitted uses on a parcel shall include uses allowed in the base zoning district of that parcel as modified by Section 54-229.4, b, except that motor vehicle dealers (new and used) shall be prohibited.
b.
Prohibited uses. Motor vehicle dealers (new and used) shall be prohibited.
c.
Buffers.
1.
A minimum 25-foot vegetated right-of-way buffer shall be required for parcels along Folly Road with a base zoning of GB, LB, CT or GO;
2.
A minimum 15-foot vegetated right of way buffer shall be required for parcels along Folly Road with a base zoning of RO;
3.
Parcels with a base zoning of GB, LB, CT or GO shall be required to have a minimum 20-foot rear vegetated buffer adjacent to residentially zoned parcels;
4.
Parcels with a base zoning of RO shall be required to have a minimum 15-foot vegetated rear buffer adjacent to residentially zoned parcels; and
5.
Where appropriate, fencing may be required to screen adjacent residentially zoned parcels. When a minimum 6-foot high opaque fence or wall is utilized, the zoning administrator may reduce the land use buffer by up to one-half its required depth when deemed appropriate; however, no required vegetated buffer shall be less than 10 feet in depth.
6.
Exceptions. In order to allow for new buildings to relate harmoniously with the streetscape and to other structures in the vicinity, when deemed appropriate by the Design Review Board, buildings may be permitted to encroach into the required right-of-way buffer. This exemption shall not apply to parking lots or any other vehicular use areas.
The Commercial Core sub-area is the gateway and commercial center and extends from Oak Point Road (Ellis Creek Area) to Prescott Street. This area currently consists of higher intensity commercial uses such as chain type restaurants, vehicle service and repair, drug stores, and shopping centers with minimal buffering along Folly Road. The following regulations apply in addition to the requirements of Section 54-229.4, b:
a.
Permitted uses. Permitted uses on a parcel shall include uses allowed in the base zoning district of that parcel as modified by Section 54-229.4, b, except that motor vehicle dealers (new and used) shall be prohibited.
b.
Prohibited uses. Motor vehicle dealers (new and used) shall be prohibited.
c.
Buffers.
1.
A minimum of a 15-foot vegetated right-of-way buffer shall be required along Folly Road.
2.
A minimum of a 25-foot rear vegetated buffer shall be required adjacent to residentially zoned parcels; and
3.
Fencing may be required to screen adjacent residentially zoned parcels. When a minimum 6-foot high opaque fence or wall is utilized, the zoning administrator may reduce the land use buffer by up to one-half its required depth when deemed appropriate; however, no required vegetated buffer shall be less than 10 feet in depth.
4.
Exceptions. In order to allow for new buildings to relate harmoniously with the streetscape and to other structures in the vicinity, when deemed appropriate by the Design Review Board, buildings may be permitted to encroach into the required right-of-way buffer. This exemption shall not apply to parking lots or any other vehicular use areas.
The South Village sub-area extends from Prescott Street to Grimball Road Extension. This area currently consists of mixed medium to high intensity commercial development, such as shopping centers big box stores and consumer services, along the west side of Folly Road and primarily small scale office and residential uses along the east side of Folly Road. This area is intended for development similar to the North Village sub-area with less intense commercial development than the Commercial Core sub-area and a mix of medium to high intensity uses along the west side of Folly Road and lower intensity development on the east side of Folly Road. Future development in this area is to be a mix of commercial and residential uses with increased right-of-way buffers along the west side of Folly Road and increased land use buffers on both sides of Folly Road when commercial development occurs adjacent to single family detached residential uses. The following regulations apply in addition to the requirements of Section 54-229.4, b:
a.
Permitted uses. Permitted uses on a parcel shall include uses allowed in the base zoning district of that parcel as modified by Section 54-229.4, b, except that motor vehicle dealers (new and used) shall be prohibited.
b.
Prohibited uses. Motor vehicle dealers (new and used) shall be prohibited.
c.
Buffers.
1.
A minimum 15-foot vegetated right-of-way buffer shall be required along the east side of Folly Road and a minimum 35-foot vegetated right-of-way buffer shall be required along the west side of Folly Road;
2.
A minimum 20-foot vegetated rear buffer shall be required adjacent to residentially zoned parcels; and
3.
Fencing may be required to screen adjacent residentially zoned parcels. When a minimum 6-foot high opaque fence or wall is utilized, the zoning administrator may reduce the land use buffer by up to one-half its required depth when deemed appropriate; however, no required vegetated buffer shall be less than 10 feet in depth.
4.
Exceptions. In order to allow for new buildings to relate harmoniously with the streetscape and to other structures in the vicinity, when deemed appropriate by the Design Review Board, buildings may be permitted to encroach into the required right-of-way buffer. This exemption shall not apply to parking lots or any other vehicular use areas.
(Ord. No. 2017-148, § 2, 12-11-17; Ord. No. 2018-080, § 2, 7-17-18)
The Neighborhood Preservation sub-area extends from Grimball Road Extension to Battery Island Drive. This area consists primarily of low-intensity residential uses with some commercial development primarily along the northwest area of Folly Road. This portion of the overlay zoning district is intended to provide an appropriate transition from the more intense commercial development in the North Village, Commercial Core, and South Village Areas before entering the Conservation Area and the City of Folly Beach. The following regulations apply in addition to the requirements of Section 54-229.4, b:
a.
Permitted uses. Permitted uses on a parcel shall include uses allowed in the base zoning district of that parcel as modified by Section 54-229.4, b, except that motor vehicle dealers (new and used), eating places with drive-thru service, gasoline service stations (with or without convenience stores), indoor recreation and entertainment, and automotive repair shops shall be prohibited.
b.
Prohibited uses. Motor vehicle dealers (new and used), eating places with drive-thru service, gasoline service stations (with or without convenience stores), indoor recreation and entertainment, and automotive repair shops shall be prohibited.
c.
Building size. No single building structure shall exceed 5,000 square feet in gross floor area.
d.
Buffers.
1.
A minimum of a 25-foot vegetated right-of-way buffer shall be required along Folly Road. This buffer may be reduced to 15 feet when there is no parking or vehicular use area between buildings and right-of-way.
2.
A minimum of a 20-foot vegetated rear buffer shall be required adjacent to residentially zoned parcels.
3.
Fencing may be required to screen adjacent residentially zoned parcels. When a minimum 6-foot high opaque fence or wall is utilized, the zoning administrator may reduce the land use buffer by up to one-half its required depth when deemed appropriate; however, no required vegetated buffer shall be less than 10 feet in depth.
4.
Exceptions. In order to allow for new buildings to relate harmoniously with the streetscape and to other structures in the vicinity, when deemed appropriate by the Design Review Board, buildings may be permitted to encroach into the required right-of-way buffer. This exemption shall not apply to parking lots or any other vehicular use areas.
(Ord. No. 2017-148, § 2, 12-11-17 ; Ord. No. 2018-080, § 1, 7-17-18)
The Conservation sub-area extends from Battery Island Drive to the Folly River. This area is intended to be the least intensely developed area of the overlay zoning district and is to provide a natural scenic open space before entering the City of Folly Beach by preserving the marsh views and vistas of this area. This portion of the overlay zoning district is intended to provide an appropriate transition from the more intense commercial development in the North Village, Commercial Core, and South Village sub-areas before entering the Conservation sub-area and the City of Folly Beach by preserving the existing low density residential character. The following regulations apply in addition to the requirements of Section 54-229.4, b:
a.
Permitted uses. Permitted uses on a parcel shall include uses allowed in the base zoning district of that parcel as modified by Section 54-229.4, b, except that motor vehicle dealers (new and used) shall be prohibited.
b.
Prohibited uses. Motor vehicle dealers (new and used) shall be prohibited.
c.
Buffers.
1.
A minimum of a 25-foot vegetated right-of-way buffer shall be required along Folly Road in the commercial area which may be reduced to 15 feet when there is no parking or vehicular use area between buildings and right-of-way;
2.
A minimum of a 20-foot vegetated rear buffer shall be required adjacent to residentially zoned parcels; and
3.
Fencing may be required to screen adjacent residentially zoned parcels. When a minimum 6-foot high opaque fence or wall is utilized, the zoning administrator may reduce the land use buffer by up to one-half its required depth when deemed appropriate; however, no required vegetated buffer shall be less than 10 feet in depth.
4.
Exceptions. In order to allow for new buildings to relate harmoniously with the streetscape and to other structures in the vicinity, when deemed appropriate by the Design Review Board, buildings may be permitted to encroach into the required right-of-way buffer. This exemption shall not apply to parking lots or any other vehicular use areas.
In order to promote the economic and general welfare of the city and of the public generally, and to insure the harmonious, orderly and efficient growth and development of the city, it is deemed essential by the city council of the city that the qualities relating to the history of the city and a harmonious outward appearance of structures which preserve property values and attract tourist and residents alike be preserved; some of these qualities being the continued existence and preservation of historic areas and structures; continued construction of structures in the historic styles and a general harmony as to style, form, color, proportion, texture and material between structures of historic design and those of more modern design. These purposes are advanced through the preservation and protection of old historic or architecturally worthy structures and quaint neighborhoods which impart a distinct aspect to the city and which serve as visible reminders of the historical and cultural heritage of the city, the state, and the nation.
(Ord. No. 2012-385, § 2(Exh. B), 10-23-12; Ord. No. 2017-084, § 1, 8-15-17)
a.
For the purpose of this article, three types of special districts are established, as follows:
1.
Old and Historic District and Old City District. The boundaries of the Old and Historic District and Old City District are as delineated upon the zone map, a part of the zoning ordinance of the city.
2.
Historic Corridor District. The boundaries of the Historic Corridor District are as delineated upon the zone map, a part of the city zoning ordinance.
b.
For the purposes of this article, "exterior architectural appearance" shall include architectural character, general composition and general arrangement of the exterior of a structure, its height, scale and mass in relation to its immediate surroundings, the kind, color and texture of the building material and type and character of all windows, doors, light fixtures, signs and appurtenant elements that are visible from a street or public right-of-way.
c.
For the purposes of this article, "structure" shall include, in addition to buildings, walls, fences, signs, light fixtures, steps or appurtenant elements thereof.
d.
For purposes of this article, "demolition" means the removal of an entire structure or a substantial portion of a structure visible from the public right-of-way or a substantial portion of features of a structure that are visible from the public rights-of-way that define its historic architectural character, such as roofs, columns, balustrades, chimneys, siding, windows, doors, shutters, site walls, fences and other unique architectural features, which if lost, would compromise the historic architectural character of the structure.
e.
For purposes of this article, "height" means the vertical extent of a structure as described in Section 54-306 of this chapter.
f.
For purposes of this article, "scale" means building elements and details and the relationship of a building to itself, to humans, and to structures in its immediate surroundings in terms of its visual unity, continuity and proportions.
g.
For purposes of this article, "mass" means the volume or bulk of a building expressed in its three-dimensional form, to include variations in the shape and form of the building and its relationship to the size of structures in its immediate surroundings.
h.
For purposes of this article, "immediate surroundings" means abutting properties and those on both sides of the street of the block in which the building is located.
i.
For purposes of this article, "block" means the aggregate (or sum) of privately owned lots passages, rear lanes and alleys lying between one public street and, as to that street, the next public street.
j.
For purposes of this article, "visible from the public right-of-way" means only such portion of a structure that can be viewed by the naked eye from street level. In determining visibility, presence of vegetation shall be ignored.
k.
For purposes of this article, "Certificate of Appropriateness" means the approval of a project by the Board that entitles the applicant to apply for a building permit.
(Ord. No. 2012-385, § 2(Exh. B), 10-23-12; Ord. No. 2017-084, § 1, 8-15-17)
a.
No structure which is within the Old and Historic District shall be erected, demolished or removed in whole or in part, nor shall the exterior architectural appearance of any structure which is visible from a public right-of-way be altered until after an application for a permit has been submitted to and approved by the Board of Architectural Review.
b.
No structure in the Old City District or the Historic Corridor District that is either more than 50 years old or listed in Categories 1, 2, 3 or 4 on the Inventory Map as adopted by Section 54-235 shall be demolished, removed in whole or part, or relocated until after an application for a permit has been submitted to the Board of Architectural Review and either has been approved by it or the period of postponement in the case of application for partial or total demolition hereafter provided for in Section 54-240, d., has expired.
c.
The exterior architectural appearance of any structure, either more than one hundred years old or listed in Categories 1, 2, 3 and 4 on the Inventory Map adopted by Section 54-235 which is within the Old City District and which is visible from a public right-of-way, shall not be changed until after an application for a permit has been submitted to and approved by the Board of Architectural Review. In the Historic Corridor District, the exterior architectural appearance of structures visible from a public right-of-way, except for residential structures with fewer than eight units, shall not be changed until an application has been submitted to and approved by the Board of Architectural Review.
d.
Within the Old City District and Historic Corridor District, no new structure which will be visible from a public right-of-way upon its completion shall be erected until after an application for a permit has been submitted to and approved by the Board of Architectural Review.
e.
Evidence of the approval required above shall be a Certificate of Appropriateness issued by the Board of Architectural Review as created herein. Such certificate shall be a statement signed by the chairman of the Board of Architectural Review or administrative officer, as applicable, stating that the new construction, demolition, relocation or the changes in the exterior architectural appearance for which application has been made are approved by the Board of Architectural Review; provided, however, that repairs and renovations to existing structures which do not alter the exterior appearance and are so exempted by the administrative officer as herein provided need not be approved by the Board of Architectural Review.
f.
Any person requesting a permit under this section and article shall be entitled to a hearing on such request before the Board of Architectural Review.
(Ord. No. 2003-93, §§ 1, 2, 9-23-03; Ord. No. 2012-385, § 2(Exh. B), 10-23-12; Ord. No. 2013-70, § 1, 7-16-13; Ord. No. 2017-084, § 1, 8-15-17)
a.
Two Boards of Architectural Review are hereby established, to be known as the Board of Architectural Review - Small (the "BAR-S") and the Board of Architectural Review - Large (the "BAR-L"). The BAR-S shall hear and decide applications for projects that are 10,000 square feet or less in size and minor modifications to projects over 10,000 square feet. The BAR-L shall hear and decide applications for projects that exceed 10,000 square feet. Commercial and institutional projects up to 10,000 square feet may be reviewed by BAR-S or BAR-L depending on the use, location, and complexity of the project, as determined by staff. Demolition applications shall be assigned to either the BAR-S or BAR-L, as determined by staff.
b.
Each Board of Architectural Review shall consist of five (5) members and two (2) alternates who do not hold any other public office or position in the City of Charleston and are appointed by City Council. Board members shall be citizens of the City of Charleston, or non-citizen owners, principals, or employees of businesses located in the City. Each Board shall include two (2) registered architects, an attorney, a licensed professional involved in construction or engineering and a lay person. The members and alternates shall have demonstrated experience in historic design or preservation and at least one of the following fields: fine arts, architecture, structural engineering, landscape architecture, civil engineering, urban design, city planning, preservation, construction, real estate, law or associated disciplines. Each board shall elect one of its members chairman, who shall serve for a term of one year or until reelected or a successor is elected and qualified. Each board shall appoint a secretary who may be an officer of the governing authority. Each board shall adopt rules of procedure.
c.
The initial term of three (3) of the five (5) members and one (1) alternate first appointed to the BAR-S and BAR-L shall expire on the date of the first regular City Council meeting in January following their appointment, and the initial term of the other two (2) of the five (5) members and the other alternate first appointed to the BAR-S and BAR-L shall expire on the date of the first regular City Council meeting in January two years thereafter. Following the initial term, the terms of all members and alternates shall be three (3) years. No member shall serve more than two successive three-year terms. A member who has served two successive three-year terms on the BAR-S is not disqualified from serving two successive three-year terms on the BAR-L, and vice versa. An appointment to fill a vacancy shall be only for the expired portion of the term.
d.
Meetings of the board may be held at the call of the chairman and at such other times as the board may determine. The chairman or, in his or her absence, the acting chairman, may administer oaths and compel the attendance of witnesses by subpoena. The board shall keep minutes of its proceedings, showing the vote of each member upon each question, or if absent or failing to vote, indicating the fact, and shall keep records of its examinations and other official actions, all of which immediately must be filed in the office of the board and must be a public record.
e.
Alternate members, when seated, have all the powers and duties of regular members. Alternate members may always attend meetings but shall only participate in board deliberations and debate, make motions and vote in the absence or voting disqualification of a regular member or the vacancy of a regular member's seat. When necessary to achieve a quorum, an alternate of one Board may serve on the other Board.
(Ord. No. 1999-54, § 2A, 4-27-99; Ord. No. 2000-35, § 1, 3-14-00; Ord. No. 2007-60, § 1, 3-6-07; Ord. No. 2012-385, § 2(Exh. B), 10-23-12; Ord. No. 2013-49, § 1, 5-14-13; Ord. No. 2014-17, § 2, 2-11-14; Ord. No. 2015-169, §§ 1—4, 11-24-2015, eff. 1-1-2016; Ord. No. 2017-084, § 1, 8-15-17; Ord. No. 2023-205, § 1, 10-10-23; Ord. No. 2024-094, § 1, 7-16-24)
a.
The Board of Architectural Review may meet at any time upon call of the chairman and, in addition, shall within fifteen (15) days after notification by the administrative officer of the filing of an application for a permit to demolish any structure in whole or in part, hold a public hearing upon each application. At least five (5) days' notice of the time and place of each such hearing shall be given by the administrative officer as follows:
1.
In writing to the applicant.
2.
In writing to all persons or organizations that have filed an annual written request for such notices and have paid an annual fee, not to exceed twenty-five dollars ($25.00), to cover the costs involved.
3.
By publication in the form of an advertisement in a newspaper of general circulation within the city.
(Ord. No. 2012-385, § 2(Exh. B), 10-23-12; Ord. No. 2017-084, § 1, 8-15-17)
In order to identify structures within peninsula Charleston which should be preserved, maintained and protected in the public interest and to provide guidance for the Board of Architectural Review there hereby is adopted as an official public document the inventory map entitled "Historic Architecture Inventory, 1972-73, Peninsula City, Charleston, S.C.," prepared for the city by Carl Feiss, FAIA, AIP, City Planning and Architectural Associates, and Russell Wright, AIP, consisting of peninsula Charleston south of Highway 17, and additional sheets being dated September 4, 1973, with revisions September 11, 1973, October 16, 1973, November 14, 1973, February 20, 1974 and March 27, 1974, as amended by the inventory map entitled "South Carolina Inventory of Historic Places Survey Report, City of Charleston, S.C." prepared for the city by Geier Brown Renfrow Architects and dated August 1985, and as amended by the inventory entitled "A Historic Architectural Resources Survey of the Upper Peninsula, Charleston, South Carolina" prepared by Brockington and Associates, dated 2004 consisting of the peninsula Charleston north of Line Street and south of Mount Pleasant Street (collectively "Inventory Map"). The original of the said Inventory Map shall be filed in the Department of Planning and Preservation as a public record and shall be available for public inspection during normal business hours. Based on changed conditions, the Board of Architectural Review from time to time may recommend to the City Council additional revisions of said Inventory Map, but none shall become effective until the Zoning Ordinance has been appropriately amended.
(Ord. No. 2012-385, § 2(Exh. B), 10-23-12; Ord. No. 2017-084, § 1, 8-15-17; Ord. No. 2025-086, § 1, 6-17-25)
In order to provide guidance and insight into desirable goals and objectives for the Old City District, the Old and Historic District and Historic Corridor District for desirable types of development, and for the maintenance of consistent policies in guiding the building public toward better standards of design, the Board of Architectural Review shall be guided by the Secretary of the Interior's Standards for Historic Preservation and the 2017 BAR PRINCIPLES FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION AND RENOVATION AND REPAIRS, said Standards and PRINCIPLES being incorporated herein by reference, and permanent copies of which shall be maintained by the Department of Planning and Preservation, or its successor department, and copies of which shall be made available to interested persons on request.
(Ord. No. 2012-385, § 2(Exh. B), 10-23-12; Ord. No. 2017-084, § 1, 8-15-17; Ord. No. 2025-086, § 1, 6-17-25)
Pre-Application Conference: Applicants are required to meet with staff prior to applying for Conceptual Approval for projects exceeding 10,000 square feet to assure the applicant is acquainted with and has an understanding of the Board's Guidelines. Applicants for projects of 10,000 square feet or less are encouraged, but not required, to likewise meet with staff prior to applying for Conceptual Approval.
Conceptual: Review of the general height, scale, mass and three dimensional form of a building, or an addition to an existing building, and the general architectural direction and quality of the project as it relates to its site, its neighborhood, its immediate surroundings and the City of Charleston. This phase defines the overall quality and architectural character of the project.
Preliminary: Review of the development of the conceptual design and its relationship to its context in terms of the project's details, finishes and materials. This phase defines the level of quality of construction, and the relationship of the building's components to surrounding buildings and to one another.
Final: Review of the completion of the preliminary design based on completed construction documents and material specifications for consistency with the level of quality of the previous phases. Final Review of BAR-L projects shall be by the Board, unless the Board delegates the review to staff. Final Review of BAR-S projects shall be by staff; provided however, at its discretion, staff may require Final Review to be undertaken by the Board; and provided further that the BAR-S, in its discretion, may request to undertake Final Review. Any final review that is delegated to staff is for the purpose of assuring that for-permit construction drawings comply with the approved design.
Comparative Reviews: For each review after Conceptual approval, or if the applicant is required to submit more than one conceptual submittal, the applicant shall show on the same sheet the previous proposal for comparison to the current proposal
Courtesy Review: At the discretion of staff, an applicant may be requested to submit to a courtesy review of a project by the Board to receive informal initial feedback as to the direction of the project.
Affordable/Workforce Housing Projects: Projects which include affordable or workforce housing units that are submitted by the application deadline and which comply with all submittal requirements shall be placed on the agenda of the next regularly scheduled meeting of the Board, subject to Rules of the Board if any, that limit the number of items on agenda.
In the case of very minor projects involving repair or alterations to existing structures, the Board of Architectural Review, if the preliminary drawings and other data are sufficiently clear and explicit, may grant preliminary and final approval at one review session. Should said data indicate alterations, remodeling, or repairs not changing the exterior appearance, the administrative officer may exempt the application from provisions of this section and approve a Certificate of Appropriateness.
(Ord. No. 2012-385, § 2(Exh. B), 10-23-12; Ord. No. 2017-084, § 1, 8-15-17)
Applications for demolition, relocation, new construction, or alterations and/or additions or renovations to existing structures shall include such drawings, photographs or other information as may from time to time be adopted by the Board of Architectural Review, copies of which shall be maintained in the Office of Planning and Preservation or such successor office thereto.
(Ord. No. 2012-385, § 2(Exh. B), 10-23-12; Ord. No. 2017-084, § 1, 8-15-17; Ord. No. 2025-086, § 1, 6-17-25)
Upon the filing of an application with the Board of Architectural Review, the property to which such application applies shall be posted with a sign at least five (5) days prior to any public hearing when the application will be considered and said sign shall specify the appropriate city department to contact concerning information regarding the application. The Board of Architectural Review shall adopt and implement rules of procedure by which the posting of signing shall be conducted, and may make recommendations to City Council of fees to be charged therefore. Any fee schedule established hereunder shall be approved by City Council.
(Ord. No. 2012-385, § 2(Exh. B), 10-23-12; Ord. No. 2017-084, § 1, 8-15-17)
a.
In reviewing any application before it, the Board of Architectural Review may approve, deny or conditionally approve an application. If in the opinion of the Board, an application requires further study, action on an application may be deferred. In passing on an administrative appeal, the Board may affirm, modify or reverse the decision.
b.
In reviewing an application to demolish, or demolish in part, or remove, or alter the exterior architectural appearance of any existing structure, the Board of Architectural Review shall consider, among other things, the historic, architectural and aesthetic features of such structure, the nature and character of the surrounding area, the historic or culturally important use of such structure and the importance to the city.
c.
In reviewing an application for new construction in the Old and Historic District, Old City District or Historic Corridor District, the Board of Architectural Review shall consider, among other things, the general design, the character and appropriateness of design, the height, scale and mass of the structure, the arrangement, texture, materials and color of the structure in question, and the relation of such aspects, features and elements to similar aspects, features and elements of structures in the immediate surroundings. Notwithstanding anything in this Chapter to the contrary, in passing upon an application, the Board of Architectural Review is empowered to require the use of architectural techniques such as building façade and mass modulations or adjustments to the footprint of a structure on a site to achieve appropriate form and proportion of a structure in relation to its immediate surroundings, so long as such techniques do not unreasonably restrict the use of a site in light of its underlying zoning. The Board of Architectural Review shall not consider interior arrangement or interior design; nor shall it make requirements except for the purpose of preventing designs of developments which are not in harmony with the prevailing character of Charleston, or which are obviously incongruous with this character.
d.
Among other grounds for considering a design inappropriate and requiring denial or deferral and resubmission are the following effects: Arresting and spectacular effects, violent contrasts of materials or colors and intense or lurid colors, a multiplicity or incongruity of details resulting in a restless and disturbing appearance, the absence of unity, visual compatibility and coherence in composition, form and proportion not in consonance with the dignity and character of the present structure (in the case of repair, remodeling or enlargement of an existing structure) or with the prevailing character of the immediate surroundings (in the case of a new structure).
e.
In case of denial of an application, the Board of Architectural Review shall state the reasons therefore in a written statement to the applicant and make recommendations in regard to appropriateness of design.
f.
The Board of Architectural Review may refuse a permit or Certificate of Appropriateness for the erection, reconstruction, alteration, demolition, partial demolition, or removal of any structure within the Old and Historic District, which in the opinion of the Board of Architectural Review, would be detrimental to the interests of the Old and Historic District and against the historic character and public interest of the city.
g.
Upon receiving an application for the demolition or removal of a structure over fifty (50) years old and within the limits of the Old City District, the Board of Architectural Review, within forty-five (45) days after receipt of the application, shall either approve or deny such application, or find that the preservation and protection of historic places and the public interest will best be served by postponing the application for a designated period, which shall not exceed one hundred eighty (180) days from the receipt of the application, and notify the applicant of such postponement.
h.
In any case involving the demolition or partial demolition or removal of a structure, before granting approval or requiring a postponement, the Board of Architectural Review may call on the chief building official to provide it with a report on the state of repair and structural stability of the structure under consideration.
i.
In all applications involving the demolition or partial demolition or removal of a structure, provision shall be made for a public hearing as set forth in this article.
j.
Within the period of postponement of such demolition, partial demolition or removal of any structure, the Board of Architectural Review shall take steps to ascertain what the City Council can or may do to preserve such structure, including consultation with private civic groups, interested private citizens and other public boards or agencies and including investigation of the potential use of the power of eminent domain when the preservation of a given structure is clearly in the interest of the general welfare of the community and of certain historic and architectural significance. The Board of Architectural Review shall then make such recommendations thereabout to the City Council as the board may determine to submit.
k.
The Board of Architectural Review shall have the power to delay for a period of 180 days or deny outright the demolition, partial demolition or removal of a structure over 50 years old in the area bounded to the north by Mount Pleasant Street or the extensions thereof into the waters of the Ashley and Cooper Rivers, to the east by the waters of the Cooper River to the south by the Old City District and to the west by the waters of the Ashley River.
l.
The approval of an application by the Board of Zoning Appeals—Zoning or the Board of Zoning Appeals—Site Design pertaining to dimensional requirements of a proposed project shall not be binding on the Board of Architectural Review in its review, or of any power granted to it in this ordinance.
(Ord. No. 1998-148, § 1, 8-18-98; Ord. No. 1999-54, § 4, 4-27-99; Ord. No. 2012-385, § 2(Exh. B), 10-23-12; Ord. No. 2017-084, § 1, 8-15-17)
a.
The Board of Architectural Review, on its own initiative, may file a petition with the chief building official requesting that said officer proceed under the public safety and housing ordinance to require correction of defects or repairs to any structure covered by this article so that such structure shall not experience demolition by neglect and be preserved and protected in consonance with the purpose of this article and the public safety and housing ordinance.
b.
An application to the Board of Architectural Review for after-the-fact approval for demolition of a structure, in whole or in part, creates a rebuttable presumption that the demolition was intentional when a prior application for demolition of said structure, whether in whole or in part, was denied within the preceding five (5) years.
1.
The presumption may be rebutted by credible evidence establishing to the Board of Architectural Review's satisfaction that:
i.
Significant and material further deterioration of the structure not occasioned by neglect occurred after denial of the prior application, and that such further deterioration was caused by circumstances beyond the owner's control; or
ii.
Good faith efforts to prevent further deterioration of the structure were undertaken after denial of the prior application, and the present condition of the structure indicates those efforts were significantly and materially frustrated by circumstances beyond the owner's control.
2.
Where the presumption is not rebutted, the application shall be denied. The owner shall be subject to penalties as stated in section 1-16 of the Code of the City of Charleston, South Carolina, and any licensed professionals who took part in the unauthorized demolition shall be subject to suspension or revocation of their business license pursuant to section 17-30 of the Code of the City of Charleston, South Carolina. In addition, the Board shall have discretion to deny any further approvals for the subject property for a period of up to five (5) years. Nothing herein shall prevent the Board from placing specific conditions to rebuild the structure in connection with the denial.
(Ord. No. 2012-385, § 2(Exh. B), 10-23-12; Ord. No. 2017-084, § 1, 8-15-17; Ord. No. 2023-250, § 1, 12-5-23; Ord. No. 2024-024, § 1, 2-27-24)
Editor's note— Ord. No. 2023-250, § 1, adopted December 5, 2023, amended the title of § 54-241 to read as herein set out. The former § 54-241 title pertained to powers of board to require repair of structures.
Nothing in this article shall be construed to prevent the ordinary maintenance or repair of any exterior elements of any structure described in section 54-232; nor shall anything in this article be construed to prevent the construction, reconstruction, alteration or demolition of any such elements which the chief building official shall certify as required by public safety.
(Ord. No. 2012-385, § 2(Exh. B), 10-23-12; Ord. No. 2017-084, § 1, 8-15-17)
Upon approval of the plans, the Board of Architectural Review shall forthwith transmit a report to the administrative officer stating the basis upon which such approval was made, and if no further action is required of the Board or staff, cause a Certificate of Appropriateness to be issued to the applicant. If the Board of Architectural Review shall fail to take final action upon any case within forty-five (45) days after the receipt of application for permit, the application shall be deemed to be disapproved, except where mutual agreement has been made for an extension of time limit.
When a Certificate of Appropriateness has been issued, a copy thereof shall be transmitted to the city building inspector, who shall from time to time inspect the alteration or construction approved by such certificate and shall make a report of such inspection to the Board of Architectural Review of any work not in accordance with such certificate or violating any ordinances of the city.
(Ord. No. 2012-385, § 2(Exh. B), 10-23-12; Ord. No. 2017-084, § 1, 8-15-17)
Conceptual and Preliminary approvals and Certificates of Appropriateness shall remain valid for two (2) years from the date of approval, unless extended in accordance with Section 54-962 hereof.
(Ord. No. 1999-24, § 1, 3-10-99; Ord. No. 2005-99, § 2, 6-21-05; Ord. No. 2012-385, § 2(Exh. B), 10-23-12; Ord. No. 2017-084, § 1, 8-15-17)
Appeals to the Board of Architectural Review may be taken by any person aggrieved or by any officer, department, Board or bureau of the city. Such appeal shall be taken within a reasonable time as provided by the rules of the Board by filing with the officer from whom the appeal is taken and with the Board of Architectural Review a notice of appeal specifying the grounds thereof. The officer from whom the appeal is taken shall forthwith transmit to the Board all the papers constituting the record upon which the action appealed from was taken.
(Ord. No. 1999-54, § 2B, 4-27-99; Ord. No. 2012-385, § 2(Exh. B), 10-23-12; Ord. No. 2012-385, § 2(Exh. B), 10-23-12; Ord. No. 2017-084, § 1, 8-15-17)
An appeal stays all proceedings in furtherance of the action appealed from, unless the officer from whom the appeal is taken certifies to the Board, after the notice of appeal shall have been filed with him, that by reason of facts stated in the certificate a stay would, in his opinion, cause imminent peril to life or property. In such case proceedings shall not be stayed otherwise than by a restraining order which may be granted by the Board of Architectural Review or a court of record on application, on notice to the officer from whom the appeal is taken, and on due cause shown.
(Ord. No. 1999-54, § 2B, 4-27-99; Ord. No. 2012-385, § 2(Exh. B), 10-23-12; Ord. No. 2017-084, § 1, 8-15-17)
The Board shall fix a reasonable time for the hearing of the appeal, or other matter referred to it, and give public notice of it, as well as due notice to the parties in interest, and decide the same within a reasonable time. At the hearing any party may appear in person or by agent or by attorney.
(Ord. No. 1999-54, § 2B, 4-27-99; Ord. No. 2012-385, § 2(Exh. B), 10-23-12; Ord. No. 2017-084, § 1, 8-15-17)
A person who may have a substantial interest in any decision of the Board or any officer or agent of the appropriate governing authority may appeal from a decision of the Board to the circuit court in the county by filing with the clerk of court a petition in writing setting forth plainly, fully, and distinctly why the decision is contrary to law. The appeal must be filed within thirty days after the affected party receives actual notice of the decision of the Board.
(Ord. No. 1999-54, § 2B, 4-27-99; Ord. No. 2012-385, § 2(Exh. B), 10-23-12; Ord. No. 2017-084, § 1, 8-15-17)
A planned unit development consists of a tract or tracts of land planned and developed as a whole in a single development stage or phased series of development stages according to an approved PUD Master Plan.
(Ord. No. 2013-125, § 1, 11-6-13)
A planned unit development (PUD) is intended to provide flexibility in the design of developments; to encourage comprehensive planning of developments; to permit innovation in neighborhood design that includes incorporation of open space, preservation of natural features and other amenities; to provide opportunity for a mixture of uses within a development, and to insure compatibility of developments with surrounding areas.
(Ord. No. 2013-125, § 1, 11-6-13)
a.
A tract or tracts of land is eligible for a PUD if the tract or tracts of land under consideration total five (5) or more contiguous acres. A PUD may include less than five (5) acres or contain non-contiguous parcels, if City Council, upon a recommendation of the Planning Commission, determines the PUD is an appropriate zoning classification because of the unique constraints of the land owing to the size, shape, topography or other physical conditions of the tract or tracts or because the proposed PUD is consistent from a land use and development perspective with an adjoining PUD. A PUD may consist of tracts of land owned by different owners provided that all owners agree in writing to the PUD Master Plan and provided that residential units and open space acreage requirements are allocated by tract in the PUD Master Plan and all subsequent plats and plans. PUD rezoning applications shall include the signatures of all property owners.
b.
No person shall erect or alter any building, structure or sign on any tract of land or use any tract of land within a PUD except in conformance with the requirements and limitations of the ordinance approving the PUD Master Plan. No Site Plan, Phasing Plan, Subdivision Concept Plan, Preliminary Plat, Road Construction Plans or Final Plat shall be approved except in conformance with this Article and the ordinance approving the Master Plan.
(Ord. No. 2013-125, § 1, 11-6-13)
a.
Generally. The procedure for approving a PUD application is divided into three steps which may be combined as described below.
Step 1. PUD Pre-Application Plan Review is intended to provide city staff with an introduction to the proposed development and a chance to comment on the proposal before the expenditure of funds in preparation of a Master Plan.
Step 2. Approval of a Master Plan and accompanying rezoning ordinance requires review by the Technical Review Committee and two public hearings, one with the Planning Commission, and one with City Council. Approval of a Master Plan and accompanying rezoning ordinance by City Council constitutes a rezoning of the property and establishes all site development regulations for future development on the property. Where applicable, the Subdivision Concept Plan, in accordance with Article 8, may proceed concurrently with this step.
Step 3. Subdivision Concept Plan Approval begins the process of subdividing property and building public improvements to serve the site. This step requires review by the Technical Review Committee and approval of the Planning Commission after a public hearing. After Subdivision Concept Plan approval, applications for preliminary plat and road construction plans approval shall be approved by the Technical Review Committee. Final Plat is approved by the Plat Review Committee.
b.
Administration. All petitions, applications and supporting documents for a PUD shall be filed with the office of the Zoning Administrator, who shall maintain and make available for public inspection records of all applications and related actions. The PUD rezoning application must be signed by the owner(s).
c.
Fees. All applications shall be accompanied by payment for applicable fees as set forth in the fee schedule for the Department of Planning and Preservation.
d.
PUD Pre-Application Plan Review.
1.
Applicants for a PUD shall schedule a meeting with the Director of the Department of Planning and Preservation representatives from other City departments to present their proposal and receive staff comments. Twelve (12) sets of the PUD Conceptual Plan shall be submitted to the Zoning Division in the Department of Planning and Preservation at least ten working days prior to the scheduled meeting.
2.
The Planning Director shall consult with other appropriate City departments and advise the applicant of the application's conformance with relevant plans adopted by City Council and shall provide comments within ten days following the meeting with the applicant.
e.
Master Plan Review.
1.
Applicants for a Master Plan PUD shall submit twelve (12) sets of the information required for Master Plans prior to the deadline for the next scheduled meeting of the Planning Commission. Applicants wishing to receive Subdivision Concept Plan approval concurrently with Master Plan approval in accordance with Article 8, shall submit eight (8) sets of the Subdivision Concept Plan which satisfies the information requirements in Article 8.
2.
The Zoning Administrator shall first determine if the application is complete. If complete, the Zoning Administrator shall refer the application to the Technical Review Committee and Planning Commission for the next scheduled meetings, and advertise a public hearing on the proposed Master Plan PUD application.
3.
The Technical Review Committee shall review the application and provide the Planning Commission with written comments at the public hearing. Utility providers and regulatory agencies may also be consulted.
4.
The Planning Commission shall review the application, hold a public hearing, and make a recommendation to the City Council to approve, approve with modifications and/or conditions, or disapprove the application.
5.
After the Planning Commission has made its recommendation, the Zoning Administrator shall forward the application with the recommendation to the Clerk of Council. The Clerk of Council shall then set the date for, and advertise the public hearing on the application, to be held at a scheduled meeting of City Council.
6.
Following the public hearing, the City Council shall approve, approve with modifications and/or conditions or disapprove the application for Master Plan PUD subject to Article 9: Part 3 Changes and Amendments.
7.
Approved Master Plans shall be filed with the Department of Planning and Preservation.
f.
Subdivision Concept Plan Approval.
1.
Applicants shall submit eight (8) sets of the Subdivision Concept Plan prepared in accordance with the requirements of Article 8. The Subdivision Concept Plan may be submitted after PUD Master Plan approval or concurrently with the PUD Master Plan per Article 8.
2.
The Zoning Administrator shall first determine if the application is complete. If complete, the Zoning Administrator shall refer the application to the Planning Commission for the next scheduled meeting and advertise a date for the public hearing by the Planning Commission. If not complete, the Zoning Administrator shall advise the applicant in writing why the application is not complete within ten (10) business days.
3.
The Technical Review Committee shall review the application to insure compliance with the Master Plan and provide the Planning Commission with written comments.
4.
The Planning Commission shall review the application, hold a public hearing, and approve, approve with modifications and/or conditions, or disapprove the application. Planning Commission approval of the Subdivision Concept Plan submitted with the PUD Master Plan shall be considered contingent upon City Council approval of the PUD Master Plan.
5.
After Subdivision Concept Plan approval, the applicant shall then submit the Preliminary Plat, Road Construction Plans and Site Plans to the Technical Review Committee for approval. Final plats shall be submitted to the Plat Review Committee and the approved final plat shall be recorded in the RMC office and also filed with the Department Planning and Preservation and the Department of Public Service.
(Ord. No. 2013-125, § 1, 11-6-13; Ord. No. 2025-086, § 1, 6-17-25)
Review of all PUD Master Plan applications shall be based on the criteria listed in this section. Prior to the Planning Commission or City Council approving, or approving with modifications any PUD Master Plan application, the Council and Commission shall find that the application:
a.
is consistent with the City's adopted comprehensive plan and all adopted plans for sub-areas of the City;
b.
better achieves the goals of adopted plans than would development under other zoning district regulations;
c.
is consistent with the City's adopted master road plan;
d.
better protects and preserves natural and cultural resources than would development under other zoning district regulations;
e.
is compatible with the density and maximum building height of adjacent developed neighborhoods and the zoning of adjacent undeveloped areas;
f.
is compatible with the existing network of public streets in adjacent neighborhoods and areas;
g.
provides adequate parking for residents and users of the PUD;
h.
can be accommodated by existing and planned public facilities including but not limited to, roads, sewer, water, schools and parks;
i.
provides adequate public facilities, open space and recreational amenities; and
j.
adequately provides for the continued maintenance of common areas, open space, and other public facilities not dedicated to the city;
k.
provides for a mixture of uses.
(Ord. No. 2013-125, § 1, 11-6-13)
a.
Generally. All sets of drawings and plans submitted as part of the PUD Master Plan shall be prepared in accordance with the following criteria.
1.
Scale: All drawings should use a consistent scale.
2.
Title page and locator map: Indicating the name of the development, the owner(s), the developer, the person or firm preparing the plan, the date of the plans and the location of the project area in relation to major streets, waterways or other geographical features.
3.
Title block: Indicating the name of the development, the owner(s), the developer, the person or firm preparing the plan and the date of the drawing.
4.
Professional certification: Each plan or drawing for the Master Plan submittal shall be prepared by a licensed architect, landscape architect, surveyor, or engineer.
5.
Each drawing set shall be bound into one package.
b.
PUD Pre-Application Plan Review. Prior to filing an application for a PUD, the applicant must submit twelve (12) sets of a PUD Pre-Application Plan to the Zoning Division in the Department of Planning and Preservation and meet with the Planning Director and representatives from other City departments regarding the proposed PUD development. The PUD Pre-Application Plan is not required to be prepared by an engineer. The PUD Pre-Application Plan shall, at a minimum, include the following information:
1.
A conceptual land use plan for the entire PUD delineating the approximate location and area of buildable and nonbuildable land, proposed uses and acreages and related planning and development data including information on vegetation, to include forest cover and significant stands of trees, proposed buffers, cultural resources, and adjacent land uses.
2.
A general plan for public facilities which includes an assessment of existing traffic patterns, storm drainage and the availability of sewer and water, and general topographic information from city topographic maps or other suitable maps.
c.
Master Plan. The application for a Planned Unit Development shall require the submission of twelve (12) sets of a PUD Master Plan containing, at a minimum, the following information:
1.
Plat prepared by a registered surveyor showing the exact location, size, shape, gross acreage, and ownership of the tract(s) to be developed as a PUD, all known easements located thereon, and the approximate location of all freshwater and saltwater wetlands and other critical areas as determined by a professional wetlands consultant.
2.
Site analysis prepared by registered engineer or surveyor showing the following:
(a)
Location of existing manmade features including, but not limited to, major utility lines or facilities, drainage canals, manmade water bodies and existing structures.
(b)
General topographic information from city topographic maps or other suitable maps.
(c)
Location and description of cultural resources identified in cultural resource inventories available through local and state government agencies.
3.
An aerial photograph of the entire PUD with property lines indicated.
4.
Land use plan showing the location, approximate net acreage and gross acreage of each type of residential, mixed-use, office, commercial, and industrial development pod, open space area, recreational area and water body in the PUD, and existing land uses adjacent to the PUD, except that for a PUD containing more than one thousand (1,000) acres, requirements for locating proposed open space areas and recreational areas may be generally defined in lieu of identifying locations on a land use plan to ensure that required useable open space areas are distributed throughout the PUD. The plan shall also show the approximate location of major vehicular, pedestrian and bicycle circulation systems within the PUD and include typical cross sections of major circulation systems indicating right-of-way width and design. The plan shall show proposed major transmission lines for utilities, proposed major stormwater drainage facilities, and proposed buffers. Within each residential development pod the maximum number of residential dwelling units and net density shall be specified.
Decisions regarding major land uses should be made on consultation with local government agencies and in consideration of the many impact factors listed below:
Traffic.
Schools.
Storm water drainage.
Fresh-water supply.
Sewerage.
Solid-waste management.
Other municipal services (e.g., health, safety).
Open space, natural and cultural resource preservation.
5.
For each development pod identified on the Land Use Plan, the following PUD Zoning Regulations, prepared in accordance with Section 54-257 PUD Zoning Regulations shall be provided.
(a)
For conservation and residential pods the regulations shall include, but not be limited to, the following:
(1)
The type of dwelling units allowed, i.e. single-family detached, single-family attached, duplex, two-family, townhouse, or multi-family.
(2)
Minimum lot size per dwelling unit and minimum lot frontage requirements.
(3)
Minimum setback requirements for principal buildings and, where applicable, for accessory buildings.
(4)
Maximum lot occupancy restrictions for buildings.
(5)
Minimum and/or maximum building heights (in feet and stories) allowed for principal buildings and, where applicable, for accessory buildings.
(6)
Regulations for neighborhood uses permitted in accordance with Section 54-257 PUD Zoning Regulations.
(7)
Parking requirements.
(b)
For mixed-use, commercial, office, civic and industrial pods the regulations shall include, but not be limited to the following:
(1)
Minimum building setbacks.
(2)
Building heights in feet and stories; minimum and maximum.
(3)
Maximum lot occupancy for buildings.
(4)
Regulations for residential uses as specified in the above section.
(5)
Permitted uses and restrictions on hours of operation, if any are proposed.
(6)
Parking requirements.
6.
For each area designated for open space and recreational use, a list and description of the proposed improvements and facilities shall be provided with an explanation of the ownership and maintenance of the areas and facilities.
7.
Proposed general plan for landscape buffers.
8.
Additional information requested during PUD Pre-Application Plan review or which will be helpful in reviewing the PUD.
9.
Traffic Impact Study. The type and scope of the study shall be determined by the Department of Traffic and Transportation and the Department of Planning, Preservation and Sustainability during the PUD Pre-Application Plan review based on the potential impacts the development is anticipated to have on the existing transportation infrastructure over and above the impact entitled development would have. Technical Review Committee requirements for traffic impact studies for Site Plans and Subdivision Concept Plans shall still apply.
10.
A drainage basin analysis shall be required with the PUD Master Plan application. The scope of the analysis shall be determined by the Engineering Division during the PUD Pre-Application Plan review.
d.
Subdivision Concept Plans, Preliminary Plats, Road Construction Plans, Final Plats and Site Plans shall be prepared in accordance with Article 6 and Article 8.
(Ord. No. 2013-125, § 1, 11-6-13; Ord. No. 2025-086, § 1, 6-17-25)
a.
Generally.
1.
PUD Zoning Regulations shall be developed for each development pod identified on the PUD Master Plan in accordance with the regulations set forth in this section.
2.
All applicable regulations of the Zoning Ordinance for the base zoning district not specifically permitted to be varied by this section shall remain in effect.
3.
All landscape buffer requirements specified in Article 3: Part 8 shall apply along the perimeter property lines and OCRM critical areas. However, a PUD may modify the perimeter buffer requirements provided that the modifications are addressed in the PUD guidelines and shown on the PUD master plan.
4.
Each set of PUD Zoning Regulations shall be displayed in a consistent, understandable format in the Master Plan.
b.
Permitted uses. Permitted uses for all PUD applications shall comply with the permitted uses and any special requirements specified in Article 2, of this Chapter for the applicable base zoning district(s).
1.
Exceptions.
(a)
Dwelling unit type. Within any PUD, the dwelling unit type may be varied. The permitted dwelling unit types shall be specified on the Master Plan.
(b)
Each PUD must include mixed-use, commercial, office, civic or industrial uses. These uses may be permitted within small designated locations within the PUD or larger pods.
(1)
Mixed-use, commercial, office, civic and industrial development pods shall provide pedestrian and vehicular access to major circulation systems and adjacent neighborhoods constructed as part of the PUD.
(2)
Each development pod devoted to mixed-use, commercial, office, civic and industrial shall be labeled on the Master Plan and PUD Zoning Regulations shall be specified for each pod.
c.
Height and Area Regulations. Within any base zoning district, the height, area and setback regulations specified in Article 3: Part 1, relating to setbacks for principal and accessory structures, lot area per dwelling unit, lot occupancy, and building height may be varied.
1.
Exceptions.
(a)
Old City Height Districts as specified in Article 3: Part 2, shall not be exceeded by PUD development.
d.
Density. The net density allowed for the entire PUD shall not be exceeded.
e.
Open Space. For PUD's with a net acreage greater than ten (10) acres, a minimum of twenty (20) percent of the gross acreage shall remain as open space; twenty-five (25) percent of the required open space shall be developed and maintained as usable open space.
f.
Parking and Off-Street Loading. The applicant shall be permitted to develop new parking and off-street loading standards for the number of spaces required for each permitted use within the PUD Master Plan or adopt the parking requirements of Article 3: Part 4, and the off-street loading requirements of Article 3: Part 5. New parking and off-street loading standards shall be specified in the Master Plan.
g.
Rights-of-way. In order to allow flexibility in the design of major circulation systems shown on the PUD Master Plan, the applicant may modify requirements in Article 8, for right-of-way width, pavement width, curb, gutter and sidewalk improvements upon a finding that such requirements are not in the interest of the residents of the development or the entire City, provided that the applicant can demonstrate to the satisfaction of the City that:
1.
The resulting improvements are designed and constructed in accordance with accepted engineering standards.
2.
The modification is reasonable because of the uniqueness of the planned development and the excellence of design and construction to be employed in the development.
3.
Any modification of street requirements is reasonable in relation to projected traffic generation in the area at the time of project completion.
4.
Any sidewalk modifications are justified because other adequate provisions are made for pedestrian and bicycle traffic.
h.
Tree Protection Requirements. For PUD's with a net acreage equal to or greater than one thousand (1,000) acres, the applicant shall be permitted to modify requirements in Article 2: Part 6 Tree Protection Requirements.
i.
Exceptions and Modifications. Exceptions and modifications to regulations as specified in Section 54-505, Exceptions to Height Requirements, shall remain in effect unless specifically amended on the Master Plan.
(Ord. No. 2013-125, § 1, 11-6-13)
a.
The regulations below shall apply to all common open space and improvements, including all private streets, driveways, parking lots, uses, facilities and buildings provided in a PUD. All such common lands and improvements shall be established and maintained in accordance with the following requirements.
1.
The developer shall organize an incorporated property owner associations to ensure the maintenance of common open space and improvements.
2.
Organizations established for this purpose shall meet the following requirements.
(a)
Organizations shall be established prior to the closing of the sale of any lots.
(b)
All persons having ownership of property within the development shall have membership rights in those organizations.
(c)
Organizations shall own and manage all common open space and improvements.
(d)
All lands and improvements shall be described as to the general location, size, use and control in the declaration of covenants, conditions and restrictions. This declaration shall set forth the method of assessment for maintenance of common land and improvements. Covenants, conditions and restrictions shall run with the land.
(e)
Organizations shall not be dissolved nor shall they dispose of any common open space except to an organization established to own and maintain common open space, to the city, or to other appropriate governmental agencies.
3.
All private streets created in any PUD shall provide guaranteed vehicular and pedestrian access for abutting lot owners and guaranteed access for public vehicles and public service employees. Private covenants and restrictions shall be provided guaranteeing the long-term private ownership and maintenance of private streets.
(Ord. No. 2013-125, § 1, 11-6-13)
All plats for an approved PUD shall be recorded in the RMC office of the appropriate county and copies shall be maintained in the Department of Planning and Preservation and the Engineering Division of the City of Charleston. All recorded plats shall include an allocation of PUD residential units and open space for the portion of the PUD area being platted and all remaining PUD land area.
(Ord. No. 2013-125, § 1, 11-6-13; Ord. No. 2025-086, § 1, 6-17-25)
The owner(s) of lands zoned PUD may apply to rezone the subject property and thereby terminate the PUD provided that no development of any portion of the PUD has taken place.
(Ord. No. 2013-125, § 1, 11-6-13)
a.
Amendments to an approved master plan. Proposed amendments to an approved PUD Master Plan involving the following changes shall be considered major amendments and shall only be approved by the City Council in the manner provided by law for the amendment to the zoning map at the time of any such proposed amendment.
1.
the location of residential, office, commercial, mixed-use, civic, industrial development pods, open space areas;
2.
a change in the major circulation systems that would render invalid the Master Plan traffic impact analysis or the intent of the adopted Master Plan major circulation systems for providing access and circulation within the PUD;
3.
the maximum number of allowed dwelling units and maximum net density;
4.
the PUD zoning regulations, except that changes to the adopted PUD Master Plan zoning regulations for a particular development pod or portion of a development pod may be approved by the Zoning Administrator with approval of a site plan or written explanation of the changes, provided that the request for changes is made by the owner of the property in question; that the changes only affect land uses, residential density, building height, building setback or other building location restrictions, lot occupancy, impervious surface coverage, lot frontage and off-street parking/loading regulations; that the change will clearly make the PUD zoning regulations more restrictive in nature (i.e. commercial to residential, multi-family to single-family residential, increase in setback requirements, decrease in permitted building height, increase in minimum lot frontage, etc.); that no permits or approvals beyond the approval of a PUD Master Plan have been issued for the area in questions that would be contrary to the proposed change; and that the change will comply with state enabling legislation for zoning and subdivision regulations;
5.
information required for open space and recreational use areas as specified under Section 54-255, Application Requirements; or
6.
the plan for landscape screens and buffers.
b.
All other amendments to the Master Plan shall be considered minor amendments. The Zoning Administrator, upon receipt of an application, may approve minor amendments to the Master Plan.
(Ord. No. 2013-125, § 1, 11-6-13)
a.
Modifications of approved PUD Master Plan zoning regulations. Requests for modifications to PUD Zoning Regulations specified on the approved PUD Master Plan shall be treated as amendments per Section 54-261 or as requests for variances as determined by the Zoning Administrator. Variances shall be referred to either the Board of Zoning Appeals-Zoning or the Board of Zoning Appeals-Site Design in accordance with Article 9: Part 2, and subject to the criteria in Section 54-924, Requirements for granting a variance.
(Ord. No. 2013-125, § 1, 11-6-13)
Within the DI-PUD District, land may be used and buildings erected, altered, or used pursuant to the Daniel Island Master Plan Zoning Text, adopted by Ordinance 1993-32 on March 23, 1993; and amended by Ordinance 1994-440 on December 20, 1994, and Ordinance 1995-160 on May 9, 1995; and Ord. No. 2015-075, §§ 1, 2, on July 21, 2015; and amended by Ord. No. 2015-141, §§ 1, 2, on October 13, 2015; and amended by Ord. No. 2019-023, on April 9, 2019; and amended by Ord. No. 2020-003, on Jan. 14, 2020; and amended by Ord. No. 2020-075, June 9, 2020, and amended by Ord. No. 2023-249, on December 5, 2023, made a part hereof.
(Ord. No. 2019-023, § 1, 4-9-19; Ord. No. 2020-003, § 1, 1-14-20; Ord. No. 2020-075, § 1, 6-9-20; Ord. No. 2023-249, § 1, 12-5-23)
Within the CW-PUD District, land may be used and buildings erected, altered, or used pursuant to the Canterbury Woods Development Guidelines and Master Plan (see Appendix G).
Within the CY District, land may be used and buildings erected, altered, or used pursuant to the Cainhoy District Development Guidelines (see Appendix J).
The purpose of the Design Review District is to establish a review process that will protect and improve the visual and aesthetic character and economic value of development within the City of Charleston. The City Council finds that excessive uniformity, dissimilarity, inappropriateness, or the poor quality of design in the exterior appearance of structures and signs, and the lack of proper attention to site design in the major commercial corridors of the city outside the Old and Historic District and Old City District hinders the harmonious development of the city, impairs the desirability of residence, investment or occupation in the city, limits the opportunity to attain the optimum use and value of land and improvements, adversely affects the stability and value of property, produces degeneration of property in such areas with attendant deterioration of conditions affecting the peace, health and welfare of the city, and destroys a proper relationship between the taxable value of property and the cost of municipal services therefore.
(Ord. No. 2011-45, § 1, 6-21-11)
(a)
Encourage originality, flexibility, and innovation in site planning and development, including the architecture, landscaping, and graphic design of said development;
(b)
Discourage monotonous, drab, unsightly, dreary and inharmonious developments;
(c)
Protect and enhance the appearance of development;
(d)
Protect and enhance the city's natural beauty, visual character and charm by insuring that structures, signs, and other improvements are properly related to their sites, and to surrounding sites and structures, and that proper attention is given to the exterior appearance of structures, signs, and other improvements;
(e)
Protect and enhance the city's appeal to residents and visitors and thus support and stimulate business and industry and promote the desirability of investment and occupancy in residential, commercial and industrial properties;
(f)
Stabilize and improve property values and prevent blighted areas and, thus, increase tax revenues;
(g)
Implement design guidelines that have been included in plans adopted by City Council and design policy statements adopted by the Design Review Board;
(h)
Sustain the comfort, health, tranquility, and contentment of residents; and thus, promote and protect the peace, health and welfare of the city.
(Ord. No. 2011-45, § 1, 6-21-11)
a.
The Design Review District shall include all land which lies within the rights-of-way and all properties which abut each side of the rights-of-way within all zoning districts including the Savannah Highway (SH) overlay zone, of the following commercial corridors currently within the city limits, future extensions of designated corridors and those segments of such designated commercial corridors which may be incorporated into the city at a future date:
Albemarle Road (Folly Road to Croghan Spur)
Albemarle Road (East side of corridor- Croghan Spur to Ashley Point Drive)
Ashley Point Drive
Ashley River Road (S.C. 61)
Bees Ferry Road
Bohicket Road
Citadel Haven Drive
Cainhoy Road
Central Park Road
Clements Ferry Road (S.C. 33)
Croghan Spur
Daniel Ellis Drive
Daniel Island Drive
Daniels Landing Drive
Dupont Road (Savannah Highway to Sam Rittenberg Boulevard)
Ellis Oak Avenue
Fairchild Street
Folly Road
Glenn McConnell Parkway
Harborview Road
Henry Tecklenburg Drive
Highway 41
Interstate 26 (North of Mount Pleasant Street)
Island Park Drive
James Island Expressway
King Street (North of Mount Pleasant Street)
Magnolia Road (Savannah Highway to Audubon Avenue)
Main Road
Mark Clark Expressway (I-526)
Mary Ader Avenue
Maybank Highway
Meeting Street (North of Mount Pleasant Street)
Mizzen Mast Drive
Morrison Drive
Old Towne Road (S.C. 171) and adjacent frontage roads
Orleans Road (Savannah Highway to Savage Road)
Pier View Street
Ripley Point Drive
River Landing Drive
River Road
Saint Andrews Boulevard
Sam Rittenberg Boulevard (S.C. 7) and adjacent frontage roads
Savage Road
Savannah Highway (U.S. 17) and adjacent frontage roads
SC 30 Ramp (Saint Andrews Boulevard to SC 30)
Seven Farms Road and off-ramps from I-526 to Seven Farms Road
Shelby Ray Court
Skylark Drive
Thomas Island Drive
Town Center Drive
Transom Court
Wappoo Road (Savannah Highway to Sam Rittenberg Boulevard)
Wesley Drive
West Ashley Circle, as identified in the Glenn McConnell Expressway Extension Study dated February 2002, on file in the Department of Planning and Neighborhoods, to include all future cross streets as identified in said study and all existing and future roads within one thousand (1,000) feet of the intersection of Glenn McConnell Parkway and Bees Ferry Road
West Wildcat Boulevard
b.
The Design Review District shall include all land which lies within the rights-of-way and all properties which abut each side of the rights-of-way within the Gathering Place (GP) zoning district.
c.
Scope of authority. Within the Design Review District, exterior improvements or changes to the following residential and non-residential developments specified below shall require approval by either the Design Review Board or the administrative officer prior to the issuance of any permits by the City in accordance with Section 54-268(a and b) herein. For the purposes hereof, the term "developments" includes structures and the site upon which they are situated. Any fee schedule established for the review of improvements or changes shall be approved by City Council.
1.
Developments located within areas designated as Job Center Districts and Industrial Districts in the City of Charleston Century V 2010 Comprehensive Plan Update shall only require approval by the administrative officer. The boundaries of the Job Center Districts and Industrial Districts are as delineated upon the maps marked as exhibit A attached hereto and incorporated by reference herein.
2.
All new non-residential developments which do not include fuel dispensing or drive-through service facilities shall require conceptual approval and preliminary approval by the Board and final approval by the administrative officer, except that new non-residential developments which do not include fuel dispensing or drive-through service facilities and have less than 3,000 square feet of floor area shall only require approval by the administrative officer.
3.
All new non-residential developments which include fuel dispensing or drive-through service facilities, or alterations and/or additions to existing non-residential developments which include fuel dispensing or drive-through service facilities, shall require conceptual approval and preliminary approval by the Board and final approval by the administrative officer.
4.
All new residential developments with eight or more units shall require conceptual approval and preliminary approval by the board and final approval by the administrative officer.
5.
All exterior alterations to structures in existing non-residential developments or residential developments with eight or more units shall only require approval by the administrative officer.
6.
All exterior additions to structures in existing non-residential developments or residential developments with eight or more units in which the floor area of the additions exceeds twenty-five (25) percent of the floor area of the existing structure shall require conceptual approval and preliminary approval by the Board and final approval by the administrative officer. All other exterior additions to structures in existing non-residential developments or residential developments with eight (8) or more units shall only require approval of the administrative officer.
7.
All exterior color changes to existing non-residential developments or residential developments with eight or more units shall only require approval by the administrative officer.
8.
All new or replacement signs and supporting structures for non-residential developments or residential developments with eight (8) or more units shall only require approval by the administrative officer.
9.
All changes to the illumination of signs shall only require approval by the administrative officer.
10.
Demolition or relocation of any structure originally designed and/or used for residential purposes along the following commercial corridors shall require approval by the Board:
Folly Road (from Savannah Highway to the West Ashley Greenway/railroad right-of-way)
Saint Andrews Boulevard (from the Ashley River to Avondale Avenue)
Savannah Highway (from the Ashley River to Stocker Drive and Parish Road)
Wesley Drive (from Savannah Highway to the West Ashley Greenway/ railroad right-of-way)
11.
Demolition, partial demolition, removal or relocation of any structure 50 years of age or older within the jurisdiction of the Design Review Board shall require approval by the Board. Demolition, partial demolition, removal or relocation of any structure less than fifty (50) years of age, with the exception of those referenced in paragraph 7 above, shall not require approval.
12.
Developments and demolitions located within area designated as the "West Ashley Redevelopment Tax Increment Finance District" shall only require approval by the administrative officer.
d.
Standards for demolition, partial demolition, removal or relocation review. In reviewing an application to demolish in whole or in part, or remove or relocate any existing structure applicable to paragraph 10 or 11 above, the Design Review Board shall consider, among other things, the following factors:
1.
The architectural and aesthetic features of the structure, the nature and quality of the structure, including its architectural fabric, any historical significance, the nature and quality of the surrounding area and the structure's contribution to the overall streetscape of the area.
2.
In all applications involving the demolition, partial demolition, removal or relocation of a structure, provision shall be made for a public hearing as set forth in this article.
3.
In any case involving the demolition, partial demolition, removal or relocation of a structure, before granting approval, the Design Review Board may require that the applicant provide a written report produced by a South Carolina licensed structural engineer describing the state of repair and/or structural stability of the structure under consideration. The Design Review Board may also call upon the city engineer or chief building official to provide it with a written report on the state of repair and/or structural stability of the structure under consideration.
4.
Nothing in this article shall be construed to prevent the ordinary maintenance or repair of any exterior element of any building or structure governed by this article; nor shall anything in this article be construed to prevent the construction, reconstruction, alteration, demolition, partial demolition, removal or relocation of a structure that the chief building official shall certify is required by public safety.
e.
Exemptions. Communication towers shall be exempt from the review and approval requirements of the Design Review District and the requirements of part 11 of this ordinance.
(Ord. No. 2011-45, § 1, 6-21-11; Ord. No. 2012-386, §§ 1, 2, 10-23-12; Ord. No. 2024-185, § 1, 12-3-24)
a.
A Design Review Board is hereby established. Such board shall consist of seven (7) board members and two (2) alternates who do not hold any other public office or position in the City of Charleston and are appointed by City Council. Board members shall be citizens of the City of Charleston, with the exception of the professions required by this ordinance who may be non-citizen owners, principals, or employees of a business within the City of Charleston. These members and alternates shall have a demonstrated interest in, and a competence and knowledge of architecture, landscape architecture and urban design. The Board shall include four (4) design professionals including at least one (1) registered architect, one registered landscape architect, one (1) professional engineer, and one (1) realtor/development professional and a layperson. The board shall elect one of its members as chairman, who shall serve for one year or until he/she is re-elected or his/her successor is elected and qualified. The board shall adopt rules of procedure.
b.
Board members and alternates shall serve staggered terms of four (4) years or until their successors are appointed as described in the Code of the City of Charleston Sec. 2-152. No member shall serve more than two successive four-year terms. An appointment to fill a vacancy shall be only for the unexpired portion of the term.
c.
Alternate members, when seated, have all the powers and duties of regular members. Alternate members may always attend meetings but shall only participate in Board deliberations and debate, make motions and vote in the absence or voting disqualification of a regular member or the vacancy of a regular member's seat.
(Ord. No. 2011-45, § 1, 6-21-11; Ord. No. 2013-49, § 2, 5-14-13; Ord. No. 2022-009, § 1, 1-25-22; Ord. No. 2023-206, § 1, 10-10-23)
Meetings of the Design Review Board shall be held at the call of the chairman and at such other times as the board may determine. The chairman or, in his or her absence, the acting chairman, may administer oaths and compel the attendance of witnesses by subpoena. The board shall keep minutes of its proceedings, showing the vote of each member upon each question, or if absent or failing to vote, indicating that fact, and shall keep records of its examinations and other official actions, all of which immediately must be filed in the office of the board and must be a public record.
(Ord. No. 2011-45, § 1, 6-21-11)
a.
Appeal to the Design Review Board.
1.
Any person aggrieved, may appeal from any decision of the administrative officer to the Board. The appeal must be taken within a reasonable time, as provided by the rules of the board by filing with the Urban Design and Preservation Division notice of appeal specifying the grounds of it. The administrative officer from whom the appeal is taken immediately shall transmit to the board all the papers constituting the record upon which the action appealed from was taken.
2.
An appeal stays all legal proceedings in furtherance of the action appealed from, unless the administrative officer from whom the appeal is taken certifies to the board, after the notice of appeal has been filed with him, that by reason of facts stated in the certificate a stay would, in his opinion, cause imminent peril to life and property. In that case, proceedings may not be stayed otherwise than by a restraining order which may be granted by the board or by a court of record on application, on notice to the administrative officer from whom the appeal is taken, and on due cause shown.
3.
The board shall fix a reasonable time for the hearing of the appeal or other matter referred to it, and give public notice of it, as well as due notice to the parties in interest, and decide the same within a reasonable time. At the hearing any party may appear in person or by agent or by attorney.
b.
Appeal from board to circuit court. A person who may have a substantial interest in any decision of the Design Review Board may appeal from any decision of the board to the circuit court in and for the county by filing with the clerk of court a petition in writing setting forth plainly, fully, and distinctly why the decision is contrary to law. The appeal must be filed within thirty days after the affected party receives actual notice of the decision of the Design Review Board.
(Ord. No. 2011-45, § 1, 6-21-11)
a.
The following standards shall be utilized by the board and the administrative officer in reviewing the plans, drawings, sketches and other documents required under Section 54-273. These standards are intended to provide a frame of reference for the applicant in the development of site and building plans as well as a method of review for the board and the administrative officer. These standards shall not be regarded as inflexible requirements. They are not intended to discourage creativity, invention, or innovation. The specification of one or more particular architectural styles is not included in these standards. These standards are not intended to affect the use of property or any by right entitlement of applicable zoning regulations, with the exception of the siting of development.
1.
Building features and appearance. The shape, configuration, design, color, and types of material of proposed buildings, and/or alterations and additions to existing buildings, must establish an identifiable character for the development and not detract from neighboring properties. To this end, all elevations of a building must be in harmony one with another in terms of scale, proportion, detail, material, color, and design quality, and all buildings and accessory structures within a proposed development, including gasoline canopies, must be designed to create a harmonious whole. The use of loud, garish colors must be avoided except when the use of colors so characterized is essential for creating a successful design which complies with all other standards.
Structures shall not dominate, in an incompatible way, any general development or adjacent building which is substantially in compliance with this article. This may be accomplished by the use of proper site design, architectural features, and/or landscaping to reduce the appearance of excessive and inappropriate height or mass of proposed structures. Long, monotonous facade designs including, but not limited to those characterized by unrelieved repetition of shape or form or by unbroken extension of line shall be avoided. Excessive ornamentation shall be avoided to prevent visual clutter.
2.
Site design. The relationship of structures to their environment, and the location and design of driveways, parking, and circulation areas shall be given special consideration. Proposed structures shall be sited to relate harmoniously to the terrain and to existing structures in the vicinity that have a visual relationship to the proposed structures. The achievement of such relationship may include the enclosure of space in conjunction with other existing buildings or other proposed buildings, and the creation of focal points with respect to avenues of approach, terrain features, or other buildings. With respect to vehicular and pedestrian circulation, including walkways, interior drives, and parking, special attention shall be given to location and number of access points, general interior circulation, separation of pedestrian and vehicular traffic, and arrangement of parking areas that are safe and convenient and, in so far as practicable, do not detract from the design of proposed buildings and structures and the neighboring properties.
3.
Utility service. Whenever feasible, on-site electric, telephone, and other utility lines shall be underground. Any utility installations remaining above ground shall be located so as to have a harmonious relation to neighboring properties and the site.
4.
Special features and accessory structures. Exposed storage areas, exposed machinery installations, service areas, truck loading areas, utility buildings, and structures and similar accessory areas and structures shall be subject to such design standards, setbacks, screen plantings, or other screening methods as shall reasonably be required to prevent their being incongruous with the existing or contemplated environment and the surrounding properties.
5.
Signs. The shape, configuration, location, design, color, texture, lighting and materials of all exterior signs and outdoor advertising structures or features should not detract from the design of proposed or existing buildings and structures and the surrounding properties.
6.
Application of design standards. The standards of review outlined in 54-27.2 a.1. through 5., shall also apply to all accessory buildings, structures, exterior signs and other site features, however related to the major buildings or structures.
7.
In reviewing a proposed structure, specific consideration shall be given to its compatibility with adjacent structures where such structures are substantially in compliance with 54-27.2 a.1. through 5.
8.
Application of Board policy statements. All design policy statements formally adopted by the Board shall be applied in reviewing the plans, drawings, sketches and other documents required under Section 54-273.
b.
Neither the Board nor the administrative officer shall have the authority to waive or modify the site development requirements of this ordinance, or the requirements of any other applicable city ordinance.
c.
Review authority granted by this ordinance shall only apply to exterior elements of developments.
(Ord. No. 2011-45, § 1, 6-21-11)
The procedures outlined below are to be followed for all projects seeking approval by the Board or administrative officer. Submittals must be complete and shall be received by the Department of Planning and Preservation, or its successor department, in accordance with the published schedule of deadlines and meeting dates and submittal requirements.
a.
A pre-design conference with the administrative officer is required prior to an applicant making application for conceptual approval by the Board or administrative officer.
b.
At any time during the administrative review process, review of the project may be transferred to the Board at the discretion of the administrative officer.
c.
Conceptual plan review. Materials listed below shall be submitted to the Urban Design and Preservation Division for all projects:
1.
Completed application form and fee;
2.
Five (5) copies of a streetscape elevation depicting the proposed structure(s) in context with existing building(s) adjacent to the property lines;
3.
Five (5) copies of a conceptual site plan including the following:
a)
Proposed footprint of the building(s);
b)
Existing building(s) adjacent to the property lines;
c)
Location of parking area(s);
d)
Schematic landscape plan including all landscape buffers, parking lot tree islands, and tree survey as required by the zoning ordinance;
e)
Building setbacks as required by the zoning ordinance;
f)
Parcel boundaries (all property lines shown);
4.
Five (5) copies of building elevations for all sides of the building(s);
5.
Photographs of site and adjoining properties.
6.
Contextual model showing new building(s) in existing environment if required by the Board or the administrative officer.
d.
Preliminary plan review. Materials listed below shall be submitted to the Urban Design and Preservation Division for all projects:
1.
All information as described below in paragraph e., items 1 thru 8.
e.
Final plan review. Materials listed below shall be submitted to the Urban Design and Preservation Division for all projects:
1.
Completed application form;
2.
Five (5) copies of a dimensioned site plan including the following:
a)
Proposed footprint of the building(s);
b)
Existing building(s) adjacent to the property lines;
c)
Location of all parking areas, parking lot islands, driveways, sidewalks, loading areas, walls/fences, utilities, site lighting, drainage, site signage, at grade mechanical units, dumpsters, and all other site improvements;
d)
Building setbacks as required by the zoning ordinance
e)
Parcel boundaries (all property lines shall be shown).
3.
Five (5) copies of a landscape plan including planting details, plant schedule, street trees, foundation plantings, all landscape buffers, parking lot trees, and existing trees to remain;
4.
Five (5) copies of dimensioned floor plans depicting the arrangement of the interior spaces, location of windows and doors, mechanical equipment, electrical meter and utility location(s). First floor plans shall show the relationship between the first floor and the site;
5.
Five (5) copies of dimensioned building elevations for all sides of the building(s) showing design of all elevations, existing grade, proposed grade, finish floor elevations, roof slopes, mechanical vents and equipment, location and type of outdoor light fixtures, design and location of all wall sign(s), and notations regarding exterior colors and materials;
6.
Five (5) copies of typical wall section(s) with information as described above in item 5;
7.
Materials specification outline with samples, brochures and/or photographs of all exterior building and site materials, finishes and fixtures;
8.
Contextual model showing new building(s) in existing environment if required by the Board or the administrative officer.
9.
Five (5) copies of all final construction details for building(s), walls/fences, signs and any other improvements.
f.
Sign submission requirements. Applications for sign permits shall receive final approval by the administrative officer. The materials listed below shall be submitted to the Urban Design and Preservation Division for permits:
1.
Completed Sign Application form and fee;
2.
Two site plans drawn to scale, indicating sign location and all existing improvements on property. For freestanding signs and billboards a landscape plan showing exact location and plant types shall be included on the site plan.
3.
Two drawings of the proposed sign, lettering and graphics, drawn to scale of at least one-quarter inch to the foot including any support structure. Colors of the proposed sign shall be indicated on the drawing, and actual color samples shall also be furnished. Any proposed illumination techniques shall be indicated on the drawing.
4.
Color photographs of the existing site, including the area of the sign location, other signage, and the building elevations.
(Ord. No. 2011-45, § 1, 6-21-11; Ord. No. 2022-009, § 2, 1-25-22; Ord. No. 2025-086, § 1, 6-17-25)
This district authorizes mixed-use town, village, and neighborhood centers around the city at major intersections or along traditional commercial streets around the city. Diverse housing, mixed-use, and pedestrian-oriented development are permitted in the district to allow for a variety of housing types to address housing needs, to create concentrations of housing and services at locations accessible by public transportation and to facilitate an environment conducive to walking.
Gathering Place District is for suburban locations where there is undeveloped acreage of at least eighty (80) acres, or for redevelopment sites of at least three (3) acres, as designated for Gathering Places in the City's Comprehensive Plan.
(Ord. No. 2005-603, § 1, 10-18-05)
For purposes hereof, the following words have the following meanings:
Pavement width. That portion of a street devoted exclusively to the operation of motorized vehicles. Specifically excluded are on-street parking spaces, sidewalks and landscaped areas.
Building frontage. The width of a building along a street, including parallel walls or fences, but excluding roof overhang and canopies, and any ornamental features that cause a protrusion from the walls of the building. Building frontage shall be measured as the combined width of the building faces that front the street and lie within setback limits. When the width of the building varies vertically, building frontage shall be measured at ground level.
Frontage line. The part of a lot abutting with the right-of-way of an adjacent street.
Street. The entire width between boundary lines of every way, including sidewalks, used for purposes of vehicular traffic to include any public way, road, highway, street, avenue, boulevard, parkway, alley, lane, bridge and approaches thereto. "Street" shall also mean any private way, road, highway, street, avenue, boulevard, parkway, alley, lane, bridge, and approaches thereto, as well as any private way or area within a shopping center, office park or other non-residential development, including sidewalks, that is designed or intended for the passage of vehicular traffic.
(Ord. No. 2005-603, § 1, 10-18-05)
See Article 2, Part 3: Table of Permitted Uses.
(Ord. No. 2005-603, § 1, 10-18-05)
Within the Gathering Place District, there are no maximum density or minimum lot size requirements.
(Ord. No. 2005-603, § 1, 10-18-05)
No block face within a Gathering Place District shall exceed 400' in length without another street providing through access. This length can be extended to 600' where a mid-block pedestrian path is provided to connect through the entire block.
(Ord. No. 2005-603, § 1, 10-18-05)
Streets in the Gathering Place District must to connect to other streets within the District and to adjoining neighborhoods. Cul-de-sacs, T-turnarounds and dead-end streets are not permitted in a Gathering Place District unless unavoidable due to physical constraints of the site or an adjoining site.
In the event of unavoidable physical constraints, a modified cul-de-sac may be used if it does not exceed 600 feet in length and meets one of the following criteria:
1.
It incorporates an alternative design feature at the center of the turn-around, such as a natural area with existing trees, a landscaped space, or a park area with amenities, the size of which must at least equal the square footage of pavement within the turn-around area.
2.
A pedestrian access area to the marsh front, waterfront or other physical feature that necessitates the cul-de-sac, the area of which must be at least equal to the square footage of the turn-around.
Gated streets are not permitted in a Gathering Place District.
(Ord. No. 2005-603, § 1, 10-18-05)
a.
Within the Gathering Place District, a thoroughfare is defined as a vehicular way incorporating moving lanes and parking lanes within a right-of-way. Thoroughfares shall be designed in context with the Gathering Place District development for which they will be incorporated based on geography, infrastructure, proposed land use and density.
b.
Thoroughfares are identified according to the following definitions and hierarchy, which are only applicable within the boundaries of a Gathering Place District.
c.
Gathering Place thoroughfares shall be designed according to the minimum design requirements found in Table 12-1.
TABLE 12-1: THOROUGHFARE AND RIGHT-OF-WAY DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
1.
Right-Of-Way Design Modifications—Right-of-way narrowing devices including, but not limited to, curb extensions, bulbouts, neckdowns and corner bulges shall not be permitted unless approved by the Design Review Committee. Minimum right-of-way width may need to be increased to accommodate utilities. Thoroughfare types may be incorporated into a divided right-of-way design provided that the center median includes street trees and has a minimum width of 10' (width may include curb).
2.
Travel Lanes—Travel lane width is designed for low to moderate vehicular speeds (25 MPH or less); higher vehicular speeds may require design modifications. Travel lane width is inclusive of the gutter and up to the face of the curb.
3.
On-Street Parking—On-street parking may exist on both sides of Type 1, 2, 3 and 4 streets. On-street parking width is inclusive of the gutter and up to the face of the curb. For thoroughfares with high levels of parking usage and parking turnover (i.e. Type 1 GP Commercial Street) on-street parking lanes shall be increased to 8 feet.
4.
Curb Radii—Curb radii are applicable to the face of curb and apply to street intersections, not driveway intersections. Curb radii are designed for low vehicular speeds; higher vehicular speeds may require design modifications. Rear alley intersection may incorporate a "driveway" intersection design rather than a curbed street design if approved by the Department of Public Service.
5.
Street Trees—Street tree spacing may vary depending on tree species and development infrastructure. Street tree spacing shall be reviewed and approved by the Department of Parks at construction plan submittal. Street trees shall be installed prior to final plat approval and recordation. Tree wells are encouraged on the Type 1 GP Commercial Street.
6.
Bicycle Travel—The Gathering Place District should provide opportunities for bicycle travel. A bicycle path is an independent bicycle way that is to be provided off-street and outside of the vehicular thoroughfare. A bicycle route shall be provided within the vehicular thoroughfare where suitable for shared use of bicycles and vehicles traveling at low speeds and may be indicated with the use of "sharrows". A bicycle lane is a dedicated marked lane with a moderate-speed vehicular thoroughfare. (See Figure 280:2)
d.
Thoroughfare Design Flexibility. Gathering Place thoroughfare design standards may be modified to accommodate unique design elements that are project-specific provided that such modifications are made part of the official concept plan and are approved by the Planning Commission. The concept plan must show the proposed layout and corresponding right-of-way cross sections. Modified design standards shall not compromise thoroughfare right-of-way safety or function and must be able to provide appropriate locations for utilities. Modified design standards shall accommodate all required right-of-way components, shall provide appropriate pedestrian and vehicle mobility options and shall be designed to support adjacent future development.
(Ord. No. 2005-603, § 1, 10-18-05; Ord. No. 2007-156, § 1, 8-21-07)
The following streets within the City of Charleston are designated as Type 1 streets:
Clements Ferry Road
Folly Road on James Island
Maybank Highway on James Island
Sam Rittenberg Boulevard
King Street
This Type 1 designation is applicable only for sections of these streets that are located with the boundaries of a Gathering Place District.
(Ord. No. 2005-603, § 1, 10-18-05)
The following streets within the City Of Charleston are designated as Type 2 streets:
Maybank Highway on Johns Island
West Ashley Circle, as identified in the Glenn McConnell Expressway Extension Study dated February 2002, on file in the Department of Planning and Neighborhoods, to include all future cross streets as identified in said study and all existing and future roads within one thousand (1000′) feet of the intersection of Glenn McConnell Parkway and Bees Ferry Road.
Folly Road in West Ashley
Albemarle Road
Savannah Highway
Wesley Drive
St. Andrews Boulevard
Old Towne Road
Ashley River Road
(Ord. No. 2005-603, § 1, 10-18-05)
There are no requirements for off-street parking in the Gathering Place District.
(Ord. No. 2005-603, § 1, 10-18-05)
a.
Each building must front on a thoroughfare.
b.
Setback and height. Design requirements within the Gathering Place District are based upon the type of street a lot or building area abuts. Setback and height requirements, per thoroughfare type, are as follows:
1.
The maximum height granted for properties in a FEMA flood zone shall be the height allowed per street type measured from base flood elevation, provided that the area below base flood elevation is floodproofed in nonresidential buildings. Ground floor parking shall count as a story.
2.
The Frontage Ratio is the amount of building frontage as a proportion of the front property line. Utility easements, required buffers, grand trees (including grand tree protective zones), driveways and sidewalks shall be excluded from the building frontage ratio calculations.
3.
All buildings fronting a Type 1 or Type 2 street must have a minimum of two occupied floors.
4.
For those Gathering Place developments located with an Old City Height District, the maximum and minimum requirements for the Old City Height District shall apply instead of the maximum height requirements in this section.
5.
Building setbacks shall be measured from the street right-of-way. Buildings, including attached units in a continuous row, may be sited outside the required setbacks, where necessary, for the preservation of natural features and grand trees (including grand tree protective zones) subject to approval by the Zoning Administrator.
(Ord. No. 2005-603, § 1, 10-18-05; Ord. No. 2007-156, § 2, 8-21-07)
Gathering Places shall include open space for community use, which must constitute a minimum of 10% of the gross acreage of the gathering place. The following parks and open space types are permitted within Gathering Places:
Neighborhood Greens—Open green spaces intended to serve as the social center of the community and provide a location for civic activities and outdoor community functions. Neighborhood greens shall:
-
Be predominantly planted areas, but may have some paved surfaces;
-
Be a minimum of 20,000 square feet; and
-
Be centrally located within the gathering place.
Plazas/Squares—Enclosed spaces that are urban in nature and designed to serve as meeting places for area residents and workers. Plazas and squares shall:
-
Be predominantly paved surfaces, but may have some planted areas;
-
Include pedestrian lighting and pedestrian-level details, such as variations in paving types;
-
Be landscaped and incorporate amenities such as benches, fountains, monuments, and formal or informal gardens;
-
Be a minimum area of 1,000 square feet;
-
Be located within denser, more urban areas of the gathering place, either at the intersection of streets or within a developed block;
-
Be mostly enclosed by building frontages;
Neighborhood Parks—Large open areas designed to provide recreational facilities and spaces for the entire gathering place, or smaller green spaces designed to serve smaller areas within the gathering place. These parks may be designed as part of a Neighborhood Green, and shall:
-
Contain grassy fields, playground equipment, designated sports facilities, or picnic areas;
-
Be landscaped throughout;
-
Be designed for active and passive recreational purposes;
-
Be a minimum area of 40,000 square feet;
-
Be directly connected to any bicycle and pedestrian network
(Ord. No. 2005-603, § 1, 10-18-05)
In addition to the information as may be required by Article 6 of this chapter, site plans for properties zoned Gathering Place shall include the following:
Street Types: Each street on a site plan must be assigned a street type.
Uses: A range of uses shall be specified for each lot or building area of a site plan.
Park/Open Space Types: All parks and open space must be identified as to type and location, and the dimensions of each must be delineated.
(Ord. No. 2005-603, § 1, 10-18-05)
This district authorizes neighborhoods that include a mix of uses to facilitate locating neighborhood services and workplaces in proximity to the primary users thereof. The district is intended to allow and encourage a variety of residential uses and to promote alternative modes of transportation by requiring interconnected street networks and pedestrian oriented designed streets. Density in the district is governed by location, if the district constitutes the base zoning of a property, and by the base zoning of a property, as applicable.
(Ord. No. 2007-213, § 1, 11-20-07)
The Neighborhood District regulations shall apply to any undeveloped conservation, residentially or commercially zoned parcels that meet the minimum size requirements as set forth herein, and any parcels developed under Neighborhood District regulations. Each neighborhood shall be a minimum of thirty (30) net acres to include, outdoor space, streets and building lots, but excluding submerged land, jurisdictional freshwater wetlands and saltwater marsh. Parcels between ten (10) net acres and thirty (30) net acres may be developed as a Neighborhood District if the proposed property is physically connected and adjacent to an existing Neighborhood District.
(Ord. No. 2007-213, § 1, 11-20-07)
Properties developed using Neighborhood District regulations shall be subdivided in accordance with a plan which covers the entire Neighborhood District area and has been granted concept plan approval by the Planning Commission. Concept plan approval is required prior to the approval of any subdivision plat or adjustment of property lines of land to be developed using Neighborhood District regulations. Each Neighborhood District plan and plat shall be submitted and approved in accordance with the subdivision review procedures in Section 54-808 and shall meet all standards prescribed in this Part 13 and applicable standards in Article 8. In addition, subdivision plans and plats for Neighborhood District uses shall include the following:
a.
Street types: Types 1—6 (Section 54-821)—Each street on a plat and/or plan must be assigned a street type and every plat must include at least three (3) types of streets.
b.
Land uses: (Section 54-289)—Each lot must be assigned a specific use.
c.
Outdoor space types: (Section 54-294)—All outdoor space must be identified as to type and the dimensions of each must be delineated. Neighborhoods over fifteen (15) acres must incorporate more than one type of outdoor space.
d.
Density distribution: (Section 54-290)—The plat must specify the location and types of density allocated in the neighborhood. The location and boundaries of any Neighborhood Centers must be delineated.
e.
Phase Lines: The concept plan must show proposed development phase lines.
(Ord. No. 2007-213, § 1, 11-20-07; Ord. No. 2012-370, § 1, 9-11-12)
a.
As described in Section 54-286, this district is intended to promote mixed-use neighborhoods that provide a variety of housing options. Within the Neighborhood District, there are no minimum lot size requirements. Neighborhood density is based on net acreage and is allocated along a continuum, from more dense to less dense, depending on location:
b.
In base zoning districts, Neighborhood District densities are applied:
c.
Density distribution within a Neighborhood District: Each neighborhood shall have at least one center and an edge. A center is that part of the Neighborhood District where mixed uses are concentrated. Mixed-use centers must contain residential units and density shall be higher in the centers and less at the edges of the neighborhood. Centers are not necessarily located in the middle of the neighborhood, but shall be sited to maximize the accessibility thereto by residents of the neighborhood and other intended users. Centers must abut Type 1 streets. The Neighborhood District Concept Plan must demonstrate the proposed density continuum.
(Ord. No. 2007-213, § 1, 11-20-07)
The following are general descriptions of permitted uses in the Neighborhood District and the required allocation of uses, based on net acreage, in a neighborhood. Permitted uses shall be those uses listed under Article 2, Part 3, Table of Permitted Uses for the base zoning district of the property or, as to properties zoned Neighborhood District, uses permitted shall be those listed under the Table for the base zoning district that corresponds to the Neighborhood District density as set forth in Section 54-288 or as listed herein.
*Retail, office, and institutional mixed-uses permitted per the following Standard Industrial Category (SIC) codes:
(Ord. No. 2007-213, § 1, 11-20-07; Ord. No. 2012-370, §§ 2, 3, 9-11-12)
No side of a proposed block, measured from right-of-way boundary to right-of-way boundary, within a Neighborhood District shall exceed six hundred (600) feet in length without another street providing through access to another street. This length may be extended to a maximum of eight hundred (800) feet provided a through-block pedestrian accessway is provided. Through-block pedestrian accessways shall be a minimum fifteen (15) feet wide with a ten-foot-wide minimum surfaced path and shall be located in the center of the block or in the most practical location to facilitate pedestrian circulation within the neighborhood or to provide access to special neighborhood features. Pedestrian accessways shall be owned and maintained by an association formed for that purpose. A block may exceed the maximum length if the block incorporates existing natural features such as freshwater wetlands, marsh, OCRM critical area, or bodies of water.
(Ord. No. 2007-213, § 1, 11-20-07)
a.
See Section 54-821.
b.
Neighborhood District streets may be public or private. However, justification for creating private streets shall be provided in writing and private covenants and restrictions shall be provided guaranteeing the long-term private ownership and maintenance of such streets.
c.
Street design flexibility— Neighborhood District street design standards may be modified to accommodate unique design elements that are project-specific provided that such modifications are made part of the official concept plan and are approved by the Planning Commission. The concept plan must show the proposed layout and corresponding right-of-way cross sections. Modified design standards shall not compromise thoroughfare right-of-way safety or function and must be able to provide appropriate locations for utilities. Modified design standards shall accommodate all required right-of-way components, shall provide appropriate pedestrian and vehicle mobility options and shall be designed to support adjacent future development.
(Ord. No. 2007-213, § 1, 11-20-07)
a.
Each building must front on a Neighborhood District street or outdoor space.
b.
Building frontage requirements. Buildings shall be designed appropriately to address the corresponding neighborhood street type(s), outdoor space and neighborhood land use type. Buildings must front on a public street or outdoor space. Building frontage is the side of the building parallel to, or most closely parallel to the front property line. Neighborhood centers should be defined by building frontages, screen walls and landscaping and not by parking lots.
c.
Build-to, height and frontage ratio requirements. There shall be no minimum requirements for side or rear setbacks with the exception that minimum building code standards must be met. Though every lot must have frontage on a neighborhood street or outdoor space, there shall be no minimum width requirement for lot frontage. There shall also be no maximum lot occupancy requirement. Front build-to, height and frontage ratio requirements of the Neighborhood District are based on the type of street a lot abuts. Front build-to, height and frontage ratio requirements, per street type, are:
1.
The front build-to zone is the area inside and across the lot measured from the front property line within which the building frontage must be placed. Building frontages may be placed anywhere within the front build-to zone. Buildings, including attached units in a continuous row, may be sited outside the required build-to zone, where necessary, for the preservation of natural features and grand trees (including grand tree protective zones) subject to approval by the Zoning Administrator. Utility easements shall not be permitted within the front build-to zone of lots fronting on Type 1 Streets.
2.
The maximum height permitted for properties in a FEMA flood zone shall be the height allowed per street type measured from base flood elevation, provided the area below base flood elevation is floodproofed in nonresidential buildings. Ground floor parking shall count as a story.
3.
The frontage ratio is the amount of building frontage as a proportion of the front line of the lot, exclusive of a front-loaded garage. Utility easements, side setbacks (maximum 12 feet for residential lots) for driveways, required buffers and grand trees (including grand tree protective zones) shall be excluded from the building frontage ratio calculations.
d.
Corner lot requirements. On corner lots within the Neighborhood District mixed-use center(s), the building frontages shall be at least ninety (90) percent of the frontage on the primary street and no less twenty-five (25) percent on the secondary street with the remainder of the frontage on the secondary street being occupied by an appropriate screen wall. Fences or walls three (3) feet six (6) inches to six (6) feet zero (0) inches may count as building frontage, not to exceed twenty (20) percent of the building frontage ratio. On corner lots, the abutting building frontages must extend to the corner or have a corner entrance. Corner lots in areas other than the Neighborhood District center(s) shall not be required to meet building frontage requirements on the secondary street.
e.
Driveway and alley requirements. The maximum driveway width for residential lots shall be ten (10) feet within the front ten (10) feet of a lot. Alleys are required for parking access to single-family detached units on lots having forty (40) feet of lot frontage or less, and on all, single-family attached, duplexes, triplexes, and quadroplexes. However, to encourage a mixture of residential building types on a Neighborhood District street the following exception may be allowed:
—
When no more than three (3) lots with one of the aforementioned building types are planned in a block, the lots may be accessed by an 11-foot driveway instead of an alley. Lots with one duplex building may have two (2) driveways. Common parking areas for single-family attached, duplexes, triplexes and quadroplexes shall be located behind the building(s).
f.
Parking requirements. There shall be no minimum parking requirements for residential uses in the Neighborhood District. All other uses in the Neighborhood District shall meet all parking requirements per Section 54-315 through Section 54-320 with the exception that up to twenty-five (25) percent of the required parking for multi-family residential or mixed uses may be non-hard surfaced utilizing slag, gravel, ROC, grasscrete or similar pervious material, subject to site plan approval. One hundred (100) percent of the required parking for designated outdoor spaces and amenity areas may be non-hard surfaced utilizing slag, gravel, ROC, grasscrete or similar pervious material, subject to site plan approval.
g.
Lots fronting on outdoor space. Lots and buildings shall be permitted to have frontage on a defined outdoor space instead of a defined street type provided that the following requirements are satisfied:
—
The lots shall be accessed from the rear by a Type 5 street (alley).
—
The required front setback, height and frontage ratio shall be met according to the street type requirements for which the defined outdoor space has frontage.
—
Physical features such as paths, fences, vegetation (i.e. shrubs or trees), etc., shall be required to delineate public outdoor space.
(Ord. No. 2007-213, § 1, 11-20-07; Ord. No. 2012-370, §§ 4, 5, 9-11-12; Ord. No. 2012-370, § 5, 9-11-12)
Each neighborhood must include outdoor space for neighborhood use. Outdoor space use must constitute at least twenty (20) percent of the gross acreage of each neighborhood. All outdoor space improvements and corresponding details shall be shown on construction plans and/or on TRC approved site plans and all outdoor space improvements, except for amenity centers, must be completed prior to final subdivision plat approval and recordation unless the outdoor space is to be accepted by the City of Charleston per Section 54-295(c).
a.
Outdoor space types. The following types of outdoor space are permitted:
Neighborhood Green—Open green space intended to serve as the social center of the neighborhood and provide a location for civic activities and outdoor community functions. Neighborhood greens shall:
—
Be predominantly grassed (sodded) planted areas, but may have some paved surfaces;
—
Be a minimum of 20,000 square feet;
—
Be centrally located within the neighborhood.
Plazas/Squares—Enclosed spaces that are urban in nature and designed to serve as meeting places for neighborhood residents and workers. Plazas and squares shall:
—
Be predominantly paved surfaces, but may have some planted areas;
—
Include pedestrian lighting, as well as pedestrian-level details, such as variations in paving types;
—
Be landscaped and include elements such as benches, fountains, monuments, and formal or informal gardens;
—
Be a minimum of 1,000 square feet;
—
Be located within denser, more urban areas of the neighborhood, either at the intersection of streets or within a developed block;
—
Be fronted or surrounded by a mixture of uses that lends to pedestrian activity;
—
Be predominantly enclosed by building frontages;
Neighborhood Parks—Large open areas designed to provide recreational facilities and spaces for the entire neighborhood, or smaller green spaces designed to serve smaller areas within the neighborhood. These parks may be designed as part of a neighborhood green, and shall:
—
Contain grassed (sodded) fields, playground equipment, designated sports facilities (i.e. baseball field, tennis courts, soccer field, etc.) picnic areas, or amenity centers;
—
Be landscaped throughout;
—
Be designed for active and passive recreational purposes;
—
Be a minimum of forty thousand (40,000) square feet;
—
Be directly connected to a bicycle and pedestrian network;
—
Include no more than fifty (50) percent of created water features that are landscaped and incorporate a pedestrian trail, bikeway or passive/active recreational amenity.
Greenways—Linear outdoor spaces that are planned, designed and managed for ecological, recreational, cultural, and aesthetic purposes. Greenways shall:
—
Include either a nature trail or pedestrian/bike path. A nature trail is a path that is a minimum of six (6) feet wide and has a woodchip or gravel surface (improved, exposed earth will not be allowed). A pedestrian/bike path is a path that is a minimum of ten (10) feet wide and has a paved (asphalt, concrete, porous concrete) surface or a compacted, durable material (plantation mix, slag, ROC, rubber) surface.
—
Incorporate off-street facilities for bikes and other non-motorized transportation with a surrounding natural or landscaped green space;
—
Either serve to connect specific destinations within the neighborhood or provide a scenic or recreational function;
—
Provide a connection to external greenways, pedestrian trails, bike path and bike lanes;
—
Include no more than fifty (50) percent of created water features that are landscaped and incorporate a pedestrian trail or bikeway;
—
Be a minimum twenty-five (25) wide linear swath (for usable outdoor space calculations purposes) and include a minimum nature trail or pedestrian/bike path.
—
At least seventy-five (75) percent of the total linear footage of a greenway shall be in the form of a pedestrian/bike path;
—
All greenway improvements must be marked where the improvement meets the public right-of-way with appropriate signage to inform the user.
Conservation Areas— Outdoor space designated specifically for the preservation of natural, undeveloped regions. Conservation areas shall:
—
Serve the sole purpose of protecting unique or ecologically valuable habitats and vegetation, rather than existing simply as spaces between areas of development;
—
Be a minimum of five thousand (5,000) contiguous square feet;
—
Be comprised of no more than fifty (50) percent critical line buffer areas, freshwater wetland buffer areas, existing or created water features, or designated wetlands.
b.
Usable space requirement. Of the twenty (20) percent of gross acreage designated for outdoor space, some portion must be in the form of maintained usable space. Usable space is any outdoor space other than a conservation area. At least fifty (50) percent of the required outdoor space acreage shall be usable space, except in Neighborhoods with N-1 density, where usable space must account for at least twenty-five (25) percent of the outdoor space area.
c.
Ownership and maintenance requirements. Outdoor spaces shall be owned and maintained by an association formed for that purpose. If outdoor space location and type meet a need identified in the City of Charleston Parks and Recreation Master Plan 2012, the City and developer may consider City acceptance of a completed outdoor space, provided that:
1.
The outdoor space shall be either a Neighborhood Green of at least one (1) acre or a Neighborhood Park of at least three (3) acres.
2.
The completed outdoor space shall be conveyed to the City at no cost;
3.
The outdoor space shall be operated and maintained by the City as a public park;
4.
The City shall be involved with the design of the outdoor space.
(Ord. No. 2007-213, § 1, 11-20-07)
Within the HW-PUD District, land may be used and buildings erected, altered, or used pursuant to the Hemmingwood Development Guidelines (see Appendix K).
(Ord. No. 2006-187, 5-23-06)
a.
City Council finds that its urban areas have traditionally included mixed use developments that incorporate housing opportunities for persons of varying means and incomes, along with complementary nonresidential uses. City Council finds that these mixed use developments have contributed significantly to the economic success and unique fabric of its urban environment by enhancing diversity and providing job opportunities, and that it is in the public interest that incentive-driven districts be established to encourage the continued development of mixed use projects.
b.
City Council finds that opportunity zones, which were added to the federal tax code by the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the "Act") on December 22, 2018, provide for preferential tax treatment for new investments in economically-distressed areas, including areas within the City designated as qualified opportunity zones under the procedures set forth in the Act.
(Ord. No. 2006-463, § 1, 10-17-06; Ord. No. 2019-132, § 1, 12-17-19)
a.
The MU-1/WH and MU-2/WH base zoning districts are intended to promote a mixture of housing opportunities within a single development, along with appropriate nonresidential uses, by providing incentives for the creation of such developments in urban areas of the City where on street parking or other public parking is customary and can be reasonably accommodated.
b.
The creation of qualified developments in areas of the City designated as qualified opportunity zones is intended to take advantage of the Act and the economic development tools provided therein to spur economic development and job creation in distressed communities, while ensuring appropriate housing is provided in these areas.
(Ord. No. 2006-463, § 1, 10-17-06; Ord. No. 2019-132, § 1, 12-17-19)
a.
Except as set forth in Section 54-299.b, The MU-1/WH and MU-2/WH districts, being incentive based, are only available to owners who apply for the district designation.
b.
Subject to the terms, conditions, and restrictions set forth in this Part, notwithstanding Section. 54-299.a, any owner may apply for the incentives applicable to the MU-1/WH or MU-2/WH districts without applying for the district designation, by demonstrating to the Zoning Administrator that the proposed development on the owner's property meets all of the following criteria:
i.
The development is funded wholly or in part by a qualified opportunity zone fund.
ii.
The development lies wholly or in part within a designated qualified opportunity zone.
iii.
The development will occur on property lying entirely in at least one of the following base zoning districts: UC, GB, LB, CT, GO, BP, LI, or HI.
(Ord. No. 2006-463, § 1, 10-17-06; Ord. No. 2019-132, § 1, 12-17-19)
Terms in this part shall be defined as follows:
a.
Owner occupied workforce housing unit: A dwelling unit where at least one occupant is an owner, and where all occupants have, in the aggregate, household income less than or equal to one hundred twenty (120%) percent of the area median income (AMI) for owner occupied units.
b.
Rental workforce housing unit: A dwelling unit, where occupants have, in the aggregate, household income less than or equal to eighty (80%) percent of the area median income (AMI) for rental units.
c.
Qualified household: Households where occupants have, in the aggregate, (1) a household income less than or equal to one hundred twenty (120%) percent of the area median income (AMI) for owner occupied workforce housing units; (2) a household income less than or equal to eighty (80%) percent of the area median income (AMI) for rental workforce housing units; or (3) a household income less than or equal to sixty (60%) percent of the area median income (AMI).
d.
Initial maximum allowable sales price: An amount equal to three (3) times one hundred twenty (120%) percent of AMI plus any subsidy available to the purchaser.
e.
Affordable rent: An amount equal to thirty (30%) percent of eighty (80%) percent of the annual AMI. Affordable rent for efficiency/studio units is the High HOME rents as published annually by the United States Department of Housing and Urban Development, or its successor, for the Charleston-North Charleston Metropolitan Statistical Area, as may be adjusted by the City of Charleston Department of Housing and Community Development, or their successors. In the absence of such information, the total annual rent charged by the owner shall not exceed thirty (30%) percent of the annual household income.
f.
Household income: All sources of financial support, both cash and in kind, of adult occupants of the housing unit, to include wages, salaries, tips, commissions, all forms of self-employment income, interest, dividends, net rental income, income from estates or trusts, Social Security benefits, railroad retirement benefits, Supplemental Security income, Aid to Families with Dependent Children or other public assistance welfare programs, other sources of income regularly received, including Veterans' (VA) payments, unemployment compensation and alimony, and awards, prizes, government or institutional or eleemosynary loans, grants or subsidies and contributions made by the household members' families for medical, personal or educational needs.
g.
Area Median Income (AMI): Area median income (AMI) shall be as determined annually by the United States Department of Housing and Urban Development, as adjusted by the City of Charleston Department of Housing and Community Development, or their successors.
h.
Designated qualified opportunity zone: A designated qualified opportunity zone is a qualified opportunity zone, as defined in subsection (a) of Section 1400Z-1 of Title 26 of the United States Code, that has received a designation pursuant to that section.
i.
Qualified opportunity zone fund: The term "qualified opportunity zone fund" is defined in subsection (d) of Section 1400Z-2 of Title 26 of the United States Code.
j.
Qualified development: A development satisfying the criteria in Sec. 54-299.b, as determined by the Zoning Administrator.
k.
WH district(s): The term "WH district" means the MU-1/WH zoning district or the MU-2/WH zoning district. The term "WH districts" means the MU-1/WH district and the MU-2/WH district.
l.
Workforce housing units: Workforce housing unit means owner occupied workforce housing units and rental workforce housing units.
m.
Required workforce housing units: Required workforce housing units means workforce housing units required to be provided by the terms of this Part.
n.
First generation properties: Any property which is zoned to a WH District as of January 10, 2017; or any property for which, as of January 10, 2017, an application has been filed for rezoning to a WH district and for which City Council later grants the rezoning application.
o.
Second generation properties: Any property, other than first generation properties, for which the City has received an application for a rezoning to a WH district on or before March 9, 2021, to the extent City Council later approves the rezoning application.
p.
Gross square footage ("GSF"): Gross square footage or GSF means the number of gross square feet within the development, whether residential, retail, commercial, or otherwise, inclusive of heated and unheated square footage, but excluding parking garages. Any portion of the GSF initially used solely for a grocery store or pharmacy shall be excluded from GSF for purposes of calculating any fee-in-lieu of providing required workforce housing units; provided; however, if, at any time within thirty (30) years after receipt of a certificate of occupancy or completion for the development, the use of such GSF as a grocery store or pharmacy lapses for a period of twelve (12) months or is used for any other purpose, then the owner of the development shall be required, as a condition of occupancy of such space, to pay a sum equal to the difference between the fee per unit that would have been payable had the space not been excluded from the per unit calculation and the fee per unit initially paid.
q.
Consumer Price Index ("CPI"): The Consumer Price Index (CPI) is a measure of the average change over time in the prices paid by urban consumers for a market basket of consumer goods and services published by the United States Department of Labor and available for the pertinent geographical area, as determined annually by the City's Department of Housing and Community Development.
r.
First tier unit(s): First tier units are calculated by dividing the required workforce housing units by four and rounding down to the nearest whole number.
s.
Second tier unit(s): Second tier units are calculated by dividing the required workforce housing units by two, then subtracting the first tier units. If this calculation results in a number other than a whole number, then the resulting number shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number.
t.
Third tier unit(s): Third tier units are calculated by dividing the required workforce housing units by four, then multiplying the resulting number by three, then subtracting first tier units and second tier units. If this calculation results in a number other than a whole number, then the resulting number shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number.
u.
Fourth tier unit(s): Fourth tier units are calculated by subtracting the first tier units, second tier units, and third tier units from the required workforce housing units; provided, however, if the required workforce housing units is one (1), then such workforce housing unit shall be a fourth tier unit.
v.
Small efficiency dwelling unit (micro-unit): A dwelling unit no smaller than 250 square feet and no larger than 375 square feet but still containing cooking, living, sanitary and sleeping facilities that are not shared with any other dwelling unit. Any unit larger than 375 square feet does not qualify as a small efficiency dwelling unit.
w.
Full-service supermarket/grocery store: A licensed retail establishment with a minimum contiguous size of 10,000 square feet that carries a variety of food and grocery items for sale including, but not limited to, fresh produce and meats, prepared meals, canned and boxed food, bread and dairy, and household items. A full-service supermarket/grocery shall also provide parking within 600 feet, measured from the closest point of the grocery store space to the closest point of the parking lot or structure.
(Ord. No. 2006-463, § 1, 10-17-06; Ord. No. 2014-81, § 1, 6-17-14; Ord. No. 2017-069, § 1, 7-11-17; Ord. No. 2019-132, § 1, 12-17-19; Ord. No. 2021-039, § 1, 4-13-21; Ord. No. 2022-065, § 1, 4-26-2022)
The permitted land uses in the WH districts are those listed under Article 2, Part 3, Table of Permitted Land Uses, in the column headings having the applicable district designation, to wit: MU-1/WH or MU-2/WH, respectively, modified as follows:
a.
Every development in a WH district that has less than five (5) dwelling units must include at least one (1) workforce housing unit.
b.
Every development within a WH district which includes five (5) or more dwelling units shall include workforce housing units comprising at least twenty percent (20%) of the total number of dwelling units in the development, rounded up to the next whole number. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to first generation properties, every development within a WH district which includes five (5) or more dwelling units shall include workforce housing units comprising at least fifteen percent (15%) of the total number of dwelling units in the development, rounded up to the next whole number.
c.
Required workforce housing units shall be sized, in terms of square footage and number of bedrooms, comparable and proportional to the square footage and number of bedrooms of market rate dwelling units in the development as a whole. The smallest required workforce housing unit shall not be smaller than the smallest market rate dwelling unit and shall contain the same number of bedrooms as the smallest market rate dwelling unit. Required workforce housing units shall be integrated and intermixed with the market rate dwelling units in the development. Required workforce housing units shall not be clustered together or segregated from the market rate dwelling units. Developments that contain multiple buildings shall incorporate required workforce housing units into each building, and the required workforce housing units shall be proportional, in terms of square footage and number of bedrooms, to the number of market rate dwelling units in each building. Exterior finishes of required workforce housing units shall be the same type and quality as the development's market rate dwelling units.
d.
In lieu of providing required workforce housing units under section 54-299.2.a, a development may dedicate the greater of (1) fifty percent (50%) of the ground level square footage; or (2) 1,500 square feet on the ground level to nonresidential uses which front on a public right-of-way. Nonresidential uses in the MU-1/WH district shall be those allowable in the Limited Business (LB) zoning district. Nonresidential uses in the MU-2/WH district shall be those allowable in the General Business (GB) zoning district.
e.
(1)
In lieu of providing the required workforce housing units onsite, a developer may contribute a fee, on a per unit basis, to the City's Affordable/Workforce Housing Account for any or all of the number of required workforce housing units for the development. Fees shall be calculated at the time of building permit application and paid in full prior to the issuance of a certificate of occupancy or completion for any part of the development covered in such building permit application. The fee for a required workforce housing unit shall be calculated as follows:
(a)
For first tier units, the fee per unit shall be calculated by dividing the GSF in the development by four (4), then multiplying the resulting number by $7.50, then dividing the latter number by the total number of first tier units.
(b)
For second tier units, the fee per unit shall be calculated by dividing the GSF in the development by four (4), then multiplying the resulting number by $10.00, then dividing the latter number by the total number of second tier units.
(c)
For third quarter tier units, the fee per unit shall be calculated by dividing the GSF in the development by four (4), then multiplying the resulting number by $12.50, then dividing the latter number by the total number of third tier units.
(d)
For fourth tier units, the fee per unit shall be calculated by dividing the GSF in the development by four (4), then multiplying the resulting number by $15.00, then dividing the latter number by the total number of fourth tier units.
The City's Department of Housing and Community Development (the "CDC") shall adjust the $7.50 multiplier for first tier units, the $10.00 multiplier for second tier units, the $12.50 multiplier for third tier units, and the $15.00 multiplier for fourth tier units annually based on any increase to the CPI or AMI, whichever is greater. The adjustment shall apply to (i) any properties which have not received a vested right for a site specific development plan as of the date of publication of the multiplier by the CDC; or (ii) any required workforce housing units resulting from an amendment to a vested site specific development plan as of the date of the publication of the multiplier by CDC.
(2)
Notwithstanding section 54-299.2.e.(1), with respect to first generation properties, the fee per required workforce housing unit shall be calculated based on GSF multiplied by $3.40, with the resulting number then being divided by the total required workforce housing units. If a certificate of occupancy has been issued for the development or applicable phase, the fee per unit shall be prorated to account for the number of months the unit has already been subject to rental workforce housing covenants.
(3)
Notwithstanding section 54-299.2.e.(1), with respect to second generation properties, the fee per required workforce housing unit shall be calculated based on GSF multiplied by $5.10, with the resulting number then being divided by the total required workforce housing units.
f.
Land donation in lieu of required workforce housing units. Upon approval by City Council by resolution, and in City Council's sole discretion, land may be donated to the City in lieu of required workforce housing units. The size, configuration, and location of any land proposed for donation shall be capable and appropriately zoned to support, at a minimum, the number of required workforce housing units such donation is intended to replace. City Council may accept or reject the donation for any reason. If City Council elects to accept land in lieu of required workforce housing units, the developer shall be solely responsible for all costs of acquiring the land and transferring the land to the City, including but not limited to the costs of surveys, plats, environmental investigation, title insurance, the City's attorneys' fees, and recording fees. Title to the land proposed for donation shall be conveyed to the City by general warranty deed prior to the issuance of a building permit for any part of the development.
g.
Prior to receiving a building permit for any portion of a development within a WH district, the owner thereof shall provide, in writing, to the satisfaction of the CDC, information identifying the total number of one bedroom dwelling units, two bedroom dwelling units, etc., and the respective square footages of the same; the total number of one bedroom workforce housing units, two bedroom workforce housing units, etc., and the respective square footages of the same; and the location of the required workforce housing units in the development. Prior to the issuance of a certificate of occupancy or completion for any portion of a development within a WH district, the owner thereof shall identify, in writing, to the CDC, the dwelling units designated as owner occupied workforce housing units and/or rental workforce housing units.
h.
(1)
Prior to the issuance of a certificate of occupancy or completion for any portion of a development, the owner shall execute covenants satisfactory to the CDC that identify the required workforce housing units and which restrict such units to occupancy, or, if applicable, ownership, by qualified households for at least thirty (30) years, and submit a copy of the recorded covenants to the CDC. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the affordability period shall be ten (10) years for first generation properties and twenty-five (25) years for second generation properties.
(2)
For the owner occupied workforce housing units, the covenants shall identify the initial maximum allowable sales price, and provide that the initial maximum allowable sales price may be adjusted annually for inflation based on the increase in the area median income (AMI) or Consumer Price Index, whichever is greater. Each owner of such units, prior to initial occupancy, shall be required to submit to the CDC a verified income report of household income of all members of the household. The covenants shall require notice to the CDC of any transfer of the owner occupied workforce housing units and verification that the purchaser is a qualified household. Owner occupied workforce housing units shall be subject to resale restrictions for no fewer than thirty (30) years from date of initial sale of the property. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the affordability period shall be ten (10) years for first generation properties and twenty-five (25) years for second generation properties. Such restrictions will be recorded as deed restrictions against the subject property.
(3)
As for rental workforce housing units, the covenants shall require the owner to provide proof to the CDC, at inception of every tenancy, and on an annual basis thereafter, that no more than affordable rent is being charged for the unit(s), and verified income reports of household income of all occupants of rental workforce housing units. Rental workforce housing units shall be subject to these restrictions for no fewer than thirty (30) years from the initial occupancy as workforce housing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the affordability period shall be ten (10) years for first generation properties and twenty-five (25) years for second generation properties.
(4)
The covenants for rental workforce housing units shall provide: If a workforce housing unit is converted from rental occupied to owner occupied occupancy during the term of the rental workforce housing covenants, the unit shall be subject to the owner occupied workforce housing unit requirements as set out in section 54-299.h.(2), as amended, (to include an Initial Maximum Sales Price) for a term of months equal to the number resulting when subtracting from 312 months (or 300 months for second generation properties) the number of months the unit has been subject to rental workforce housing covenants. Conversion of a workforce housing unit from owner occupied to a rental workforce housing unit shall not be permitted. Covenants shall require written notice to the City prior to any conversion taking place.
(5)
The covenants shall accord the City of Charleston, or its assignee, rights to enforcement by any legal and/or equitable means, including the revocation of a certificate of occupancy or completion, and in all events be subject to approval by the City's corporation counsel.
i.
If the development is to be phased, each phase shall include workforce housing units concurrently with the market rate units in the particular phase. A phasing plan that brings the workforce housing units on line at the end of build out is not permitted.
j.
The upkeep of rental workforce housing units shall be of the same quality as the upkeep of the other market rate rental units within the development.
(Ord. No. 2006-463, § 1, 10-17-06; Ord. No. 2008-147, § 1, 11-25-08; Ord. No. 2014-81, § 1, 6-17-14; Ord. No. 2017-069, § 1, 7-11-17; Ord. No. 2019-019, § 1, 3-26-19; Ord. No. 2019-132, § 1, 12-17-19; Ord. No. 2021-039, § 2, 4-13-21)
Parking requirements for an owner occupied workforce housing unit or rental workforce housing unit shall be one (1) space per two units.
Parking requirements for an owner occupied market rate housing unit or rental housing unit shall be one (1) space per unit.
Parking requirements for nonresidential uses in developments shall be governed by the parking provisions of Article 3, Part 4, Off-Street Parking Requirements; provided however, there shall be no off-street parking requirements for nonresidential uses in developments for the first five thousand (5,000) square feet of area dedicated for nonresidential uses, not including restaurants and bars which shall follow the parking requirements of Article 3, Part 4, and further provided that the off-street parking requirement for office uses shall be one (1) space per 600 square feet (excluding halls, stairwells, storage/elevator shafts and bathrooms). There are no off-street loading requirements for nonresidential uses.
(Ord. No. 2006-463, § 1, 10-17-06; Ord. No. 2016-011, § 1, 1-12-16)
a.
The height, area and setback regulations for the MU-1/WH and MU-2/WH districts are listed under Part 1 of Article 3 (Site Regulations) of this Chapter in Table 3.1 (Height, Area and Setback Regulations).
b.
The height, area and setback regulations for the MU-1/WH and MU-2/WH districts, as set forth in Table 3.1, shall also apply within qualified developments.
(Ord. No. 2006-463, § 1, 10-17-06; Ord. No. 2019-132, § 1, 12-17-19)
There is hereby created a City of Charleston Affordable/Workforce Housing Account. Fees contributed to the account per this Part, along with all interest earnings, shall be used solely for the purpose of creating and/or preserving workforce and/or affordable housing, including but not limited to preserving or redeveloping existing housing stock, the acquisition of land, costs and fees for design and construction of affordable housing, and loans or grants to affordable housing providers. The terms of any assistance shall be developed by the City of Charleston Department of Housing and Community Development, or its successor, and approved by City Council.
(Ord. No. 2017-069, § 1, 7-11-17; Ord. No. 2021-039, § 3, 4-13-21)
a.
New lots created in the MU-1/WH and MU-2/WH zone districts shall not be required to have frontage on a street, as set forth in Section 54-824.
b.
New lots created within a qualified development shall not be required to have frontage on a street, unless such frontage would be required on a new lot created in the MU-1/WH and MU-2/WH zone districts.
(Ord. No. 2018-059, § 1, 5-8-18; Ord. No. 2019-132, § 1, 12-17-19; Ord. No. 2021-039, § 4, 4-13-21)
Editor's note— Ord. No. 2021-039, § 4, adopted April 13, 2021, repealed former § 54-299.6 in its entirety and renumbered former §§ 54-299.7, 54-299.8 as §§ 54-299.6, 54-299.7. Repealed former 54-299.6 pertained to existing MU-1/WH and MU-2/WH classifications and derived from Ord. No. 2017-069, § 1, adopted July 11, 2017.
With respect to a qualified development, the following standards shall apply:
a.
Every qualified development containing dwelling units shall be subject to the same incentives and requirements applicable to a development in the MU-1/WH or MU-2/WH zoning districts except that the option of a fee payment in lieu of workforce housing units as set forth in Section 54-299.2(c) shall not apply.
b.
Nonresidential uses allowable in a qualified development are the nonresidential uses allowable in the base zoning district of the property.
(Ord. No. 2019-132, § 1, 12-17-19; Ord. No. 2021-039, § 4, 4-13-21)
Small efficiency dwelling units shall be permitted in MU-1/WH and MU-2/WH districts if the plans satisfy the following requirements.
a.
Buildings with small efficiency dwelling units shall not contain any other dwelling unit type unless specifically allowed by this section.
b.
Buildings with small efficiency dwelling units must conform to the provisions of Section 54-299.2
c.
Developments utilizing the reduced parking requirement for small efficiency dwelling units shall satisfy all requirements of this section and contain a minimum of fifteen (15) small efficiency dwelling units.
d.
Small efficiency dwelling units shall be located within the following distances, measured in a straight line from the closest point of the small efficiency dwelling property to the grocery store space or transit stop:
(1)
¾ mile of a full-service, supermarket/grocery store, as defined herein; and
(2)
¼ mile or less from a public transit stop (bus, BRT).
e.
Buildings with small efficiency dwelling units shall provide an onsite enclosed and covered bicycle parking room that is secure and ventilated and which can accommodate one (1) bicycle parking space per three small efficiency dwelling unit, rounded up to the next whole number. The building shall include a bicycle work stand, a basic set of bicycle repair tools and an air pump in close proximity to the bicycle parking room. The use of security cameras and/or security personnel is encouraged. Spaces within dwelling units do not count toward the bicycle parking requirement.
General requirements for all bicycle parking rooms:
(1)
Bicycle rack selection criteria.
(a)
Provide at least two (2) points of contact for a standard bicycle frame (racks that are designed to support a bicycle primarily by a wheel are not allowed).
(b)
Have rounded surfaces and corners.
(c)
Be coated in a material that will not damage the bicycle.
(d)
Be securely anchored or fastened to a hardscape surface.
(2)
Bicycle parking space dimensions:
(a)
Parking spaces shall accommodate a wide range of bicycle frame types and provide adequate space between bikes, especially those with wider handlebar stems. Each bicycle parking space shall be sufficient to accommodate a bicycle at least six (6) feet in length and two (2) feet wide.
(b)
An aisle or other space shall be provided for bicycles to enter and leave the facility.
(3)
Lighting and site materials:
(a)
Lighting shall be provided such that all bicycle parking facilities are thoroughly illuminated and visible from adjacent sidewalks, parking lots or buildings during hours of use.
(b)
Bicycle parking shall be located on a hard surface material such as concrete, asphalt, brick or other stable surface the rack can be securely fastened to.
(c)
Signage shall demarcate the bicycle parking and be placed in a visible and highly used location to inform users of the system in place.
(4)
Proximity to building entrances.
(a)
Bicycle parking shall be located within close proximity to, or inside, the main building. Bicycle parking shall be located no further from the building's main or secondary entrance than the closest automobile parking space to that entrance or no more than fifty (50) feet away, whichever is closer.
(b)
If required bicycle parking is not clearly visible from the main entrance of the building, wayfinding signs shall be posted at the primary entrances indicating the location of the parking.
f.
Any resident of a small efficiency dwelling unit shall not be eligible for a "neighborhood parking decal" (if located in such a district where they would ordinarily be eligible) and acknowledge that exclusion within the lease documentation or a separate rider.
(Ord. No. 2022-065, § 2, 4-26-22)
The purpose of the cluster development ordinance is to permit unique residential developments that:
a.
Utilize creative and flexible site design that is sensitive to natural, historical, cultural and/or other significant land features.
b.
Provide quality common open space, both recreational and passive, for community members and citizens.
c.
Decrease stormwater runoff and nonpoint source pollution by reducing the amount of impervious surface in a development.
d.
Reduce the costs associated with infrastructure improvements.
e.
Provide a mixture of lot sizes and housing options within a development.
(Ord. No. 2011-120, § 2, 9-13-11)
Cluster or clustering. Means a site planning technique that concentrates buildings and structures in specific areas on a lot, site or parcel to allow the remaining land to be used for common open space for recreation and/or preservation of features and/or structures with environmental, historical, cultural, or other significance. The techniques used to concentrate buildings may include, but shall not be limited to, reduction in lot area, setback requirements, lot frontage, and/or lot occupancy with the resultant common open space being devoted by deed restrictions for one or more uses.
Common open space. For the purposes of Section 54-299.11 through Section 54-299.15 common open space shall mean any parcel, area of land or portion of a site set aside in perpetuity as open space. Open space may be unimproved and set aside, or improved, dedicated, designated or reserved for public or private use or enjoyment, or for the use and enjoyment of owners and occupants of land adjoining or neighboring such open space. This area may include wetlands, critical area, water bodies, agricultural lands, wildlife habitat, scenic views, historical or cultural features, archaeological sites, easements for public utilities excluding above ground power line easements, or other elements to be protected from development. Open space shall not include streets, drives, off-street parking and loading areas, area so located or of such size or shape to have no substantial aesthetic, environmental, cultural or recreational value and any area within residential lots.
(Ord. No. 2011-120, § 2, 9-13-11)
Properties developed using cluster development standards shall be developed and subdivided in accordance with a plan which includes the entire development area and has been granted subdivision concept plan approval by the Planning Commission, followed by preliminary subdivision plat and road construction plan approval by the Technical Review Committee and final subdivision plat approval by the Plat Review Committee. Each cluster development plan shall be submitted and approved in accordance with the review procedures and standards prescribed in Article 2, Part 16 and Article 8.
(Ord. No. 2011-120, § 2, 9-13-11)
a.
Residential cluster development shall be permitted in any SR-1, SR-7, RR-1 or C zone districts pursuant to the provisions in this ordinance.
b.
Minimum acreage: Cluster developments shall be a minimum of five (5) net acres.
c.
Open space: For cluster developments of five (5) to ten (10) net acres, not less than forty (40) percent of the gross site acreage shall be reserved as common open space. For cluster developments greater than ten (10) net acres, not less than fifty (50) percent of the gross site acreage shall be reserved as common open space. The following shall also apply:
1.
A minimum of twenty-five (25) percent of the required common open space shall be designed for active recreation (play fields, playgrounds, trails, etc.) and/or agricultural uses.
2.
If a playground or improved play area is included in the common open space, its total area may count up to four times toward the overall common open space requirement up to a maximum of one acre. (example: if a three thousand-square foot playground is part of the open space, it may be counted as twelve thousand (12,000) square feet toward the required open space but the total area of this credit cannot exceed one (1) acre)
3.
Where the site contains an existing or proposed man-made water body, only fifty (50) percent of that water body shall be included in calculating common open space.
4.
Common open space shall be owned and maintained by an association formed for that purpose or by a nonprofit organization whose principal purpose is the conservation of open space or cultural sites. Portions of the common open space may also be leased by such an entity to a person or organization who utilizes the land for agricultural purposes. If open space location and type meet a need identified in the City of Charleston Parks and Recreation Master Plan 2012, the City and developer may consider conveyance of a completed outdoor space to the City, provided that:
(a)
The open space shall be either a neighborhood green of at least one (1) acre or a neighborhood park of at least three (3) acres.
(b)
The completed open space shall be conveyed to the City;
(c)
The open space shall be operated and maintained by the City as a public park;
(d)
The City shall be involved with the design of the open space.
5.
The common open space shall be deed restricted and shall not be developed for use other than open space.
d.
Density: The maximum number of dwelling units allowed per acre of high ground of existing base zone district per Table 3.1 in Section 54-301 shall apply, except that accessory dwelling units, as permitted below, shall not count towards the density limitation.
e.
Allowed Uses: All principal and accessory uses permitted in the applicable base zone district(s) shall be allowed in the cluster development. In addition, accessory dwelling units may be permitted for a cluster development located in a zoning district that does not otherwise allow accessory dwelling units provided that the following requirements are met:
1.
An accessory dwelling unit that is an accessory use to a principal single-family dwelling unit, and is located in the same building as the principal use or in an accessory building on the same lot shall be permitted.
2.
Only one (1) accessory dwelling unit shall be permitted per lot.
3.
If an accessory dwelling unit is located within an accessory building, the building height shall be limited to one and one-half (1½) stories and a parking level shall count as one (1) story.
4.
Accessory dwelling unit size shall be limited to a maximum of six hundred (600) square feet of conditioned space.
5.
One (1) off-street parking space shall be provided for the accessory dwelling unit.
f.
Lot standards: There shall be no minimum lot area requirement, maximum lot occupancy requirement or minimum building setback requirement. There shall be no minimum lot frontage requirement provided that each lot shall have a platted access easement a minimum of ten (10) feet wide to a public or private right-of-way. Such access easement may be shared with other lots.
g.
Height: The maximum height for the applicable zoning district shall apply.
h.
Parking and garages:
1.
The number of required off-street parking spaces shall meet the standards in Section 54-317, unless otherwise noted.
2.
Driveways on individual residential lots shall not exceed ten (10) feet wide within the public or private street right-of-way and the first five (5) feet of the front yard.
3.
Parking shall be located on the subject lot of record or in a community parking lot and the community parking lot may be non-hard surfaced utilizing slag, gravel, ROC, grasscrete or similar pervious paving material. Required parking may also be provided on-street.
4.
Garage doors whose faces are less than 90 degrees rotated from the front street shall be setback at least 20 feet behind the front side of the principal building.
i.
Other zoning requirements: Other development and zoning requirements not addressed herein shall be designed in accordance with the Zoning Ordinance.
j.
Building Code and Fire Code: Building code requirements and International Fire Code requirements shall apply including, but not limited to, a minimum twenty-foot clear fire apparatus access route.
(Ord. No. 2011-120, § 2, 9-13-11)
Cluster development proposals meeting the preceding requirements shall also be evaluated, as part of the City review and approval process, for compliance with the following criteria:
a.
Individual lots, building locations, streets, parking areas, utilities and infrastructure should be grouped in a manner so that the required percentage of the gross site area is set aside as common open space. To the greatest degree practicable, common open space shall be designated as a single block or shall be contiguous and not divided into unconnected small parcels located in various parts of the development;
b.
Pedestrians should have easy access common open space;
c.
Individual lots, buildings, structures, streets, parking areas, utilities and infrastructure should be designed and sited to minimize the alteration of natural features, vegetation and topography;
d.
Individual lots, building locations, streets, parking areas, utilities and infrastructure should be designed and sited to be compatible with surrounding development patterns;
e.
Existing scenic views or vistas should be permitted to remain unobstructed, especially from street rights-of-way;
f.
Open space should be located on a site in such a manner so that view sheds from existing public right-of-way are enhanced by the open space;
g.
The site layout should accommodate and preserve any features of historic, cultural, archaeological or sensitive environmental value;
h.
The cluster development should provide a mixture of lot sizes;
i.
The cluster development should advance the purposes of this part.
(Ord. No. 2011-120, § 2, 9-13-11)
On or after October 13, 2020 (the "Sunset Date"), cluster developments shall not be permitted under this Part; provided, however, this Part shall continue to apply to the following developments:
(a)
Developments which have obtained a vested right for a cluster development under this Part before the Sunset Date.
(b)
Future developments identified in a phased development plan as being developed as a cluster development under this Part if one or more phases included in the phased development plan have obtained a vested right for a cluster development under this Part before the Sunset Date.
(c)
Developments which have been developed under an approved cluster development under this Part before the Sunset Date.
Once approved, the developments identified in (a)—(c) shall be considered conforming for purposes of this Chapter, subject to all conditions and limitation set forth in this Part and the approved development plan for any such development.
(Ord. No. 2021-006, § 1, 1-26-21)
Numerous studies and plans suggest the area of the Peninsula lying generally to the east of Interstate 26 and north of Huger Street (Upper Peninsula District) is well suited for greater density and increased building height due to its connectivity to major transportation routes such as I-26, Highway 17, Highway 52 and Highway 78, the expansive nature of its existing infrastructure and its relatively sparse population as compared to other areas of the Peninsula. The character of the Upper Peninsula District is distinct and different from other areas of the Peninsula in that there is not a predominance of historic buildings, thus presenting an opportunity for buildings to be sized and designed in a manner that incorporates architectural features characteristic to Charleston but which also take advantage of the geographic features of the area, as the potential for views of both the Ashley and Cooper Rivers exist. After receiving valuable input from various sectors of the public, including residents, neighborhood leaders, area businesses and nonprofit groups, preservation organizations, developers, real estate professionals, designers and green building experts, City Council finds it to be in the public interest that this area of the Peninsula be developed in a manner that reflects the built environment, makes advantageous use of technology to protect the natural environment and which provides opportunities for diverse housing and commercial activities.
(Ord. No. 2015-142, § 1, 10-13-2015)
The purpose of the Upper Peninsula District is to preserve the character and quality of the existing residential neighborhoods and to accommodate responsible growth and redevelopment through the use of incentives designed to promote and protect the built and natural environments.
(Ord. No. 2015-142, § 1, 10-13-2015)
Land uses permitted in the Upper Peninsula District are set out in Article 2, Part 3, Table of Permitted Land Uses, in the column heading having the district designation UP.
(Ord. No. 2015-142, § 1, 10-13-2015)
Rooftop uses above the height limit are permitted, provided that such uses are not residential or office in nature, and provided further, the spaces for such uses are open air. Shade structures or other types of partial protection from the elements are allowed.
(Ord. No. 2015-142, § 1, 10-13-2015; Ord. No. 2016-127, § 1, 10-11-16)
All buildings having frontage on a primary street shall have an active use on the ground floor for the length of the frontage and that occupies, at a minimum, the first thirty (30) feet of linear depth of the building as measured from the front facade of the building.
An active use is any non-residential and non-parking (vehicle or bicycle) use that is also enclosed in a conditioned space, designed for human occupation and has a direct view from adjacent primary streets. Some examples of active uses are retail, office, restaurant, coffee shop, brewery, library, institution, educational facility, cultural facility and entrance lobby.
Primary streets are Morrison Drive, Meeting Street, Meeting Street Road, King Street, King Street Extension, Mount Pleasant Street, Brigade Street, Romney Street, Cool Blow Street and Huger Street.
(Ord. No. 2015-142, § 1, 10-13-2015)
Every new building in the District with more than 50,000 gross square feet of space shall contain at least two (2) different land use categories. For the purpose of this section, land use categories are residential/multifamily, retail, office, institutional, or any other use not falling within these categories.
(Ord. No. 2015-142, § 1, 10-13-2015; Ord. No. 2016-127, § 1, 10-11-16)
If workforce housing is included within a building, parking requirements for all workforce housing units shall be one (1) space per two (2) units, parking requirements for all other residential units shall be one (1) space per one (1) unit. Parking requirements for all other uses shall be governed by the parking provisions of Article 3, Part 4, Off-Street Parking Requirements, with the exception of the location of parking.
(Ord. No. 2015-142, § 1, 10-13-2015; Ord. No. 2016-127, § 1, 10-11-16)
Off-street parking spaces shall be located upon the same lot of record as the use to which they are associated. If a property does not provide sufficient off-street parking onsite, parking (except handicapped parking) may be provided on a properly zoned lot within one thousand five hundred (1,500) feet of the property, provided a satisfactory long-term lease of at least ten (10) years in duration is submitted to and approved by the zoning administrator. The distance shall be measured from the nearest lot line of the parking lot to the nearest lot line of the property the parking lot is to serve. The off-site parking lot must be connected to the property it serves by a safe and accessible pedestrian route.
Spaces that are subject to an approved space-sharing agreement, or that are part of a car share program, or that are designated as electric vehicle charging stations, or that are designated for compact car only, count toward fulfilling minimum parking requirements.
(Ord. No. 2015-142, § 1, 10-13-2015)
Density shall be limited to 26.4 dwelling units per highland acre, subject to density bonuses acquired through the use of incentive options as hereinafter set forth.
(Ord. No. 2015-142, § 1, 10-13-2015)
There is no minimum building height. The maximum height of a building or structure shall be four (4) stories, subject to height bonuses acquired through the use of incentive options as hereinafter set forth.
(Ord. No. 2015-142, § 1, 10-13-2015)
Constructed wetlands and surface retention and detention drainage ponds, as defined in Low Impact Development in Coastal South Carolina: A Planning and Design Guide (hereafter the "Guide"), are not permitted in the District.
(Ord. No. 2015-142, § 1, 10-13-2015)
Height and density bonuses are available to owners who achieve a predetermined sum of incentive option points. The options for achieving points are identified in Table 1: Incentive Options. The number of points required to achieve a bonus for one (1) building is set out in Table 2: Building Height and Density Bonuses.
Table 1: Incentive Options
Table 2: Building Height and Density Bonuses
General requirements for incentive options
(a)
For each building on a site utilizing bonuses, any combination of the seven (7) incentive options is allowed, up to the maximum allowable points per option as indicated in Table 1, unless otherwise noted. A site is defined by its parcel lines.
(b)
A certificate of occupancy for any building utilizing bonuses will not be issued until all incentive options are verified by necessary documentation and field inspections.
(c)
If the owner cannot achieve the points originally set out to, the owner shall be required to substitute incentive options to earn all points necessary for the height before a certificate of occupancy will be issued.
(d)
Each point approved may only be redeemed once.
(e)
Owners may choose to implement incentive options onsite in advance of development, allowing for projects to be phased. Any preexisting incentive options will still be verified for compliance.
(f)
Each incentive option has its own specific requirements regarding where on the site the option may be implemented as some are building specific and some are site specific; please refer to each individual section for this information.
(g)
Each incentive option has its own specific requirements regarding how its points may be redeemed on the site as some are building specific and some are site specific; please refer to each individual section for this information.
(h)
All incentive options used toward height and/or density bonuses shall remain in place and be maintained for the life of the building utilizing the bonus, unless otherwise noted.
(i)
Each building that utilizes height bonuses to exceed four (4) stories or density bonuses and includes residential uses shall provide owner occupied workforce housing units for qualified households whose household income does not exceed one hundred twenty (120%) percent of AMI and/or rental workforce housing units for qualified households whose household income does not exceed eighty (80%) percent of AMI that total at minimum ten (10%) percent of the number of residential units in the building, rounded up to the next whole number, and subject to all applicable requirements and definitions in Part 17 - Upper Peninsula District, particularly Section 54-299.32, 7) Workforce Housing. The aforementioned workforce housing units are eligible to earn incentive option points should all requirements to earn points be met.
1)
Stormwater Management. Urban landscapes often feature expansive areas of impervious surfaces such as roadways, parking lots, sidewalks and rooftops that increase surface runoff and reduce infiltration. Management of stormwater as close to its source as possible by way of low impact development infiltration techniques recharges the water table via infiltration and reduces stormwater runoff. Reducing stormwater runoff lessens the amount of water entering the City's stormwater system, thus reducing the potential for flooding issues and the demand on City infrastructure. Low impact development systems recreate the predevelopment site hydrology through site design techniques that promote storage, infiltration, evaporation, and treatment of stormwater runoff onsite. Low impact development can be both an aesthetically pleasing and a functional way of managing stormwater at the source.
Requirements:Decrease Stormwater Runoff and Impervious Surfaces
For two (2) points, design, construct, and maintain low impact development stormwater management systems that handle rainfall onsite, and prevent the offsite discharge of at least one (1) inch of stormwater runoff from the site's total area. Impervious surfaces shall not exceed sixty five (65%) percent of the surface area of the entire site.
For purposes hereof, impervious surfaces means a surface that does not allow water to penetrate. Examples of impervious surfaces include asphalt, rooftops and concrete. For purposes hereof, all other surfaces shall be considered pervious surfaces.
The design, construction and maintenance of the system shall adhere to the recommendations of the Guide, a copy of which is available in the Department of Planning and Preservation (hereafter the "Department"). Approved systems include, but are not limited to, bioretention cells, permeable pavement, stormwater infiltration, vegetated green roofs, rainwater harvesting and impervious surface disconnection.
No more than two (2) points per site may be awarded for this incentive option.
General requirements
(a)
The design of all low impact development systems shall follow the specifications and guidelines listed in the Guide, to include specifications pertaining to contaminated soils and guidelines for plant selection and installation. Runoff reduction rates provided for the Coastal Zone Credit Approach as outlined in the Guide will be recognized for meeting the prevention of the above offsite discharge requirement.
(b)
The creation of wetlands, open channels and surface retention or detention facilities (i.e. ponds), as defined in the Guide, are not permitted.
(c)
All low impact development systems shall have appropriate stormwater educational signage, approved by the Department and any applicable review boards, displayed in a prominent location.
(d)
Owners availing themselves of this incentive shall be required to sign a Maintenance and Operation Agreement which, among other things, will require continued maintenance of the system and a yearly inspection and report on the condition and functionality of the system by an engineer licensed by the State of South Carolina, the cost of which shall be borne by the property owner. Any deficiencies revealed by the inspection shall be corrected in a timeframe established by the City. The Agreement shall be in recordable form, and at the option of the City, may be recorded in the RMC Office for Charleston County. The City may choose to perform additional inspections at its discretion at no cost to the property owner.
(e)
Certificate of occupancy. If the committed points in this category are not achieved, the owner shall be required to substitute incentive options and earn all points necessary to justify bonuses before a certificate of occupancy will be issued.
(f)
Longevity. The stormwater management system(s) shall exist and be maintained for the life of the corresponding building(s) utilizing bonuses.
(g)
Implementation. This incentive option is not limited to being located in, on or around a specific building, but does need to be located onsite.
(h)
Point redemption. Points earned from this incentive option may be applied to any building on the site, in any full point increment.
2)
Vegetated Green Roof. Urban greening in the form of vegetated green roofs reduces stormwater runoff and flooding, mitigates the urban heat island effect, creates a sanctuary for wildlife, adds aesthetic beautification, can extend the life of the roof and can improve energy efficiency of the building by acting as an insulator. Vegetated green roofs can be installed on a wide range of buildings and are an ideal best management practice for urban sites, especially those which may be contaminated.
Requirements:Vegetated Green Roof
Install and maintain a vegetated green roof. The vegetated green roof surface area need not be contiguous to allow flexibility for mechanical equipment and other necessary or desired roof infrastructure.
For one (1) point, incorporate and maintain a vegetated green roof onsite that is the greater of: (1) seven hundred (700) square feet; or (2) thirty (30%) percent of total roof area of the building utilizing bonuses.
OR
For two (2) points, incorporate and maintain a vegetated green roof onsite that is the greater of: (1) one thousand five hundred (1,500) square feet; or (2) sixty (60%) percent of total roof area of the building utilizing bonuses.
There are two (2) types of allowable vegetated green roof systems: modular and layered.
System type requirements
Modular System Type: The following components, in order, shall be included in all modular systems:
(a)
Waterproofing layer, to prevent water damage to the roof. This layer can be the roof itself, in some cases.
(b)
Root barrier slip sheets to protect the waterproofing membrane from root penetration.
(c)
Engineered plastic container made from recycled plastic with built-in water retention, drainage holes and raised drainage channels designed specifically for vegetated green roofs.
(d)
Growing media, engineered to be lightweight and to support a range of vegetated green roof plant growth and resilience (e.g. extreme conditions).
(e)
Vegetation layer, to include plants specified for vegetated green roof and climate conditions.
(f)
An irrigation system.
Layered System Type: The following components, in order, shall be included in all layered systems:
(a)
Waterproofing layer to prevent water damage to the roof. This layer can be the roof itself, in some cases.
(b)
Root barrier slip sheets to protect the waterproofing membrane from root penetration.
(c)
Drainage layer, to consist of a combination of a (non-woven) geotextile fabric that is placed or glued on top of a waffled rigid plastic sheet with drainage holes throughout.
(d)
Root permeable filter fabric, a semi-permeable layer that prevents growing media from entering the drainage layer and clogging it.
(e)
Growing media, engineered to be lightweight and to support a range of vegetated green roof plant growth and resilience (e.g. extreme conditions).
(f)
Vegetation layer, to include plants specified for vegetated green roofs and climate conditions.
(g)
An irrigation system.
General requirements
(a)
Root barrier slip sheets. A minimum forty (40) mil thick slip sheet of EPDM, TPO or PVC or another material as recommended by the roof membrane manufacturer shall be installed as a root barrier layer. Root barriers which have been impregnated with pesticides, metals or other chemicals that could leach into stormwater runoff shall not be allowed in systems where the root barrier layer will come into contact with water or allow water to pass through the barrier.
(b)
Growing media. Growing media shall be lightweight, absorbent and engineered specifically for vegetated green roofs. Growing media shall contain organic matter of approximately ten (10%) percent to thirty (30%) percent of the soil composition by volume.
(c)
Depth. Growing media shall be four (4) inches or more deep. A standard four (4) inch modular unit is acceptable so long as it is filled with growing media as close to the top as possible.
(d)
Planting plan. A planting plan shall be completed by a landscape architect, horticulturalist or other professional experienced with vegetated green roofs and Charleston's unique climate.
(e)
Vegetation. Tolerant plant selections shall be used and should be suitable to Charleston's climate and able to withstand rooftop sensitivities such as strong winds, extreme heat and drought conditions.
i.
A variety of at least five (5) different plant species representing at least two (2) different genera shall be used to maintain diversity. One genus shall not contain more than seventy five (75%) percent of the total vegetation.
ii.
Guidelines for plant selection are listed in the Guide. It is imperative plant selection considerations are made specifically for Charleston's unique climate as a plant that does well in another climate may not work as well in Charleston.
iii.
Pre-planted vegetation mats or already established mature plants shall be installed. Small plugs and seeds are difficult to establish on rooftops and shall be used sparingly only as appropriate for a species. Seeds cannot exceed a maximum of fifty (50%) percent of the total vegetated green roof surface area.
iv.
Living vegetation shall cover at least fifty (50%) percent of the surface area of the vegetated green roof after the first three (3) months and throughout the remainder of the first year.
v.
After the first year, living vegetation shall cover at least seventy (70%) percent of the surface area of the vegetated green roof and shall be maintained at that level for the life of the building(s) utilizing bonuses.
vi.
Vegetation shall be replaced as needed to maintain the minimum vegetative surface coverage at all times to prevent roots from drying out and ensuring its success and effectiveness.
(f)
Irrigation. A permanent programmable irrigation system and water access on roof shall be installed and shall include a rain sensor to ensure proper irrigation and avoid overwatering. The frequency of irrigation shall adhere to the recommendations in "Appendix A: Charleston Vegetated Green Roof Maintenance Manual" (hereafter the "Manual"), a copy of which is on file in the Department.
(g)
Roof pitch. Flat or low sloping roofs are required to optimize stormwater collection and ease maintenance access. The slope of the vegetated green roof shall not exceed a rise:run ratio of 3:12 or a twenty five (25%) percent pitch.
(h)
Separation of active and inactive zones. Vegetated green roofs which also offer pedestrian active areas (walkways and/or gathering areas) shall clearly delineate and demarcate pedestrian activity zones from inactive vegetated green roof zones to deter everyday foot traffic out of the vegetated green roof area.
(i)
Drain collars. Drain collars and protective flashing shall be installed to ensure free flow of excess stormwater.
(j)
Maintenance access. The vegetated green roof shall be setback a minimum of two (2) feet from all serviceable rooftop equipment allowing ample room for maintenance personnel to access rooftop mechanical equipment without disturbing the vegetation on the roof. A clear, vegetation free, maintenance route to all serviceable equipment shall be available and maintained.
(k)
Maintenance. A maintenance plan that complies with the Manual shall be followed. At a minimum, for the first two (2) years, all maintenance shall be performed by experienced green roof personnel to help the vegetated green roof get established during its most sensitive growing period. Documentation of this contract shall be furnished to the Department.
(l)
Inspection. Owners of property availing themselves of this incentive shall be required to sign a Maintenance and Operation Agreement which, among other things, will require continued maintenance of the green roof system and a yearly inspection and report on the condition and functionality of the green roof system by a third party experienced vegetated green roof professional, the cost of which, if any, shall be borne by the property owner. Any deficiencies revealed by the inspection shall be corrected in the timeframe established by the City. The Agreement shall be in recordable form, and at the option of the City, may be recorded in the RMC Office for Charleston County. The City may choose to perform additional inspections at its discretion at no cost to the property owner.
(m)
Installation. An experienced installer shall construct the vegetated green roof.
(n)
Signage. All vegetated green roofs shall have appropriate educational signage, approved by the Department, on the roof to inform users of the design and prevent accidental trampling of the vegetation. If the roof is not open for user access, the sign shall be placed in a more visible and highly used location to inform users of the system in place and its function.
(o)
Data. The City shall be provided the approximate stormwater retention capacity of the designed system in gallons per square foot and the size of the system in square feet.
(p)
Best practices and tips. For vegetated green roof design considerations and best practices, referencing the Guide is encouraged.
(q)
Longevity. This incentive option shall exist and be maintained by the owner for the life of the corresponding building(s) utilizing bonuses.
(r)
Implementation. This incentive option is not limited to being located in, on or around a specific building, but does need to be located onsite. However, the size requirement of a vegetated green roof specifically corresponds to the building utilizing bonuses.
(s)
Point redemption. Points earned from this incentive option may be applied to any building on the site, in any full point increment.
3)
Building Certification Programs. Green building certification programs address a broad range of sustainability goals which include, but are not limited to, energy efficiency, contaminated site cleanup, stormwater management and transportation options. There are two green building certification programs approved for this category: Charleston Resilient, Innovative, Sustainable, Efficiency Standards (Charleston RISES) and Leadership in Energy & Environmental Design (LEED).
Charleston Resilient, Innovative, Sustainable, Efficiency Standards (Charleston RISES): A Charleston specific green building certification program that recognizes best-in-class building strategies and practices relative to the unique needs of the Charleston area, the requirements for which can be secured from the Sustainability Institute.
Leadership in Energy & Environmental Design (LEED): A nationally accepted green building certification program that recognizes best-in-class building strategies and practices.
Requirements:Charleston Resilient, Innovative, Sustainable, Efficiency Standards (Charleston RISES)
For six (6) points, achieve certification in the Charleston RISES program for the building utilizing bonuses.
OR
Requirements: Leadership in Energy & Environmental Design (LEED)
For two (2) points, achieve LEED Silver certification in the Building Design and Construction category for the building utilizing bonuses.
OR
For six (6) points, achieve LEED Gold certification in the Building Design and Construction category for the building utilizing bonuses.
OR
For eight (8) points, achieve LEED Platinum certification in the Building Design and Construction category for the building utilizing bonuses.
General requirements (for all certification programs)
(a)
The owner shall execute a restrictive covenant, recordable in form, committing to achieve the specified rating.
(b)
The owner shall provide the Department with a copy of the completed registration for projects seeking rating.
(c)
The owner shall submit a preliminary checklist to the Department indicating the measures the project intends to complete to meet the applicable requirement.(d) The owner shall submit to the Department the design review results and an updated checklist or scorecard indicating the project will be able to obtain certification by project completion.
(e)
A third party certified inspector shall be chosen by the Department to follow the project and ensure it is on target to meet the certification goal. The owner shall be responsible for funding up to four (4) inspections and all final certification meetings as needed.
(f)
Points for incomplete or partial certification shall not be awarded.
(g)
The owner shall provide written proof of the certification from the authorized inspector to the Department prior to receiving a permanent certificate of occupancy.
(h)
For projects demonstrating good faith progress toward earning certification, a one-time temporary certificate of occupancy of up to one hundred twenty (120) days may be issued, subject to the approval of the Building Inspector.
(i)
Certificate of occupancy. If an owner fails to meet certification after a temporary certificate of occupancy expires, the owner shall be required to substitute incentive options to earn all points necessary for bonuses granted before a permanent certificate of occupancy will be issued. All such substitutions shall be completed within the time specified by the Department, or the certificate of occupancy (temporary or permanent) shall be revoked.
(j)
Longevity. All post construction components of the certification system shall exist and be maintained by the owner for the life of the corresponding building utilizing bonuses.
(k)
Implementation. This incentive option directly correlates to a specific building, meaning the certification program needs to be associated with the building utilizing bonuses.
(l)
Point redemption. Points earned from this incentive option may only be applied to its corresponding building and may not be applied to other buildings on the site.
4)
Mobility and Transportation. Sustainable communities welcome, encourage and offer a variety of transportation options. Walking, bicycling, public transit and car sharing programs require significantly less space per traveler than do single ownership automobiles. When a variety of bicycle parking options and other alternative methods of transportation are available, a reduction in vehicular parking can be justified.
Requirements:Alternative Transportation
For one (1) point, provide and maintain one (1) of the following onsite:
1.
Install electric vehicle car charging stations (minimum Level 2 or DC fast charging) with appropriate signage for electric vehicles to provide service for four (4) vehicle parking spaces or five (5%) percent of total vehicle parking spaces for the building utilizing bonuses, whichever is greater.
2.
Incorporate a car share program with appropriate signage and car capacity totaling four (4) vehicle parking spaces or five (5%) percent of total vehicle parking for the building utilizing bonuses, whichever is greater.
3.
Incorporate a mix of car share and electric vehicle charging stations (minimum Level 2 or DC fast charging) with appropriate signage to provide service for four (4) vehicle parking spaces or five (5%) percent of total vehicle parking for the building utilizing bonuses, whichever is greater.
General requirements
(a)
Certificate of occupancy. If the committed points in this category are not achieved, the owner shall be required to substitute incentive options and earn all points necessary to justify bonuses before a certificate of occupancy will be issued. (b) Longevity. This incentive option shall exist and be maintained by the owner for the life of the corresponding building utilizing bonuses.
(b)
Implementation. This incentive option directly correlates to a specific building, meaning the alternative transportation options need to be associated with the building utilizing bonuses.
(c)
Point redemption. Points earned from this incentive option may only be applied to its corresponding building and may not be applied to other buildings on the site.
Requirements:Exceptional Bicycle Parking and Facilities
This option, designed for long-term, overnight and work-day bicycle storage, is only available for buildings in which more than fifty (50%) percent of the gross square footage is dedicated to residential and/or office use.
For one (1) point, provide and maintain the following:
(a)
Reduce vehicle parking requirements. Minimum vehicle parking requirements may be reduced at the rate of one (1) vehicle space per every six (6) bicycle spaces, up to a maximum of ten (10%) percent of vehicle parking requirements for the building.
(b)
Bicycle Parking and Facilities.
For residential
Provide an onsite enclosed and covered bicycle parking room that is secure and ventilated and which can accommodate one (1) bicycle parking space per three bedrooms, rounded up to the next whole number. A studio unit shall count as one (1) bedroom for the purpose of this calculation. The facility shall include a bicycle work stand, a basic set of bicycle repair tools and an air pump. The use of security cameras and/or security personnel is encouraged. Spaces within dwelling units do not count toward the bicycle parking requirement.
OR
For office
Provide an onsite enclosed and covered bicycle parking room that is secure and ventilated and which can accommodate one (1) bicycle parking space for every ten thousand (10,000) square feet of net office use, rounded up to the next whole number. The facility shall include a bicycle work stand, a basic set of bicycle repair tools and an air pump. The use of security cameras and/or security personnel, and the installation of a vending machine stocked with patch kits, inner tubes, drinks and energy bars are encouraged. A minimum of two (2) onsite showers with associated changing facilities, restrooms and lockers must also be provided within the bicycle parking room or in close proximity thereof.
OR
For mixed use office and residential
If there is mix of office and residential uses in the building, provide an onsite enclosed and covered bicycle parking room that is secure and ventilated and which can accommodate one (1) bicycle parking space per three (3) bedrooms, rounded up to the next whole number. plus one (1) bicycle parking space for every fifteen thousand (15,000) square feet of net office use, rounded up to the next whole number. A studio unit shall count as one (1) bedroom for the purpose of this calculation. Spaces within dwelling units do not count toward the bicycle parking requirement. The facility shall include a bicycle work stand, a basic set of bicycle repair tools and an air pump. The use of security cameras and/or security personnel is encouraged. A minimum of two (2) onsite showers with associated changing facilities, restrooms and lockers must also be provided within the bicycle parking room or in close proximity thereof.
General requirements
i.
Bicycle rack selection criteria.
(a)
Provide at least two (2) points of contact for a standard bicycle frame (racks that are designed to support a bicycle primarily by a wheel are not allowed).
(b)
Have rounded surfaces and corners.
(c)
Be coated in a material that will not damage the bicycle.
(d)
Be securely anchored or fastened to a hardscape surface.
ii.
Bicycle parking space dimensions.
(a)
Accommodate a wide range of bicycle frame types and provide adequate space between bikes, especially those with wider handlebar stems. Each bicycle parking space shall be sufficient to accommodate a bicycle at least six (6) feet in length and two (2) feet wide.
(b)
An aisle or other space shall be provided for bicycles to enter and leave the facility.
iii.
Lighting and site materials.
(a)
Lighting shall be provided such that all bicycle parking facilities are thoroughly illuminated and visible from adjacent sidewalks, parking lots or buildings during hours of use.
(b)
Bicycle parking shall be located on a hard surface material such as concrete, asphalt, brick or other stable surface the rack can be securely fastened to.
(c)
Signage shall demarcate the bicycle parking and be placed in a visible and highly used location to inform users of the system in place.
iv.
Proximity to building entrances.
(a)
Bicycle parking shall be located within close proximity to, or inside, the main building. Bicycle parking shall be located no further from the building's main or secondary entrance than the closest automobile parking space to that entrance or no more than fifty (50) feet away, whichever is closer.
(b)
If required bicycle parking is not clearly visible from the main entrance of the building, wayfinding signs shall be posted at the primary entrances indicating the location of the parking.
v.
Certificate of occupancy. If the committed points in this category are not achieved, the owner shall be required to substitute incentive options and earn all points necessary to justify bonuses before a certificate of occupancy will be issued. vi. Longevity. This incentive option shall exist and be maintained by the owner for the life of the corresponding building utilizing bonuses.
vii.
Implementation. This incentive option directly correlates to a specific building, meaning the exceptional bicycle parking and facilities need to be associated with the building utilizing bonuses.
viii.
Point redemption. Points earned from this incentive option may only be applied to its corresponding building and may not be applied to other buildings on the site.
Requirements:Mobility Improvement Fund
A Mobility Improvement Committee is hereby created, the sole purpose of which is to identify and prioritize for consideration by City Council needed alternative transportation improvements within or immediately adjacent to the District. The Committee shall be appointed by the Mayor and include two (2) members of City Council, one (1) representative from the Department of Planning, Preservation and Sustainability, the Department of Parks and the Department of Traffic and Transportation (or their respective successor Departments), and one (1) representative from the local area. The Committee shall select its own chair and meet at the call of the chair or upon the request of two (2) committee members.
There is hereby created a Mobility Improvement Fund. Deposits to the Fund shall be used for the sole purpose of assisting in the funding of transportation improvements for projects directly around the Upper Peninsula District. The Fund shall be maintained in an interest bearing account and administered by the Department of Budget, Finance and Revenue Collections. All projects funded by the Mobility Improvement Fund shall be approved by City Council. Transportation improvements relating to alternative types of transportation (other than single ownership automobiles) shall be given priority, however, projects can include, but are not limited to, protected bike lanes, covered bus stop shelters, signalization, signage, turning lanes and other transportation improvements deemed necessary by the committee for the Upper Peninsula. Transportation improvements do not include mitigation for impacts recommended by a traffic impact study required for a project.
For one (1) point, contribute the greater of, $25,000 or $0.60 per square foot of the total gross square footage of the building utilizing bonuses.
General requirements
(a)
No more than fifty (50%) percent, rounded up to the nearest whole number, of a building's points can be earned by way of a contribution to the Mobility Improvement Fund.
(b)
Certificate of occupancy. All contributions shall be complete prior to the issuance of a certificate of occupancy. If the committed points in this category are not achieved, the owner shall be required to substitute incentive options and earn all points necessary to justify bonuses before a certificate of occupancy will be issued.
(c)
Longevity. All contributions are non-refundable.
(d)
Implementation. This incentive option directly correlates to a specific building, meaning the amount of funds required needs to be associated with the size of the building utilizing bonuses.
(e)
Point redemption. Points earned from this incentive option may only be applied to its corresponding building and may not be applied to other buildings on the site.
5)
Renewable Energy. Renewable energy technologies are clean sources of energy that have a lower environmental impact than conventional energy technologies which are dependent on natural resources limited in availability. Renewable energy may include, but is not limited to, solar, wind, biomass and biogas.
Requirements:Renewable Energy
For one (1) point, incorporate a minimum five (5 kW) kilowatts onsite renewable energy system measured in direct current (DC) kilowatt (kW) units.
OR
For two (2) points, incorporate a minimum twelve (12 kW) kilowatts onsite renewable energy system measured in direct current (DC) kilowatt (kW) units.
General requirements
(a)
The owner shall execute and provide the Department a restrictive covenant committing to achieve and maintain the specified rating.
(b)
The owner shall provide the Department with certified evidence the system meets the capacity required and is functioning properly before a certificate of occupancy is given.(c) Certificate of occupancy. If the committed points in this category are not achieved, the owner shall be required to substitute incentive options and earn all points necessary to justify bonuses before a certificate of occupancy will be issued. (d) Longevity. This incentive option shall exist and be maintained to its full capacity by the owner for the life of the corresponding building(s) utilizing bonuses.(e) Implementation. This incentive option is not limited to being located in, on or around a specific building, but does need to be located onsite.(f) Point redemption. Points earned from this incentive option may be applied to any building on the site, in any full point increment.
6)
Outdoor Public Space. High quality public spaces are important attributes of any thriving community. As a community grows, so too does the demand for additional outdoor space. Quality public places are thoughtfully designed to be accessible, comfortable, sociable and to provide a variety of activities. A quality outdoor public space provides a much needed alternative to the surrounding urban development. Outdoor public spaces may include, but are not limited to, parks, plazas and greenways.
Requirements:Quality Outdoor Public Space
Incorporate onsite contiguous outdoor space that is publicly accessible and privately maintained by the property owner. This space shall be preserved and protected in perpetuity by either a conservation easement held by a suitable entity and monitored annually or by irrevocable deed restrictions in favor of the City.
More than one (1) outdoor public spaces may be created per site, however no more than two (2) outdoor public spaces are eligible for incentive option points, per site.
For one (1) point, create a public space that is greater than or equal to 2,500 square feet that follows the general requirements
OR
For two (2) points, create a public space that is greater than or equal to 2,500 square feet that follows both the general requirements and exceptional requirements.
Size Bonus
For one (1) bonus point, create a public space that is greater than or equal to 5,000 square feet.
OR
For two (2) bonus points, create a public space that is greater than or equal to 20,000 square feet.
Table 3: Points Possible for Outdoor Public Space
General requirements
(a)
The space shall be contiguous.
(b)
The space shall be designed by a licensed landscape architect and subject to approval by applicable City boards and commissions.
(c)
The space shall be at ground level, adjacent to a public right of way and visible from a public right of way. The space may connect to a public right of way via a pedestrian path; however, the path will not be factored into the size of the public space.
(d)
The space shall be open to the public daily during normal business hours and remain open at least until dusk. Special events or programmed activities that restrict general public access shall be limited to twelve (12) days per calendar year.
(e)
The space shall display appropriate welcome signage at the main entrance in a prominent location.
(f)
The space shall accommodate, at a minimum, six (6) different semi-programmed activities which may include, but are not limited to: paths to walk, places to sit, tables to utilize, games to play, music to hear, Wi-Fi to access, playgrounds to climb, community gardens to cultivate, art exhibits to observe, fountains to watch, etc. so there are a wide range of reasons to visit the space.
(g)
The space shall include ample plantings such as trees, shrubs, flowering plants, groundcover or turf, as appropriate. Generally, turf shall be limited to areas where use and/or play is anticipated. Responsible selection, placement and spacing of vegetation shall be made so all species may mature properly in the space over time.
(h)
The space shall include native plants or introduced plants that are not considered invasive species.
(i)
The space shall provide a programmable irrigation system to properly maintain plantings and/or usable turf. All irrigation systems shall use a rain sensor to prevent the irrigation from unnecessarily running during a rainstorm or directly after there has been sufficient rainfall. Irrigation is encouraged to run in early morning (before 10:00am) or early evening hours (after 4:00pm) to minimize water loss from drift, evaporation and evapotranspiration- all associated with mid-day watering.
(j)
The space shall offer shade by means of plantings and/or shade structures. Greater than fifty (50%) percent of the programmed sitting areas are encouraged to be located in the shade between the hours of 10:00am and 4:00pm during the summer months of June, July and August.
(k)
The space shall be designed at a pedestrian scale.
(l)
The space shall include an appropriate hardscape and softscape material palette that is comfortable, aesthetically appealing and is of quality construction.
(m)
The space shall incorporate a variety of site furniture to include ample seating areas, (some designed for single users, and others designed for groups), tables, trash receptacles, recycling bins, etc.
(n)
The space shall integrate lighting into appropriate locations and use energy efficient lighting systems.
(o)
The space shall provide outdoor bicycle parking.
(p)
The space shall display local public art as either a focal point or supplementary pieces.
(q)
Utilization of designs which serve multiple purposes to maximize efficiency in small spaces are encouraged. By way of example, a rain garden could offer stormwater management, aesthetically appealing plantings, wildlife habitat, a seat wall around the edge and a focal piece of art in the center. A piece of art could also function as a bike rack or other piece of site furniture and could be an iconic identifier of the public space.
(r)
The space shall not allow automobile uses except for maintenance or special event reasons.
(s)
The space shall have and follow a City approved long term maintenance plan.
(t)
Certificate of occupancy. If the committed points in this category are not achieved, the owner shall be required to substitute incentive options and earn all points necessary to justify bonuses before a certificate of occupancy will be issued.
(u)
Implementation. This incentive option is not limited to being located in, on or around a specific building, but does need to be located onsite.
(v)
Point redemption. Points earned from this incentive option may be applied to any building on the site, in any full point increment.
Exceptional requirements
(a)
All general requirements shall be met.
(b)
The space shall accommodate, at a minimum, ten (10) different semi-programmed activities in total. Activities may include, but are not limited to: paths to walk, places to sit, tables to utilize, games to play, music to hear, Wi-Fi to access, playgrounds to climb, community gardens to cultivate, art exhibits to observe, fountains to watch, etc. so there are a wide range of reasons to visit the space.
(c)
The space shall use rainwater catchment cisterns to collect rainwater on site. The collected rainwater shall be reused in the irrigation system to help meet the irrigation demand of the landscaped plantings. Display appropriate stormwater educational signage, approved by the Department, in a prominent location.
OR
The space shall incorporate renewable energy to be utilized within the space, such as solar powered overhead lighting, solar powered pathways, solar powered device charging stations, etc. Display appropriate renewable energy educational signage, approved by the Department, in a prominent location.
7)
Workforce Housing. Housing affordability is important to protect in the Upper Peninsula.
Requirements:Workforce Housing
Provide onsite residential units inside the building utilizing bonuses, qualifying as owner occupied workforce housing units or rental workforce housing units as defined by the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development, or its successor, and adjusted for household size by the City of Charleston Department of Housing and Community Development, or its successor.
For two (2) points, provide owner occupied workforce housing units for qualified households whose household income does not exceed sixty (60%) percent of AMI and/or rental workforce housing units for qualified households whose household incomes do not exceed sixty (60%) percent of AMI that total ten (10) units or five (5%) percent of the number of residential units in the building, rounded up to the next whole number, whichever is greater. At least twenty five (25%) percent of the workforce housing units, rounded up to the next whole number, shall have more than one (1) bedroom.
AND/OR
For three (3) points, provide owner occupied workforce housing units for qualified households whose household income does not exceed one hundred twenty (120%) percent of AMI and/or rental workforce housing units for qualified households whose household income does not exceed eighty (80%) percent of AMI that total fifteen (15) units or ten (10%) percent of the number of residential units in the building, rounded up to the next whole number, whichever is greater. At least twenty five (25%) percent of workforce housing units, rounded up to the next whole number, shall have more than one (1) bedroom.
AND/OR
For four (4) points, provide owner occupied workforce housing units for qualified households whose household income does not exceed one hundred twenty (120%) percent of AMI and/or rental workforce housing units for qualified households whose household incomes do not exceed eighty (80%) percent of AMI that total twenty five (25) units or fifteen (15%) percent of the number of residential units in the building, rounded up to the next whole number, whichever is greater. At least twenty five (25%) percent of the workforce housing units, rounded up to the next whole number, shall have more than one (1) bedroom.
General requirements
(a)
The workforce housing units shall be integrated and intermixed within the building, and not isolated to a specific area or floor that is separate from market rate units. If there are multiple floors of residential units, the workforce housing shall be spread out and shall not all be located on the same floor or specific area.
(b)
Exterior finishes and general quality of workforce housing units shall be similar to the building's market rate units.
(c)
The upkeep of workforce rental units shall be of the same quality as the upkeep of the other market rate rental units of the development.
(d)
Prior to the issuance of a certificate of occupancy for any portion of the development, the owner thereof shall identify, in writing, to the City of Charleston Department of Housing and Community Development, or its successor, the units designated as owner occupied workforce housing units and/or rental workforce housing units.
(e)
Prior to the issuance of a certificate of occupancy for any portion of a development, the owner shall execute covenants identifying the owner occupied workforce housing units and/or rental workforce housing units and restricting such units to occupancy, and if applicable ownership, by qualified households, and submit a copy of the recorded covenants to the City of Charleston Department of Housing and Community Development, or its successor.
(f)
As for the owner occupied workforce housing units, the covenants shall identify the initial maximum allowable sales price, and provide that the initial maximum allowable sales price may be adjusted annually for inflation based on the increase in the area median income (AMI) or Consumer Price Index, whichever is greater. Each owner of such units, prior to initial occupancy, shall be required to submit to the City of Charleston Department of Housing and Community Development, or its successor, a verified income report of household income of all members of the household. The covenants shall require notice to the City of Charleston Department of Housing and Community Development, or its successor, of any transfer of the owner occupied workforce housing units and verification that the purchaser is a qualified household. Owner occupied workforce housing units shall be subject to resale restrictions for a period of ninety (90) years.
(g)
As for rental workforce housing units, the covenants shall require the owner to provide proof to the City of Charleston Department of Housing and Community Development, or its successor, at inception and on an annual basis, that no more than fair market rent is being charged for the unit(s), and verified income reports of household income of all rental occupants. Rental workforce housing units shall be subject to these restrictions for a period of thirty (30) years.
(h)
The covenants shall accord the City of Charleston, or its assignee, rights to enforcement by any legal and/or equitable means, including the revocation of a certificate of occupancy, and in all events be subject to approval by corporation counsel.
(i)
Implementation. This incentive option directly correlates to a specific building, meaning the workforce housing units need to be located within the building utilizing bonuses.
(j)
Point redemption. Points earned from this incentive option may only be applied to its corresponding building and may not be applied to other buildings on the site.
(Ord. No. 2015-142, § 1, 10-13-2015; Ord. No. 2016-127, § 1, 10-11-16; Ord. No. 2019-020, § 1, 3-26-19; Ord. No. 2025-086, § 1, 6-17-25)
For the purpose of this Part, the following terms mean:
a.
Car share program: A membership based shared vehicle program in which member drivers are able to reserve and drive a vehicle they do not own.
b.
Coastal SC Low Impact Development Guide:
Ellis, K., C. Berg, D. Caraco, S. Drescher, G. Hoffmann, B. Keppler, M. LaRocco, and A. Turner. 2014. Low Impact Development in Coastal South Carolina: A Planning and Design Guide. ACE Basin and North Inlet - Winyah Bay National Estuarine Research Reserves, 462 pp.
c.
Fair market rent: An amount calculated and published annually by the United States Department of Housing and Urban Development, or its successor, for the Charleston-North Charleston Metropolitan Statistical Area (eighty (80%) percent of area median income (AMI)), as adjusted by the City of Charleston Department of Housing and Community Development. In the absence of such information, the rents charged by the owner shall not exceed thirty (30%) percent of the annual household income.
d.
Household income: All sources of financial support, both cash and in kind, of adult occupants of the housing unit, to include wages, salaries, tips, commissions, all forms of self-employment income, interest, dividends, net rental income, income from estates or trusts, Social Security benefits, railroad retirement benefits, Supplemental Security income, Aid to Families with Dependent Children or other public assistance welfare programs, other sources of income regularly received, including Veterans' (VA) payments, unemployment compensation and alimony, awards, prizes, government or institutional or eleemosynary loans, grants or subsidies and contributions made by the members' families for medical, personal or educational needs.
e.
Initial maximum allowable sales price: An amount equal to three (3) times one hundred twenty (120%) percent of the area median family income (AMI), as determined annually by the United States Department of Housing and Urban Development as adjusted by the City of Charleston Department of Housing and Community Development, or their successors, plus any subsidy available to the buyer.
f.
Owner occupied workforce housing unit: A dwelling unit where at least one occupant is an owner, and where all occupants have, in the aggregate, household income less than or equal to one hundred twenty (120%) percent of the area median income (AMI) for owner occupied units. Area median income (AMI) shall be determined annually by the United States Department of Housing and Urban Development as adjusted by the City of Charleston Department of Housing and Community Development, or their successors.
g.
Qualified household: Households where occupants have, in the aggregate, a household income less than or equal to one hundred twenty (120%) percent of the area median income (AMI) for owner occupied units, or a household income less than or equal to eighty (80%) percent of the area median income (AMI) for rental units. Area median income (AMI) shall be determined annually by the United States Department of Housing and Urban Development as adjusted by the City of Charleston Department of Housing and Community Development, or their successors.
h.
Rental workforce housing unit: A dwelling unit, where occupants have, in the aggregate, having a household income less than or equal to eighty (80%) percent of the area median family income (AMI) for rental units. Area median income (AMI) shall be determined annually by the United States Department of Housing and Urban Development as adjusted by the City of Charleston Department of Housing and Community Development, or their successors.
i.
Vegetated green roof: A living roof or eco-roof with a living layer of vegetation grown on a rooftop in a specially engineered growing media on top of a synthetic waterproof membrane.
(Ord. No. 2015-142, § 1, 10-13-2015)
The JC District is intended to promote small entrepreneurial businesses and industries consisting of consumer, special trade, services, office/warehousing and limited business park uses. Uses that fit into this category are characterized by being incubators for new small and entrepreneurial business, low traffic generators, and with no external environmental effects across property lines.
The standards in this section apply on all properties zoned JC District in addition to all other applicable regulations of the City of Charleston Zoning Ordinance.
The hours of operation for uses that are open to the public are limited to 7:00 a.m. to 9:00 p.m.
The height, area and setback regulations are listed under Article 3, Part 1, Table 3.1: Height, Area and Setback Regulations and section 54-311 Building setbacks for business, office or industrial lots.
a.
General. The driveway separation requirements shall apply per Article 3, Part 3 Driveway and Building Setback Requirements for Business, Office or Industrial Lots, sections 54-310 and 54-311.
b.
Shared access. Shared access is encouraged between adjoining parcels. Driveways for all uses except single-family residential should be located in a manner where they can be shared between adjoining parcels, if feasible and as described below.
a)
Shared access should be located along a common property boundary.
b)
If the owner of the adjacent parcel does not agree to share access the applicant must provide documentation of such in a letter from the adjacent property owner or by an affidavit.
c)
Shared access agreements shall be recorded with the Register of Mesne Conveyance (RMC) Office.
a.
Requirements for landscape buffers shall apply per Article 3, Part 8, Landscape Buffer Requirements, with the following exception: for buffers required to screen incompatible land uses, a six (6) foot tall screen wall or fence may be utilized and the landscape buffer may be reduced by up to one-half (½) its required depth; however, no required landscape buffer shall be less than ten (10) feet in depth.
b.
Requirements for parking lot, vehicular use and refuse collection area landscaping and screening shall apply per Article 3, Part 7, Parking Lot, Vehicular Use and Refuse Collection Area Landscaping and Screening Requirements.
a.
Building height and size.
1.
Building height, size and scale at the street frontage should be compatible with neighboring properties if the adjoining properties are single family residential. Building height in these areas is limited to a maximum two and one-half (2½) stories.
2.
No single building shall exceed 12,500 gross square feet.
b.
Building appearance.
1.
Building entrances and windows shall be provided along the street frontage.
2.
Vehicle and storage bays shall not face any road frontage. Emergency service facilities may be exempt from this requirement.
3.
New buildings shall utilize colors that are complementary, not necessarily homogeneous, to existing buildings.
4.
In cases where buildings that are residential in nature are converted to nonresidential uses, the residential character (height, scale, material entrances, windows roof pitch) shall be presented at the street frontage.
c.
Exterior lighting. Exterior lighting, if used, shall be shielded residential lighting and shall be installed in a manner to minimize glare on adjacent properties.
Parking areas may be non-hard surfaced utilizing slag, gravel, ROC, grasscrete or other pervious material provided that site drainage can be accommodated pursuant to City requirements; that a hard surfaced paved apron is constructed at each driveway entrance from a public street; and that the type of material and design of the paving material(s) used are found by the City to be suitable for the intended land use of the property. In making a determination of the suitability of the parking area material and design, the types of vehicles which will typically use the parking lot, the anticipated amount of daily or weekly traffic, the drainage conditions of the site and surrounding area, and the character of the property and surrounding area shall be considered."
(1)
Intent. City Council intends for Conservation Developments to facilitate innovative residential developments that:
(a)
Utilize creative and flexible site design compatible with surrounding development patterns;
(b)
Accommodate and preserve features of historical, cultural, archeological, and/or environmental significance;
(c)
Conserve existing, intact, undisturbed forests, understory, grasslands, soils, and other upland ecosystems.
(d)
Provide common open space of high quality with multiple access points;
(e)
Decrease stormwater runoff and nonpoint source pollution by reducing the amount of impervious surface in the development and incorporating GI;
(f)
Reduce infrastructure costs by mimicking predevelopment site hydrology into the stormwater management design for the development; and
(g)
Maintain unobstructed scenic views or vistas, especially from street rights-of-way.
(2)
Definition. A Conservation Development is a development utilizing innovative site planning techniques to concentrate buildings, structures, and impervious surfaces in specific areas within the development and to allow the remaining land to be used for common open space. Such techniques may include, but shall not be limited to, any or all of the following:
(a)
Reduction or, when appropriate, elimination of (i) minimum lot areas per family; (ii) minimum setbacks; and/or (iii) minimum lot frontage; and/or
(b)
Increase or, when appropriate, elimination of maximum lot occupancy;
but only to the extent such techniques facilitate the preservation and use of the remainder of the development as common open space.
(3)
Conservation Site. "Conservation Site" or "Site" means all properties, lots, parcels, waterbodies, watercourses, wetlands, and other areas included within a Conservation Development, whether or not such properties, lots, parcels, waterbodies, watercourses, wetlands, or other areas will be developed.
(Ord. No. 2021-040, § 3, 4-13-21)
(1)
Base Zoning: Conservation Developments may be permitted only on properties entirely located within one or more of the following base zoning districts: SR-1, SR-7, RR-1 or C.
(2)
Minimum acreage: Conservation Developments may be permitted only on developments with a minimum of ten (10) contiguous gross acres.
(3)
Net Density: Net Density shall comply with the standards set forth in the base zoning district for each property or portion thereof included in the Conservation Site, as set forth in Table 3.1 in Sec. 54-301, except as follows:
(a)
When an accessory dwelling unit is permitted, such accessory dwelling unit shall not count toward Net Density; and
(b)
Workforce housing units meeting the conditions in Sec. 54-299.60(4)(b) shall not count toward Net Density.
(4)
Allowed Uses: All principal and accessory uses permitted in the base zoning district for each property or portion thereof included within a Conservation Development also shall be permitted on such property or portion thereof, subject to the same conditions, special exceptions, limitations, and terms applicable to such principal or accessory uses within the base zoning district; provided, however, the following terms, conditions, and exceptions shall apply:
(a)
Accessory dwelling units. Accessory dwelling units shall be permitted as part of a Conservation Development, whether or not permitted in the applicable base zoning district, if the conditions in section 54-214 are met. If the accessory dwelling unit is located within an accessory building, the building height shall be limited to one and one-half (1½) stories and a parking level shall count as one (1) story.
(b)
Workforce housing units. Workforce housing units included as part of a Conservation Development shall comply with each of the following conditions in order to qualify as such for purposes of section 54-299.60(3)(b) and section 54-299.60(4)(c):
(i)
The workforce housing unit is a one-family detached dwelling unit; a one-family attached dwelling unit; or an accessory dwelling unit;
(ii)
The workforce housing unit has been approved by the City's Department of Housing and Community Development in conformity with the criteria applicable to such workforce housing unit; and
(iii)
Once approved, a workforce housing unit shall be maintained as such in perpetuity as part of the zoning regulations applicable to the property.
(c)
One-family attached dwelling units. One-family attached dwelling units may be permitted as part of a Conservation Development, whether or not permitted in the applicable base zoning district, only when each of the following conditions is met:
(i)
There are no more than six (6) one-family attached dwelling units located within a single row;
(ii)
At least twenty percent (20%) of the one-family attached dwelling units on the Conservation Site have been set aside as workforce housing units complying with the conditions in section 54-299.60(4)(b);
(iii)
The required workforce housing units shall be integrated throughout the Conservation Site, such that they are not concentrated together within a single row.
(5)
Stormwater Regulations: Notwithstanding any other provision of this Part which may be interpreted to the contrary, all Conservation Developments shall comply with the Stormwater Regulations in effect at the time a complete application for a development plan is submitted, and nothing in this Part amends, modifies, abrogates, or repeals the Stormwater Regulations.
(Ord. No. 2021-040, § 3, 4-13-21)
Properties satisfying the criteria of section 54-299.60 may be developed as a Conservation Development as set forth in an approved development plan, upon compliance with the procedures and regulations governing subdivisions in Article 8 of the Zoning Ordinance, subject to the following supplemental terms and conditions:
(1)
Pre-Application Site Review.
(a)
Purpose. The purpose of the pre-application site review is to identify the features and resources on the proposed Conservation Site that should be preserved, and to determine potential site layouts that will best meet the criteria of a Conservation Development.
(b)
Request. The applicant for approval of a Conservation Development shall submit a Request for Pre-Application Site Review on a checklist available from the Zoning Division, together with the following exhibits (collectively, the "Request"):
(i)
Graphic exhibits at the same scale as the existing conditions survey with all existing features on the parcel(s) clearly identified and labeled to include: all Conservation Trees; wetlands; OCRM critical areas; man-made and natural water bodies or watercourses, including without limitation ditches; phosphate mines; logging, farm and forest roads; structures; archeological sites; scenic views or vistas (into and out from the parcel); topographical features; elevation; floodplain; significant groves/plots of vegetation; and unique environmental characteristics; and
(ii)
A preliminary stormwater management summary detailing the pre- and post-development runoff volumes for the site. The summary must include a breakdown by area of planned stormwater management BMPs separated into detention pond versus GI practices.
(c)
Pre-Application Site Review Meeting. Upon submission of a Request, the Zoning Administrator shall determine if the Request is complete. If the Zoning Administrator determines that the Request is complete, the Zoning Administrator will schedule a pre-application site review meeting with a representative of the applicant; designated staff of the City's Department of Planning and Preservation (the "Planning Department"); and designated staff of the City's Department of Stormwater Management (the "Stormwater Department").
(d)
Diagram. Following the pre-application review meeting, the applicant shall submit a bubble diagram showcasing the proposed land use plan, including where and how stormwater will be managed.
(e)
Determination. Designated staff from the Planning Department and the Stormwater Department shall determine whether the Request complies, in concept only, with the standards for Conservation Development before the applicant may submit a concept plan to TRC.
(f)
Amendment. To the extent the area or location of the proposed Conservation Site changes at any time prior to approval of a development plan, the applicant shall be required to submit a new Request.
(2)
Site Analysis. With respect to a Conservation Development, each application for concept plan approval shall include a site analysis presented in graphic form at the same scale as the existing conditions survey and shall provide the same information as required for the pre-application site review conducted prior to concept plan submission (the "Site Analysis"). The Site Analysis shall also include the following:
(a)
Narrative. A narrative as to how the concept plan aligns with the intent, purpose, and definition of a Conservation Development as delineated in section 54-299.59.
(b)
Vegetation. An exhibit demonstrating that existing vegetation will be preserved as much as reasonably feasible.
(c)
Conservation Trees. A survey of all Conservation Trees within the Conservation Site, together with a tree risk assessment by a Certified Arborist for the Conservation Trees identified on the survey.
(d)
Soils. A preliminary soils investigation for the site that includes the soil types, hydrologic soil groups, infiltration characteristics, and seasonal high water table.
(e)
Other Information. All information required to show that the Conservation Site will comply with the requirements of this Part.
(3)
Streets. The following standards shall apply to streets within a Conservation Development:
(a)
All streets shall be public.
(b)
All streets shall be designed in a manner to allow for visitor parking inside or outside the public right-of-way at the rate of one (1) parking space per three (3) dwelling units.
(c)
GI shall be incorporated into the street design and approved by TRC.
(d)
A twenty-foot (20') clear zone must be provided in a street design to accommodate emergency response vehicles.
(e)
If lots front on an access easement, other than a public right-of-way, the access surface material may be constructed with pervious paving material.
(f)
Street trees are required for all street types, except alleys or within developments using open ditch/swale drainage systems.
(g)
The location, species and spacing of street trees shall comply with the City's Street Tree Manual.
(h)
In all other respects, street design must meet the standards set forth in section 54-821 and other provisions in this Chapter; provided, however street design and cross-sections may be modified upon the review and approval of TRC.
(4)
Lots. The following standards shall apply to lots within a Conservation Development:
(a)
There shall be no minimum lot area requirement, maximum lot occupancy requirement, or minimum building setback requirement.
(b)
There shall be no minimum lot frontage requirement provided that each lot shall have a platted access easement a minimum of ten (10) feet wide to a public or private right-of-way. Such access easement may be shared with other lots.
(c)
In all other respects, the standards for lots set forth in this chapter shall apply.
(5)
Height. Except as set forth in drction 54-299.60(4)(a), the height requirements, exceptions, terms, and conditions applicable to the base zoning district for each property within the Conservation Development shall continue to apply to such property.
(6)
Parking. The following parking standards shall apply to a Conservation Development:
(a)
The number of required off-street parking spaces shall meet the standards in section 54-317, unless specifically provided otherwise.
(b)
The required off-street parking for each lot shall be provided (1) on the lot; or (2) in a community parking lot; provided, however, the community parking lot shall have a pervious surface. Upon approval of TRC, required off-street parking spaces may also be provided on-street.
(7)
Garage Doors. Garage doors must be flush with or set back further than the building line.
(8)
Wetland Buffer. Existing wetlands shall be protected by an undisturbed buffer, at least thirty feet (30') wide, adjacent to the delineated boundary of the wetlands. Without limiting the foregoing, existing vegetation and Conservation Trees within such buffer shall be preserved within the buffer area.
(9)
Open space. The following open space requirements shall apply within a Conservation Development:
(a)
At least fifty percent (50%) of the gross acreage within the Conservation Site shall qualify as common open space (the "Required Open Space").
(b)
Notwithstanding subsections (c) through (e), at least twenty-five percent (25%) of the Required Open Space shall be designed for active recreational uses, such as play fields, playgrounds, greenways, and/or agricultural uses. To qualify as an active recreational use under this subsection and to be considered as part of the Required Open Space, a greenway shall have (i) a pervious surface; (ii) a minimum total width of at least twenty-five feet (25'); and (iii) a minimum pathway for pedestrian and/or bike trails of eight feet (8').
(c)
Subject to subsection (b), when a Conservation Site includes existing or proposed water bodies or watercourses, only fifty percent (50%) of the area of such water bodies and/or watercourses shall qualify as part of the Required Open Space.
(d)
Subject to subsection (b), when a Conservation Site includes existing wetlands, only seventy-five percent (75%) of the area of such wetlands shall qualify as part of the Required Open Space.
(e)
Subject to subsection (b), if the Conservation Site is forested at the time of the Site Analysis, then the lesser of (i) at least seventy percent (75%) of the Required Open Space; or (ii) the gross acreage of the Conservation Site which is forested at the time of the Site Analysis, shall be maintained in an undisturbed canopy.
(f)
All common open space shall comply with section 54-299.62.
(g)
The improvement or development of common open space shall incorporate GI.
(h)
To the extent reasonably feasible, common open space shall be contiguous and not divided into unconnected small parcels located in various parts of the Conservation Site.
(10)
Stormwater Management. Without limiting, amending, abrogating, or repealing the Stormwater Regulations, the following stormwater management standards shall apply to a Conservation Development:
(a)
Conservation Developments shall demonstrate limited impacts on the natural features and pre-development hydrology.
(b)
At least fifty percent (50%) of stormwater volume shall be managed with GI practices instead of stormwater detention ponds or other, similar stormwater management techniques.
(c)
Roof drainage and gutter downspouts shall be hydraulically disconnected from impervious surfaces and properly drained so as to prevent erosion within the Conservation Site or on offsite properties.
(d)
Pervious surfaces shall be used when reasonably feasible.
(e)
Impervious surfaces shall not exceed forty percent (40%) of the net acreage within the Conservation Site; provided, however, the calculation of impervious surface for residential lots shall be fifty percent (50%) of the lot area, regardless of the actual impervious surface area of the lots.
(f)
Each residential lot shall have a minimum of two (2) native canopy trees, which shall be trees existing on the pre-developed Site, when reasonably feasible. To the extent the use of an existing tree or trees are not reasonably feasible, only native species commonly found in the associated Inland Atlantic Maritime Forest shall be utilized, per list provided in Appendix B.
(11)
Other Requirements. Unless specifically provided otherwise herein, all other requirements of this Chapter shall apply to the Conservation Development.
(12)
Standard Codes. The City's standard codes, including, without limitation, the City's building code and fire code, apply to a Conservation Development, notwithstanding any other provision herein to the contrary. Without limiting the foregoing, the minimum clearance requirements for fire apparatus access routes shall apply to Conservation Developments.
(Ord. No. 2021-040, § 3, 4-13-21; Ord. No. 2025-086, § 1, 6-17-25)
The following regulations shall apply to all common open space within the Conservation Site:
(1)
POA. Prior to obtaining final plat approval for all or any portion of the Conservation Site, the applicant shall establish a property owners' or similar association (a "POA") to provide for the maintenance of all common open space, BMPs (as defined in the City's Stormwater Design Standards Manual), and other improvements, unless any such common open space and/or improvements are dedicated to and accepted by the City or other appropriate governmental entity or accredited land trust for ownership and/or maintenance.
(2)
POA Requirements. The POA required under subsection (1) shall meet the following requirements:
(a)
The POA shall include as members all owners of lots or parcels within the Conservation Site, except the City or other governmental entity as to any public improvements dedicated to and accepted by the public.
(b)
The POA shall take title to and manage all common open space and improvements, other than public improvements dedicated to and accepted by the public.
(3)
Declaration. All lands, common open space, BMPs, and improvements shall be described as to the general location, size, use and control in a Declaration of Covenants, Conditions and Restrictions ("Declaration") governing the Conservation Site and properly recorded with the Office of the Register of Deeds for Charleston or Berkeley County, as applicable. The Declaration shall set forth the method of assessment against all lots or parcels within the Conservation Site (other than areas dedicated to and accepted by the public and common areas) for maintenance of common areas, common open space, BMPs, and other improvements to be owned or maintained by the POA. The Declaration shall run with title to the Conservation Site and all privately-owned lots or parcels located therein. The Declaration shall indicate the properties included therein are part of a Conservation Development approved by the City of Charleston.
(4)
No Dissolution. Unless prohibited by applicable law, the requirements applicable to the Declaration shall perpetually run with title to the Conservation Site or any portion thereof as part of the zoning regulations applicable to the Site. The POA shall not be dissolved nor shall the POA dispose of any common open space except to (a) a conservation or similar organization established to own and maintain common open space; (b) to the City; or (c) to another appropriate governmental entity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any such conveyance, to be complete, shall require acceptance by the grantee.
(5)
Restricted Use. Unless prohibited by applicable law, all common open space shall be restricted in perpetuity as part of the zoning regulations applicable to the Conservation Site. All such common open space shall be deed restricted and may not be developed for uses other than common open space. The applicant shall include the following notice on all deeds, mortgages, plats, or any other legal instruments used to convey any right, title or interest in the Conservation Site or any portion thereof:
NOTICE: THIS PROPERTY IS SUBJECT TO THE CITY OF CHARLESTON'S REQUIREMENTS FOR CONSERVATION DEVELOPMENTS AND MAY BE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN USE RESTRICTIONS AS SET FORTH IN THE REQUIREMENTS APPLICABLE TO CONSERVATION DEVELOPMENTS ON FILE WITH THE CITY'S ZONING DIVISION.
(Ord. No. 2021-040, § 3, 4-13-21)
Any determination by staff and/or TRC under this Part 19 may be appealed to the Planning Commission by any party in interest if an appeal is filed with the Zoning Division within ten (10) business days after actual notice of the decision. The Planning Commission must act on the appeal within sixty (60) days, and the action of the Planning Commission is final.
(Ord. No. 2021-040, § 3, 4-13-21)
LAND USE REGULATIONS
DIVISION A: AGRICULTURE, FORESTRY AND FISHING
01. Agriculture Production-Crop
02. Agriculture Production-Livestock
07. Agricultural Services
08. Forestry
09. Fishing, Hunting and Trapping
DIVISION B: MINING
14. Mining and Quarrying of Nonmetallic Minerals, Except Fuels
DIVISION C: CONSTRUCTION
15. Building Construction-General Contractors and Operative Builders
16. Heavy Construction Other Than Building Construction Contractors
17. Construction-Special Trade Contractors
DIVISION D: MANUFACTURING
20. Food and Kindred Products
22. Textile Mill Products
23. Apparel and Other Finished Products Made From Fabrics and Similar Materials
24. Lumber and Wood Products, Except Furniture
25. Furniture and Fixtures
26. Paper and Allied Products
27. Printing, Publishing and Allied Industries
28. Chemicals and Allied Product
29. Petroleum Refining and Related Industries
30. Rubber and Miscellaneous Plastic Products
31. Leather and Leather Products
32. Stone, Clay, Glass and Concrete Products
33. Primary Metal Industries
34. Fabricated Metal Products, Except Machinery and Transportation Equipment
35. Industrial and Commercial Machinery and Computer Equipment
36. Electronic and Other Electrical Equipment and Components, Except Electrical Computer Equipment
37. Transportation Equipment
39. Miscellaneous Manufacturing Industries
DIVISION E: WAREHOUSING, TRANSPORTATION, COMMUNICATION, ELECTRIC, GAS AND SANITARY SERVICES
40. Railroad Transportation
41. Local and Suburban Transit and Interurban Highway Passenger Transportation
42. Motor Freight Transportation and Warehousing
44. Water Transportation
45. Transportation by Air
47. Transportation Services
48. Communications
49. Electric, Gas and Sanitary Services
DIVISION F: WHOLESALE TRADE SELLING PRIMARILY TO RETAILERS, INDUSTRIAL, COMMERCIAL, INSTITUTIONAL USERS, ETC.
50. Wholesale Trade-Durables Goods
51. Wholesale Trade-Nondurable Goods
DIVISION G: RETAIL TRADE SELLING PRIMARILY FOR PERSONAL OR HOUSEHOLD CONSUMPTION
52. Building Materials, Hardware, Garden Supply and Mobile Home Dealers
53. General Merchandise Store
54. Food Stores
55. Automotive Dealers and Gasoline Service Station
56. Apparel and Accessory Stores
57. Furniture, Home Furnishings and Equipment Stores
58. Eating and Drinking Places
59. Miscellaneous Retail
DIVISION H: FINANCE, INSURANCE AND REAL ESTATE
60. Depository Institutions
61. Nondepository Institutions
62. Security and Commodity Brokers, Dealers, Exchanges and Services
63. Insurance Carriers
64. Insurance Agents, Brokers and Service
65. Real Estate
DIVISION I: SERVICES
70. Hotels, Rooming Houses, Dormitories, Camps and Other Lodgings
72. Personal Services
73. Business Services
75. Automotive Repair, Services and Garages
76. Miscellaneous Repair Service
78. Motion Pictures and Theaters
79. Amusement and Recreation Services, Except Motion Pictures
80. Health Services
81. Legal Services
82. Educational Services
83. Social Services
84. Museums, Art Galleries, Botanical and Zoological Gardens
86. Membership Organizations
87. Miscellaneous Services
88. Private Households
89. Miscellaneous Services, Not Elsewhere Classified
DIVISION J: PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION
91. General Government Not Elsewhere Classified
92. Justice, Public Order and Safety
(Ord. No. 1996-227, §§ 8—18, 11-26-96; Ord. No. 1997-279, § 2, 7-15-97; Ord. No. 1997-280, § 1, 7-15-97; Ord. No. 1997-525, §§ 3, 4, 11-25-97; Ord. No. 1998-203, §§ 3, 4, 11-24-98; Ord. No. 1999-01, § 2, 1-12-99; Ord. No. 1999-22, § 3, 3-10-99; Ord. No. 1999-94, § 2, 8-17-99; Ord. No. 1999-137, § 3, 9-28-99; Ord. No. 2001-44, § 1, 5-8-01; Ord. No. 2002-84, § 3, 8-13-02; Ord. No. 2002-92, §§ 3, 4, 8-13-02; Ord. No. 2003-44, §§ 2, 3, 4-22-03; Ord. No. 2003-63, § 2, 7-15-03; Ord. No. 2063-69, §§ 5—7, 8-19-03; Ord. No. 2006-463, § 3, 10-17-06; Ord. No. 2006-488, § 1, 10-24-06; Ord. No. 2006-489, § 4, 10-24-06; Ord. No. 2007-59, §§ 1—6, 8—14, 3-6-07; Ord. No. 2008-146, §§ 1—4, 11-25-08; Ord. No. 2008-159, §§ 1, 2, 12-9-08; Ord. No. 2009-55, §§ 1, 3, 4, 4-14-09; Ord. No. 2009-207, § 1, 10-13-09; 2011-121, § 2, 9-3-11; Ord. No. 2012-31, §§ 1—3, 1-10-12; Ord. No. 2012-55, § 1, 2-14-12; Ord. No. 2012-229, § 1, 5-8-12; Ord. No. 2013-31, § 2, 3-12-13; Ord. No. 2013-105, § 7, 10-8-13; Ord. No. 2014-67, §§ 3—5, 5-13-14; Ord. No. 2014-94, § 1—6, 7-15-14; Ord. No. 2014-95, §§ 2—5, 7-15-14; Ord. No. 2015-125, § 2, 9-22-2015; Ord. No. 2015-142, §§ 2—6, 10-13-15; Ord. No. 2016-082, 1—6, 7-19-16; Ord. No. 2016-102, § 9, 9-13-16; Ord. No. 2017-026, §§ 2, 3, 3-28-17; Ord. No. 2018-043, § 8, 4-10-18; Ord. No. 2018-079, §§ 1, 2, 7-17-18; Ord. No. 2020-097, § 2, 8-18-20; Ord. No. 2022-083, § 1, 6-21-22; Ord. No. 2023-236, § 1, 11-28-23)
Editor's note— Ord. No. 2013-125, § 1, adopted Nov. 6, 2013, amended former Part 7, §§ 54-250—54-262, in its entirety to read as herein set out. Former Part 7 derived from this codification of the zoning ordinance and the following: Ord. No. 1999-54, § 4, 4-27-99; Ord. No. 2009-205, §§ 1, 2, 10-13-09; Ord. No. 2007-230, § 1, 12-6-07.
Editor's note— Ord. No. 2011-45, § 1, adopted June 21, 2011, amended former Part. XI, §§ 54-266—54-273, in its entirety to read as herein set out. Former Part 11 pertained to the Commercial Corridor Design Review District. See the Zoning Ordinance Comparative Table for a listing of ordinances which have amended former Part. 11.
Editor's note— Ord. No. 2005-603, § 1, adopted Oct. 18, 2005, repealed former Pt. 12, §§ 54-274—54-285, in its entirety and enacted new provisions as herein set out. Former Pt. 12 pertained to similar subject matter and derived from Ord. No. 2003-69, Exh. A, adopted Aug. 19, 2003.
Editor's note— Ord. No. 2007-213, § 1, repealed former Part 13, §§ 54-286—54-295, in its entirety and enacted new provisions as herein set out. Former Part 13 pertained to similar subject matter and derived from Ord. No. 2004-77, § 1, 8-17-04; Ord. No. 2006-397, §§ 2—8, 9-12-06; Ord. No. 2007-79, § 1, 4-10-07
Editor's note— Ord. No. 2015-142, § 1, adopted October 13, 2015, added a new Part 17, §§ 54-300—54-312. Inasmuch as these sections already exist in Article 3, to avoid duplication of section numbers, these sections have been renumbered as §§ 54-299.21—54-299.33 at the discretion of the editor.
Editor's note— Ord. No. 2016-102, § 4, adopted Sept. 13, 2016, added provisions numbered as Part 17, §§ 54-299.16—54-299.23. In order to avoid conflicts in the numbering of provisions the editor has renumbered these added provisions as Part 18, §§ 54-299.51—54.299.58.
a.
Conservation, C District. A district designed primarily to protect and encourage the appropriate use of marshlands, forested areas, scenic areas, and agricultural areas that are not likely to be developed for urban purposes in the reasonable near future.
b.
Agricultural, AG-8 and AG-S Districts. The AG districts allow agricultural, crop production, animal production, forestry, and related uses as well as various type of residential and recreational uses, and other related uses, some commercial uses, resource extraction/mining, and some manufacturing and production uses as allowed uses, conditional uses or special exception uses depending on the specific type and size of the use. The AG-S district also allows asphalt and concrete recycling uses as a conditional use. Most of the regulations for the AG districts can be found in Article 10.
c.
Rural Residential, RR-1 District. The RR-1 district allows agricultural and silvicultural uses as well as most uses allowed in the SR districts. RR-1 requires a minimum lot size of 12,500 square feet and limits density to 3.5 units per acre.
d.
Single-family Residential, SR-1, SR-2, SR-3, SR-4, SR-5, SR-6, SR-7 and SR-8 Districts. The Single-family Residential (SR) districts allow for one-family detached dwellings with maximum densities of 4.8, 7.3, 7.3, 10.9, 17.4, 8.7, 1 and 2.9 units per acre respectively, with varying setback, height and lot occupancy requirements.
e.
Single- and Two-family Residential, STR District. The STR district allows single- and two-family dwellings and all uses permitted in the SR districts. The minimum lot size for a two-family dwelling is 9,000 square feet for a maximum density of 7.3 units per acre.
f.
Diverse Residential, DR-6, DR-9, DR-12, DR-1, DR-1F, DR-2, DR-2F Districts. The DR districts allow multi-family residential (3 or more) dwellings and one-family attached dwellings as well as single- and two-family dwellings. Density limitations are 6.0, 9.0, 12.0, 19.4, 19.4, 26.4 and 26.4 units per acre respectively. Within the DR-1, DR-1F, DR-2, DR-2F districts, the Board of Zoning Appeals may approve as a special exception, fraternity houses, sorority houses, dormitories, and homes for the elderly.
g.
Diverse Residential, DR-3 District. The DR-3 district is intended to promote acceptable living environments for occupants of mobile home parks as well as occupants of mobile homes, and manufactured homes and non-mobile home residential dwellings on single lots outside of mobile home parks. Uses allowed in SR and DR districts are also allowed in the DR-3 district. The minimum lot size for a mobile home or manufactured home on its own lot is one acre.
h.
Diverse Residential, DR-4 District. The DR-4 district allows multi-family dwellings of 20 or more units for the elderly. Such structures are subject to development standards relating to maximum lot area per living unit, height, lot coverage, as well as other development requirements.
i.
Residential Office, RO District. The RO District is intended to allow limited office uses within converted residential structures along major roadways. This district shall provide for the daily convenience and personal service needs of the surrounding community and shall be designed to mix compatibly and aid in the preservation and stabilization of the local neighborhood. The RO zoning district is not intended to permit the loss of viable housing stock.
j.
General Office, GO District. The GO district is intended to provide for professional, administrative, executive and government offices including, but not limited to, medical, insurance, real estate, attorney, engineering, and financial offices. Accessory uses intended to compliment office uses are permitted pursuant to Section 54-212.
k.
Commercial Transitional, CT District. The CT District is intended to protect, preserve and enhance residential areas while allowing commercial uses which are compatible with the adjacent residential areas. In addition to allowing a limited number of commercial uses, the size and hours of operation of certain uses are restricted.
l.
Limited Business, LB District. The LB district is intended to provide for a limited variety of commercial uses and services associated with neighborhood retail, financial and office activities which are compatible with residential areas. The hours of operation for most permitted commercial uses are restricted to between 7 a.m. and 11 p.m. Gasoline service stations are permitted as a conditional use. Prohibited uses include, but are not limited to bars, liquor stores, car washes as a principal use, bowling alleys, billiard parlors, dance halls, restaurants with drive-thru service windows, and automobile sales.
m.
General Business, GB District. The GB district is intended to provide for a broad range of commercial uses and activities. It is the most intensive commercial zoning district. Prohibited uses include junk and salvage yards, and storage yards (except for vehicles and boats). Mini-warehouse/self-storage uses may be permitted as special exception uses subject to the approval of the Board of Zoning Appeals. Automotive repair shops, communication towers, gas stations, short term lenders, veterinary clinics, and stables may be permitted as conditional uses.
n.
Urban Commercial, UC District. The UC district is intended to allow high density residential development in a commercial zoning district that permits the same commercial uses as the General Business district.
o.
Mixed Use, MU-1 District. The MU-1 district is intended to permit high density residential uses along with a limited variety of neighborhood commercial uses and services in urban areas of the city.
p.
Mixed Use, MU-2 District. The MU-2 district is intended to permit high density residential uses along with a broad range of commercial uses and activities in urban areas of the city.
q.
Business Park, BP District. The BP district is intended to accommodate service type commercial, wholesale, storage, and light manufacturing uses with relatively limited external effects in a high quality environment. Uses which fit into this category are characterized by being low traffic generators, having no external environmental effects across property lines, and having all outdoor storage screened from adjoining rights-of-ways and properties by a minimum six-foot tall solid fence or wall and landscape buffer, if required. Automotive repair shops and veterinary clinics are permitted only as special exceptions subject to the approval of the Board of Zoning Appeals.
r.
Light Industrial, LI District. The LI district is intended to permit most commercial uses and low impact industrial uses which are compatible with surrounding commercial districts. More intensive industrial and manufacturing uses are permitted as conditional uses if the uses satisfy specific performance standards. Storage yards are permitted only as special exceptions subject to the approval of the Board of Zoning Appeals.
s.
Heavy Industrial, HI District. The HI district is intended to provide for a broad range of industrial uses. It is the least restrictive industrial zoning district. Junk yards and storage yards permitted only as special exceptions subject to the approval of the Board of Zoning Appeals.
t.
Gathering Place, GP District. The GP district is intended to promote mixed-use town, village, and neighborhood centers around the city at major intersections or along traditional commercial streets. Diverse housing, mixed-use, pedestrian oriented development are permitted within this district.
u.
Mixed Use 1, Workforce Housing, MU-1/WH District. The MU-1/WH district is incentive based and is intended to permit high density residential uses with a mixture of housing opportunities, along with limited neighborhood nonresidential uses and services in urban areas of the city.
v.
Mixed Use 2, Workforce Housing, MU-2/WH District. The MU-2/WH district is incentive based and is intended to permit high density nonresidential uses with a mixture of housing opportunities, along with a broad range of nonresidential uses in urban areas of the city.
w.
Upper Peninsula, UP, District. The UP District is intended to accommodate a mixture of dense residential and commercial and uses and taller buildings in the upper portion of the peninsula through the use of incentives designed to promote ecology, mobility, energy efficiency, diverse housing and privately maintained outdoor spaces accessible to the public.
x.
Job Center, JC District. The JC District is intended to promote small entrepreneurial businesses and industries consisting of consumer, special trade, services, office/warehousing and limited business park uses. Uses that fit into this category are characterized by being incubators for new small and entrepreneurial business, uses are low traffic generators, and do not have external environmental effects across property lines. The scale of the buildings and uses in the JC District are an appropriate transition between residential uses and more intense zone districts. The hours of operation for uses that are open to the public are limited to 7:00 a.m. to 9:00 p.m.
(Ord. No. 1997-525, § 1, 11-25-97; Ord. No. 1998-203, § 2, 11-24-98; Ord. No. 1999-22, § 2, 3-10-99; Ord. No. 1999-54, § 4, 4-27-99; Ord. No. 1999-137, § 2, 9-28-99; Ord. No. 2001-44, § 2, 5-8-01; Ord. No. 2002-84, § 2, 8-13-02; Ord. No. 2003-63, § 1, 7-15-03; 2003-69, § 4, 8-19-03; Ord. No. 2006-463, § 2, 10-17-06; Ord. No. 2011-157, § 1, 10-11-11; Ord. No. 2013-105, §§ 1—3, 10-8-13; Ord. No. 2014-67, § 2, 5-13-14; Ord. No. 2015-142, § 11, 10-13-2015; Ord. No. 2016-02, § 3, 9-13-16; Ord. No. 2017-026, § 1, 3-28-2017; Ord. No. 2018-031, § 4, 4-10-18; Ord. No. 2022-084, § 1, 6-21-22)
a.
Accommodations, A Overlay Zone. The A Overlay Zone is intended to identify those areas within the City limits where accommodation uses are allowed. Accommodation uses are prohibited except within the A Overlay Zone, with the exception of bed and breakfasts that are approved in accordance with the provisions of Section 54-208.
b.
Tour Boat, TB Overlay Zone. The TB Overlay Zone is used only on the peninsula area of Charleston to identify waterfront areas suitable for the operation of tour boats.
c.
Johns Island, JI Overlay Zone. The JI Overlay Zone applies to all areas of Johns Island within the City limits. Within the JI Overlay Zone, additional restrictions may apply depending on the underlying base zoning district and the specific use. Restrictions of the JI Overlay Zone which are incorporated into the applicable sections of this Chapter include street frontage buffers, buffers for industrial uses, sign regulations, and curb cut requirements.
d.
Amusement and Recreation Services, AR Overlay Zone. The AR Overlay Zone applies to all areas of peninsula section of the city as bounded by the Ashley River, the Cooper River and Charleston Harbor.
e.
Savannah Highway SH Overlay Zone. The SH Overlay Zone is intended to allow office and neighborhood service uses in addition to the uses allowed in the base zoning district. Existing structures in the SH zone that are used for a non-residential use shall retain their residential appearance. Building additions and new structures shall be designed to look like the existing residential structures. Parking shall be restricted to the side or rear of the principal buildings and buffering from adjoining residential lots shall be required.
f.
School S Overlay Zone. The S Overlay Zone is intended to identify those areas within residential zoning districts where school uses are allowed. School uses are prohibited within residential zoning districts except within the S Overlay Zone.
g.
Landmark LMK Overlay Zone. The Landmark Overlay Zone is intended to effect and accomplish the protection, enhancement and perpetuation of structures or other improvements that have a special character or special historical, cultural, or aesthetic interest or value as part of the development, heritage or cultural characteristics of the city, state or nation or that are associated with an event of importance to the history of the city, state or nation, or that reflect the environment in an era characterized by a distinctive architectural style or that embodies those distinguishing characteristics of an architectural style or engineering specimen.
h.
Short Term Rental, ST Overlay Zone. The Short Term Overlay Zone is intended to permit commercial short term rentals, as defined herein, in specific base zoning districts within the ST Overlay Zone and Bed and Breakfasts, as defined herein, in all base zoning districts within the ST Overlay Zone.
i.
General Business Late Night, GBLN Overlay Zone. The General Business Late Night Overlay Zone is intended to restrict certain uses, as specified herein, to only operate between 7:00 a.m. and 11:00 p.m.
j.
Light Industrial Late Night, LILN Overlay Zone. The Light Industrial Late Night Overlay Zone is intended to restrict certain uses, as specified herein, to only operate between 7:00 a.m. and 11:00 p.m.
k.
Tech Corridor, TC Overlay Zone. The Tech Corridor Overlay Zone is intended to enable high technology and technology-related industries to anchor new development in the district.
l.
Gateway, G Overlay Zone. The Gateway Overlay Zone is intended for sites in the City that are located at primary entrances to specifically defined or colloquially known districts and areas of the City. The purpose of the Gateway Overlay is to accommodate a more varied use matrix at these strategic locations by providing an opportunity for denser residential developments at commercially zoned properties by way of an optional set of development regulations that authorize higher residential density, and impose lot coverage requirements and certain height restrictions.
m.
Folly Road, FR Overlay Zone. The Folly Road Overlay Zone is intended to implement traffic safety measures, to improve the visual character of the corridor, and to create consistency between the City of Charleston and surrounding jurisdictions concerning land use and design standards.
n.
Special Parking District, SPD Overlay Zone. See Section 54-511.c.
(Ord. No. 1996-125, § 4, 7-16-96; Ord. No. 1998-112, § 1, 5-26-98; Ord. No. 1999-01, § 1, 1-12-99; Ord. No. 1999-95, § 1, 8-17-99; Ord. No. 2006-428, § 5, 9-26-06; Ord. No. 2006-463, § 2, 10-17-06; Ord. No. 2012-41, § 1, 1-24-12; Ord. No. 2014-08, § 1, 1-30-14; Ord. No. 2014-37, § 1, 3-25-14; Ord. No. 2015-060, § 2, 5-26-2015; Ord. No. 2016-079, § 1, 7-19-16; Ord. No. 2017-148, § 1, 12-11-17; Ord. No. 2018-043, § 5, 4-10-18; Ord. No. 2021-092, § 2, 7-20-21)
Permitted principal uses for each base zoning district, except for Agricultural zoning districts, shall be as set forth in Part 3: Table of Permitted Uses, and as modified by special provisions, exceptions and conditions contained herein. For permitted principal and accessory uses in Agricultural base zoning districts, see Article 10. Principal use means the primary or predominant use or uses of a lot or parcel. The Table is based upon the 1987 Standard Industrial Classification Manual. Accessory uses, which for the purposes of this Chapter are defined as uses of land or of a building or portion thereof which are customarily incidental and subordinate to a principal use located on the same lot or parcel, are allowed, except that communication towers, home occupations, residential short term rentals, home day care facilities, and limited commercial uses within the GO district are only allowed pursuant to the requirements specified in Part 4: Accessory Uses, of this Article.
a.
Symbols used in the Table are as follows:
1.
*bull; means that the indicated use is permitted by right in the indicated district;
2.
† means that the indicated use is permitted in the indicated district, subject to the granting of a special exception by the Board of Zoning Appeals;
3.
‡ means that the indicated use is permitted in the indicated district as a conditional use, subject to a finding by the Zoning Administration that the use satisfies specific conditions listed herein.
4.
H means that the indicated use is permitted but the hours of operation for that use are restricted to normal business hours for that district as listed in Section 54-204.
b.
Any use not permitted in a district is expressly prohibited.
c.
A section number following the use category means that the special exception or conditional use is allowed where indicated on the Table but must meet the conditions and requirements set forth in the referenced section of this Article.
d.
The Zoning Administration may utilize the Standard Industrial Classification Manual to determine the appropriate classification of a land use.
(Ord. No. 1999-54, § 4, 4-27-99; Ord. No. 2018-031, § 5, 4-10-18; Ord. No. 2018-043, § 6, 4-10-18)
a.
Within CT. In commercial transitional, CT district, certain uses, as specified herein, are restricted to normal business hours. In the CT district, normal business hours are deemed to be hours of operation beginning no earlier than 7 a.m. and ending no later than 8 p.m.
b.
Within LB. In the limited business, LB district, certain uses, as specified herein, are restricted to operating only between 7 a.m. and 11 p.m., except that theaters may operate beyond 11 p.m. although theater box offices may not sell tickets after 11 p.m.
c.
Within the GBLN and LILN Overlay Zones. In the General Business Late Night overlay zone and Light Industrial Late Night overlay zones certain uses, as specified herein, are restricted to only operate between 7:00 a.m. and 11:00 p.m.
(Ord. No. 1997-524, § 1, 11-25-97; Ord. No. 2014-08, § 2, 1-30-14)
a.
Definitions:
Community shopping center: Shopping center having a GLA of 100,000 to 249,999 square feet.
GLA: Gross leasable area (GLA) in square feet means the total floor area designed for tenant occupancy and exclusive rent, including mezzanines, upper floors, outdoor storage areas, and is the area upon which the tenant's pay rent.
LOS: Level of service (LOS) means the level of service of a roadway as defined in the 1994 Highway Capacity Manual.
Regional shopping center: Shopping center having a GLA of 250,000 square feet or more.
Shopping center: A commercial development which includes one or more retail type uses - from Table 3.3: Off-street Parking Requirements. The total floor area must equal 20,000square feet or more, in one or more buildings, on one or more lots which are designed and laid out to function as an interrelated development, as evidenced by both shared driveways and parking. For purposes of this Section 542-204.1 only, the definition of shopping center shall also include a single retail establishment built which has a gross leasable area (GLA) in excess of 100,000 square feet, which is the sole store on a site.
b.
A regional shopping center shall be permitted by right within the limited business, general business, light industrial, and heavy industrial districts provided the proposed shopping center property is within one mile of an interchange with either Interstate 26 or the Mark Clark Expressway.
c.
A community shopping center shall only be permitted as an exception within the limited business, general business, light industrial, and heavy industrial districts when the property is not within one mile of an interchange with either Interstate 26 or the Mark Clark Expressway and where the Board of Zoning Appeals-Zoning, after review finds, that:
(i)
A detailed traffic study plan has been submitted and approved by the City Department of Traffic and Transportation which identifies critical roadways and intersections impacted by the proposed shopping center. The traffic study shall develop an anticipated arrival/departure pattern for vehicle trips generated by the proposed shopping center for the defined study area. Site traffic shall be distributed throughout the study area based on arrival/departure pattern. In addition, if the traffic study recommendations require, the developer of the proposed shopping center shall also submit a traffic mitigation plan which delineates the improvements to be made by the developer on-site and off-site to mitigate the traffic consequences of the proposed shopping center and to improve the LOS of the critical roads. The traffic study and mitigation plan, if appropriate, must demonstrate that traffic operations on the critical roadways and intersections in the vicinity of the proposed shopping center shall have a LOS of not less than LOS "D" after the construction of the proposed shopping center. If an existing intersection within one mile of an interstate interchange is currently operating at a LOS "E" or "F," the traffic study or mitigation plan should allow for maintaining the same overall intersection delay. Any off-site improvements required must be completed prior to the issuance of a certificate of occupancy for the project.
(ii)
The traffic pattern for the proposed shopping center shall not include any residential street.
(iii)
An existing shopping center with 80,000 square feet or more shall be permitted to expand to the maximum square footage allowed for a community shopping center under this Ordinance and shall be exempt from paragraph c., sections (i), (ii), and (iii) above.
(Ord. No. 2000-164, § 2, 7-18-00)
The following regulation has been adopted to ensure that the placement of portable storage units comply with the health, safety and aesthetics objectives of the City. This section regulates the placement of portable storage units in order to promote the health and safety of the residents of the City and to preserve the aesthetic value of its residential neighborhoods and commercial districts.
a.
Definitions.
Portable storage unit shall mean a transportable unit designed and used primarily for temporary storage of building materials, household goods, or other materials which is typically delivered and removed by truck. For the purposes of this section, the trailer portion of a tractor trailer, boxcars and shipping containers shall be considered a portable storage unit when used for the purposes of on-site storage in residential districts.
b.
Requirements for placement of portable storage units. The following requirements shall apply to the placement of portable storage units in all zoning districts except BP, LI and HI:
(i)
It shall be unlawful for any person or entity to place, permit the placement of, or allow a portable storage unit to remain on a lot in excess of thirty (30) calendar days in any calendar year. Thirty (30) day extensions may be granted if there is substantial evidence of need. Requests for extension shall be made in writing and set forth the reason the extension is needed. Requests shall be directed to the City's Zoning Administrator.
(ii)
Portable storage units shall only be placed upon approved parking areas such as driveways and parking lots. If space is available at the sideyard or the rear yard of a lot, the portable storage unit may be placed on the side or rear of the lot. Portable storage units shall not displace required parking spaces. A Portable Storage Unit shall not be placed in the public-right-of-way without the authorization of the Traffic and Transportation Department pursuant to Chapter 19.
(iii)
There shall be no more than one (1) portable storage unit per lot. Portable storage units shall be no larger than eight (8) feet high by eight (8) feet wide by sixteen feet (16) long. Portable storage units shall not be considered an accessory structure.
(iv)
Notwithstanding the time limitations set forth herein, all portable storage units shall be removed immediately upon the issuance of a tropical storm warning or hurricane watch issued by a recognized government agency. If the Zoning Administrator, or designee, determines that an emergency, other than a tropical storm warning or hurricane watch by a recognized government agency, provides sufficient cause to exceed or reduce the time limitations which would otherwise apply, the Zoning Administrator, or designee, may allow a portable storage unit to remain at a lot for a period in excess of such time limitations, or may also order the immediate removal of the portable storage unit.
(v)
The owner and operator of any lot on which a portable storage unit is placed shall be responsible for ensuring that the portable storage unit is maintained in good condition, free from evidence of deterioration, weathering, discoloration, graffiti, rust, ripping, tearing or other holes or breaks, at all times. When not in use, the portable storage unit shall be kept locked.
(vi)
No portable storage unit shall be used to store solid waste, construction debris, demolition debris, recyclable materials, business inventory, commercial goods, goods for property other than that of the property where the portable storage unit is located (i.e. used for retail sales) or any other illegal or hazardous material. Upon reasonable notice to the property owner or operator, the City may inspect the contents of any portable storage unit at any reasonable time to ensure that it is not being used to store said materials. At no time shall a portable storage unit be used for any illegal purpose.
(vii)
The provisions of this section shall not supersede the restrictive covenants of any subdivision or planned development in which the placement of portable storage units is limited or prohibited.
(Ord. No. 2009-167, § 1, 9-22-09; Ord. No. 2015-018, § 1, 3-10-2015)
Within all base zoning districts, it shall be unlawful to advertise, rent, or otherwise use a property, or part of a property, as an accommodations use, as herein defined, unless said use has been approved by the City of Charleston pursuant to this Chapter.
(Ord. No. 2018-043, § 7, 4-10-18)
a.
Within all zones except LI and HI. Adult uses, as defined in Section 54-120, are prohibited.
b.
Within LI and HI. Adult uses, located within 1,000 feet of any school, public or private park, church, or residential area or within 1,000 feet of any other such establishment are prohibited. Such distance shall be measured from the nearest point of the parcel of land so used to the nearest property line of another establishment or zoning line in the case of a residential area. Nothing contained in this subsection shall be construed to apply to the exhibition, presentation, showing or performance of any play, ballet, drama, tableau or production in any theater, concert hall, auditorium, museum of fine arts, school, institution of higher learning or other similar establishment which is primarily devoted to such exhibitions, presentations, shows or performances as a form of expression or opinion, communication, speech, ideas, information, art drama.
(Ord. No. 2003-50, § 4, 5-27-03)
Uses designated in the Table of Permitted Uses and listed below, may be permitted in certain districts where the Board of Zoning Appeals—Zoning after review, finds that requirements listed below for such uses are met.
a.
Additional dwelling units in the SR zoning districts. Additional dwelling units shall be permitted as an exception within all single-family residential, SR zoning districts, in dwellings constructed prior to August 17, 1966, where the Board, after review, finds that such existing dwelling contains such an amount of space available and suitable for residential purposes that it is unreasonable to require its use as single family dwelling.
b.
Cemeteries. Cemeteries shall be permitted within the Conservation and all residential zones only as an exception where the Board, after review, finds that no building or parking lot thereof will be closer than one hundred (100) feet to an adjoining lot, and that all facilities will be adequately screened and landscaped in a manner appropriate to the character of the district.
c.
Church. Church uses, except parking for church uses, shall only be permitted as an exception within the Conservation and all residential zones where the Board, after review, finds that buildings will not be closer than twenty-five (25) feet to an adjoining property line and that the required off-street parking spaces will be provided. Parking for church uses within the Conservation and all residential zones shall be permitted as a conditional use under Section 54-207, y.
d.
Dairy farms & dairy products manufacture shall be permitted only as an exception within the Conservation Zone where the Board, after review, determines that such uses are in accordance with the City's comprehensive land use plan.
e.
Day care centers. A day care center, which is an accessory use to a church, school, park or other institution, shall be permitted as an exception within the Conservation District, all residential districts, and the CT District, where the Board, after review, determines that an application for such a use satisfies the following requirements:
1.
proof of the application for the facility's licensing by the Department of Social Services is provided; and
2.
the proposed facility satisfies the definition of a day care center; and
3.
all signage is in conformity with that allowed for home occupations; and
4.
outdoor play is allowed only between the hours of 8 a.m. and 6 p.m.; and
5.
if a play area is within fifty feet (50′) of a residential structure, it is appropriately buffered; and
6.
there exist at least two (2) parking spaces per employee; and
7.
plans for ingress/egress, loading/unloading and the location of the parking and play areas are approved for safety by the appropriate city department(s); and
8.
the facility is compatible with the surrounding neighborhood based upon consideration of the number of persons cared for, potential traffic and noise impacts, location of the play, parking, loading and circulation areas and relation to other noise or traffic generating institutions (particularly if another non-residential facility is facing or abutting the same block face or is within three hundred feet (300′) of the proposed site); and
9.
the proposed outdoor lighting of the facility does not unduly impact neighboring properties.
f.
Mini-warehouse/self-storage facilities shall be prohibited within the UC, MU-2, and MU-2/WH districts and shall be permitted within the GB district only as an exception where the Board, after review, finds that the proposed mini-warehouse/self-storage facility satisfies the following requirements:
1.
The lot on which the mini-warehouse/self-storage facility is located is not within 200 feet of any MU-1, MU-1/WH, MU-2, MU-2 WH;
2.
The lot on which the mini-warehouse/self-storage facility is located is not within 200 feet of any RR-1, SR-1, SR-2, SR-3, SR-4, SR-5, SR-6, SR-7, SR-8, STR, DR-1, DR-1F, DR-2, DR-2F, DR-3, DR-4, DR-6, DR-9, DR-12 or RO zoning district;
3.
All loading bays are located on building sides that do not face a street;
4.
First floor frontage of buildings within 50 feet of a street shall be designed to accommodate retail and office spaces to a depth of no less than 30 feet, have a minimum floor to ceiling height of 12 feet and not be occupied as mini-warehouse/self-storage space;
5.
The site provides a twenty-five foot Type C buffer, as specified in Section 54-348, along all streets adjacent to the site, or satisfies the buffer requirements of Article 3, Part 8, whichever requirement is greater; except that for properties within the jurisdiction of the Board of Architectural Review (BAR) or the Design Review Board (DRB), the BAR or DRB may reduce or eliminate this buffer requirement if they deem the reduction or elimination to be appropriate;
6.
All buildings maintain a minimum setback from street rights-of-way of fifty feet (50') or satisfy setback requirements of Section 54-311, whichever is greater; except that for properties within the jurisdiction of the Board of Architectural Review (BAR) or the Design Review Board (DRB), the BAR or DRB may reduce or eliminate this setback requirement if they deem the reduction or elimination to be appropriate; and
7.
The site satisfies all other applicable regulations of this chapter.
Outdoor boat and boat trailer storage shall be permitted in connection with mini-warehouse/self-storage facilities if the above conditions are met.
g.
Drive-thru or automated teller facilities for depository institutions, banks, savings and loans, credit unions or similar depository institutions shall be permitted within the GO district only as an exception where the Board, after review, finds that the proposed teller facility satisfies the following requirements:
1.
adequate off-street parking and traffic circulation is provided.
2.
the vehicular access will not create a traffic hazard.
h.
Reserved.
i.
Reserved.
j.
Reserved.
k.
Reserved.
l.
Homes for the elderly which care for no more than twenty (20) persons shall be permitted within the DR-1, DR-1F, DR-2, DR-2F, DR-3, CT, LB, GB, UC or UP zones as an exception where the Board, after review, finds that the proposed facility will be compatible with the character of the neighborhood, its population density, traffic patterns and parking facilities and not adversely impact the immediate neighborhood. The Board may, after review, permit larger facilities when it finds that the public interest will be served thereby.
m.
Logging camps and forestry activities shall be permitted as an exception within the Conservation Zone where the Board determines that such uses are in accordance with the City's comprehensive land use plan.
n.
Museums shall be permitted within the SR-3, SR-4, SR-5, SR-6, STR, and all diverse residential, DR districts where the Board, after review, finds the following:
1.
That such museum is organized, that is, is a duly constituted body with expressed responsibilities.
2.
That such museum is permanent, that is, expected to continue in perpetuity.
3.
That such museum is a non-profit institution, that is, has documentary evidence of its tax-exempt status under the regulations of the U.S. Internal Revenue Service.
4.
That such museum is essentially educational or aesthetic, that is, manifests its expressed responsibilities by knowledgeable utilization of its objects and exhibits them for elucidation and enjoyment.
5.
That such a museum maintains a professional staff, that is, has at least one paid employee who commands an appropriate body of special knowledge and the ability to reach museological decisions consonant with the experience of his or her peers, and who has access to and acquaintance with the literature of the field. The continuity of employment of at least one professional staff member, who must work sufficient hours to meet adequately the current demand of the institution for administration, record keeping and care of collections is essential.
6.
That the tangible objects, animate and inanimate, forming the museum's collections must have intrinsic value to science, history, art or culture.
7.
That such museum maintain regular and predictable hours which constitute substantially more than token opening, so that access is reasonably convenient to the public.
8.
That such museum operate during normal business hours and does not inherently exhibit noise, light or traffic conditions clearly debilitating to neighboring residents.
o.
Sewage disposal facilities shall be permitted as an exception within the Conservation Zone where the Board, after review, determines that such uses are in accordance with the City's comprehensive land use plan.
p.
Stables shall be permitted within the GB and UC district as an exception where the Board, after review, finds that:
1.
The stable is not located within 100 feet of any residential zone district.
2.
The City of Charleston Tourism Commission has issued a Certificate of Appropriateness for the stable.
3.
The stable complies with all city, county, and state regulations for stables.
4.
A site plan is provided showing that the cleaning/loading/tacking area shall not impede traffic flow in the public right-of-way.
5.
A written explanation is submitted detailing how refuse will be handled in accordance with city, county, state, and federal regulations. This shall be reviewed by the Department of Public Service.
6.
A plan is submitted showing how drainage on the property is to be collected in accordance with city, county, state, and federal regulations. This shall be reviewed by the Commissioners of Public Works and the Department of Public Service.
7.
Buildings are designed utilizing appropriate ventilation to prevent objectionable odors from being emitted.
q.
Electric substation or gas regulator station. Such station shall be permitted within the Conservation District, all residential districts, the CT district, the RO district, and the JC district only as an exception where the Board, after review, finds that such station is essential for service of the immediate area, will be enclosed within an appropriate woven wire or solid fence, will be suitably landscaped and no storage of vehicles or equipment will occur.
r.
Storage yards, junk yards, scrap yards or auto salvage yards.
1.
Outdoor storage yards, which are used for storage of materials and equipment, other than vehicles, boats or shipping containers, are permitted within the LI (Light Industrial) and HI (Heavy Industrial) districts as an exception where the Board, after review, finds that adequate provision and maintenance of visual screening by fences, planting or other means, from public streets, roads, residences and adjacent residential zone districts will be provided.
2.
Junk yards, scrap yards, or auto salvage yards are prohibited within the LI district but permitted within the HI district as an exception where the board, after review, finds that the same standards for visual screening listed in 54-206.r.1. are met.
s.
Reserved.
t.
Golf courses and membership sports and recreation clubs, private or for profit, or changes thereto, shall be permitted within the Conservation district as an exception where the Board, after review, finds that the location, lighting, hours of operation, type and size of the facility, or changes thereto, will not adversely affect any neighboring residentially zoned areas.
u.
Dwellings within the HI district shall be permitted as an exception where the Board, after review, finds that there shall not be created any unsafe living conditions given the existing uses in the area.
v.
Mining for the purpose of extracting materials from a property shall be permitted as an exception in all districts if the total size of the area to be mined does not exceed two (2) acres. For larger operations, Dirt Mining/Resource Extraction shall be permitted as an exception only in the Light Industrial (LI) and Heavy Industrial (HI) zone districts.
1.
Mining operations not exceeding two (2) acres in total mining area and meeting all of the following conditions shall be permitted in any zone district as an exception where the Board, after review of documentation submitted by the applicant, finds that:
a.
The total mining area, work zone and construction access road is shown on a scaled site plan of the property, and is intended as preparation for residential use, recreational use or agricultural use.
b.
The mining use will not last more than one (1) year from the date of approval.
c.
The mining work zone, as shown on the scaled site plan, will be located at least fifty (50) feet from any property boundary and at least one hundred (100) feet from any dwelling.
d.
A mining operation has not occurred on the subject property within three (3) years prior to the date of the application.
e.
Variances and/or special exceptions from Article 3, Part 6: Tree Protection Requirements, if required, have been approved.
f.
Existing vegetation will be maintained and adequately protected as a natural buffer between adjacent dwellings, existing water bodies or wetlands and the mining work zone.
g.
The applicant agrees in writing to restrict the hours of operation for mining operations to between 8:00 a.m. and 7:00 p.m., Monday through Saturday.
h.
The applicant will not use any office facilities at the mining location except in the LI and HI zone districts.
i.
A stabilized access road for mining vehicles will be constructed and maintained to the specifications of the City Engineer and to a minimum depth of 50 feet from the public right-of-way.
2.
Mining operations exceeding two (2) acres in area shall be allowed in the Light Industrial (LI) and Heavy Industrial (HI) zone districts as an exception where the Board, after review, finds that:
a.
The applicant agrees in writing to restrict the hours of operation for mining operations to between 7 a.m. and 7 p.m., Monday through Saturday.
b.
Variances and/or special exceptions from Article 3, Part 6: Tree Protection Requirements, if required, have been approved.
c.
The size, shape and location of the area to be mined are such that it will allow for the conversion of the mining area into an amenity for the eventual use of the property. Evidence for this finding shall require the submittal of a plat of the property which 1) complies with the preliminary plat requirements of Section 54-810; 2) indicates the limits of clearing and excavation for the mining operation; 3) indicates the intended post-mining use of the mining area and other areas of the tract in conjunction with the Zoning Ordinance; and 4) indicates the depth of the mined area and the final slopes of the sides.
d.
Vehicle access from a public road for the mining operations is shown on a plat of the tract where the mining will occur, will be located in a manner that minimizes or removes any adverse impacts on adjoining parcels, and will not be through any residential areas. The applicant shall:
i.
Submit a copy of the approved SCDOT or City encroachment permit for the proposed access road;
ii.
Construct and maintain a paved roadway from the access point on a public right of way prior to commencing mining operations. The paving shall extend a minimum of fifty (50) feet into the property from the right-of-way. When the vehicle access to the mining area is less than two-hundred and fifty (250) feet from a residential area, the Board may increase the distance the road must be paved or may require a maintenance plan for an unpaved road to eliminate dust and noise issues.
e.
The mining work zone will have adequate separation from adjoining properties and all wetland areas or areas below the critical line. The minimum separation from adjoining non-residential property, which is not part of the proposed development the amenity is intended to serve, shall be one-hundred (100) feet. The minimum separation from an existing water body, wetland, area below the critical line, or adjoining property with a residential zoning or residential use, shall be two hundred fifty (250) feet. The Board may increase the required distance between the mining work zone and an existing water body, wetland, area below the critical line, or adjoining property to mitigate potential adverse impacts due to an insufficient existing vegetative buffer, an environmentally sensitive area, or an existing residential use.
f.
Where vegetation exists along a property boundary, natural water body or wetland, the operator shall maintain sufficient existing vegetation to provide a buffer between the mining operation and property boundary, natural water body or wetland.
w.
Membership sports and recreation clubs and civic, social and fraternal clubs shall be permitted within the SR-3, SR-4, SR-5, SR-6, STR, DR-6, DR-9, DR-12, DR-1F, DR-1, DR-2F, DR-2 and DR-3 districts where the Board, after review, finds the following:
1.
Required off-street parking spaces, separated from property lines by an appropriate buffer strip, will be provided.
2.
The location of the facility will not significantly increase pedestrian traffic or automobile traffic and parking on minor and local streets within existing residential neighborhoods.
3.
That such organization is a non-profit organization and has documentary evidence of its tax-exempt status under the regulations of the U.S. Internal Revenue Service.
x.
Sidewalk cafés for licensed businesses not meeting the requirements of Section 54-213 subsection k. paragraph 2. and/or subsection k. paragraph 3. shall be permitted within residential areas as an exception where the Board, after review, finds the following:
1.
A completed application for a sidewalk café permit has been submitted for review by the Zoning Administrator;
2.
The applicant meets the requirements of section 54-213 with the sole exception of subsection k. paragraph 2. and/or subsection k. paragraph 3.
3.
The sidewalk café can be operated in the proposed location without compromising public safety or the use of sidewalks for pedestrian travel and access.
4.
The sidewalk café hours of operation will be restricted and be compatible with the surrounding area.
5.
The business applying for the sidewalk café permit is not licensed to permit on premises consumption of alcoholic beverages and will not permit the consumption of alcoholic beverages in the sidewalk café.
6.
The applicant has submitted a petition signed by twenty-five (25) or more residents of the neighborhood in which the sidewalk café is to be located and, if the location is within a neighborhood with a neighborhood association recognized by the City of Charleston, the applicant must provide proof of having presented the proposal for said sidewalk café to that neighborhood association.
y.
Establishments located in a structure, except a structure that provides accommodations uses, as that term is defined in Sec. 54-120 of this Chapter, approved as a special exception pursuant to Sec. 54-220 of this Chapter and containing twenty or more rooms, that is within five hundred feet of a residential zoning district and which allows for the on-premise consumption of alcohol, beer or wine after midnight, shall be permitted in the Mixed Use 2, Mixed Use 2 Workforce Housing, Business Park and Heavy Industrial zoning districts, and the General Business and Light Industrial zoning districts that are not subject to the General Business Late Night Overlay or Light Industrial Overlay zones where the Board, after review, finds:
1.
Garbage, recycling, maintenance equipment and supplies are stored in a manner so as not to be visible from adjoining properties, public right-of-way or other public property; and
2.
Storage areas for all garbage, recycling, maintenance equipment and supplies are designed to contain odors and prevent the wafting of odors onto adjoining properties, public rights-of-way and other public property; and
3.
The location for garbage and recycling pick-up is safe; and
4.
Measures have been incorporated into the structure to address adverse impacts of noise to properties in a residential zoning district; and
5.
The operation of the establishment will not be of substantial detriment to parking in adjoining residential zoning districts; and
6.
The establishment will not result in a heavy concentration of establishments of the same kind within a block, or if so, the applicant demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Board that, due to factors such as the geographic or physical attributes of the block or to other measures incorporated into the structure, the addition of the establishment will not harm the character of the block, the intent of this provision being to encourage vibrant night time activity while maintaining an appropriate balance and mix of uses within the blocks of the districts. In its consideration of a special exception that involves a heavy concentration of establishments, the Board may impose conditions on its approval it deems appropriate and in furtherance of the intent of this Section.
For purposes hereof, residential zoning districts are C, RR-1, SR-1, SR-2, SR-3, SR-4, SR-5, SR-6, SR-7, SR-8, STR, DR-1, DR-1F, DR-2, DR-2F, DR-6, DR-9, DR-12, DR-3 and DR-4.
For purposes hereof, the distance between the proposed establishment and the residential zoning district shall be measured from the point of the property line of the establishment nearest to the residential zoning district to the property line of the nearest property within a residential zoning district.
For purposes hereof, a block is the area on both sides of the street on which a structure fronts that is within 175 feet of the side lot lines of the property where the establishment is to be located.
For purposes hereof, heavy concentration means: (a) a block where more than 40% of the structures contain establishments that allow the on-premise consumption of alcohol, beer or wine after midnight; or (b) a block where establishments that allow the on-premise consumption of alcohol, beer or wine after midnight have, in the aggregate, an occupant load greater than 1,000 people; or (c) a block where there exists an establishment that allows the on-premise consumption of alcohol, beer or wine after midnight and which has an occupant load greater than 300 people.
Notwithstanding anything in Section 54-110 to the contrary, the provisions of this Section shall apply to any establishment that allows on-premises consumption of alcohol, beer or wine after midnight that is within five hundred feet of a residential zoning district that for which, after September 22, 2015, an application is sought for a certificate of occupancy or an initial business license, or for which approval is sought to physically expand the establishment or expand hours of operation after midnight; provided however, that nothing herein shall be construed to prohibit the issuance of a certificate of occupancy or business license for those establishments that, as of the effective date of Ordinance No. 2014-136, ratified by City Council on September 23, 2014, had on file with the Department of Planning and Preservation development plans or applications for permits for establishments intending to provide for the on-premises consumption of alcohol, beer or wine after midnight that were vested under statutory or common law.
(Ord. No. 1996-227, §§ 3—6, 11-26-96 ; Ord. No. 1997-279, § 1, 7-15-97; Ord. No. 1997-280, § 2, 7-15-97; Ord. No. 1998-147, § 3, 8-18-98; Ord. No. 1998-203, § 5, 11-24-98; Ord. No. 1999-01, § 3, 1-12-99; Ord. No. 1999-54, § 4, 4-27-99; Ord. No. 1999-137, § 4, 9-28-99; Ord. No. 2001-31, § 1, 3-14-01; Ord. No. 2002-92, § 2, 8-13-02; Ord. No. 2003-44, § 4, 4-22-03; Ord. No. 2004-68, § 1, 7-20-04; Ord. No. 2006-489, § 2, 10-24-06; Ord. No. 2007-59, § 7, 3-6-07; Ord. No. 2008-146, § 5, 11-25-08; Ord. No. 2009-55, § 2, 4-14-09; Ord. No. 2009-207, § 2, 10-13-09; Ord. No. 2009-208, § 1, 10-13-09; 2011-121, § 1, 9-13-11; Ord. No. 2013-105, § 4, 10-8-13; Ord. No. 2015-125, § 1, 9-22-2015; Ord. No. 2015-142, § 8, 10-13-2015; Ord. No. 2016-102, § 7, 9-13-16; Ord. No. 2017-026, § 5, 2-28-17; Ord. No. 2019-021, § 1, 3-26-19; Ord. No. 2025-086, § 1, 6-17-25)
The following uses shall be approved by the Zoning Administrator as conditional uses within the zoning districts specified upon a finding by the Zoning Administrator that the proposed use satisfies the applicable requirements listed below for that use.
a.
Amusement parks (outdoor) or other similar outdoor entertainment except shooting ranges, such as carnivals, circuses or motor vehicle races are allowed within the GB, UC, LI or HI districts only when the property, or part thereof, upon which such activity is to occur is not within one thousand feet (1,000′) of a residential district. If the property, or part thereof, upon which such activity is to occur is within one thousand feet (1,000′) of a residential district, approval for such activity shall require approval of the Board, after review, as an exception unless the same is sponsored by a church or school and is to be held on church or school property. For purposes hereof, a carnival is deemed to be any traveling enterprise offering amusements which include rides, games or concessions and such activities related thereto.
The Board of Zoning Appeals shall only permit such outdoor amusement park or other similar outdoor entertainment as a special exception when it finds that the potential impacts of such activity on the surrounding residential neighborhood from noise, traffic and lighting are not unduly disruptive. The Board shall consider, among other things, the size of the amusement park, including the number of employees, the number and type of rides and/or exhibition booths, the number of vehicles to be utilized for the amusement and its employees and the duration of the event.
b.
BP district and JC district conditions.
1.
Conditional uses within the BP and JC districts shall not generate high volumes of traffic, have external environmental effects across property lines or have outdoor storage, unless said storage is part of the permitted principal use of the property and is screened from adjoining rights-of-way and properties by a minimum six-foot tall solid fence or wall in addition to a landscape buffer, if required under Article 3, Part 8: Landscape Buffer Requirements.
2.
The hours of operation in the JC district for uses that are open to the public are limited to 7:00 a.m .to 9:00 p.m.
c.
Communication towers shall be approved within the GB, GP, UC, BP, LI and UP districts subject to a finding that a tower satisfies the staff approval criteria listed below. Towers not meeting the staff approval criteria may be approved by the Board of Zoning Appeals—Zoning as an exception subject to a finding that the tower satisfies the special exception criteria listed below. Towers which are no longer used for communication purposes must be dismantled and removed within 120 days of the date the tower is taken out of service.
1.
Staff approval criteria. The Zoning Administration may approve construction of a communication tower upon a finding that each of the following criteria is met:
(a)
The height of the proposed tower must not exceed 160 feet, or the height limits in the Old City Height District, if applicable; and
(b)
The tower must be located no closer to residential or conservation zoned property than a distance equal to the height of the proposed tower, except that flush mount monopole towers and stealth monopole towers may be located as close to a residential or conservation zoned property as a distance equal to one-half the height of the proposed tower. For the purposes of this section, a flush mount monopole shall be a monopole communication tower on which the antennas are flush mounted against the monopole with no visible wires, and a stealth monopole shall be a monopole communication tower with no visible antennas, wires or transmitters; and
(c)
The proposed tower must be located no closer than 2,500 feet to another communication tower unless the applicant certifies that the existing tower does not meet the applicant's structural specifications and the applicant's technical design requirements, or that a co-location agreement could not be obtained at a reasonable market rate.
(d)
The proposed tower must be located such that adequate setbacks are provided on all sides to prevent the tower's fall zone from encroaching onto adjoining properties and street rights-of-way (the fall zone shall be determined by an engineer certified in the State of South Carolina in a letter which includes the engineers signature and seal); and
(e)
The proposed tower must not be visible from property listed in the National Register of Historic Places, or from a road or river which has been officially designated as a scenic road or river. The line of site to determine whether a proposed tower will be visible from a certain location, will be from approximately six feet above grade, or the river level at high tide, at that location; and
(f)
The proposed tower and associated improvements meet applicable zoning district and speed limit setback requirements, and applicable landscaping and tree protection requirements; and
(g)
The applicant has attempted to co-locate on existing communication towers, buildings, or other structures and the applicant is willing to allow other users to co-locate on the proposed tower in the future subject to engineering capabilities of the structure, frequency considerations, and proper compensation from the additional user; and
(h)
The proposed tower is only illuminated as required by the Federal Communications Commission, Federal Aviation Administration or other regulatory agencies. Night time strobe lighting shall not be incorporated unless required by the Federal Communications Commission, Federal Aviation Administration or other regulatory agency; and
(i)
The color of the proposed tower is appropriate to blend in with its surroundings; and
(j)
The proposed tower and associated structures are appropriately secured by means of walls, fences or other devices and appropriately screened using existing or new evergreen shrubs and trees that will reach a minimum height of six (6) feet; and
(k)
The proposed tower does not include signage of any nature on any portion of the tower.
2.
Board of Zoning Appeals—Zoning approval criteria. The Board of Zoning Appeals—Zoning may approve construction of a communication tower as an exception upon a finding that each of the following criteria are met:
(a)
The height of the proposed tower must not exceed 200 feet, or the height limits in the Old City Height District, if applicable; and
(b)
In addition to satisfying staff approval criteria listed above as (c), (d), (f), (g), (h), (i), (j), and (k), the Board must find that the design, location and height of the proposed tower will not substantially impact (1) the aesthetic and residential character of adjoining areas zoned residential or conservation and intended to remain as such under adopted land use plans; and (2) the character of property listed in the National Register of Historic Places, or roads and rivers which have been officially designated as scenic roads or rivers.
3.
Applications for staff or Board approval shall include the following information:
(a)
A scaled site plan showing the location of the tower(s), guy anchors (if any), buildings and other structures or improvements, parking, driveways, fences, and protected and grand trees affected by the proposed improvements. Adjacent land uses shall also be noted on the site plan.
(b)
The height and typical design of the tower, typical materials to be used, color, and lighting shall be shown on elevation drawings.
(c)
Documentation indicating that collocation on existing towers or buildings in the vicinity of the proposed tower was attempted by the applicant but found to be unfeasible, with reasons noted.
(d)
Other information as requested by staff or the Board to allow adequate review of approval criteria, including photographs with the tower superimposed to assess visual impact."
d.
Community parking lots may be permitted within all residential districts provided the parking lot is paved with bituminous asphaltic or Portland cement binder making possible a permanent, desirable, dustless surface which is graded and drained to dispose of surface water. In addition, each such parking lot shall be enclosed with an ornamental fence, masonry wall or evergreen screen maintained at a height of not less than five and one-half (5½) feet, except within fifteen (15) feet of the intersection of street lines, where the height shall not exceed three (3) feet. Such fence, wall, or screen shall be maintained in good condition and shall comply with front and side yard requirements along the streets side of a corner lot.
e.
CT district conditions.
1.
All commercial activities must be operated within enclosed buildings except produce markets shall be permitted to operate outdoors as open air markets or roadside stands;
2.
All drive-thru facilities are prohibited within CT;
3.
Within CT, the uses listed below, subject to the conditions specified herein, are permitted. Structures existing on December 3, 1984, shall be exempt from the square footage requirements herein set forth for conditional uses.
(a)
food stores are only allowed to operate between the hours of 7 a.m. and 8 p.m. and the total size of the establishment cannot exceed five thousand (5,000) square feet.
(b)
laundries and dry cleaning establishments are only allowed to operate between the hours of 7 a.m. and 8 p.m.
(c)
office uses are restricted to no more than five thousand (5,000) square feet.
(d)
restaurants are allowed provided the following conditions are met:
(1)
the total size of such establishment does not exceed three thousand (3,000) square feet;
(2)
service and consumption of food take place inside the principal structure or on an outdoor patio limited in area to no more than one thousand (1,000) square feet and located no closer than one hundred fifty (150) feet from any residential structure in a residential zone district;
(3)
the sale of alcoholic beverages is an incidental use only; and
(4)
the location and method of trash and refuse collection is designed so as not to impinge on neighboring residential dwellings.
(5)
hours of operation are restricted to between 7 a.m. and 11 p.m. indoors, and between 7 a.m. and 9 p.m. outdoors;
(6)
have no amplified music, whether live or recorded, speakers, microphones, televisions or other audio or video devices outside the principal structure.
(e)
retail establishments are only allowed to operate between the hours of 7 a.m. and 8 p.m. and the total size of the establishment cannot exceed five thousand (5,000) square feet.
f.
Day care centers, and overnight day care facilities in conjunction with day care centers, shall be permitted within the GO, LB, GB, UC, BP, LI, HI and UP districts if the proposed center or facility satisfies the following conditions:
(1)
the proposed facility must meet the definition for a day care center, and overnight day care facility if applicable;
(2)
proof of application for the facility's registration with the Department of Social Services is submitted;
(3)
any play area, if located within fifty feet (50′) of a residential structure or zone, is appropriately buffered;
(4)
there exists at least one (1) parking space per employee, including the operator, working at the facility at one time, plus one (1) space for every ten (10) day care users, or fraction thereof;
(5)
plans for ingress/egress, loading/unloading and the location of the parking and play areas are approved for safety by the appropriate city department(s);
(6)
if the facility is located adjacent to a residence(s), outdoor lighting is oriented away from that structure(s).
g.
Gas storage shall be permitted within the LI district if the total storage area does not exceed 10,000 cubic feet.
h.
Farms producing crops, timber farms, and horticultural specialties (nurseries) shall be allowed within the RR-1 district; however, farms and horticultural specialties shall not be allowed within any other residential district.
i.
Manufacturing
1.
Within the BP and JC districts, light manufacturing shall be permitted if the proposed facility meets standards in 54-207, b., and does not exceed 7,000 square feet of light manufacturing space per establishment and is only engaged in the manufacture, processing or preparation of finished products from previously prepared materials. This category includes the processing, preparation, fabrication, assembly, treatment, packaging and storage of such products and incidental sales and distribution.
2.
Within the LI, JC and UP districts, the following types of food and kindred products, textile mill products, lumber and wood products manufacturing or processing or other types of manufacturing or processing are prohibited:
a)
Cottonseed products manufacture, crabmeat or seafood processing involving cooking, tallow, grease, or lard manufacture, dye-stuff or oil cloth manufacture, tanning, curing or sorting of raw hides or skins, paper or pulp manufacture, creosote manufacture or processing or other types of manufacturing or processing which are noxious or offensive by reason of the omission of odor, dust, smoke, gas, vibration, or noise.
3.
Within the LI and UP districts, Principal Use categories 26, 30, 31, 32, 34, 35, 36, 37, 39, and 7692, shall be permitted if the Zoning Administration finds that the use meets the following Performance Standards:
a)
A total ambient noise level of no more than 67 decibels (dBA) is created at all external lot lines adjacent to residential zoning districts or 72 decibels at all external lot lines adjacent to non-residential zoning districts, measured at least 1,000 feet from adjacent roadways and rail lines if possible;
b)
A total vibration level of no more than 65 velocity decibels (VdB) is created at any internal lot line;
c)
Glare will be less than 50 foot lamberts or one-half of a foot candle on land within residential zoning districts when measured at the lot line; and
d)
All existing South Carolina State air pollution control regulations are met to insure no significant adverse air quality or odor impacts.
Demonstration that the proposed use meets the above standards must be submitted by the property owner to the Zoning Administration for review. The Zoning Administration may require the property owner to conductperiodic monitoring to ensure the standards are continuously met or may undertake such on its own. Equipment used for measurement must meet the standards of the American National Standards Institute. All costs associated with such measurements shall be the responsibility of the property owner.
j.
RO district conditions. Offices, professional, executive, governmental, and administrative shall be permitted within the RO district if the proposed use satisfies the following conditions:
1.
Business hours of operation shall be limited to 7:00 a.m. to 9:00 p.m.;
2.
Sales of goods shall be permitted if the goods being sold are related to the approved office use and stored and displayed entirely within the office building;
3.
Site and building requirements:
(a)
slope and pitch of roof, existing on date property is zoned RO, shall be retained in any reconstruction or addition or, in the case of new construction, shall be similar to nearby structures;
(b)
the street facade, including doors and windows existing on date property is zoned RO shall be retained, with no window displays or exterior display of merchandise; and
(c)
the street facade of any addition, which includes doors and windows, shall utilize doors and windows of a size and type similar to those on the existing street facade.
4.
Adequate off-street parking shall be provided in accordance with Article 3: Part 4, except that:
(a)
no parking shall be allowed in the required front yard setback; and
(b)
lighting of parking area shall be directed into the site and away from adjoining residential property.
k.
Warehousing and storage within buildings, including convenience storage facilities such as mini-warehouses, shall be permitted within the BP district if the proposed facility does not exceed 7,000 square feet of storage space per individual business establishment. Outdoor boat and boat trailer storage shall be permitted in connection with warehousing and storage facilities.
l.
Auto supply stores shall be permitted within the LB district if the hours of operation are restricted as prescribed in Section 54-204, b., and the store does not include any auto repair or installation facilities.
m.
Reserved.
n.
Casinos, as herein defined, shall only be permitted in the LI and HI zone districts if the lot on which they are located is not within 1,000 feet of any residential zone district, church, school or the highwater mark of a navigable stream. Provided however, casinos for which a City business license has been issued as of March 26, 2012, that do not comply with the provisions of this subsection shall be deemed nonconforming uses.
o.
Shipping container storage uses shall only be permitted within the LI and HI zoning districts as a conditional use where the staff determines, upon review of a site plan submitted by the applicant showing the location of the proposed shipping container storage area, stacking limitations, and required buffer improvements (if applicable), that the proposed use satisfies the following restrictions:
1.
Within the LI zone district, no stacking of shipping containers shall be permitted. Within the HI zone district, no stacking of shipping containers shall be permitted within 300 feet of any residential zoning district. A survey may be required to verify that an area or parcel to be used to stack shipping containers is more than 300 feet from a residential zoning district.
2.
Where stacking of shipping containers is permitted, the height of the stack shall not be permitted to exceed three (3) containers.
3.
Shipping container storage areas shall be buffered from all streets and residences by a minimum 25-foot wide Type "D" buffer or the buffer required for the adjacent street if that buffer requirement is greater than 25 feet, and all non-industrial zoning districts by the minimum buffer required under Table 3.5, Section 54-347.
4.
Exemptions. Water-dependent maritime shipping and cargo handling facilities or terminals where shipping containers are stored temporarily awaiting further shipment or relocation to storage facilities shall be exempt from these requirements.
5.
Amortization of nonconforming uses. Existing shipping container storage uses that do not conform to the stacking restrictions listed above in subsections 1 and 2 and are not exempt in accordance with subsection 4, shall be amortized and made to conform to the above stacking restrictions or discontinued twelve (12) months after the effective date of this Ordinance No. 2003-44.
p.
Affordable Housing shall be permitted on existing lots of record platted prior to August 21, 2018 within the DR-1, DR-1F, DR-2, DR-2F, CT, LB, GB, LI, MU-1, MU-1/WH, MU-2 and MU-2/WH districts if the proposal satisfies the following conditions, except that there are no density limits in the MU-1, MU-1/WH, MU-2 and MU-2/WH districts:
(a)
The applicant has filed floor plans for all units proposed to be used for Affordable Housing.
(b)
The size of the lot being developed for Affordable Housing shall meet the following minimum lot sizes based on the total number of bedrooms proposed, as indicated on floor plans submitted with the application. For the purposes hereof, a bedroom shall be any room other than a kitchen, living room, dining room, bathroom or hall.
(c)
The total number of bedrooms on the lot shall not exceed twenty-two (22).
(d)
For lots in DR-1, DR-2, LB-residential, LI-residential, and GB-residential zoning districts, lot occupancy of buildings shall not exceed fifty (50) percent or the lot occupancy in existence on September 26, 2006, whichever is greater. For lots in DR-1F and DR-2F zoning districts, lot occupancy of buildings shall not exceed sixty-five (65) percent or the lot occupancy in existence on September 26, 2006, whichever is greater. Ramps required for compliance with handicapped accessibility regulations shall be exempt from being counted in lot occupancy calculations or setback requirements.
(e)
Off-street parking shall be provided at a rate of one (1) parking space for each four (4) dwelling units. Lots containing less than four (4) dwelling units shall not be required to provide off-street parking.
(f)
As to rental units, these units shall be rented to households earning no more than eighty (80) percent of the area median income, and the rents charged by the owner shall be in accordance with the Fair Market Rents published annually by the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development or such entity that may be subsequently designated. In the absence of such information, the rents charged by the owner shall not exceed 30 precent of the household annual income. The owner shall be required to submit to the City of Charleston Department of Housing and Community Development, or its successor, the rental rate to be charged and verified income reports of household income of all rental occupants at the inception of each tenancy and on no less than a yearly basis thereafter, as determined by the City of Charleston Department of Housing and Community Development, or its successor. These units shall be subject to these restrictions for no fewer than twenty (20) years from the initial occupancy as affordable housing. The owner shall execute a Memorandum of Use with the city as a party acknowledging the use of the property for Affordable Housing in accordance with the provisions of this Section, which Memorandum shall be in a form acceptable for recording in the record office of the applicable county and which shall be recorded in the record office of the applicable county. If a proposal meets the requirements of this section and the owner is willing to enter into the terms of a Memorandum of Use contained in this paragraph, the Mayor shall be authorized so sign the Memorandum of Use on behalf of the City.
(g)
As to owner occupied units, these units shall be sold to households earning no more than one hundred twenty (120) percent of the area median income. Each owner, prior to initial occupancy, shall be required to submit to the City of Charleston Department of Housing and Community Development, or its successor, a verified income report of household income of all members of the household. These units shall be subject to resale restrictions for no fewer than ten (10) years from date of initial sale of the property. Such restrictions will be recorded as deed restrictions.
q.
Veterinary services shall only be permitted within the GP, GB, UC, MU-2, MU-2/WH, BP, JC, CT, LB, MU-1, MU-1/WH, and UP districts as a conditional use if the use satisfies, as evidenced by a site plan, floor plans and written description of the proposed facility, the following conditions:
1.
Boarding of animals shall be completely indoors;
2.
Buildings in which animals are kept or exercised shall be designed and constructed utilizing appropriate soundproofing and ventilation so that noise and odor shall not be perceptible beyond the premises;
3.
No cremation of animals shall occur on the property. All dead animals and refuse shall be disposed of in accordance with City and other governmental agency regulations.
r.
Automotive repair shops, shall be permitted within the GB, UC, MU-2, MU-2/WH, JC, BP and UP zone districts as a conditional use where the applicant has provided sufficient documentation to demonstrate compliance with the following conditions:
1.
Buildings will not be within one hundred (100) feet of any existing school, church, hospital, or public library.
2.
Buildings will not be within fifty (50) feet of any residential zone district.
3.
Exposed repair facilities will not be on the front portion of the lot.
s.
Indoor shooting ranges shall only be permitted in the LI and HI zone districts as a conditional use if the lot on which the range is located is not within (1,000) feet of any school, public or private park, church, or residentially zoned area. Such distance shall be measured from the nearest point of the parcel of land so used to the nearest property line of the other use or zoning line in the case of a residentially zoned area. Nothing contained herein shall be construed to apply to (1) marksmanship centers in existence at the time of the passage of Section 21-213 that are used for practice and training by the South Carolina National Guard and other military organizations and military institutions; and (2) special events, including annual turkey shoots, which have received a special events permit issued by the Special Events Committee of the City of Charleston pursuant to Section 2-189 of the Code of the City of Charleston, and the written approval of the mayor or chief of police.
t.
Multiple one-family detached dwellings on one lot, up to a maximum of four (4) one-family detached dwellings, shall be permitted within the Conservation (C) and Rural Residential (RR-1) zoning districts if the lot, and plans submitted for approval, satisfy the conditions listed below. These conditions shall not apply to the addition of a second dwelling unit in an accessory building on a lot zoned Conservation, which may be permitted pursuant to Section 54-301. Applications for approval pursuant to the requirements of this section shall be reviewed by the zoning administrator and all City departments responsible for administering building and fire codes, and may include a determination that additional fire hydrants or improved fire flows are necessary for constructing additional dwellings.
1.
The lot fronts on a public street and meets the minimum required distance of lot frontage in Section 54-824, and can provide vehicular access to the street through that lot frontage;
2.
The lot contains a minimum of three (3) acres of high ground if zoned RR-1, or a minimum of six (6) acres of high ground if zoned Conservation;
3.
Use of the lot conforms to the land use regulations of this Chapter;
4.
A plat, prepared by a licensed surveyor, is submitted showing the entire lot in question, the total acreage of high ground, the locations of any existing buildings and one-family detached dwellings, the approximate locations of all future one-family detached dwellings to be permitted under this conditional use, the location of the private drive to provide vehicular access to each existing and future one-family detached dwelling how this private drive shall also satisfy the fire apparatus access road requirements of the applicable fire and building codes, and how the property could be subdivided pursuant to the requirements of this Chapter to provide each existing and future one-family detached dwelling with a lot meeting the requirements of the applicable zoning district with a street meeting the minimum requirements of this Chapter;
5.
Notes concerning the perpetual maintenance of the private drive and the location of garbage collection and recycling, which shall be on the public street, are placed on the plat;
6.
Plans and specifications for improving the required private drive to meet the minimum standards for a fire apparatus access road are submitted if determined by the fire marshal to be necessary.
7.
Must provide documented evidence of approvals from necessary permitting agencies for public water and sewer service or individual water supply and sewage disposal system for each house.
u.
Short-term lender, as herein defined, shall only be permitted in GB, LI, HI and UP zoning districts as a conditional use when the proposed use satisfies all the following conditions:
1.
The proposed use is at least 3,000 feet, measured from lot line to lot line, from another short-term lender.
2.
The proposed use is at least 3,000 feet, measured from the lot line, to any city boundary line.
3.
The proposed use is at least 300 feet, measured lot line to lot line, from any church, school or residentially zoned district.
4.
The proposed use is housed within a nonresidential building having at least 30,000 square feet.
v.
Gasoline stations shall only be permitted in the LB, GB, UC, BP, LI and HI zone districts as a conditional use where the applicant has provided documentation to demonstrate compliance with the following conditions:
1.
Pumps and other equipment, including vents, safety valves, and storage tanks, shall not be located within one hundred (100) feet of any existing day care building or playground, school building or playground, church building or playground, hospital, public library or dwelling; and
2.
Pumps and other equipment, including vents, safety valves, and storage tanks, shall not be located within fifty (50) feet of any residential zoning district; and
3.
Stations located within the LB zone district shall restrict their hours of operation to between 7 a.m. and 11 p.m.
w.
Commercial Vehicles.
1.
Parking or storage of commercial vehicles shall only be permitted in the C, RO, LB, and GB districts as a conditional use upon the following conditions:
(a)
On residential property, the commercial vehicle is used by the resident of the subject property or permission of the property owner/lessor/lessee is evidenced by written authorization placed in the windshield of the commercial vehicle displaying the names and telephone numbers of the property owner/lessor/lessee and the commercial vehicle operator, and the dates of the authorization which shall not exceed 48 consecutive hours;
(b)
On commercial property, the commercial vehicle is being used in connection with the business purpose of the property or permission of the property owner/lessor/lessee is evidenced by written authorization placed in the windshield of the commercial vehicle displaying the names and telephone numbers of the property owner/lessor/lessee and the commercial vehicle operator, and the dates of the authorization which shall not exceed 48 consecutive hours; or
(c)
Such parking or storage is deemed necessary for public safety, or otherwise authorized by, the City of Charleston.
2.
No sleeping in a commercial vehicle overnight shall be allowed in the C, RO, LB, and GB districts.
3.
The vehicle operator and/or the property owner/lessor/lessee where the commercial vehicle is stored or parked shall be subject to penalties for violations of this section.
4.
Concurrently with the zoning administrator's enforcement remedies under this chapter, the livability division shall be authorized to enforce this section and seek remedies under section 1-16 of the City of Charleston Code.
x.
Water storage tanks shall be permitted in the C, RO and all residential districts provided that the water storage tank shall either be setback a minimum of fifteen (15) feet from all property lines or shall meet the setbacks of the of the applicable zoning district for the subject property, whichever is greater.
y.
Parking for church uses within the Conservation and all residential zones shall be permitted as a conditional use if parking areas satisfy landscaping and landscape buffer requirements of this Chapter and receive approval from the Technical Review Committee pursuant to Article 6.
z.
Affordable housing conditional use subdivision and lot dimensional standards for one-family detached dwellings and one-family attached dwellings.
1.
Intent: To promote ownership or occupancy of quality affordable housing, property within the SR-1, SR-2, SR-6, zoning district may be approved for subdivision and development for one-family detached dwellings, in accordance with the following conditional use standards in this section. Property within the STR, DR-1, DR-1F, DR-2, or DR-2F zoning districts may be approved for subdivision and development of one-family detached dwellings and one-family attached dwellings, in accordance with the following conditional use standards in this section. The use of the subject parcel shall be restricted to one-family detached dwellings or one-family attached dwellings, according to the zoning of the property, for the provision of affordable housing as certified by the City of Charleston Department of Housing and Community Development, or its successor.
2.
Affordable housing conditional use requirements:
(a)
The entity developing the subject parcel in accordance with the standards in this Section 54-207, z., shall restrict the use of each lot to a single, one-family detached dwelling or a single, one-family attached dwelling lot for the provision of affordable housing as certified by the City of Charleston Department of Housing and Community Development, or its successor.
(b)
Ownership: As to owner occupied units, these units shall be sold to households earning no more than one hundred twenty (120) percent of the area median income. Each owner, prior to initial occupancy, shall be required to submit to the City of Charleston Department of Housing and Community Development, or its successor, a verified income report of household income of all members of the household. These units shall be subject to resale restrictions for no fewer than ninety (90) years from date of initial sale of the property. Such restrictions will be recorded as deed restrictions.
(c)
Rental: As to rental units, these units shall be rented to households earning no more than eighty (80) percent of the area median income, and the rents charged by the owner shall be in accordance with the Fair Market Rents published annually by the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development or such entity that may be subsequently designated. In the absence of such information, the rents charged by the owner shall not exceed 30 percent of the household annual income. The owner shall be required to submit to the City of Charleston Department of Housing and Community Development, or its successor, the rental rate to be charged and verified income reports of household income of all rental occupants at the inception of each tenancy and on no less than a yearly basis thereafter, as determined by the City of Charleston Department of Housing and Community Development, or its successor. These units shall be subject to these restrictions for no fewer than ninety (90) years from the initial occupancy as affordable housing.
(d)
The entity developing the subject parcel in accordance with this Section 54-207, z., shall execute a memorandum of use with the City as a party acknowledging the use of the property for affordable housing in accordance with the provisions of this section, which memorandum shall be in a form acceptable for recording in the record office of the applicable county and which shall be recorded in the record office of the applicable county. If a proposal meets the requirements of this section and the owner is willing to enter into the terms of a memorandum of use contained in this paragraph, the Mayor shall be authorized so sign the memorandum of use on behalf of the City.
3.
Affordable Housing Conditional Use Lot Dimensional Standards For One-family Detached Dwellings: See Section 54-301, Table 3.1 Height, Area and Setback Regulations for standards not addressed in the table below.
Footnotes:
1. Requirement for averaging surrounding lot frontages per Section 54-824(c)(1) shall not apply.
2. Lots in STR, DR-1, DR-1F, DR-2, or DR-2F zoning districts that front on a street may be subdivided to create one lot with no lot frontage provided that both lots meet all requirements in this subsection, both lots are used for affordable housing in accordance with the requirements of this Section 54-207, z., and a platted and recorded shared ingress/egress easement utilizing an approved driveway is furnished to the newly created lot without frontage.
3. See lot frontage exception noted below in this Section 54-207, z.
4.
Lot frontage exception for Maryville Ashleyville: Due to the unique history of the former town of Maryville and corresponding historic platting, parcels abutting the following rights-of-way, and any extensions thereof, shall have a minimum lot frontage of 50 feet:
5th Avenue
Armstrong Avenue
Battery Avenue
Benada Street
Bender Street
Brody Avenue
Brookfield Street
Burger Street
Carnegie Avenue
Channing Street
Chickadee Avenue
Davidson Avenue
Diana Street
East Street
Fiall Street
Forbes Avenue
Gunn Avenue
High Street
Hillsboro Dr.
Hillside Dr.
Hobart Avenue
Justin Avenue
Lula Street
Magnolia Road
Main Street
Mamie Street
Mazyck Street
Minnie Street
N Hillside Drive
San Juan Avenue
Sycamore Avenue
Tripe Street
5.
Affordable housing conditional use lot dimensional standards for one-family attached dwellings: Property within the STR, DR-1, DR-1F, DR-2, or DR-2F zoning districts may be approved for subdivision and development of one-family attached dwellings, in accordance with the conditional use standards in this section and pursuant to the requirements in Article 3, Part 11 One-family Attached Dwellings, as modified herein. Modifications to the requirements in Section 54-353, are as follows:
(a)
The minimum side setback for the principal building listed in subsection d. shall be reduced to five (5) feet except when the conditions listed in Section 54-353, d. subsections 1, 2, 3 or 4 exist;
(b)
The minimum rear setback for the principal building listed in subsection e. shall be reduced to ten (10) feet except when the conditions listed in Section 54-353, e. subsections 1 or 2 exist;
(c)
The maximum percent lot occupancy of buildings listed in subsection g. shall be increased to sixty (60) percent; and
(d)
Subsection j. shall include an additional special requirement that allows lots for one-family attached dwellings to be platted without any lot frontage on a street, if the lot or lots is provided with a suitable driveway access easement, the title to which runs with or is appurtenant to such lot(s).
6.
Affordable housing conditional use court standards: Notwithstanding the standards in subsection 3. above, lots in the DR-2 or DR-2F zoning districts with a minimum lot frontage of 56 feet and minimum lot area of 6,700 square feet may be developed to create a traditional "Charleston Court", with a new street or "court" extending into the lot to provide access to lots, if all lots are restricted to one-family detached affordable housing pursuant to this Section 54-207, z. and the development satisfies the following requirements:
(a)
The new street shall be constructed to meet City of Charleston road construction standards with a minimum right-of-way width of 24 feet, minimum pavement width of 20 feet and maximum length of 150 feet.
(b)
All lots shall have lot frontage and all lots accessed exclusively from the new street shall have a minimum lot frontage of 15 feet and average lot frontage of 25 feet.
(c)
All lots shall meet the lot dimensional standards in subsection 3., except that the minimum high ground lot area for each lot shall be 1,024 square feet, there shall be no minimum front building setback for lots accessed exclusively from the new street, and the minimum side setback for all side property lines adjacent to another lot accessed exclusively from the new street shall be three (3) feet.
(d)
The dwelling on each lot with frontage on the existing street the new street connects to shall front on the existing street.
7.
Affordable housing conditional use off-street parking requirements: Each lot used for Affordable Housing in accordance with the requirements of this Section 54-207, z. shall provide two off-street parking spaces.
aa.
The conversion of an existing accommodations use to affordable housing may be permitted as a conditional use if a written proposal with a current survey of the property demonstrates compliance with each of the following conditions:
1.
All accommodations units shall be converted to dwelling units, as defined herein, for a residential use, as defined herein, and no part of the property shall hereafter be used for an accommodations use;
2.
All converted units shall comply with applicable building and fire codes;
3.
The property shall not be converted to a horizontal property regime and all dwelling units shall be rental units;
4.
Off-street parking shall be provided on the property at a rate of one (1) parking space for each dwelling unit;
5.
Ten (10) percent of the dwelling units shall be rented to households earning no more than sixty (60) percent of the area median income. The remaining dwelling units shall be rented to households earning no more than eighty (80) percent of the area median income. The rents charged by the owner shall be in accordance with the Fair Market Rents published annually by the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development or such entity that may be subsequently designated. In the absence of such information, the rents charged by the owner shall not exceed thirty (30) percent of the household annual income. The owner shall be required to submit to the City of Charleston Department of Housing and Community Development, or its successor, the rental rate to be charged and verified income reports of household income of all rental occupants at the inception of each tenancy and on no less than a yearly basis thereafter, as determined by the City of Charleston Department of Housing and Community Development, or its successor. These units shall be subject to these restrictions for no fewer than twenty (20) years from the initial occupancy as affordable housing. The owner shall execute a Memorandum of Use with the city as a party acknowledging the use of the property for Affordable Housing in accordance with the provisions of this Section, which Memorandum shall be in a form acceptable for recording in the record office of the applicable county and which shall be recorded in the record office of the applicable county. If a proposal meets the requirements of this section and the owner is willing to enter into the terms of a Memorandum of Use contained in this paragraph, the Mayor shall be authorized so sign the Memorandum of Use on behalf of the City; and
6.
Two neighborhood meetings are required. The purpose of the neighborhood meetings is to provide details regarding the application to property owners, neighborhood associations and residents within the area of the property that is subject of the application:
a.
The Zoning Administrator shall be notified of the date, time, and location of each meeting at least five (5) business days prior to the meeting; and
b.
The neighborhood meeting shall be conducted by the applicant or representative for the associated application and may be attended by representatives from the City to monitor the results. Each such meeting shall be conducted in accordance with meeting procedures that have been established by the Department, posted online, and otherwise made available upon request.
(Ord. No. 1996-227, § 7, 11-26-96 ; Ord. No. 1997-525, § 2, 11-25-97; Ord. No. 1998-73, § 2, 4-14-98; Ord. No. 1998-203, § 6, 11-24-98; Ord. No. 1999-54, § 4, 4-27-99; Ord. No. 1999-94, § 3, 8-17-99; Ord. No. 1999-137, § 4, 9-28-99; Ord. No. 2003-44, § 5, 4-22-03; Ord. No. 2006-489, § 3, 10-24-06; Ord. No. 2007-119, § 1, 6-19-07; Ord. No. 2008-146, § 6, 11-25-08; Ord. No. 2008-161, §§ 1, 2, 12-9-08; Ord. No. 2009-55, §§ 1, 3, 4, 4-14-09; Ord. No. 2009-206, § 1, 10-13-09; Ord. No. 2011-09, § 2, 2-8-11; Ord. No. 2012-31, §§ 4, 5, 1-10-12; Ord. No. 2012-55, § 2, 2-14-12; Ord. No. 2012-369, § 1, 9-11-12; Ord. No. 2012-371, § 1, 9-11-12; Ord. No. 2013-22, § 2, 2-26-13; Ord. No. 2013-31, § 3, 3-12-13; Ord. No. 2013-105, § 6, 10-8-13; Ord. No. 2014-94, § 7, 7-15-14; Ord. No. 2014-95, § 7, 7-15-14; Ord. No. 2015-142, § 9, 10-13-2015; Ord. No. 2016-026, § 1, 2-9-16; Ord. No. 2016-102, § 8, 9-13-16; Ord. No. 2017-026, § 4, 3-28-2017; Ord. No. 2019-021, § 2, 3-26-19; Ord. No. 2020-097, § 1, 6, 7, 8-18-20; Ord. No. 2023-021, § 1, 2-14-23; Ord. No. 2023-207, § 1, 10-10-23; Ord. No. 2023-226, § 2, 11-14-23; Ord. No. 2024-162, § 1, 10-8-24)
a.
General Requirements. A residential short term rental use may be permitted as a Category 1, Category 2, or Category 3 STR Permit, if the zoning administrator determines the STR to be an accessory use to the principal residential use on a property which satisfies the requirements of Section 54-208.1, 54-208.2, or 54-208.3, as applicable, and issues a permit for such STR use.
b.
Operational Requirements. In all cases, Category 1, 2 or 3 STR uses shall adhere to the following operational requirements:
1.
The residential STR shall be operated by the record owner of the subject property who shall also be a resident of the subject property and who shall be residing overnight on the property while residential STR guests are present; and
2.
The property shall not contain signs advertising the STR use; and
3.
If meals are served by the resident owner, no meals other than breakfast may be served to the paying guests; and
4.
The record owner of the subject property must keep in full force and effect during all times the STR is operated a general liability policy with a company authorized to do business in the State of South Carolina insuring against personal injury (including death) and property damage with limits of no less than $1,000,000.00 per occurrence; and
5.
The resident owner shall keep a current guest register including names, addresses, telephone numbers and dates of occupancy of all guests; and
6.
The resident owner shall comply with all business license and revenue collection laws of the City of Charleston, Berkeley County or Charleston County, whichever is applicable, and State of South Carolina; and
7.
The resident owner shall provide a rental packet containing applicable city rules and restrictions specified in the Residential STR Permit application materials, as well as pertinent unit safety information and contact information to guests when they book the STR and shall prominently display the STR Permit, rules, safety and contact information within the STR; and
8.
Each Category 1, 2, or 3 STR permittee is entitled to rent, list with a booking or listing service, advertise, make available for STR use, or otherwise market only one (1) STR unit; and
9.
The resident owner and the owner's agent shall list the Residential STR Permit number on all advertisements, listings with booking services, and marketing materials, including without limitation, Airbnb, VRBO/Homeaway, FlipKey, and any other online websites and listing or booking platforms or services.
10.
The residential STR shall not be expanded in any respect beyond the specific rooms which were designated as part of a residential STR unit on plans relied upon by the city in approving a residential STR permit or beyond the maximum number of guests listed on the residential STR permit, nor shall the use be changed to any other use not permitted by the Zoning Ordinance without reapplication to and approval by the zoning administrator.
c.
Application Procedure.
1.
New Applications. Applications for new Category 1, 2 or 3 STR Permits shall be notarized and include the following:
(a)
The location and name of the record owner of the property; and
(b)
An application fee; and
(c)
Floor plans drawn to scale of the habitable structures on the property that clearly designate all rooms to be used by STR guests, and the specific room or rooms to be used by guests for sleeping; and
(d)
A site plan of the lot showing the location of the proposed Residential STR unit and the required off-street parking spaces and driveways; and
(e)
A photograph or photographs of the current principal view or views of the structure where the residential STR unit is to be located; and
(f)
A statement which the resident-owner must sign acknowledging that he or she has reviewed and understands the requirements of this section and the applicable section for the category of permit requested.
Upon receiving a complete application and prior to the issuance of a new STR permit, the zoning administrator shall cause notice to be posted on the property upon which the proposed STR use is to be located for fifteen (15) consecutive calendar days, advising that the Resident-owner of the property has applied for a zoning permit to establish a STR use at the location and supplying a phone number to call for further information. During this fifteen (15) calendar day period, the zoning administrator shall determine if the application meets the requirements as set forth in this section. If, at the end of the fifteen (15) day posting period, the zoning administrator determines that the application meets the requirements for the STR use requested, the zoning administrator shall notify the applicant that the application is approved and shall, after waiting an additional five business days to allow for appeals, issue the STR Permit, which shall be valid for one (1) year from the date of issuance, and shall be renewable annually unless revoked. Any appeals filed within the five-day period shall cause the issuance of the STR Permit to be stayed pending resolution of the appeal.
2.
Renewal Applications:
(a)
For renewal of an STR permit, a property owner shall be required to recertify compliance with this section for the STR use with the zoning administrator. An application for annual recertification of the STR permit must include the application fee, an affirmation by the applicant that the nature of the STR use at the property has not changed, and must be notarized, filed with, and approved by the zoning administrator to continue the STR use.
(b)
Upon a change in ownership of a property, and prior to the issuance of a new business license to allow continuation of an existing, permitted STR use upon said property, the new property owner shall be required to recertify compliance with this section for the STR use and submit plans reaffirming the specific room or rooms to be used for the STR unit with the zoning administrator. An application for recertification of the STR use must include the required plans and be notarized, filed with, and approved by the zoning administrator prior to the STR use by the new property owner.
3.
On an annual basis the zoning administrator shall determine whether each STR use permitted under this section remains in compliance with all the terms of this chapter, and shall initiate such enforcement procedures as may be appropriate. All operators of STR uses permitted under this Section shall cooperate fully with the zoning administrator and his designees, including, but not limited to, providing pertinent information upon request and affording access to that portion of the property which is used for the STR use for reasonable site inspections.
d.
Existing Approved Bed and Breakfast Uses. All approved, legal bed and breakfast uses that are operating on the effective date of this ordinance or that are entitled to be in operation on the effective date of the ordinance from which this section derives on properties outside the Short Term Overlay Zone shall be issued a Category 1 or Category 2 STR Permit, depending on their location. Such previously approved uses shall adhere to the requirements of the Zoning Ordinance in effect prior to April 10, 2018.
e.
Violations and Penalties.
1.
Violations. It shall be a violation of this Chapter for an owner, his agent or manager to:
(a)
Operate a Category 1, 2 or 3 STR use, a bed and breakfast use or other accommodations use without complying with the requirements of this Chapter and the Code of the City of Charleston; or
(b)
Expand an STR use or bed and breakfast use without obtaining a new permit; or
(c)
Advertise a property as being available for an STR use, bed and breakfast use or other accommodations use without first complying with the requirements of this Chapter; or
(d)
Represent or submit for advertising or marketing, or to otherwise hold out an STR unit, bed and breakfast unit or other accommodations unit as being available for use or occupancy unless the STR or bed and breakfast has been permitted pursuant to this Chapter and the permit number is displayed in the materials used to represent, advertise, market or otherwise hold out the property as available for STR or bed and breakfast use or occupancy; or
(e)
Represent or submit for advertising or marketing, or otherwise to hold out the availability of a STR or bed and breakfast for use or occupancy by more than the number of occupants that are permitted pursuant to this Chapter; or
(f)
Represent or submit for advertising, or marketing, or to otherwise hold out more STR or bed and breakfast units or other accommodations type units on a property than are permitted pursuant to this Chapter.
2.
Penalties. A violation of this Chapter is a misdemeanor punishable by a fine and/or incarceration. Each day the unlawful erection, construction, reconstruction, alteration, conversion, maintenance, use, or other violation under this Chapter continues is considered a separate offense. Any violation of this Chapter entitles the zoning administrator to revoke the STR or bed and breakfast permit.
(Ord. No. 2009-204, § 1, 10-13-09; Ord. No. 2011-11, § 2, 2-8-11; Ord. No. 2018-043, § 9, 4-10-18)
a.
An STR use may be established in a dwelling unit as an accessory to the principal residential use, on any property located within the Old and Historic District, where the zoning administrator, after reviewing an STR Permit application, finds that the following requirements are met:
1.
The property shall not contain more than one (1) STR unit. Each unit shall consist of one or more rooms arranged for the purpose of providing sleeping accommodations for occupancy for one (1) to twenty-nine (29) consecutive days by up to four (4) adults. For the purposes of this Section, an adult shall include any person eighteen (18) years of age or older; and
2.
The subject property shall be located entirely within the Old and Historic District; and
3.
The STR shall be operated by the record owner of the subject property who is a Resident of the subject property; and
4.
The STR shall be subordinate and incidental to the principal residential use of the property; and
5.
The STR shall provide one (1) off street parking space on the subject property, in addition to providing, on the subject property, required off street parking for existing uses on the property. The parking space provided for the STR may be situated in tandem with the required spaces for other uses; and
6.
The STR unit shall be located within an existing structure or accessory building that is individually listed on the National Register of Historic Places; and
7.
The STR unit shall not displace an existing dwelling unit which has been occupied within one (1) year prior to the filing date of the application; and
8.
The STR use shall not create the need for exterior alterations to any building for the purpose of maintaining such accessory use; and
9.
The STR use shall be located on property which is in compliance with allowed uses for the zone district in which the property is located; and
10.
The STR use shall be located on a lot which complies with the required minimum lot area for existing uses as specified under Table 3.1: Height, Area and Setback Regulations (applicable to SR and STR residential districts only); and
11.
The applicant for the STR use shall not be someone who has had an STR Permit revoked within the previous twenty-four (24) months.
(Ord. No. 2011-11, § 3, 2-8-11; Ord. No. 2018-043, § 9, 4-10-18)
a.
An STR use may be established in a dwelling unit as an accessory use to the principal residential use, on any property not located in the Old and Historic District and located entirely within the Old City District, where the zoning administrator, after reviewing an STR application, finds that the following requirements are met:
1.
The property shall not contain more than one (1) STR unit. Each unit shall consist of one or more rooms arranged for the purpose of providing sleeping accommodations for occupancy for one (1) to twenty-nine (29) consecutive days by up to four (4) adults. For the purposes of this Section, an adult shall include any person eighteen (18) years of age or older; and
2.
The subject property shall be located entirely on the peninsula and not within the ST Overlay Zone or the Old and Historic District; and
3.
The STR use shall be operated by the record owner of the subject property who shall also be qualified as a resident of the subject property; and
4.
The STR unit shall be located within a building constructed fifty (50) or more years ago; and
5.
The STR shall provide one (1) off street parking space on the subject property, in addition to providing, on the subject property, required off street parking for existing uses on the property. The parking space provided for the STR may be situated in tandem with the required spaces for other uses; and
6.
The STR shall be located on property which is in compliance with allowed uses for the zone district in which the property is located; and
7.
The STR use shall not create the need for exterior alterations to any building for the purpose of maintaining such accessory use; and
8.
The applicant for the STR use shall not be someone who has had an STR permit revoked within the previous twenty-four (24) months.
(Ord. No. 2018-043, § 9, 4-10-18)
a.
A Category 3 STR use may be established in a dwelling unit as an accessory to the principal residential use where the zoning administrator, after reviewing an STR application, finds that the following requirements are met:
1.
The subject property shall be located entirely off of the peninsula; and
2.
The number of STR guests on the property shall not exceed four (4) adults. For the purposes of this section, an adult shall include any person eighteen (18) years of age or older; and
3.
The size and character of the STR use must be subordinate and incidental to the principal residential use of the property; and
4.
The STR shall be operated by the record owner of the subject property who shall also be qualified as a resident of the subject property; and
5.
The STR shall provide one (1) off street parking space on the subject property, in addition to providing, on the subject property, required off street parking for existing uses on the property. The parking space provided for the STR may be situated in tandem with the required spaces for other uses; and
6.
The STR use shall not create the need for exterior alterations to any building for the purpose of maintaining such accessory use; and
7.
The applicant for the STR use shall not be someone who has had an STR permit revoked within the previous twenty-four (24) months.
(Ord. No. 2018-043, § 9, 4-10-18)
Communication towers shall be allowed as an accessory use within the GB, GP, UC, BP and LI districts, subject to a finding that the tower satisfies the criteria listed in 54-207, c.
(Ord. No. 2007-119, § 2, 6-19-07)
a.
Family day care homes, group day care homes, or overnight day care facilities, may be established in all residential zoning districts as an accessory use to a residential use upon a finding by the Zoning Administration that the requirements that follow are met.
1.
Permitting requirements.
(a)
the proposed facility must meet the definition for either a family day care home or group day care home. Overnight day care facilities are allowed only in conjunction with approved family day care homes; and
(b)
proof of application for the facility's registration with the Department of Social Services is submitted; and
(c)
outdoor play is allowed only between the hours of 8 a.m. and 6 p.m.; and
(d)
the facility is an accessory use of a residence occupied by the operator of the facility; and
(e)
the proposed outdoor lighting of the facility does not unduly impact neighboring properties; and
(f)
there are no signs advertising or identifying the property as a family day care home.
2.
Approval process. Prior to the issuance of a zoning permit, the Zoning Administration shall cause the property upon which the proposed facility is to be located to be posted for ten (10) consecutive days, advising that the occupant of the property has applied for a zoning permit to establish a day care facility at the location and supplying a phone number to call for further information. Should no objection to the permit, as hereinafter set forth, be received by the Zoning Administration during the ten (10) day posting period, the Zoning Administration shall, after verifying that the facility meets the requirements as set forth above, issue the zoning permit. If, prior to the expiration of time during which the property is posted, the Zoning Administration is presented with a petition in opposition to the issuance of a zoning permit, signed by a majority of the owners of property located within 200 feet of any lot line of the property where the facility is proposed to be located, then the matter shall be referred to the Board of Zoning Appeals. The Board of Zoning Appeals shall, in considering the matter, prior to the issuance of a permit, verify that the facility meets the requirements as set forth above and the facility is otherwise compatible with the surrounding neighborhood based upon the size of the proposed facility, the potential for increased traffic and noise and the location of play, loading and circulation areas.
On an annual basis, the Zoning Administration shall determine whether each day care facility permitted under this section remains in compliance with all the terms of this ordinance, and shall initiate such enforcement procedures as may be appropriate. All operators of day care facilities permitted under this section shall cooperate fully with the Zoning Administration and his designees, including, but not limited to, providing pertinent information upon request and affording access to that portion of the premises which is used for day care for reasonable site inspections.
(Ord. No. 1999-54, § 4, 4-27-99)
a.
A home occupation may be established on a property in any zoning district, as an accessory use to the principal residential use, if the intended home occupation meets the conditions listed below. The business owner must complete and sign a "Home Occupation Application." The completed application shall constitute zoning approval.
1.
The home occupation shall be a use that is customarily conducted by the resident of record, is incidental and subordinate to the principal residential use, and does not constitute a nuisance or adversely affect the use and development of adjoining properties in the neighborhood. Home occupations shall include, in general, but not be limited to, personal services such as furnished by an artist, musician, seamstress or instructor. Also, a home occupation may be a business that maintains an office within a dwelling, but conducts business activity at another location away from the dwelling. This includes, but is not limited to, building contractor, lawn care service, painter, pressure washing, interior design, cleaning service, or newspaper delivery. A home occupation shall not include such occupations as adult uses, motor vehicle repairs, motor vehicle rental, motor vehicle sales, tattooing, tea rooms, tourist homes, bed and breakfasts short term rentals, rooming or boarding houses, animal kennels or hospitals, physicians, dentists or other offices for diagnosis, prevention, alleviation, or cure of disease or disability, retail businesses, or occupations which have vehicles, other than vehicles as described below, parked or stored at the dwelling.
2.
The home occupation shall be clearly incidental to the principal residential use of the property and shall not change the essential residential character of the property.
3.
Outdoor activities. All activities and storage areas associated with home occupations must be conducted in completely enclosed buildings, with the exception of swimming instructions.
4.
Use of the dwelling for this purpose shall be limited to thirty-three percent (33%) of the existing principal building and up to 650 square feet of an enclosed accessory building.
5.
No outside storage shall be used in connection with the home occupation.
6.
No electrical, mechanical, or chemical equipment that is not normally a part of domestic or household equipment shall be permitted. There shall be created no dangerous, injurious, noxious or otherwise objectionable fire, explosive or other hazard; noise or vibration; smoke, dust, odor or other form of air pollution; heat, cold or dampness; electromagnetic or other disturbance; glare; liquid or solid refuse or other waste; or other objectionable substance, condition or element.
7.
There shall be no exterior display, no exterior storage of materials, no exterior sign, except as permitted by the applicable district regulations, and no other exterior indication of the home occupation or internal or external alterations inconsistent with the residential use or character of the dwelling.
8.
Such occupation shall be carried on by a resident, members of his family living on the premises, and no more than one full-time or part-time nonresident employee who works at the residence used for the home occupation. The home occupation may have other employees who are not working at the residence, but work at other off-site locations, if applicable. For the purpose of this section, the term "nonresident employee" includes an employee, business partner, co-owner, or other person affiliated with the home occupation, who does not live at the site, but who may work at the site as a part of the home occupation.
9.
Display of products shall not be visible from the street and only articles made on the premises may be sold on the premises.
10.
Instruction in music, dancing, swimming, art and similar instruction shall be limited to two students at a time, with the expectation that pick-up and drop-off times are arranged in a manner that minimizes impact to the neighborhood.
11.
A barber shop or beauty shop with not more than one (1) chair shall be permitted as a home occupation if the other requirements of this Section are met.
12.
Passenger vehicles only shall be permitted in connection with the conduct of the home occupation. Passenger vehicles include motorcycles, automobiles, pickup trucks and vans. No truck cabs, or other large trucks or semi-truck trailers shall be allowed.
13.
No traffic shall be generated by such home occupation in greater volume than would normally be expected in the neighborhood, and any need for parking generated by the conduct of such home occupation shall be met off the street and other than in a required front yard.
14.
Nothing in this section shall allow zoning approval for a home occupation which creates or causes to be created noises, noxious odors, or conditions injurious to the health, safety, morals, or welfare of the community. The Board of Zoning Appeals-Zoning shall review all appeals to decisions of the Zoning Administrator. Such zoning approval shall be revoked upon a finding that any home occupation established under this Chapter fails at any time to meet the requirements prescribed herein.
In granting the zoning approval for a home occupation, the Zoning Administrator may impose such reasonable and additional stipulations, conditions or safeguards, as deemed necessary to fulfill the purposes and intent of this Chapter.
b.
Expiration. The Zoning Permit for a home occupation shall expire under the following conditions:
1.
Whenever the applicant ceases to occupy the premises for which the home occupation was issued. No subsequent occupant of such premises shall engage in any home occupation until a new permit has been issued through proper application.
2.
Whenever the applicant fails to exercise the use permitted for any period of twelve (12) consecutive months.
3.
Whenever in the judgment of the Zoning Administrator the home occupation exceeds the limitations of this Chapter or the restrictions stated on the zoning approval, a notice which revokes the Home Occupation zoning approval shall be mailed by certified mail to the licensee stating the date the permit is to be voided. The licensee may request a hearing before the Board of Zoning Appeals-Zoning for a reinstatement of the Home Occupation zoning approval.
(Ord. No. 1999-54, § 4, 4-27-99; Ord. No. 2006-488, § 2, 10-24-06; Ord. No. 2007-172, § 2, 9-11-07; Ord. No. 2011-08, § 4, 2-8-11; Ord. No. 2011-28, § 2, 4-12-11; Ord. No. 2015-081, §§ 1, 2, 7-21-2015; Ord. No. 2018-043, § 10, 4-10-18; Ord. No. 2022-026, § 1, 2-22-22)
Accessory uses may be permitted when intended to complement any of the permitted uses and are designed to be for the primary use of employees, visitors, and/or clients of the office occupants. Possible uses are as follows: barber shop, beauty salon, drafting service or quick reproduction service, medical or dental laboratories, for use by employees only, and other such uses which would be in keeping with the spirit and intent of this section. Accessory uses shall be included as tenants within the various principal office buildings and shall not occupy separate buildings. Not more than twenty (20%) of the gross floor area of any principal office building may be occupied by an accessory use. No accessory use shall have an individual outside entrance nor shall there be any display of advertising signs or merchandise visible from outside the building.
For tracts of land in excess of 12 acres, where a planned development is proposed, and reviewed by the Planning Commission, additional uses such as cafeteria and/or coffee shop or snack bar, apothecary, communication facilities, recreational facilities, day care facilities may be included as tenants as accessory uses. Day care facilities may be permitted as regulated in any General Business (GB) district and subject to review by the Zoning Administration or Board of Zoning Appeals required for such use in that district.
(Ord. No. 1999-54, § 4, 4-27-99)
a.
Findings.
WHEREAS, City Council finds that it is appropriate and in the best interest of the general public to permit the establishment of sidewalk cafés as an accessory use and enact regulations governing their operation; and
WHEREAS, City Council finds that where adequate sidewalk right-of-ways exist to accommodate sidewalk cafés, such sidewalk cafés can be positive visual amenities, enhance business opportunities and enhance the quality of life for our citizens and visitors, provided they can be operated while ensuring public safety and without compromising the use of sidewalks for pedestrian travel and access; and
WHEREAS, sidewalk cafés, if properly regulated, will preserve and enhance the character of the City and promote desirable land use.
b.
Definitions.
1.
Alcoholic beverages means and includes alcohol, spirits, wine or beer.
2.
Clear pedestrian path means a paved sidewalk area free from any obstructions such as trees, tree wells, bike racks, signs, parking meters, street lights, utility poles, or fire hydrants.
3.
Zoning Administrator means the Zoning Administrator of the City of Charleston.
4.
Food means any raw, cooked or processed edible substance or ingredient, used or intended for use in whole or in part for human consumption, and shall include non-alcoholic beverages allowed to be sold in accordance with this section, but shall not include alcoholic beverages.
5.
Sidewalk café means a portion of an immobile retail food establishment located on a public right-of-way directly adjacent to the retail food establishment.
6.
Sidewalk café elements mean all tables, chairs, plants, planters, and any other items of the sidewalk café, which are approved in the sidewalk café permit.
c.
Permit required for sidewalk café. A permit, which shall be known as a sidewalk café permit, shall be required to operate a sidewalk café.
d.
Fees. A non-refundable application fee shall be paid with the submittal of the application by a business for a sidewalk café permit. Subsequent applications by a business to make changes to their approved sidewalk café permit shall require a fee. Upon approval, applicants for a sidewalk café permit shall, if required, pay an annual user fee. All fees shall be determined by City Council and shall be set forth in the Department of Planning and Preservation or Fee Schedule ("Fee Schedule").
e.
Permit application and approval procedure. Application for a sidewalk café permit shall be submitted to the Zoning Administrator, who shall make available forms for this purpose. The applicant shall provide such information on the application as the Zoning Administrator may require by rules and regulations as same may be adopted by City Council and thereafter amended by the Design Review Committee upon a recommendation from the Zoning Administrator, including:
1.
Proof that the applicant holds a valid retail food establishment business license and certificate of occupancy issued to the establishment that will provide food for the sidewalk café adjacent thereto.
2.
Proof of insurance as required in this section.
3.
A measured drawing of the sidewalk café prepared by a licensed surveyor, professional architect, landscape architect or engineer. This drawing must accurately depict all existing street furniture and other obstructions (trees, poles, newsboxes, signs, hydrants, parking meters, etc).
4.
A layout plan for the sidewalk café, complying with applicable regulations, and demonstrating that the sidewalk café shall not unreasonably interfere with:
(a)
Adequate pedestrian flow;
(b)
Access to building entrances;
(c)
Pedestrian and traffic safety; and
(d)
The aesthetic quality of the surrounding area.
5.
A non-refundable application fee.
6.
A notarized statement indicating that the applicant: (a) has had no municipal code violations relating to the applicant's retail food establishment within the last 12 months preceding the date of the application or (b) has had municipal code violation(s) relating to the applicant's retail food establishment within the last 12 months preceding the date of the application with a list of the specific violation(s) by date and code section.
Any municipal code violation that has been adjudicated against the applicant relating to the applicant's retail food establishment within the last 12 months preceding the date of the application shall be grounds for denial of the application.
7.
The Rules and Regulations for the Sidewalk Café Program, which shall be used to administer this Ordinance, are marked as Exhibit A, attached hereto and incorporated by reference herein (the "Rules and Regulations").
f.
Review of application. The Zoning Administrator shall review a submitted application for compliance with this section and regulations promulgated pursuant thereto.
1.
If the Zoning Administrator finds that the applicant meets the requirements of this section and the regulations promulgated hereunder, the Zoning Administrator shall provide the application to the Fire Marshall and the Design Review Committee. The Fire Marshal will review the application for fire code compliance, and will forward a recommendation to the Zoning Administrator. The Design Review Committee will review the proposed Sidewalk Café Elements and the proposed density of those elements and will forward a recommendation to the Zoning Administrator.
2.
Upon the receipt of a favorable recommendation from the Fire Marshal and the Design Review Committee, the Zoning Administrator shall approve the sidewalk café permit to the applicant; provided the sidewalk café permit shall not be issued until after the Zoning Administrator and Fire Marshal have conducted a site inspection of the approved sidewalk café and all Sidewalk Café Elements placed therein to ensure that the sidewalk café and all Sidewalk Café Elements are in compliance with the approved permit and that the permittee is in compliance with all other requirements of the permit.
3.
If the Zoning Administrator finds that the applicant fails to meet the requirements of this section of the regulations promulgated hereunder or if the Zoning Administrator does not receive a favorable recommendation from the Fire Marshal and the Design Review Committee, the Zoning Administrator shall deny the application, except that applicants for sidewalk café in residential areas shall be given the opportunity to apply for a special exception under Section 54-206(x).
4.
All appeals of administrative interpretations or decisions of the Zoning Administrator shall be made to the Board of Zoning Appeals Site Design in accordance with Section 54-926 of the Zoning Ordinance of the City of Charleston. All appeals of administrative interpretations or decisions of the Board of Zoning Appeals Site Design shall be made in accordance with Section 54-930 of the Zoning Ordinance of the City of Charleston.
5.
Subsequent applications by a business to make changes to their approved sidewalk café permit, including enlarging the sidewalk café, may be approved by the Zoning Administrator and Fire Marshall without review of the Design Review Committee if the sidewalk café elements and density are not proposed to be changed.
g.
Compliance with plan and other components of application. Each sidewalk café shall comply in all respects with the specifications set out in the plan submitted to and approved by the Zoning Administrator, and with the other components of the application.
h.
Permit—Assignment or transfer prohibited. No permittee shall assign or transfer a sidewalk café permit without the express written consent of the Zoning Administrator.
i.
Permit for one retail food establishment only. A sidewalk café shall be for the exclusive use of the licensed retail food establishment stated on the permit. Sharing or other joint use of a sidewalk café location by more than one retail food establishment shall be prohibited.
j.
Permit for food and beverage service, including alcoholic beverages, only. A sidewalk café permit shall only authorize food and beverage service, including alcoholic beverages, at the sidewalk café. Regardless of what other activity may be permitted to take place inside the establishment that holds the sidewalk café permit, such other activity except food and beverage service, including alcoholic beverages, shall be prohibited.
k.
Operational conditions.
1.
Sidewalk cafés permitted under this section shall not operate earlier than 7:00 a.m. and no later than 12:00 a.m. unless the hours of the establishment are more restricted by operation of law or otherwise, in which case, the establishment's more restrictive hours shall control.
2.
Sidewalk cafés shall only be permitted on sidewalks within a public right-of-way space between the building and street curb that includes both paved and non-paved surfaces and has a minimum width of eight feet (8′ - 0″) measured from the property line to face of curb. The area designated for the sidewalk café shall be considered an extension of the franchise; therefore, the location of the sidewalk café must be directly in front of the franchise and abut the building.
3.
On sidewalks that abut marked on-street parking spaces or loading zones, sidewalk café operators shall maintain a minimum clear pedestrian path width of five feet (5′) at all times. In areas of higher pedestrian traffic or activity, or in conditions that suggest the need for additional clearance, a minimum clear pedestrian path width greater than five feet (5′) may be required.
4.
On sidewalks that do not abut marked on-street parking spaces or loading zones, sidewalk café operators shall maintain a minimum clear pedestrian path width of eight feet (8') at all times. In areas of higher pedestrian traffic or activity, or in conditions that suggest the need for additional clearance, a clear pedestrian path width greater than eight feet (8') may be required.
5.
The sidewalk café shall not impinge on any required clear distances for maneuvering around building entrances or exits and shall not obstruct emergency exits or access to fire department hose connections. All services provided to patrons of a sidewalk café and all patron activity (i.e., sitting, dining, waiting, etc.) shall occur within the designated sidewalk café area, and shall not impinge on the required clear pedestrian path at any time.
6.
Sidewalk cafés permitted under this section shall not play amplified music, whether live or recorded. No speakers, microphones, televisions or other audio or video devices shall be permitted at a sidewalk café.
7.
Additional parking shall not be required due to the addition of a sidewalk dining area.
8.
The permittee must provide supervision of the sidewalk café area to ensure the conduct of patrons and operations of the area are in compliance with this ordinance at all times.
9.
Where exigent circumstances exist, and an authorized officer or city official gives notice to a permittee to temporarily move from a location, such permittee shall comply with the notice. Exigent circumstances shall include, but not be limited to unusually heavy pedestrian or vehicular traffic, existence of any obstructions in the public space at or near such a location, an accident, fire, an emergency situation, private or public construction projects at or near such locations, or a parade, demonstration, or other such event or occurrence at or near such location. Such findings by the Zoning Administrator may be made upon unanticipated or after-discovered factors or conditions, which became obvious only after operation of a sidewalk café. If such a limitation or suspension shall continue for a period in excess of thirty (30) days, or should a permit be so cancelled, the permittee shall be entitled to refund of a pro rata share of the annual fee.
10.
The permittee or the permittee's designee shall be required to post the original sidewalk café permit, and any conditions that have been imposed upon such permit, on the premises of the affiliated franchise of the sidewalk café.
l.
Alcoholic beverage service—Requirements. If alcoholic beverages are served at the sidewalk café, the operator must be validly licensed under all applicable laws for such sales. Alcoholic beverages supplied by the customer or by any other person other than the permittee shall not be allowed at sidewalk cafés. No alcoholic beverages may be stored or mixed in the sidewalk café area.
m.
Violation—Penalties.
1.
Any person who violates any of the provisions of this section or regulations promulgated hereunder shall be subject to punishment as set forth in Section 1-16 of the Code of the City of Charleston or revocation of the sidewalk café permit or both at the election of the City.
2.
Any sidewalk café in operation without a valid sidewalk café permit is subject to removal from the public right-of-way by the Zoning Administrator or his designee and subject to punishment as set forth in Paragraph m.(1) above.
n.
Severability. The invalidity of any section or part of this section, or any regulation promulgated hereunder, shall not affect the validity of any other section or part thereof or regulation.
(Ord. No. 2004-102, § 1, 10-12-04; Ord. No. 2009-26, § 1, 2-24-09; Ord. No. 2009-208, § 2, 10-13-09; Ord. No. 2021-184, § 1, 12-21-21; Ord. No. 2025-086, § 1, 6-17-25)
In all base zoning districts, an accessory dwelling unit (ADU) may be approved by the Zoning Administrator as an accessory use to a principal single-family dwelling unit, if the Zoning Administrator finds the following conditions have been met:
a.
The Department of Planning and Preservation ("Planning") shall prepare a site plan checklist and application for use by applicants. The application shall include, without limitation, a statement, signed by the applicant, certifying that no covenants exist prohibiting the construction or use of an ADU on the lot. In addition to other items required by the application, the applicant shall submit the following to Planning with the signed application:
1.
A scaled site plan showing all information required in the site plan checklist; and
2.
A draft Declaration of Covenants and Restrictions ("DCR"), which must be approved by the Department of Planning ("Planning") and the Office of Corporation Counsel ("Legal"), including the terms, conditions, and provisions set forth in Section 54-214.g. The DCR must be executed by the owner(s) of the lot, in a form sufficient for recording with the applicable Register of Deeds Office. A certificate of occupancy/completion shall not be issued for the ADU until the applicant provides a recorded copy of the DCR that is approved by Planning and Legal. If the ADU receives financial subsidy from the City of Charleston under the provisions set forth in Sec. 54-214.g(3), the Department of Housing and Community Development ("Housing") must provide approval prior to review by Planning and Legal.
c.
There shall be a limit of one (1) ADU per lot.
d.
The total number of dwelling units, including the ADU, shall not exceed two (2) dwelling units per lot. The ADU may be separately metered for electricity, gas, and water.
e.
The ADU may include no more than 850 square feet of conditioned floor area; provided, however, for ADU's within an accessory building approved utilizing the setback exceptions in Section 54-506.f, the maximum building footprint shall be 600 square feet.
f.
One (1) off street parking space shall be provided for the ADU on the lot, in addition to providing, on the lot, required off street parking for existing uses thereon. The off street parking space provided for the ADU may be situated in tandem with the required spaces for other uses on the lot.
g.
The DCR shall include the following terms, conditions, and provisions:
1.
Either the principal dwelling unit or the ADU must be owner-occupied and serve as the primary dwelling unit for the owner of the lot. If neither dwelling unit is owner-occupied, the ADU may not be rented separately from the principal dwelling unit.
2.
No subleases of the ADU shall be permitted.
3.
If the applicant receives financial subsidy from the City of Charleston and the ADU is rented for remuneration, the ADU must meet affordable housing income and rental thresholds, as defined in Sec. 54-120, where the occupants have, in the aggregate, a household income of less than or equal to eighty percent (80%) of AMI, and the owner shall provide proof of affordability to the City of Charleston Department of Housing and Community Development, or its successor, on an annual basis during the affordability period.
4.
For applicants receiving financial subsidy under Sec. 54-214.g(3), the affordability period shall be at least thirty (30) years, beginning upon receipt of a certificate of occupancy/completion for the ADU.
5.
Occupancy of an ADU shall be limited to no more than two (2) adults, with "adult" defined as any person eighteen years of age or older.
6.
Under no circumstances shall the property be converted to a horizontal property regime.
7.
Neither the principal dwelling unit nor the ADU shall be utilized for a short term rental.
8.
The covenants shall accord the City, or its assignee, rights to enforcement by any legal and/or equitable means, including the revocation of a certificate of occupancy.
(Ord. No. 2020-116, § 4, 9-8-20; Ord. No. 2022-069, § 1, 5-10-22; Ord. No. 2025-086, § 1, 6-17-25)
The following provisions apply to new or additional areas sought to be utilized for outdoor dining services:
A.
Definitions.
(1)
Expiration Date. "Expiration Date" means January 10, 2022 at 11:59:59 p.m.
(2)
Outdoor Dining Services. "Outdoor dining services" means services covered by a temporary outdoor dining approval and/or a temporary sidewalk dining permit.
(3)
Residential Area. "Residential Area" means any property within a residential zoning district.
(4)
Restaurant. "Restaurant" means an operation that prepares, processes, packages, serves, or otherwise provides food for human consumption, either on or off the premises, regardless of whether there is a charge for the food; provided, however, the term "restaurant" shall not include grocery stores, pharmacies, convenience stores, gas stations, school cafeterias, independent living food service operations, licensed healthcare facilities, retail meat markets, fish/seafood markets, retail ice merchants, or mobile food establishments.
(5)
Sidewalk Dining. "Sidewalk dining" means a portion of an immobile restaurant located on a designated public right-of-way immediately adjacent to the restaurant.
(6)
Sidewalk Dining Elements. "Sidewalk dining elements" means any and all tables, chairs, tents, umbrellas, planters, heaters, and other objects associated with sidewalk dining.
(7)
Temporary Outdoor Dining Approval. A temporary outdoor dining approval authorizes a restaurant to temporarily utilize new or expanded outdoor dining areas on private property.
(8)
Temporary Sidewalk Dining Permit. A temporary sidewalk dining permit authorizes a restaurant to engage in sidewalk dining within a designated area on a public right-of-way.
B.
Temporary Suspension of Regulations Governing Outdoor Dining Areas and Sidewalk Dining. The following regulations temporarily shall supersede and replace any conflicting provisions of the City's zoning ordinances or regulations governing outdoor dining services; provided, however, nothing herein supersedes or replaces conflicting provisions of the City's zoning ordinances or regulations with respect to new development, redevelopment, construction, or improvement of property.
C.
Applications. Any restaurant desiring to offer outdoor dining services shall first apply to the Zoning Division on forms created for that purpose. All information required to show compliance with the standards for outdoor dining services under this Section shall be included with the application. The Zoning Administrator is hereby authorized and directed to generate standard application forms and adopt internal procedures for such purpose.
D.
Special Exception. The location of outdoor dining services within 150 feet of a residential area is generally disfavored and shall not be granted except upon a special exception approved by the Board of Zoning Appeals-Zoning ("BZA-Z"). The BZA-Z may approve, approve with modifications, approve with conditions, or disapprove an application for outdoor dining services within 150 feet of a residential area after considering the application, the relevant supporting materials, any staff recommendation, and the evidence presented at the hearing. Prior to granting a special exception under this Section, the BZA-Z shall find as follows:
(1)
Compliance with Standards. The proposed special exception complies with the specific standards applicable to the request set forth in this section 54-215.
(2)
Compatibility. The proposed special exception is appropriate for its location and compatible with the character of surrounding lands and the uses permitted in the zoning districts of surrounding lands, and will not reduce property values of surrounding lands.
(3)
Design does not have substantial adverse impact. The design of the proposed special exception minimizes adverse effects, including visual impacts of the proposed use on adjacent lands; furthermore, the proposed special exception does not impose significant adverse impact on surrounding lands regarding traffic, service delivery, parking and loading, odors, noise, glare, vibration, and does not create a nuisance.
E.
Conditional Use Permit. A conditional use permit issued by the Zoning Administrator shall be required for outdoor dining services which are not located within 150 feet of a residential area. The Zoning Administrator shall approve the application if the proposed outdoor dining services comply with the specific standards applicable to the request set forth in this section 54-215.
F.
Standards for Temporary Outdoor Dining Approval. Restaurants desiring temporary outdoor dining approval shall comply with the following standards:
(1)
The restaurant shall be properly licensed by appropriate state and local agencies to perform any activities, sales, and services.
(2)
The restaurant shall comply with all applicable laws relating to litter, noise, and other livability matters.
(3)
No amplified music shall be permitted in outdoor dining areas approved under this section 54-215. Nothing herein shall prohibit amplified music in outdoor dining areas approved for use prior to effective date of this ordinance, to the extent amplified music was previously permitted in such areas.
(4)
Unless authorized as part of a sidewalk dining permit or sidewalk café, outdoor dining areas shall not encroach within any public rights-of-way.
(5)
Outdoor dining areas shall not encroach into or interfere with required handicapped parking spaces.
(6)
Outdoor dining areas shall not interfere with safe pedestrian and vehicular access or access required to be maintained under the Americans with Disabilities Act.
(7)
Outdoor dining areas shall not encroach within or interfere with fire and other emergency access.
(8)
Any sales and/or consumption of food and/or alcoholic beverages shall be in compliance with the provisions of any federal, state, and/or local laws and regulations governing same.
(9)
Outdoor dining areas shall comply with all applicable occupancy requirements and other provisions of the fire code.
G.
Temporary Sidewalk Dining Permit. The following procedures shall apply to temporary sidewalk dining permits:
(1)
Layout. A layout sketch or site plan and a minimum of two (2) photographs showing all sidewalk dining elements, utilities, sidewalks, and appropriate measurements shall be included with an application for a temporary sidewalk dining permit.
(2)
Effect. The following terms and conditions shall apply to any temporary sidewalk dining permit issued by the City under this Ordinance:
a.
The permit is for a permissive use only and the issuing of the permit shall not operate to create or vest any property rights in the permittee.
b.
The City shall have free and complete access to the public right-of-way (the "ROW") in which sidewalk dining has been permitted for maintenance and repair of the ROW, and the permittee shall hold harmless the City for any damage that may be done by the City during maintenance and repair of the ROW.
c.
The permittee shall maintain the sidewalk easement area in a good and safe condition as long as the temporary sidewalk dining permit remains in effect. Permittee understands and acknowledges that, should the permittee, its agents, employees, vendors, or patrons, damage and/or disturb the ROW and/or the sidewalk dining area, the permittee shall be solely responsible for repairing the destroyed/disturbed ROW and the sidewalk dining area to the City's satisfaction.
d.
Permittee shall maintain a general liability insurance policy with combined single liability limits for personal injury or death and property damage in the amount of the liability limits set forth in the South Carolina Tort Claims Act, naming the City as an additional insured. The permittee agrees to provide proof of such policy to the City upon request.
e.
If alcoholic beverages will be served within the sidewalk dining area, the permittee shall maintain liquor liability insurance for the area under the same terms and conditions as those applying to general liability insurance.
f.
Permittee shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the City against any and all claims or suits for damages or injury arising from permittee's or the permittee's agents', employees', vendors', and/or patrons' use of the ROW or the sidewalk dining area or from any activity, work, or act done, permitted, or suffered by permittee in or about the sidewalk dining area, and shall further indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the City against and from any and all claims or suits arising from any breach or default of any performance of any obligation of permittee under this Section or the sidewalk dining permit, and against and from all costs, attorneys' fees, expenses, and liabilities related to any claim or any action or proceeding brought within the scope of this indemnification.
g.
Permittee shall not assign the sidewalk dining permit without the prior approval of the City.
h.
Any unlawful encroachments existing in the ROW shall be subject to removal and the permittee shall be responsible for labor and costs associated with such removal. Any encroachments existing in the public ROW shall be removed upon twenty-four (24) hours' notice given by the department of public service when such removal is necessary to repair or improve the ROW. If it is necessary to remove any encroachments, including but not limited to sidewalk dining elements, the permittee shall be responsible for labor and costs associated with removal and reinstallation.
i.
In the event that the City police, fire, public service or traffic and transportation departments determine that the location of an encroachment, including but not limited to sidewalk dining elements, constitutes an immediate physical danger to life, safety or health, the encroachment may be removed immediately without prior notice. If the City removes an encroachment, a notice of removal shall be sent to the permittee as soon as practicable under the circumstances. Any abandoned encroachment shall be subject to removal. For purposes hereof, 'abandoned' shall mean the vacating of the premises by the permittee for a period of seven (7) consecutive days or more. Any costs incurred to the City in restoring the public ROW to the condition that existed prior to the use of the sidewalk dining area shall be the responsibility of the permittee.
(3)
Inspection. The Zoning Administrator shall perform or cause to be performed a site inspection of the area to be utilized for sidewalk dining to verify compliance with the requirements set forth herein prior to issuing a temporary sidewalk dining permit. The City of Charleston's Fire Department, Fire Marshal, Police Department, Building Inspections Division, Livability Code Enforcement Officers, and zoning officers shall be authorized to inspect and determine whether applicants and permittees comply with and continue to comply with the rules and regulations governing sidewalk dining set forth herein, as may be amended.
(4)
Decision. The Zoning Administrator is hereby authorized, after any necessary consultation with other City departments, to issue a temporary sidewalk dining permit if the application meets all standards set forth in section 54-215.
(5)
Posting. The temporary sidewalk dining permit shall be posted on the premises so as to be visible from the public right-of-way during all times that sidewalk dining is being conducted within the public right-of-way.
H.
Design and Layout. The following standards shall govern the design and layout for sidewalk dining:
(1)
The width of the sidewalk dining area shall not exceed the width of the frontage of the restaurant's property.
(2)
Permittees shall maintain a clear pedestrian path of at least six feet (6') at all times; provided, however, in areas of higher pedestrian traffic or activity, or in conditions that suggest the need for additional clearance, the Zoning Administrator may require a clear pedestrian path greater than six feet (6'). Any such clearance area must be free of all obstructions such as trees, parking meters, utility poles, fire hydrants, and similar encroachments in order to allow for adequate pedestrian movement. All services and patron activity provided within the designated public right-of-way shall occur within the designated area and shall not encroach within the minimum clearances for pedestrian passage at any time.
(3)
Sidewalk dining and sidewalk dining elements shall not interfere with any utilities or other facilities such as utility poles, fire hydrants, signs, parking meters, mailboxes, and/or benches within the sidewalk or within the public right-of-way.
(4)
Sidewalk dining and sidewalk dining elements shall not interfere with or obstruct any required clearance for maneuvering around entrances or exits.
(5)
Sidewalk dining and sidewalk dining elements shall not interfere with or obstruct any areas required for accessibility for disabled persons, whether patrons or employees.
(6)
Sidewalk dining and sidewalk dining elements shall not interfere with or obstruct required ingress and/or egress for adjacent buildings set forth in the building code or otherwise.
(7)
Sidewalk dining and sidewalk dining elements may not violate the vision clearance requirements set forth in section 54-351. Vision clearance will also be required when sidewalk dining or sidewalk dining elements are located adjacent to an alley or driveway; provided, however, the Zoning Administrator is authorized to impose additional requirements when unusual circumstances exist or when public safety may be jeopardized.
(8)
Signs advertising the sale of food, beverages, goods, or services within sidewalk dining areas shall be prohibited. This prohibition includes but is not limited to sandwich boards, banners, pamphlets, podiums, or any other advertisements. Nothing herein shall prohibit the posting of any signage required by the City.
(9)
No amplified music, whether live or recorded, shall be permitted within sidewalk dining areas. No speakers, microphones, televisions or other audio or video devices shall be permitted within sidewalk dining areas.
(10)
No vending machines, carts, or objects for the sale of goods shall be permitted within sidewalk dining areas.
I.
Standards for Sidewalk Dining. Restaurants obtaining a temporary sidewalk dining permit shall comply with the following operational standards:
(1)
The standards for temporary outdoor dining approval in section 54-215.F.
(2)
Sidewalk dining is prohibited between 12:00 a.m. and 7:00 a.m., unless the permitted hours are more restrictive under the existing zoning applicable to the property, use, or activity, in which case the more restrictive hours shall control.
(3)
Any and all sidewalk dining elements shall be removed from the public right-of-way except during the restaurant's daily operations. The storage of sidewalk dining elements within the public right-of-way at any time is prohibited. The leaving of sidewalk dining elements in public rights-of-way at any time before or during daily operations is also prohibited.
(4)
If alcoholic beverages are served within the designated public right-of-way, the permittee must have a valid license under all applicable laws for such sales. Alcoholic beverages supplied by the customer or by any other person other than the permittee shall not be allowed within the designated public right-of-way. No alcoholic beverages may be stored or mixed within the designated public right-of-way.
(5)
The permittee must require patrons dining within the designated public-right-of-way to wear shoes and shirts at all times.
(6)
All employees must comply with applicable requirements and standards for a retail food establishment.
(7)
The permittee must comply with all federal, state, and local laws, rules, and regulations applicable to the operation of sidewalk dining within the City.
J.
Administrative Suspension. Any temporary outdoor dining approval and/or sidewalk dining permit is subject to suspension, modification, or amendment at any time based on a determination that additional conditions or limitations shall be required to protect against adverse impacts to the public health, safety, or welfare associated with new or expanded area.
K.
Modification. City Council may suspend, modify, or amend the provisions governing outdoor dining services at any time, in which case all restaurants shall comply with any such modifications or amendments, whether or not they previously received an approval or permit hereunder. In this respect, an approval for outdoor dining services is considered an activity, not a use. All approvals and permits governed by this section shall automatically expire on the expiration date, unless such approval or permit is otherwise suspended, modified, amended, or extended in accordance with this section or a subsequent ordinance adopted by city council.
L.
Appeal. Any decision of the Zoning Administrator under this section may be appealed to the BZA-Z, in accordance with the standards governing appeals from administrative officers under state law and the City's Zoning Ordinance.
M.
Compliance. Permittees are responsible for ensuring that the procedures and standards set forth in this section are followed or otherwise cease services. Pursuant to section 45-3-30 of the South Carolina Code, the City may deny or revoke any license granted to conduct any such business when, in the judgment of the City, the business is not complying with this Ordinance and shall be subject to the penalties set forth in Section 1-16 of the City Code. Pursuant to section 45-3-20 of the South Carolina Code, the City of Charleston Fire Department, Office of the Fire Marshal, Police Department, Building Inspections Division, and their designees, Livability Code Enforcement Officers, and Zoning Officers are hereby authorized to inspect and determine whether businesses are in compliance with this Section. Any person who shall refuse to allow such inspection or who shall obstruct any officer whose duty it is to make such inspection shall be subject to the penalties set forth in section 45-3-20.
N.
Previously Approved Outdoor Dining Services. Outdoor dining services permitted or approved under an emergency ordinance may continue in effect until the expiration date, subject to the following terms and conditions: (1) the outdoor dining service was permitted or approved prior to December 1, 2020; (2) the permit or approval for the outdoor dining service remains in effect, under its terms or through an extension thereof, on January 12, 2021; (3) any physical expansion of an outdoor dining service shall follow the procedures set forth in this Section with respect to such expanded area only; and (4) the permit or approval may be suspended, modified, amended, or extended in accordance with this Section or a subsequent ordinance adopted by City Council. The Zoning Administrator is hereby authorized to provide written confirmation of the continued effectiveness of any such permit or approval complying with the above-referenced terms and conditions. No additional conditional use permit or special exception permit shall be required under these circumstances.
(Ord. No. 2021-001, § 1, 1-12-21)
1.
Recreational activity including but not limited to mini golf, pickleball, and ax throwing, may be allowed as an accessory use when it generates less than half the revenue of the principal use, is subordinate to the principal use, and requires patron participation in the principal use for remuneration. Operation of the accessory use may only occur during hours when the principal use is in operation.
2.
Such accessory uses shall be subject to approval of an operations plan by the zoning administrator which establishes: (1) hours of operation for each use, (2) terms and conditions upon which participation in the principal use is a requirement to participation in the accessory use, and (3) a point of contact that may be reached by telephone during all operational hours. The zoning administrator may require the operations plan to include:
a.
A noise abatement plan, including use of a noise monitoring device;
b.
A neighborhood response plan for complaints;
c.
A security plan;
d.
A sanitation plan.
The operational plan may be amended from time to time so long as the requirements of this section are met, upon consent of the owner and zoning administrator.
3.
Proof that the accessory use is subordinate, including proof of the income generated by the principal and accessory use, shall be provided to the zoning administrator upon request. Techniques and devices used to artificially skew revenue percentages shall be disregarded and the true business of the establishment shall be discerned. Techniques and devices used to artificially skew percentages include but shall not be limited to: reduced price or free admission for the principal use with participation in the accessory use, sham transactions or sales, misstatement of value by inflating prices associated with the principal use above prices generally prevailing as to the use, services, or goods associated with the principal use, sham transactions, etc.
(Ord. No. 2023-225, § 1, 11-14-23)
In all base zoning districts, a pool may be approved by the Zoning Administrator as an accessory use to a permitted principal use, if the Zoning Administrator finds the following conditions have been met:
a.
In-ground pools. Pools not elevated above existing grade may be located within building setbacks, critical line buffer setbacks and visual buffer zone setbacks but shall not be located within landscape buffers, critical line buffers or a visual buffer zone. Wall elements on in-ground pools, such as waterfalls, may be located within building setbacks. For in-ground pools with pool sections that are elevated above existing grade, such as spas, the elevated sections shall not encroach into required side setbacks and shall meet rear setback requirements of the base zoning district or 10', whichever is less.
b.
Above-ground pools. Pools elevated above existing grade shall not encroach into required side setbacks and shall meet rear setback requirements of the base zoning district or 10', whichever is less.
(Ord. No. 2025-087, § 3, 6-17-25)
a.
Intent. The A Overlay Zone is intended to identify those areas within the City limits where accommodations uses are allowed. Accommodation uses are prohibited except within the A Overlay Zone, with the exception of short term rentals and bed and breakfasts that are approved in accordance with the provisions of sections 54-208, 54-208.1, 54-208.2, 54-208.3, 54-224. b.1 or 54-227. The City places a high value on the preservation of the character of its residential districts. Outside of its residential districts, the City places a high value on the preservation and creation of a diverse mix of uses, containing a balance of uses comprised of retail uses, office uses, service industry uses, educational uses, cultural uses, and appropriate residential uses. Potential negative impacts of accommodations uses affecting residential districts shall be avoided or minimized to the greatest extent possible, and, outside residential districts, accommodations uses shall contribute to preservation or creation of diverse, mixed-use districts. The City places a high value on assuring that its residents have access to housing that is safe and decent and affordable to persons of all income levels. While accommodations uses are a source of jobs, many, if not most, of the jobs created are low-paying, with minimal benefits, heightening the need for housing that is attainable by those employed in the field of accommodations uses and rendering it necessary and proper for accommodations uses to reasonably contribute to the creation of housing affordable for its workforce. The City places a high value on maintaining a free and safe flow of traffic and the availability of parking spaces convenient to residents, patrons, workers and visitors. As accommodations uses give rise to employees often having to drive to reach the workplace, to assist in the maintenance of a free and safe flow of traffic and convenient parking, it is necessary and proper and in furtherance of good order that accommodations uses provide a plan for parking employees and/or promoting the use of public transportation.
b.
Permitted uses. In any Accommodations overlay zone, land may be used and buildings or structures may be erected, altered or used for any purpose allowed by the base zoning district as listed in Article 2: Part 3, and the following uses, subject to the approval of the Board of Zoning Appeals-Zoning:
1.
Accommodations uses. The Board of Zoning Appeals-Zoning may permit accommodations uses as an exception where it finds that:
(a)
the accommodations use will not result in a net loss of dwelling units that have been occupied within five years of the date of application for the exception; provided however, the BZA-Z may approve the alteration or replacement of such existing dwelling units on the same site as the accommodations use, or within a radius of one quarter (¼) mile from the site if the proposed off site location does not result in an over concentration of low income households, as defined by the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development, as adjusted by the Department of Housing and Community Development; and provided further, the BZA-Z shall require any such alteration or replacement to include dwelling units of substantially the same size and type of those being altered or replaced and shall require that no certificate of occupancy shall be issued for the accommodations uses until either a certificate of occupancy has been issued for all dwelling units being altered or replaced or irrevocable bonds or letters of credit in favor of the City in amounts equivalent to one hundred twenty-five (125%) per cent of the costs to complete construction or renovation of the dwelling units, as determined by the Chief Building Inspector, has been filed with the City.
(b)
the accommodations use, if located in the Accommodations Overlay on the peninsula, will not reduce or displace more than 25% of office space that has been used for such purpose within five years of the application for the exception;
(c)
the accommodations use, if located in the Accommodations Overlay on the peninsula, will not displace more than 25% of the linear frontage of existing ground floor storefront retail space on the property;
(d)
the location of the accommodations use will not significantly increase automobile traffic on streets within residential districts;
(e)
the location of the accommodations use will contribute to the maintenance, or creation, of a diverse mixed-use district;
(f)
the total square footage of interior and exterior floor area for restaurant and bar space in the proposed accommodations use, including restaurant/bar patron use areas, bar areas, kitchen, storage, and bathroom facilities, shall not exceed 12 percent of the total interior, conditioned floor area in the accommodations use, except that each accommodations use shall be permitted to exempt from the calculation of total restaurant floor area one interior, ground floor restaurant tenant space if the total tenant space does not exceed 2,000 square feet, the restaurant tenant does not serve alcoholic beverages, and the exempt restaurant tenant space is clearly labeled with these restrictions on the floor plans submitted with the application for this zoning special exception;
(g)
the accommodations use proposed guest drop off and pick up area(s) is located outside the public right-of-way and on the property utilized for the accommodations use if the accommodations use contains more than 50 sleeping units, and if 50 sleeping units or less, the proposed guest drop off and pick up area(s) are located outside the public right-of-way if feasible, and the location and design of the guest drop-off and pick-up area(s) has been reviewed by the Department of Traffic and Transportation and determined to be safe and not be an impediment to traffic and that every effort has been made to minimize traffic impacts;
(h)
the total number of sleeping units within the buildings or structures on the lot or parcel in which the accommodations use is located is equal to or exceeds ten (10) sleeping units.
(i)
within areas of the accommodations overlay zone designated as "A-1", "A-2", "A-3", "A-4", "A-5", "A-6", or "A-7" on the zoning map, the number of sleeping units within the buildings or structures on the lot or parcel in which the accommodations use is located shall not exceed 50 in areas designated "A-1"; 180 in areas designated "A-2"; 225 in areas designated "A-3"; 100 in areas designated "A-4"; 150 in areas designated "A-5"; 69 in areas designated "A-6"; and 175 in areas designated "A-7"; provided, however, that within the portion of the area designated "A-1" bounded by King Street on the west, Meeting Street on the east, Mary Street on the south and Line Street on the north (the "Full-Service Corridor"), the number of sleeping units within the buildings or structures on the lot or parcel in which the accommodations use is located may exceed 50, but shall not exceed 250, if the accommodations use qualifies as a Full-Service Hotel, meaning that the accommodations use provides 20,000 or more square feet of meeting, conference and banquet space of which 15,000 square feet thereof is contiguous, an on-site restaurant that serves breakfast, lunch and dinner seven days a week and other services such as a concierge, a spa/health club, laundry, turndown service, newspaper delivery, security personnel and airport shuttle; and in no event shall any accommodations use on the peninsula exceed 250 sleeping units;
(j)
the proposed accommodations use will not share any of its buildings, structures, facilities, or operations with another accommodations use;
(k)
(1)
The proposed accommodations use, if located in the accommodations overlay on the peninsula, incorporates meeting and conference space at a ratio of 400 square feet per 10 sleeping units, or fraction thereof, with respect to the first 150 sleeping units, and incorporates meeting and conference space at a ratio of 1000 square feet for every 10 sleeping units, or fraction thereof, exceeding 150 sleeping units. In either case, at least 75% of the meeting and conference space shall be contiguous;
(2)
Notwithstanding subsection k(1) hereof, if the accommodations use contains more than 50 sleeping units and is located in the Full-Service Corridor, the provisions of subsection (i) hereof shall govern the square footage of required meeting and conference space;
(l)
the proposed accommodations use will not result in there being more than eight (8) Full-Service Hotels on the peninsula, inclusive of those Full-Service Hotels existing on the peninsula and those with approved special exceptions as of the effective date of the ordinance from which this section derives; for purposes of this subsection (l) only, a Full-Service Hotel means a Full-Service Hotel as defined in subsection (i) having in excess of 150 sleeping units; and
(m)
to assist in providing affordable housing opportunities for its employees, the applicant for the accommodations use commits to contribute to the City of Charleston Affordable/Workforce Housing Account a fee payable upon the issuance of a Certificate of Occupancy, calculated as follows: $5.10 per square foot of area used for sleeping units and the hallways adjacent to sleeping units, stairwells and elevators.
c.
Application requirements. In making the findings required in subsection b.1, the Board of Zoning Appeals-Zoning shall consider the following information to be provided by the applicant in site plans, floor plans and building elevations that will govern the construction of the building in which the accommodations use is located, along with a detailed written assessment report to be submitted with the application:
1.
The number of existing dwelling units on the property, including units on the property that were occupied as dwelling units within five years of the date of the application for the exception, the type of unit (rental or owner-occupied; one-family detached; one-family attached; two-family or multi-family; occupied or unoccupied), by income range of the most recent occupant(s), the rental price for rental units and market price for owner occupied units relative to the area median income figures that are determined annually by the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development and adjusted by the City of Charleston Department of Housing and Community Development, or its successor, the physical condition of the units (sound, deficient, deteriorated or dilapidated), the square footage and number of bedrooms in each unit, and if the units are proposed to be physically altered or replaced, a description and plan showing the square footage and number of bedrooms in the altered or replaced units, and their location;
2.
The effect of the physical alteration or replacement or relocation of dwelling units on the housing stock of a particular type on the property and whether a condition should be attached to a special exception approval for the accommodations use requiring a minimum percentage of the dwelling units on the property or replaced off-site to remain affordable based on the annually updated median area income values;
3.
The presence of office space on the property, or the presence of spaces on the property that were occupied as office spaces within five years of the date of application for the exception;
4.
The linear frontage of existing ground floor storefront retail space on the property;
5.
The location and design of guest drop off and pick up areas for the accommodations use;
6.
The cumulative number of vehicle trips generated by the proposed accommodations use and other accommodations uses that are either existing or approved within an area identified by the Department of Traffic and Transportation, the traffic circulation pattern serving the accommodations use and efforts made to minimize traffic impacts;
7.
The distance of the main entrance and parking entrance of the accommodations use from a road classified as an arterial or collector road;
8.
The land uses within five hundred feet (500') of the accommodations use, to include the location, square footage, and number of rooms in existing accommodations uses and accommodations uses that have been approved;
9.
The proximity of residential districts to the accommodations use;
10.
The accessory uses proposed for the accommodations use, such as restaurants, spas, bars, pools and the like, in terms of their location, size, impact on parking, traffic generation, noise or odors in or to a residential district;
11.
The demonstrated provision of off-street parking at the rate of two spaces that meet the design requirements of section 54-318 for each three sleeping units, provided however, the utilization of mechanical or other means of parking that meet the ratio of two spaces for each three sleeping units shall be allowed;
12.
The presence of industrial uses and uses which use, store, or produce toxic or hazardous materials in quantities in excess of those specified by the EPA listing of toxic and hazardous materials, within five hundred feet (500') of the accommodations use;
13.
The commitment to environmental sustainability and recycling;
14.
The distance of the accommodations use from major tourist attractions;
15.
The distance of the accommodations use from existing or planned transit facilities;
16.
The long term provision of on- or off-site parking for employees who drive vehicles to work, including an estimate of the number of employees that will drive to work during the maximum shift and the location of parking spaces to be provided, and the demonstrated provision of free transit passes or other incentives to encourage employee use of public transportation;
17.
The number of sleeping units proposed as part of the accommodations use;
18.
The provision of shuttle bus services to and from the Historic Districts by accommodations uses with more than 50 sleeping units located outside the area designated "A-1" through "A-6" on the zoning map;
19.
The commitment to make affirmative, good faith efforts to see that construction and procurement opportunities are available to MBEs (minority business enterprises) and WBEs (women business enterprises) as outlined in section 2-268 (e)(1), (2), and (3) of the Code of the City of Charleston;
20.
The commitment to make affirmative, good faith efforts to hire personnel, representative of the population of the Charleston community, at all employment levels.
d.
Violations: In addition to any remedies otherwise available to the City under State law or the City Code, a violation by the owner or operator of the accommodations use of any provisions or conditions of an exception granted hereunder, to include any deviation from the plans and written assessment as required by subsection c. hereof, shall subject the owner or operator of the accommodations use to having its business license and/or certificate of occupancy revoked.
e.
Applicability: The provisions of this Section 54-220 shall apply to special exceptions for accommodations uses granted by the Board of Zoning Appeals-Zoning after May 28, 2019, it being the intent of City Council that special exceptions approved by the Board of Zoning Appeals-Zoning prior to May 28, 2019 be entitled to and governed by the vested rights provisions accorded by Article 9, Part 5 of this Chapter. The provisions of this Section 54-220 shall not apply to Planned Unit Developments that include accommodations uses as an authorized use that were approved as of May 28, 2019.
(Ord. No. 1998-76, § 2, 4-28-98; Ord. No. 1999-02, §§ 3—5, 1-12-99; Ord. No. 1999-54, § 4, 4-27-99; Ord. No. 2006-428, §§ 6—8, 9-26-06; Ord. No. 2007-204, § 1, 11-20-07; Ord. No. 2012-41, § 5, 1-24-12; Ord. No. 2013-93, §§ 1—6, 9-24-13; Ord. No. 2013-93, §§ 1—6, 9-24-13; Ord. No. 2017-093, § 1, 8-15-17; Ord. No. 2018-008, § 1, 2-13-18; Ord. No. 2018-043, § 11, 4-10-18; Ord. No. 2019-094, § 1, 10-8-19; Ord. No. 2020-064, § 1, 5-26-20; Ord. No. 2023-084, § 1, 5-9-23)
a.
Intent. The intent of the tour boat overlay zone is to restrict tour boat facilities on the peninsula to appropriate locations.
b.
Defined. A tour boat facility is the use of land, the structures thereon, docks, wharfs, or other such appurtenances for the purpose of embarking or disembarking of passengers for hire aboard boats for transportation to and from historic sites, or for the purpose of viewing, in Charleston harbor or the rivers or lands adjacent thereto.
c.
Restrictions. In the peninsula of the City of Charleston in the area bounded by the Ashley River, the Cooper River, and U.S. Highway 17, land may be used and buildings or structures may be erected, altered, or used for tour boat facilities only in districts delineated on the zoning grid maps of the City of Charleston as Tour Boat Overlay Zones.
In any Johns Island Overlay Zone, land may be used and buildings or structures may be erected, altered or used for any purpose allowed by the underlying zoning district as listed in Article 2: Part 3.
a.
In the Amusement and Recreation Services, AR Overlay Zone, land may be used and buildings or structures may be erected, altered or used for any purpose allowed by the underlying zoning district, except that the use of buildings, structures or land for the short term rental of amusement and recreational vehicles or for providing sightseeing services by air are prohibited.
b.
For purposes of this section, the following definitions shall apply:
1.
"Short term rental" shall mean to rent or make available to patrons or engage in transporting passengers for hire, amusement and recreational vehicles for any period of time less than one (1) year
2.
"Amusement and recreational vehicles" shall mean mopeds, golf carts, low speed vehicles, scooters or skateboards powered by fuel or batteries.
3.
"Moped" shall mean any motor vehicle, with or without pedals to permit propulsion by human power, that travels on not more than three wheels in contact with the ground, has a maximum speed of thirty (30) miles per hour on level ground whether powered by gasoline, electricity, alternative fuel, or a hybrid combination thereof. Based on the engine or fuel source, the moped must be equipped with a motor of fifty cubic centimeters or less, or designed to have an input of no less than 750 watts and no more than 1,500 watts.
4.
"Low speed vehicle" shall mean any two (2)- or four (4)-wheeled motor vehicle whose top speed is greater than eight (8) miles per hour, but not greater than twenty-five (25) miles per hour. This group includes neighborhood electric vehicles, Segway transporters, speed-modified golf carts, and similar types of vehicles whose top speed is greater than eight (8) miles per hour, but not greater than twenty-five (25) miles per hour.
c.
Nonconforming amusement and recreational vehicle rental. All existing amusement and recreational rental uses within the AR Overlay Zone on the effective date of this ordinance [June 11, 2002] shall be amortized and discontinued fifteen months after the effective date of this ordinance.
(Ord. No. 1996-125, § 5, 7-16-96; Ord. No. 1998-175, § 1, 10-13-98; Ord. No. 2002-77, § 4, 6-11-02; Ord. No. 2002-130, § 1, 11-26-02; Ord. No. 2005-17, § 1, 1-25-05; Ord. No. 2015-060, § 1, 5-26-2015; Ord. No. 2019-032, § 1, 5-14-19)
a.
Intent. The intent of the Savannah Highway, SH Overlay Zone is to allow office and neighborhood service uses in addition to the uses allowed in the base zoning district. The existing principal buildings will be retained to every extent possible. Additionally, existing structures in the SH zone that are used for a non-residential use shall retain their residential appearance. Building additions and new structures shall be designed to look like the existing residential structures. Parking shall be restricted to the side or rear of the principal buildings and buffering from adjoining residential lots shall be required.
b.
Permitted conditional uses.
1.
Owner-occupied, single-family residential properties shall be permitted to have one of the following accessory uses if the building requirements listed in Section 54-224.c., are met:
(a)
one short term rental unit utilizing only one bedroom within the principal structure with one parking space in addition to the parking spaces required for the residential use. The short term rental parking space must be accessible without affecting the accessibility of the other required spaces.
(b)
One accessory apartment with no more than one bedroom.
2.
Use of properties within the SH zone as offices for professional services including accounting, financial, insurance, legal, design, engineering, surveying, medical, dental, travel, real estate, and similar professional services, excluding tattooing services; offices for non-client based civic and non-profit agencies; and neighborhood services including only the following uses: beauty salons, barber shops, computer repair, shoe repair, watch, clock, camera and jewelry repair, tailor/ seamstress, acting and music instruction, artist studios, and photographic studios shall be allowed if the building requirements listed in Section 54-224.c., and the following conditions are met:
(a)
Business hours of operation involving clients shall be limited to between 8 a.m. and 8 p.m.;
(b)
Goods shall not be visible from the exterior;
(c)
Additional driveways shall not be permitted, except that an existing driveway may be shifted to a side property line to allow it to be shared with the adjoining lot;
(d)
No more than two (2) lots shall be combined for an allowed non-residential use and the principal structure on each lot, if existing on the date of this ordinance's adoption, shall be retained;
(e)
Parking and drives shall be unpaved except for the driveway entrance(s) at the street which shall be paved to a depth of 20 feet. All parking shall be provided to the rear or sides of the principal building and not in the front yard. If any part of a residential property in the Savannah Highway Overlay Zone is used for a non-residential use, including parking in conjunction with a non-residential use, parking for the residential use shall no longer be permitted in the front yard;
(f)
Exterior lighting, if used, shall be shielded, residential lighting, installed to minimize glare on adjacent properties (e.g. motion sensor lights, shoebox lights). The light source(s) shall be concealed so as not to be visible from adjoining properties. Pole mounted lights shall not be taller than eight feet (8′);
(g)
If no street tree exists in front of the property, as part of the landscaping requirements a new canopy tree shall be planted in the front yard within five (5) feet of the right-of-way to enhance tree canopy in the area.
(h)
Landscape buffers or screens shall be installed as follows:
(1)
If parking spaces are provided in the side yard, a landscape hedge or screen of at least three feet (3′) in height and five feet (5′) in width shall be installed parallel to the street to screen the parking spaces from the street.
(2)
Landscape buffers with a width of five feet (5′) shall be installed adjacent to all residentially zoned lots not in the SH overlay zone and along any part of a property line which is within twenty-five feet of a residentially zoned lot not within the SH overlay zone. Where utility easements run along property lines, the required buffer shall be located adjacent to the easement. These buffers shall include a six-foot (6′) high solid wooden fence, four-inch (4″) caliper recommended trees from Appendix B planted forty feet (40′) on center, and minimum eight-foot (8′) tall recommended understory trees from Appendix B centered between the recommended trees required above. Fences along side property lines shall extend from the rear buffer fence to the front facade of the abutting principal building. Beyond the fence, a minimum four-foot (4′) tall hedge shall continue to within fifteen feet (15′) of the front property line.
(3)
Along property lines which abut lots within the SH overlay zone with residential units, a six-foot (6′) high solid wooden fence shall be erected running from the rear buffer fence to the front facade of the abutting residential building.
c.
Building requirements.
1.
Existing principal buildings shall be retained, unless deemed structurally unsound by the Chief Building Official. Additionally, the City's Design Review Board has purview over the demolition of any structures over fifty (50) years old in the Savannah Highway Overlay.
2.
All new construction, additions or renovations must be similar to existing structures in terms of their character, height, compatibility of materials, roof pitch and slope. A residential appearance on all sides of structures is required:
(a)
The street facade of additions shall utilize windows and doors of a size similar to those on the existing street facade.
(b)
The street facade existing on the date of this ordinance's adoption shall be retained, with no window displays or exterior display of merchandise.
(c)
The roof pitch and slope shall remain similar to adjacent structures.
(Ord. No. 1998-112, § 2, 5-26-98; Ord. No. 2006-488, § 3, 10-24-06; Ord. No. 2011-155, §§ 1—6, 10-11-11; Ord. No. 2018-043, § 12, 4-10-18)
a.
Intent. The intent of the School "S" overlay zone is to provide for appropriate sites for the establishment or expansion of school uses within residential zoning districts, as set forth on the official zoning map. The City places a high value on the preservation of the character of its residential neighborhoods. Potential negative impacts affecting residential neighborhoods shall be minimized to the greatest extent possible.
b.
Permitted uses. In any School overlay zoning district, land may be used and buildings or structures may be erected, altered or used for any purpose allowed by the underlying zoning district as listed in Article 2, Part 3, and nursery, preschool, kindergarten, elementary, and secondary schools, and colleges, except the Board of Zoning Appeals—Zoning shall approve the manner of the school use as an exception, upon a finding by the Board that the following conditions will be met to minimize the potential negative impacts to the greatest extent possible:
1.
For nursery, preschool and kindergarten schools:
(a)
Proof of the application for the facilities licensing by the Department of Social Services is provided;
(b)
Outdoor play is allowed only between the hours of 8 a.m. and 6 p.m.;
(c)
Play areas within fifty feet (50') of a residential structure are appropriately buffered;
(d)
Off-street parking requirements of this Chapter are met and parking areas are appropriately buffered;
(e)
Plans for ingress/egress, loading/unloading and the location of the parking and play areas are approved for safety by the appropriate City department(s);
(f)
The facility is compatible with the surrounding neighborhood based upon consideration of the number of persons in the facility, potential traffic and noise impacts, location of the play, parking, loading and circulation areas and relation to other noise or traffic generating institutions (particularly if another non-residential facility is facing or abutting the same block face or is within three hundred feet (300') of the proposed site); and
(g)
Proposed outdoor lighting of the facility does not unduly impact neighboring properties.
2.
For elementary and secondary schools and colleges:
(a)
The principal building(s) shall occupy no more than fifty (50) percent of the lot on which the building(s) is (are) located;
(b)
Sufficient well-designed parking spaces will be provided internal to the campus and parking areas shall be appropriately buffered;
(c)
Dormitory type facilities will be no closer than twenty-five feet (25') to any lot occupied by a single-family dwelling;
(d)
Excessive traffic will not be generated on a residential street; and
(e)
The facility is compatible with the surrounding neighborhood based upon consideration of the number of persons in the facility, potential traffic and noise impacts, location of the play, parking, loading and circulation areas and relation to other noise or traffic generating institutions (particularly if another non-residential facility is facing or abutting the same block face or is within three hundred feet (300') of the proposed site).
(Ord. No. 1999-01, § 4, 1-12-99; Ord. No. 1999-54, § 4, 4-27-99)
In any Landmark Overlay Zone, land, buildings or structures may be used for any purpose allowed by the underlying zoning district; provided however, the exterior of any structure or improvement, whether or not visible from a public street or right-of-way, shall not be altered, and no structure shall be erected, removed, moved or demolished, in whole or in part, unless a Certificate of Appropriateness has been issued by the Board of Architectural Review for the contemplated alteration, erection, removal, move or demolition. The procedure for applying for a Certificate of Appropriateness as set forth in Article 2, Part 6 of this chapter shall appertain to LMK applications. The Board, when passing on such applications, shall utilize the criteria as would be applicable if the property, structure or improvement were located in the Old and Historic District, as set forth in section 54-240 of this chapter, in furthering the intent of this overlay zone.
(Ord. No. 1999-95, § 2, 8-17-99)
a.
Intent. The Short Term Rental, ST Overlay Zone is intended to identify those areas within the City limits where Commercial short term rental uses and bed and breakfast uses, as herein defined, are allowed as a conditional use. Commercial short term rentals are prohibited except on commercially zoned properties within the ST Overlay Zone. Bed and breakfast uses are prohibited except on properties within the ST Overlay Zone. The City places a high value on the preservation of the character of its residential neighborhoods. Potential negative impacts affecting residential neighborhoods shall be avoided or minimized to the greatest extent possible.
b.
Commercial Short Term Rental Use.
1.
Accommodations Use. Subject to the conditions in Section 54-227, b. 2, a dwelling unit converted into a commercial short term rental may be rented to not more than four (4) unrelated people pursuant to the definition for family for a period of between one (1) and twenty-nine (29) days; provided, however, only one (1) family at a time may occupy and use a dwelling unit converted into a commercial short term rental.
2.
Conditions. A conforming or legal nonconforming dwelling unit may be converted into a commercial short term rental only when all of the following conditions are satisfied, as evidenced by an application, a site plan, and floor plans:
(a)
The lot is located entirely within one or more of the following base zoning districts: CT, LB, GB, UC, MU-1, MU-1/WH, MU-2, or MU-2/WH; and
(b)
The lot is commercially zoned and located entirely within the Short Term, ST Overlay Zone, as shown on the Zoning Map; and
(c)
The dwelling unit being converted to a commercial short term rental is not designated as an affordable housing unit or a workforce housing unit; and
(d)
The owner of the dwelling unit being converted into a commercial short term rental complies with all business license and revenue collections laws of the City of Charleston, Charleston County and the State of South Carolina; and
(e)
Any commercial uses on the lot must be completely separate and independent operations, unrelated to the Commercial Short Term Rental; and
(f)
There are no common areas or other areas serving more than one dwelling unit and/or commercial short term rental on the lot, except driveways; and
(g)
There are no exterior signs for the commercial short term Rental use of the lot; and
(h)
Existing parking spaces on the lot, if any, that satisfy the off-street parking requirements of this Chapter for the existing dwelling units being converted to short term rentals and all other uses on the lot shall be shown on the site plan submitted with the application. No additional parking spaces shall be required for the dwelling units being converted to short term rentals; and
(i)
No more than nine (9) dwelling units may be converted to short term rentals on any one (1) lot. Ten (10) or more short term rental units on one (1) lot shall require approval as an accommodations use pursuant to Section 54-220 of the Zoning Ordinance. This provision shall not be interpreted to permit an increase in the maximum density permitted under the base zoning district for dwelling units on the lot; and
3.
Except as expressly stated otherwise in this Section 54-227, a dwelling unit converted into a commercial short term rental shall continue to be subject to the regulations for such a dwelling unit in the base zoning district, including without limitation the site regulations in Article 3 of the Zoning Ordinance.
4.
Impact on Nonconforming Uses. For the purposes of applying Section 54-110 concerning nonconforming uses, a commercial short term rental is considered a continuation of the nonconforming use of a legal nonconforming dwelling unit.
5.
Prohibition on Construction of Commercial Short Term Rentals. Nothing in this Section 54-227 shall be construed to permit a property owner to construct a commercial short term rental. A property owner seeking a conditional use for a commercial short term rental must construct a dwelling unit in accordance with applicable standards for the dwelling unit under the base zoning district for the subject property and then apply for the conversion of the conforming dwelling unit to a commercial short term rental use.
6.
Approved Short Term Rentals Within the ST Overlay Zone. All STR uses within the ST Overlay Zone that have City approval to operate on the effective date of this ordinance shall be issued a commercial STR permit, which shall be valid for one (1) year from the date of issuance and shall be renewable annually unless revoked. Permit holders shall adhere to the requirements of this Chapter.
7.
New Short Term Rentals Within the ST Overlay Zone, Permit. New STR uses within the ST Overlay Zone that receive City approval to operate shall be issued a commercial STR permit, which shall be valid for one (1) year from the date of issuance, and shall be renewable annually unless revoked. Permit holders shall adhere to the requirements of this Chapter.
8.
Annual Renewal. For renewal of a commercial STR permit, a property owner shall be required to recertify compliance with this section with the zoning administrator. An application for annual recertification of the commercial STR permit must include the application fee, an affirmation by the applicant that the nature of the STR use at the property has not changed, and must be notarized, filed with, and approved by the zoning administrator to continue the STR use.
c.
Bed and Breakfast Use.
1.
Accessory Use. Subject to the conditions in Section 54-227, c., 2, a bed and breakfast use may be established in a dwelling unit as an accessory to the principal residential use, on any property located within the ST Overlay Zone, and each approved bed and breakfast unit may be rented to one (1) family for a period of between one (1) and twenty-nine (29) consecutive days.
2.
Conditions: A bed and breakfast may be approved only when all of the following conditions are satisfied, as evidenced by an application, a site plan, and floor plans:
(a)
The number of bed and breakfast units shall not exceed four (4) units; except that a lot may have between four (4) and ten (10) bed and breakfast units if the total square footage of conditioned floor area in the building or buildings containing the bed and breakfast units is equal to or greater than the sum of the number of bed and breakfast units multiplied by 560, and all other requirements of this section are met. Each unit shall consist of one (1) or more rooms arranged for the purpose of providing sleeping accommodations for one (1) family for a period of between one (1) and twenty-nine (29) consecutive days; and
(b)
The subject property is located entirely within the ST Overlay Zone; and
(c)
The bed and breakfast shall be operated by the record owner of the subject property who also resides at the subject property at least 183 days each year; and
(d)
The principal building on the property on which the bed and breakfast use will be located shall have been constructed 50 or more years ago although the bed and breakfast unit(s) may be located in a building that was not constructed 50 or more years ago; and
(e)
Bed and breakfast unit(s) located in buildings constructed 50 or more years ago shall provide one (1) off street, maneuverable parking space on the subject property for each two (2) bed and breakfast units, or fraction thereof. Bed and breakfast unit(s) located in buildings not constructed 50 or more years ago shall provide one (1) off street, maneuverable parking space on the subject property for each bed and breakfast unit. Spaces required for the bed and breakfast unit(s) shall be in addition to providing, on the subject property, required off street parking for existing uses on the property; and
(f)
The property shall be permitted to have one sign advertising the Bed and Breakfast. The permitted sign may have a maximum of two sides and no side shall exceed four (4) square feet in total sign face area; and
(g)
The bed and breakfast shall be located on property which is in compliance with allowed uses for the zone district in which the property is located; and
(h)
The bed and breakfast shall be operated by someone who has not had a bed and breakfast permit revoked within the previous twelve (12) months.
3.
Operational Requirements. In all cases, bed and breakfast use shall meet the following operational requirements:
(a)
No meals other than breakfast may be served by the resident owner to the paying guests.
(b)
The resident owner shall keep a guest register including names, addresses, telephone numbers and dates of occupancy of all guests for three (3) years and shall make this available to the City upon request.
(c)
The resident owner shall comply with all business license and revenue collection laws of the City of Charleston, Charleston County and State of South Carolina.
4.
Application Process.
(a)
New applications for bed and breakfast uses shall be notarized and include the location of the property and resident owner of record of the property, an application fee, floor plans drawn to scale of the habitable structures on the property, a site plan of the lot showing the location of the proposed bed and breakfast units, the location of any existing bed and breakfast units, and the location of the required off-street parking spaces and driveways, and photographs of the current principal views of the structure where the proposed bed and breakfast units are to be located. The floor plans shall clearly note all rooms to be used by bed and breakfast guests, with the room or rooms to be used by bed and breakfast guests for sleeping designated. The application shall also include a statement which the resident-owner must sign acknowledging that he or she has reviewed and understands the requirements of this section.
Upon receiving a complete application and prior to the issuance of a zoning permit, the lot upon which the proposed use is to be located shall be posted for fifteen (15) consecutive days, advising that the resident-owner of the property has applied for a zoning permit to establish a bed and breakfast use at the location and supplying a phone number to call for further information. During this fifteen (15) calendar day period, the zoning administrator shall determine if the application meets the requirements as set forth above. If, at the end of the fifteen (15) day posting period, the zoning administrator determines that the application meets the requirements, the zoning administrator shall notify the applicant that the application is approved and shall, after waiting an additional five business days to allow for appeals, issue the zoning permit, which shall be valid for one (1) year from the date of issuance and shall be renewable annually unless revoked. Any appeals filed within the five-day period shall cause the issuance of the zoning permit to be stayed pending resolution of the appeal.
(b)
Renewal application.
(1)
For renewal of a bed and breakfast permit, a property owner shall be required to recertify compliance with this section with the zoning administrator. An application for annual recertification of the bed and breakfast permit must include the application fee, an affirmation by the applicant that the nature of the bed and breakfast use at the property has not changed, and must be notarized, filed with, and approved by the zoning administrator to continue the bed and breakfast use.
(2)
Upon a change in ownership of a property, and prior to the issuance of a new business license to allow continuation of an existing, permitted bed and breakfast use upon said property, the new property owner shall be required to recertify compliance of the bed and breakfast use with the zoning administrator by having an application for recertification of the bed and breakfast use notarized, filed with, and approved by the zoning administrator.
5.
The bed and breakfast use shall not be expanded in any respect throughout the structure or structures, or elsewhere on the property nor shall the use be changed to any other use not permitted by the Zoning Ordinance without reapplication to and approval by the zoning administrator.
6.
All operators of bed and breakfast uses permitted under this section shall cooperate fully with the zoning administrator and his designees, including, but not limited to, providing pertinent information upon request and affording access to that portion of the premises which is used for the bed and breakfast use for reasonable site inspections.
7.
Existing Approved and Bed and Breakfast Uses. All approved, legal bed and breakfast uses that are operating on the effective date of the ordinance from which this section derives or that are entitled to be in operation on the effective date of this ordinance shall be issued a bed and breakfast permit which shall be valid for one (1) year of issuance and shall be renewable annually unless revoked and shall adhere to the requirements of this Chapter.
d.
Violations and Penalties.
1.
Violations. It shall be a violation of this Chapter for an owner, his agent or manager to:
(a)
Operate an STR use, a bed and breakfast use or other accommodations use without complying with the requirements of this Chapter and the Code of the City of Charleston; or
(b)
Expand an STR use or bed and breakfast use without obtaining a new permit; or
(c)
Advertise a property as being available for an STR use, bed and breakfast use or other accommodations use without first complying with the requirements of this Chapter; or
(d)
Represent or submit for advertising or marketing, or to otherwise hold out an STR unit, bed and breakfast unit or other accommodations unit as being available for use or occupancy unless the STR or bed and breakfast has been permitted pursuant to this Chapter and the permit number is displayed in the materials used to represent, advertise, market or otherwise hold out the property as available for STR or bed and breakfast use or occupancy; or
(e)
Represent or submit for advertising or marketing, or otherwise to hold out the availability of an STR or bed and breakfast for use or occupancy by more than the number of occupants that are permitted pursuant to this Chapter; or
(f)
Represent or submit for advertising, or marketing, or to otherwise hold out more STR or bed and breakfast units or other accommodations type units on a property than are permitted pursuant to this Chapter.
2.
Penalties. A violation of this Chapter is a misdemeanor punishable by a fine and/or incarceration. Each day the unlawful erection, construction, reconstruction, alteration, conversion, maintenance, use, or other violation under this Chapter continues is considered a separate offense.
Should the STR or bed and breakfast use fail to continue to meet the requirements under which it was authorized or be discontinued for a period of twelve (12) months or more, the operating permit issued pursuant to this Chapter shall be revoked.
(Ord. No. 2012-41, § 4, 1-24-12; Ord. No. 2018-043, § 13, 4-10-18)
Within the General Business Late Night overlay zone, the following principal uses are restricted to only operate between 7 a.m. and 11 p.m.: 54. Food stores, 554. Gasoline service stations, 5812.1 Eating places without drive through or drive up service, 5812.2 Eating places with drive through or drive up service, 5813. Drinking places (alcoholic beverages), and any businesses that sell alcoholic beverages for on- or off-premises consumption.
(Ord. No. 2014-08, § 3, 1-30-14)
Within the Light Industrial Late Night overlay zone, the following principal uses are restricted to only operate between 7 a.m. and 11 p.m.: 54. Food stores, 554. Gasoline service stations, 5812.1 Eating places without drive through or drive up service, 5812.2 Eating places with drive through or drive up service, 5813. Drinking places (alcoholic beverages), and any businesses that sell alcoholic beverages for on- or off-premises consumption.
(Ord. No. 2014-08, § 3, 1-30-14)
a.
Intent. The intent of the Tech Corridor "TC" overlay zone is to enable high technology and technology-related industries to anchor new development in the district. The City deems it necessary to provide additional protections to ensure these key properties are used predominately for tech office uses. Within this overlay zone, specific types of land uses are permitted only with the approval of a special exception and certain uses are specifically prohibited.
b.
Permitted uses. In any Tech Corridor overlay zoning district, land may be used and buildings or structures may be erected, altered or used for any purpose allowed by the underlying zoning district as listed in Article 2, Part 3, provided, however, any type of residential use and any type of retail use where the total area of a retail use, including storage and office areas associated therewith, exceeds 25,000 square feet, shall be permitted only by way of a special exception approved by the Board of Zoning Appeals-Zoning, where the Board, after review, finds that the residential or retail uses are clearly incidental and subordinate to the primary use of the property for technology-related industry, it being the intent that residential use and large format retail use only be permitted in the district as a minor, incidental and subordinate use on properties within the Tech Corridor overlay zone.
c.
Prohibited uses. In any Tech Corridor overlay zoning district, the following uses shall be prohibited: public warehousing, mini-warehouse, self-storage facilities.
d.
Building height. In any Tech Corridor overlay zoning district, no part of a building or structure, including elevator penthouses and mechanical penthouses, shall exceed the height of eighty-five (85) feet, nor shall the principal structure be lower than thirty (30) feet.
(Ord. No. 2014-37, § 2, 3-25-14; Ord. No. 2014-125, § 1, 9-23-14)
Editor's note— Ord. No. 2014-37, § 2, adopted March 25, 2014, added provisions numbered as § 54-228. In order to avoid conflicts in section numbering the editor has renumbered these provisions as § 54-229.1.
a.
Intent. The intent of the Gateway "G" overlay zone is to accommodate a more varied use matrix at the strategic locations by providing an opportunity for denser residential developments at commercially zoned properties by way of an optional set of development regulations that authorize higher residential density, and impose lot coverage requirements and certain height restrictions.
b.
Permitted uses. In any Gateway overlay zoning district, land may be used and buildings or structures may be erected, altered or used for any purpose allowed by the underlying zoning district as listed in Article 2, Part 3. In the alternative, land may be used and buildings or structures may be erected, altered or used for any purpose allowed by the underlying zoning district, and may include residential uses at a density between 50 and 78 dwelling units per acre of high ground, or fraction thereof (rounded up), provided that all dwelling units above 72 dwelling units per acre of high ground, or fraction thereof, must meet the requirements for affordable housing in Sec. 54-207 p., and provided further that the zoning administrator approves a Site Plan of the property being put to alternate uses that demonstrates the following conditions are met:
1.
The gross floor area, hereafter "GFA", of the structures on the property shown on the Site Plan, in the aggregate, but excluding parking structures, shall not exceed 81,000 square feet per acre of high ground, or fraction thereof. For the purposes of this section, GFA shall mean the total floor area within the building envelope including exterior walls, except that vertical circulation, i.e. stairs and elevator shafts, mechanical chases, and mechanical penthouses shall be exempt from being included in GFA, and further provided that parking and driveway areas within a building, and the exterior walls surrounding parking and driveway areas within buildings, shall be exempt from being included in the GFA. For example, a two story building with exterior dimensions of 20 x 40 feet has a GFA equal to 1,600 square feet minus any square footage of floor area occupied by vertical circulation, mechanical chases or mechanical penthouses while a three story building with exterior dimensions of 20 × 40 feet in which a story consists of only parking and driveway areas, has a GFA equal to 1,600 square feet minus any square footage of floor area occupied by vertical circulation, mechanical chases or mechanical penthouses; and
2.
No less than seventy (70%) per cent of the GFA of the structures on the property shown on the Site Plan must be used for residential purposes; and
3.
The total number of required off-street parking spaces must be provided on site and calculated in accordance with the parking standards of the underlying zoning district; provided that parking requirements for affordable housing units shall be 1 space per unit; and
4.
No structure on the property shown on the Site Plan shall exceed the lesser of: (a) the height limit set by the underlying zoning district; or (b) 160 feet, with a 10 foot allowance for mechanicals, to include stairs, railings, antennas and elevator overruns; and
5.
Lot Occupancy of the buildings on the Site Plan shall not exceed fifty-five (55%) percent of the property shown on the Site Plan.
6.
The number of dwelling units per acre of high ground, or fraction thereof, shall be within the limits as noted in this section, and if exceeding 72 dwelling units per acre of high ground, or fraction thereof, the Site Plan shall indicate the total number of affordable housing units.
c.
The Site Plan may include multiple, contiguous lots of record over which the alternate uses and other requirements of subpart (c) may be allocated. If the lots of record delineated on the Site Plan are not under common ownership, the consent of all owners of the lots of record must be shown on the Site Plan. For purposes hereof, lots of record separated by a public right-of-way shall be deemed contiguous.
d.
For the purposes of this Section, the Site Plan shall include the following:
1.
A Site Plan that shows spot elevations of the highest curb elevation adjacent to the site, and the highest points on each roof section of each building; and
2.
Floor plans with uses, the total number of dwelling units, calculated GFA on the site and a breakdown of the total GFA by residential and non-residential area noted; and
3.
An overall Site Plan that shows existing lot lines, notes the high ground and wetland areas of each lot, notes the owner of each lot, shows all buildings, notes the lot occupancy of buildings, shows all parking spaces, and notes the calculated parking requirements for each use to satisfy requirements noted in this section; and
4.
In the event that a Site Plan includes multiple, contiguous lots of record that either are not under common ownership or will remain as separate lots of record, a separate overall site plan that allocates uses and other requirements described in section 54-229.2, c, to each lot of record and includes the written consent of all owners of the lots of record.
5.
In the event that a Site Plan includes affordable housing, the Site Plan shall note the total number of affordable housing units and include notes that restate the requirements of Sec. 54-207. p. (f) and (g).
e.
Once a permit is issued to authorize construction under the Site Plan, the provisions of the Site Plan shall control the development of the property.
a.
Intent and Applicability. The Dupont Wappoo Planning Area, as shown on the map titled "Dupont Wappoo Planning Area and Overlay Zone", is an area of West Ashley that consists of a variety of residential, commercial and light industrial uses that have evolved over time. Within the Dupont Wappoo Planning Area is the Dupont Wappoo (DuWap) Overlay Zone. The intent of the Dupont Wappoo Planning Area and DuWap Overlay Zone is to preserve the existing development patterns while providing land use and design standards that enable new attractive development appropriate to and in scale with the community and to build upon the existing entrepreneurial as well as other existing commercial, office, retail and residential uses in the area. The Dupont Wappoo Planning Area and DuWap Overlay Zone also create regularity and coordination between the City of Charleston and Charleston County concerning zoning, land use, and design standards.
The DuWap Overlay Zone regulations in this section apply to all uses except for single-family residential and single and two family residential uses. The DuWap Overlay Zone regulations in this section apply in addition to the underlying base zoning district and in addition to all other applicable regulations of the City of Charleston Zoning Ordinance. In the case of conflict between the regulations of this section and other regulations in the Zoning Ordinance, the regulations of this section shall control. These overlay zoning district regulations are intended to be consistent with similar regulations adopted by Charleston County. Legally established existing uses that do not meet the requirements of this section shall be considered legal nonconforming per Sec. 54-110.
b.
Coordination with adjacent jurisdictions. The City of Charleston and Charleston County collaborated to develop the DuWap Overlay Zone standards to ensure that development within the within the Dupont Wappoo Planning Area is consistent between the two jurisdictions. The City of Charleston and Charleston County will coordinate with the other regarding all land development applications, with the exception of single-family detached residential, to ensure consistency with regards to development requirements.
c.
Prohibited Uses. In addition to the prohibited uses in Article 2, Part 3, Table of Permitted Uses, the following uses are prohibited within the DuWap Overlay Zone: vehicle sales (new or used) and associated vehicle storage areas that encompass more than one acre, boat sales (new or used) and associated storage areas that encompass more than one acre, restaurants with drive thrus, vehicle and boat repair as a principle or accessory use, vehicle and boat service shops, towing services, car washes, gasoline stations, pawn shops and short term lenders. Self-storage facilities are prohibited unless they are part of a multi-story mixed use development where the ground floor use along the entire street frontage is separately leased commercial or office space that is independent of the storage facility business. Single use multi-family structures with individual building footprints greater than 10,000 square feet, except as noted in 54-228(g) herein.
d.
Driveways and vehicle access.
1.
General. The driveway separation requirements shall apply per Article 3, Part 3 Driveway and Building Setback Requirements for Business, Office or Industrial Lots, sections 54-310 and 54-311 and the following subsection below.
2.
Shared access. Shared access is encouraged between adjoining parcels. Driveways for all uses except single-family residential should be located in a manner where they can be shared between adjoining parcels, if feasible and as described below.
a)
Shared access should be located along a common property boundary.
b)
If the owner of the adjacent parcel does not agree to share access the applicant must provide documentation of such in a letter from the adjacent property owner or by an affidavit.
c)
Shared access agreements shall be recorded with the Register of Mesne Conveyance (RMC) Office.
c.
Pedestrian access and sidewalks.
1.
On-site pedestrian walkways shall be included in the site design of all new development and redevelopment projects and shall link access to existing sidewalks, adjacent parcels, as well as within the development area. At-grade and grade-separated pedestrian walkways within the project site shall provide direct connections from the street to the main entrance and to abutting properties. Pedestrian walkways shall be designed and located in a manner that does not require pedestrians to walk through parking lots or within driveways. All walkways must be ADA compliant.
2.
Sidewalks in or adjacent to public rights-of-way shall be required per Article 3, Part 14.
d.
Landscape buffer, road buffer and parking lot buffer requirements.
1.
Requirements for landscape buffers shall apply per Article 3, Part 8, Landscape Buffer Requirements, with the following amendments applicable to the DuWap Overlay Zone:
a)
Skylark Drive and Dupont Road shall be classified as Class I roads with a required buffer of 15 feet.
b)
for buffers required to screen incompatible land uses, the landscape buffer may be reduced by up to one-half (½) its required depth when a six (6) foot tall opaque screen wall or fence is utilized in combination with the buffer to provide a continuous screen element; however, no required landscape buffer shall be less than ten (10) feet in depth.
2.
Requirements for parking lot, vehicular use and refuse collection area landscaping and screening shall apply per Article 3, Part 7, Parking Lot, Vehicular Use and Refuse Collection Area Landscaping and Screening Requirements.
e.
Street trees & street lights. The following shall apply to parcels with frontage along Savannah Highway. The installation of street trees and appropriately scaled street lights within the right-of-way shall be required for all new development and redevelopment projects that require approval by the City's Technical Review Committee (TRC) regardless of the amount of right-of-way altered as part of the project scope. Street tree species selection, size, location and spacing shall be pursuant to the City of Charleston Street Tree Manual and shall require approval of the Department of Parks as part of the TRC review process. Street selection location and spacing shall be pursuant to the City Code and shall require approval of the Department of Parks per City Code Sec. 30-51 as part of the TRC review process. Street light have Octagonal fixtures on fluted posts seventeen (17) feet in height or other as approved by the Department of Parks.
f.
Signage. Requirements for signage shall apply per Article 4, Part 3, Sign Regulations for the base zoning district unless noted otherwise below.
1.
For a development containing three or fewer business units, one freestanding monument style sign with a maximum height of twelve (12) feet and a maximum size of forty (40) square feet per face shall be allowed.
2.
For a development containing more than three business units, one monument style sign with a maximum height of fourteen feet (14') and a maximum size of sixty (60) square feet per face shall be allowed.
g.
Design standards. Savannah Highway, Wappoo Road, Dupont Road, Orleans Road and Skylark Drive are included in the City of Charleston's Design Review District and are under the purview of the Design Review Board (DRB) per Article 2, Part 11 in order to protect and improve the visual and aesthetic character and economic value of development within the City of Charleston. In accordance with Sec. 54-267 Design Review Objectives and Sec. 54-272 Design Review Standards, the following standards apply for all uses in the DuWap Overlay Zone except for single family residential uses and should be used as a frame of reference for the applicant in the development of site and building plans.
1.
Building height.
a)
Within the DuWap Overlay Zone, building height shall be measured by stories instead of feet. Parcels with frontage on Savannah Highway between Dupont Road and I-526 or between Stinson Drive and I-526 shall have a maximum building height of seven (7) stories; all other parcels between Dupont Road and I-526 shall have a maximum height of five (5) stories. Parcels with frontage on Savannah Highway east of Dupont Road and Stinson Drive shall have a maximum building height of five (5) stories. Parcels with frontage on Wappoo Road shall have a maximum building height of three (3) stories.
2.
Building footprint.
a)
Single use multi-family structures shall not have an individual building footprint greater than 10,000 square feet.
b)
Affordable housing development projects, as verified by the City of Charleston Department of Housing and Community Development, are exempt from the maximum individual building footprint requirement provided that no less than fifty percent (50%) of the units in the development meet affordable housing requirements for no fewer than twenty (20) years from the initial occupancy.
3.
Site design.
a)
The DuWap area should be defined by building frontages, screen walls and landscaping and not by parking lots.
b)
Buildings on corner lots should address all applicable street frontages with regards to site design and architectural interest.
c)
Parking for new developments should be located to the side or rear of the building. When side or rear parking abuts a public right-of-way, a screen wall should be provided.
4.
Building appearance.
a)
Building entrances and windows should be provided along the street frontage.
b)
Vehicle bays and storage bays shall not face any road frontage. Emergency service facilities may be exempt from this requirement.
c)
Windows shall be inset with sills and headers. Vinyl windows will not be permitted.
d)
Quality building materials must be used; vinyl siding or EIFS will not be permitted.
e)
New buildings should utilize colors that are complementary, not necessarily homogeneous, to existing buildings.
f)
Along Wappoo Road, in cases where existing buildings that are residential in nature are converted to nonresidential uses, the residential character (height, scale, material entrances, windows roof pitch) should be presented at the street frontage.
h.
Special stormwater drainage requirements. The Dupont Wappoo Planning Area and DuWap Overlay Zone are located in the Tiger Swamp watershed with outfall into the Stono River. Due to existing drainage issues within the watershed area, development activities occurring within the Dupont Wappoo Planning Area and DuWap Overlay Zone may be required to comply with additional or more stringent design criteria in addition to the requirements of the City of Charleston Stormwater Design Standards Manual. Applicants shall be required to meet with the City of Charleston Engineering Division to discuss specific design criteria prior to making a pre-application submittal to the Technical Review Committee.
(Ord. No. 2016-102, § 1, 9-3-16)
Editor's note— Ord. No. 2016-102, § 1, adopted Sept. 13, 2016, amended the Code by adding provisions numbered as § 54-228. In order to avoid conflicts in section numbering the editor has renumbered these provisions as § 54-229.3.
a.
Intent. The Folly Road, FR, overlay zone fronts on the east and west sides of Folly Road from its intersection with Tatum Road south to the Folly River and includes only those parcels with a commercial base zoning designation. Folly Road is the main thoroughfare on James Island and the only route leading to Folly Beach. As such, it carries a large number of vehicles each day. Moreover, some of the properties along Folly Road are located within the jurisdictional limits of the Town of James Island, the City of Folly Beach, the City of Charleston, and unincorporated Charleston County. The intent of the FR overlay zone is to implement traffic safety measures, to improve the visual character of the corridor, and to create consistency between the Town of James Island, the City of Folly Beach, the City of Charleston, and unincorporated Charleston County concerning land use and design standards.
b.
Generally.
1.
Development regulations for all areas of the FR overlay zone. The following development regulations apply to all parcels within the FR overlay zone in addition to the requirements described below for each of the five sub-areas. All development applications, except for development applications for one-family detached dwellings, shall, at the time application is made, provide proof that the following requirements will be met prior to the issuance of any approvals:
(a)
Vehicle access.
(1)
All parcels in this overlay zoning district with a base zoning of RO (Residential Office) shall be allowed one curb cut per 150 feet of road frontage; all other parcels with a commercial base zoning shall be allowed one curb cut every 250 feet.
(2)
Proposed new access drives shall be a minimum distance of 75 feet from a street intersection measured from the edge of the intersecting roadway to the beginning of the driveway radius. These minimum spacing requirements shall be increased if a right-turn deceleration lane is required and shall equal the length of the turn lane and taper plus an additional distance of 50 feet.
(3)
All applications for development of non-residential uses shall include a suitable access management plan demonstrating that the driveway separation requirements can be met. The following techniques may be employed to achieve this result, but the burden of accomplishing the desired effect remains with the developer of the property:
a.
Aggregation of parcel;
b.
Parallel frontage or "backage" roads;
c.
Shared curb cuts between adjoining properties; and
d.
Shared access easements between parcels.
(b)
Pedestrian access. Paved pedestrian ways shall be included in site design and shall provide a continuous link to adjacent parcels, as well as within the development area. Grade-separated pedestrian walkways must provide a direct connection from the street to the main entrance, and to abutting properties. Pedestrian walkways must be designed and located in a manner that does not require pedestrians to walk through parking lots or cross driveways and sidewalks may be allowed in right-of-way-buffers.
(c)
Building height. The height of buildings shall not exceed a maximum of two and one-half (2.5) stories or thirty-five (35) feet, whichever is less, measured from the highest curb elevation of Folly Road adjacent to the site, except that architectural features such as parapets, cupolas, roof structures, and other similar features shall be allowed to exceed the 35-foot height limitation but not exceed a total building height of 40 feet.
(d)
Residential density. Parcels with a base zoning of CT, LB, GB and LI within the Folly Road Overlay shall be limited to a maximum of eight dwelling units per acre of high ground. A maximum of 12 dwelling units per acre of high ground shall be permitted if workforce housing requirements contained in Article 2, Part 15, of this chapter are met. All parcels developed with residential uses greater than 10,000 square feet shall include commercial uses so that the square footage of conditioned, commercial floor space equals a minimum of 10 percent of the total square footage of conditioned floor space on the parcel. Residential developments that provide workforce housing shall be exempt from the 10 percent commercial use requirement.
(e)
Uses. Permitted uses and prohibited uses are described in each of the five sub-areas below. Gun shops shall be permitted only on parcels in this overlay zoning district with a base zoning of General Business (GB).
(f)
Coordination with adjacent jurisdictions. A letter of notification to the Town of James Island, Charleston County, and/or City of Folly Beach shall be required as part of all land development applications, dependent upon overlay zoning district area. The purpose of the notification is to ensure that each jurisdiction is aware of proposed development.
(g)
Multi-use path. A multi-use path of at least twelve feet (12') in width shall be installed along the frontage of the parcel. The design of the multi-use path shall be reviewed and approved by the Design Review Board ("DRB"). The DRB shall seek to have the path implemented in an aesthetically pleasing manner with regards to landscaping, the proposed building, existing trees and other site features and context. The multi-use path may be fully in the right-of-way or on private property with an easement. The multi-use path shall be as safely designed as possible with good separation from moving traffic on Folly Road. If the applicant establishes that the required minimum width of the multi-use path is not feasible based on site conditions, the DRB may: (1) permit a reduction in the required minimum buffer plantings along the road right-of-way to accommodate the minimum required width of the path; and/or (2) permit a reduction in the required width of the multi-use path.
(Ord. No. 2017-148, § 2, 12-11-17; Ord. No. 2020-027, § 2, 2-25-20)
The North Village sub-area extends from Crosscreek/Tatum Street to Oakpoint Road (Ellis Creek area). This area currently consists of mixed medium and low intensity commercial uses such as shopping centers, professional offices, and vehicle services. Higher intensity residential uses, such as apartment complexes, also exist in this area. The following regulations apply in addition to the requirements of Section 54-229.4, b:
a.
Permitted uses. Permitted uses on a parcel shall include uses allowed in the base zoning district of that parcel as modified by Section 54-229.4, b, except that motor vehicle dealers (new and used) shall be prohibited.
b.
Prohibited uses. Motor vehicle dealers (new and used) shall be prohibited.
c.
Buffers.
1.
A minimum 25-foot vegetated right-of-way buffer shall be required for parcels along Folly Road with a base zoning of GB, LB, CT or GO;
2.
A minimum 15-foot vegetated right of way buffer shall be required for parcels along Folly Road with a base zoning of RO;
3.
Parcels with a base zoning of GB, LB, CT or GO shall be required to have a minimum 20-foot rear vegetated buffer adjacent to residentially zoned parcels;
4.
Parcels with a base zoning of RO shall be required to have a minimum 15-foot vegetated rear buffer adjacent to residentially zoned parcels; and
5.
Where appropriate, fencing may be required to screen adjacent residentially zoned parcels. When a minimum 6-foot high opaque fence or wall is utilized, the zoning administrator may reduce the land use buffer by up to one-half its required depth when deemed appropriate; however, no required vegetated buffer shall be less than 10 feet in depth.
6.
Exceptions. In order to allow for new buildings to relate harmoniously with the streetscape and to other structures in the vicinity, when deemed appropriate by the Design Review Board, buildings may be permitted to encroach into the required right-of-way buffer. This exemption shall not apply to parking lots or any other vehicular use areas.
The Commercial Core sub-area is the gateway and commercial center and extends from Oak Point Road (Ellis Creek Area) to Prescott Street. This area currently consists of higher intensity commercial uses such as chain type restaurants, vehicle service and repair, drug stores, and shopping centers with minimal buffering along Folly Road. The following regulations apply in addition to the requirements of Section 54-229.4, b:
a.
Permitted uses. Permitted uses on a parcel shall include uses allowed in the base zoning district of that parcel as modified by Section 54-229.4, b, except that motor vehicle dealers (new and used) shall be prohibited.
b.
Prohibited uses. Motor vehicle dealers (new and used) shall be prohibited.
c.
Buffers.
1.
A minimum of a 15-foot vegetated right-of-way buffer shall be required along Folly Road.
2.
A minimum of a 25-foot rear vegetated buffer shall be required adjacent to residentially zoned parcels; and
3.
Fencing may be required to screen adjacent residentially zoned parcels. When a minimum 6-foot high opaque fence or wall is utilized, the zoning administrator may reduce the land use buffer by up to one-half its required depth when deemed appropriate; however, no required vegetated buffer shall be less than 10 feet in depth.
4.
Exceptions. In order to allow for new buildings to relate harmoniously with the streetscape and to other structures in the vicinity, when deemed appropriate by the Design Review Board, buildings may be permitted to encroach into the required right-of-way buffer. This exemption shall not apply to parking lots or any other vehicular use areas.
The South Village sub-area extends from Prescott Street to Grimball Road Extension. This area currently consists of mixed medium to high intensity commercial development, such as shopping centers big box stores and consumer services, along the west side of Folly Road and primarily small scale office and residential uses along the east side of Folly Road. This area is intended for development similar to the North Village sub-area with less intense commercial development than the Commercial Core sub-area and a mix of medium to high intensity uses along the west side of Folly Road and lower intensity development on the east side of Folly Road. Future development in this area is to be a mix of commercial and residential uses with increased right-of-way buffers along the west side of Folly Road and increased land use buffers on both sides of Folly Road when commercial development occurs adjacent to single family detached residential uses. The following regulations apply in addition to the requirements of Section 54-229.4, b:
a.
Permitted uses. Permitted uses on a parcel shall include uses allowed in the base zoning district of that parcel as modified by Section 54-229.4, b, except that motor vehicle dealers (new and used) shall be prohibited.
b.
Prohibited uses. Motor vehicle dealers (new and used) shall be prohibited.
c.
Buffers.
1.
A minimum 15-foot vegetated right-of-way buffer shall be required along the east side of Folly Road and a minimum 35-foot vegetated right-of-way buffer shall be required along the west side of Folly Road;
2.
A minimum 20-foot vegetated rear buffer shall be required adjacent to residentially zoned parcels; and
3.
Fencing may be required to screen adjacent residentially zoned parcels. When a minimum 6-foot high opaque fence or wall is utilized, the zoning administrator may reduce the land use buffer by up to one-half its required depth when deemed appropriate; however, no required vegetated buffer shall be less than 10 feet in depth.
4.
Exceptions. In order to allow for new buildings to relate harmoniously with the streetscape and to other structures in the vicinity, when deemed appropriate by the Design Review Board, buildings may be permitted to encroach into the required right-of-way buffer. This exemption shall not apply to parking lots or any other vehicular use areas.
(Ord. No. 2017-148, § 2, 12-11-17; Ord. No. 2018-080, § 2, 7-17-18)
The Neighborhood Preservation sub-area extends from Grimball Road Extension to Battery Island Drive. This area consists primarily of low-intensity residential uses with some commercial development primarily along the northwest area of Folly Road. This portion of the overlay zoning district is intended to provide an appropriate transition from the more intense commercial development in the North Village, Commercial Core, and South Village Areas before entering the Conservation Area and the City of Folly Beach. The following regulations apply in addition to the requirements of Section 54-229.4, b:
a.
Permitted uses. Permitted uses on a parcel shall include uses allowed in the base zoning district of that parcel as modified by Section 54-229.4, b, except that motor vehicle dealers (new and used), eating places with drive-thru service, gasoline service stations (with or without convenience stores), indoor recreation and entertainment, and automotive repair shops shall be prohibited.
b.
Prohibited uses. Motor vehicle dealers (new and used), eating places with drive-thru service, gasoline service stations (with or without convenience stores), indoor recreation and entertainment, and automotive repair shops shall be prohibited.
c.
Building size. No single building structure shall exceed 5,000 square feet in gross floor area.
d.
Buffers.
1.
A minimum of a 25-foot vegetated right-of-way buffer shall be required along Folly Road. This buffer may be reduced to 15 feet when there is no parking or vehicular use area between buildings and right-of-way.
2.
A minimum of a 20-foot vegetated rear buffer shall be required adjacent to residentially zoned parcels.
3.
Fencing may be required to screen adjacent residentially zoned parcels. When a minimum 6-foot high opaque fence or wall is utilized, the zoning administrator may reduce the land use buffer by up to one-half its required depth when deemed appropriate; however, no required vegetated buffer shall be less than 10 feet in depth.
4.
Exceptions. In order to allow for new buildings to relate harmoniously with the streetscape and to other structures in the vicinity, when deemed appropriate by the Design Review Board, buildings may be permitted to encroach into the required right-of-way buffer. This exemption shall not apply to parking lots or any other vehicular use areas.
(Ord. No. 2017-148, § 2, 12-11-17 ; Ord. No. 2018-080, § 1, 7-17-18)
The Conservation sub-area extends from Battery Island Drive to the Folly River. This area is intended to be the least intensely developed area of the overlay zoning district and is to provide a natural scenic open space before entering the City of Folly Beach by preserving the marsh views and vistas of this area. This portion of the overlay zoning district is intended to provide an appropriate transition from the more intense commercial development in the North Village, Commercial Core, and South Village sub-areas before entering the Conservation sub-area and the City of Folly Beach by preserving the existing low density residential character. The following regulations apply in addition to the requirements of Section 54-229.4, b:
a.
Permitted uses. Permitted uses on a parcel shall include uses allowed in the base zoning district of that parcel as modified by Section 54-229.4, b, except that motor vehicle dealers (new and used) shall be prohibited.
b.
Prohibited uses. Motor vehicle dealers (new and used) shall be prohibited.
c.
Buffers.
1.
A minimum of a 25-foot vegetated right-of-way buffer shall be required along Folly Road in the commercial area which may be reduced to 15 feet when there is no parking or vehicular use area between buildings and right-of-way;
2.
A minimum of a 20-foot vegetated rear buffer shall be required adjacent to residentially zoned parcels; and
3.
Fencing may be required to screen adjacent residentially zoned parcels. When a minimum 6-foot high opaque fence or wall is utilized, the zoning administrator may reduce the land use buffer by up to one-half its required depth when deemed appropriate; however, no required vegetated buffer shall be less than 10 feet in depth.
4.
Exceptions. In order to allow for new buildings to relate harmoniously with the streetscape and to other structures in the vicinity, when deemed appropriate by the Design Review Board, buildings may be permitted to encroach into the required right-of-way buffer. This exemption shall not apply to parking lots or any other vehicular use areas.
In order to promote the economic and general welfare of the city and of the public generally, and to insure the harmonious, orderly and efficient growth and development of the city, it is deemed essential by the city council of the city that the qualities relating to the history of the city and a harmonious outward appearance of structures which preserve property values and attract tourist and residents alike be preserved; some of these qualities being the continued existence and preservation of historic areas and structures; continued construction of structures in the historic styles and a general harmony as to style, form, color, proportion, texture and material between structures of historic design and those of more modern design. These purposes are advanced through the preservation and protection of old historic or architecturally worthy structures and quaint neighborhoods which impart a distinct aspect to the city and which serve as visible reminders of the historical and cultural heritage of the city, the state, and the nation.
(Ord. No. 2012-385, § 2(Exh. B), 10-23-12; Ord. No. 2017-084, § 1, 8-15-17)
a.
For the purpose of this article, three types of special districts are established, as follows:
1.
Old and Historic District and Old City District. The boundaries of the Old and Historic District and Old City District are as delineated upon the zone map, a part of the zoning ordinance of the city.
2.
Historic Corridor District. The boundaries of the Historic Corridor District are as delineated upon the zone map, a part of the city zoning ordinance.
b.
For the purposes of this article, "exterior architectural appearance" shall include architectural character, general composition and general arrangement of the exterior of a structure, its height, scale and mass in relation to its immediate surroundings, the kind, color and texture of the building material and type and character of all windows, doors, light fixtures, signs and appurtenant elements that are visible from a street or public right-of-way.
c.
For the purposes of this article, "structure" shall include, in addition to buildings, walls, fences, signs, light fixtures, steps or appurtenant elements thereof.
d.
For purposes of this article, "demolition" means the removal of an entire structure or a substantial portion of a structure visible from the public right-of-way or a substantial portion of features of a structure that are visible from the public rights-of-way that define its historic architectural character, such as roofs, columns, balustrades, chimneys, siding, windows, doors, shutters, site walls, fences and other unique architectural features, which if lost, would compromise the historic architectural character of the structure.
e.
For purposes of this article, "height" means the vertical extent of a structure as described in Section 54-306 of this chapter.
f.
For purposes of this article, "scale" means building elements and details and the relationship of a building to itself, to humans, and to structures in its immediate surroundings in terms of its visual unity, continuity and proportions.
g.
For purposes of this article, "mass" means the volume or bulk of a building expressed in its three-dimensional form, to include variations in the shape and form of the building and its relationship to the size of structures in its immediate surroundings.
h.
For purposes of this article, "immediate surroundings" means abutting properties and those on both sides of the street of the block in which the building is located.
i.
For purposes of this article, "block" means the aggregate (or sum) of privately owned lots passages, rear lanes and alleys lying between one public street and, as to that street, the next public street.
j.
For purposes of this article, "visible from the public right-of-way" means only such portion of a structure that can be viewed by the naked eye from street level. In determining visibility, presence of vegetation shall be ignored.
k.
For purposes of this article, "Certificate of Appropriateness" means the approval of a project by the Board that entitles the applicant to apply for a building permit.
(Ord. No. 2012-385, § 2(Exh. B), 10-23-12; Ord. No. 2017-084, § 1, 8-15-17)
a.
No structure which is within the Old and Historic District shall be erected, demolished or removed in whole or in part, nor shall the exterior architectural appearance of any structure which is visible from a public right-of-way be altered until after an application for a permit has been submitted to and approved by the Board of Architectural Review.
b.
No structure in the Old City District or the Historic Corridor District that is either more than 50 years old or listed in Categories 1, 2, 3 or 4 on the Inventory Map as adopted by Section 54-235 shall be demolished, removed in whole or part, or relocated until after an application for a permit has been submitted to the Board of Architectural Review and either has been approved by it or the period of postponement in the case of application for partial or total demolition hereafter provided for in Section 54-240, d., has expired.
c.
The exterior architectural appearance of any structure, either more than one hundred years old or listed in Categories 1, 2, 3 and 4 on the Inventory Map adopted by Section 54-235 which is within the Old City District and which is visible from a public right-of-way, shall not be changed until after an application for a permit has been submitted to and approved by the Board of Architectural Review. In the Historic Corridor District, the exterior architectural appearance of structures visible from a public right-of-way, except for residential structures with fewer than eight units, shall not be changed until an application has been submitted to and approved by the Board of Architectural Review.
d.
Within the Old City District and Historic Corridor District, no new structure which will be visible from a public right-of-way upon its completion shall be erected until after an application for a permit has been submitted to and approved by the Board of Architectural Review.
e.
Evidence of the approval required above shall be a Certificate of Appropriateness issued by the Board of Architectural Review as created herein. Such certificate shall be a statement signed by the chairman of the Board of Architectural Review or administrative officer, as applicable, stating that the new construction, demolition, relocation or the changes in the exterior architectural appearance for which application has been made are approved by the Board of Architectural Review; provided, however, that repairs and renovations to existing structures which do not alter the exterior appearance and are so exempted by the administrative officer as herein provided need not be approved by the Board of Architectural Review.
f.
Any person requesting a permit under this section and article shall be entitled to a hearing on such request before the Board of Architectural Review.
(Ord. No. 2003-93, §§ 1, 2, 9-23-03; Ord. No. 2012-385, § 2(Exh. B), 10-23-12; Ord. No. 2013-70, § 1, 7-16-13; Ord. No. 2017-084, § 1, 8-15-17)
a.
Two Boards of Architectural Review are hereby established, to be known as the Board of Architectural Review - Small (the "BAR-S") and the Board of Architectural Review - Large (the "BAR-L"). The BAR-S shall hear and decide applications for projects that are 10,000 square feet or less in size and minor modifications to projects over 10,000 square feet. The BAR-L shall hear and decide applications for projects that exceed 10,000 square feet. Commercial and institutional projects up to 10,000 square feet may be reviewed by BAR-S or BAR-L depending on the use, location, and complexity of the project, as determined by staff. Demolition applications shall be assigned to either the BAR-S or BAR-L, as determined by staff.
b.
Each Board of Architectural Review shall consist of five (5) members and two (2) alternates who do not hold any other public office or position in the City of Charleston and are appointed by City Council. Board members shall be citizens of the City of Charleston, or non-citizen owners, principals, or employees of businesses located in the City. Each Board shall include two (2) registered architects, an attorney, a licensed professional involved in construction or engineering and a lay person. The members and alternates shall have demonstrated experience in historic design or preservation and at least one of the following fields: fine arts, architecture, structural engineering, landscape architecture, civil engineering, urban design, city planning, preservation, construction, real estate, law or associated disciplines. Each board shall elect one of its members chairman, who shall serve for a term of one year or until reelected or a successor is elected and qualified. Each board shall appoint a secretary who may be an officer of the governing authority. Each board shall adopt rules of procedure.
c.
The initial term of three (3) of the five (5) members and one (1) alternate first appointed to the BAR-S and BAR-L shall expire on the date of the first regular City Council meeting in January following their appointment, and the initial term of the other two (2) of the five (5) members and the other alternate first appointed to the BAR-S and BAR-L shall expire on the date of the first regular City Council meeting in January two years thereafter. Following the initial term, the terms of all members and alternates shall be three (3) years. No member shall serve more than two successive three-year terms. A member who has served two successive three-year terms on the BAR-S is not disqualified from serving two successive three-year terms on the BAR-L, and vice versa. An appointment to fill a vacancy shall be only for the expired portion of the term.
d.
Meetings of the board may be held at the call of the chairman and at such other times as the board may determine. The chairman or, in his or her absence, the acting chairman, may administer oaths and compel the attendance of witnesses by subpoena. The board shall keep minutes of its proceedings, showing the vote of each member upon each question, or if absent or failing to vote, indicating the fact, and shall keep records of its examinations and other official actions, all of which immediately must be filed in the office of the board and must be a public record.
e.
Alternate members, when seated, have all the powers and duties of regular members. Alternate members may always attend meetings but shall only participate in board deliberations and debate, make motions and vote in the absence or voting disqualification of a regular member or the vacancy of a regular member's seat. When necessary to achieve a quorum, an alternate of one Board may serve on the other Board.
(Ord. No. 1999-54, § 2A, 4-27-99; Ord. No. 2000-35, § 1, 3-14-00; Ord. No. 2007-60, § 1, 3-6-07; Ord. No. 2012-385, § 2(Exh. B), 10-23-12; Ord. No. 2013-49, § 1, 5-14-13; Ord. No. 2014-17, § 2, 2-11-14; Ord. No. 2015-169, §§ 1—4, 11-24-2015, eff. 1-1-2016; Ord. No. 2017-084, § 1, 8-15-17; Ord. No. 2023-205, § 1, 10-10-23; Ord. No. 2024-094, § 1, 7-16-24)
a.
The Board of Architectural Review may meet at any time upon call of the chairman and, in addition, shall within fifteen (15) days after notification by the administrative officer of the filing of an application for a permit to demolish any structure in whole or in part, hold a public hearing upon each application. At least five (5) days' notice of the time and place of each such hearing shall be given by the administrative officer as follows:
1.
In writing to the applicant.
2.
In writing to all persons or organizations that have filed an annual written request for such notices and have paid an annual fee, not to exceed twenty-five dollars ($25.00), to cover the costs involved.
3.
By publication in the form of an advertisement in a newspaper of general circulation within the city.
(Ord. No. 2012-385, § 2(Exh. B), 10-23-12; Ord. No. 2017-084, § 1, 8-15-17)
In order to identify structures within peninsula Charleston which should be preserved, maintained and protected in the public interest and to provide guidance for the Board of Architectural Review there hereby is adopted as an official public document the inventory map entitled "Historic Architecture Inventory, 1972-73, Peninsula City, Charleston, S.C.," prepared for the city by Carl Feiss, FAIA, AIP, City Planning and Architectural Associates, and Russell Wright, AIP, consisting of peninsula Charleston south of Highway 17, and additional sheets being dated September 4, 1973, with revisions September 11, 1973, October 16, 1973, November 14, 1973, February 20, 1974 and March 27, 1974, as amended by the inventory map entitled "South Carolina Inventory of Historic Places Survey Report, City of Charleston, S.C." prepared for the city by Geier Brown Renfrow Architects and dated August 1985, and as amended by the inventory entitled "A Historic Architectural Resources Survey of the Upper Peninsula, Charleston, South Carolina" prepared by Brockington and Associates, dated 2004 consisting of the peninsula Charleston north of Line Street and south of Mount Pleasant Street (collectively "Inventory Map"). The original of the said Inventory Map shall be filed in the Department of Planning and Preservation as a public record and shall be available for public inspection during normal business hours. Based on changed conditions, the Board of Architectural Review from time to time may recommend to the City Council additional revisions of said Inventory Map, but none shall become effective until the Zoning Ordinance has been appropriately amended.
(Ord. No. 2012-385, § 2(Exh. B), 10-23-12; Ord. No. 2017-084, § 1, 8-15-17; Ord. No. 2025-086, § 1, 6-17-25)
In order to provide guidance and insight into desirable goals and objectives for the Old City District, the Old and Historic District and Historic Corridor District for desirable types of development, and for the maintenance of consistent policies in guiding the building public toward better standards of design, the Board of Architectural Review shall be guided by the Secretary of the Interior's Standards for Historic Preservation and the 2017 BAR PRINCIPLES FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION AND RENOVATION AND REPAIRS, said Standards and PRINCIPLES being incorporated herein by reference, and permanent copies of which shall be maintained by the Department of Planning and Preservation, or its successor department, and copies of which shall be made available to interested persons on request.
(Ord. No. 2012-385, § 2(Exh. B), 10-23-12; Ord. No. 2017-084, § 1, 8-15-17; Ord. No. 2025-086, § 1, 6-17-25)
Pre-Application Conference: Applicants are required to meet with staff prior to applying for Conceptual Approval for projects exceeding 10,000 square feet to assure the applicant is acquainted with and has an understanding of the Board's Guidelines. Applicants for projects of 10,000 square feet or less are encouraged, but not required, to likewise meet with staff prior to applying for Conceptual Approval.
Conceptual: Review of the general height, scale, mass and three dimensional form of a building, or an addition to an existing building, and the general architectural direction and quality of the project as it relates to its site, its neighborhood, its immediate surroundings and the City of Charleston. This phase defines the overall quality and architectural character of the project.
Preliminary: Review of the development of the conceptual design and its relationship to its context in terms of the project's details, finishes and materials. This phase defines the level of quality of construction, and the relationship of the building's components to surrounding buildings and to one another.
Final: Review of the completion of the preliminary design based on completed construction documents and material specifications for consistency with the level of quality of the previous phases. Final Review of BAR-L projects shall be by the Board, unless the Board delegates the review to staff. Final Review of BAR-S projects shall be by staff; provided however, at its discretion, staff may require Final Review to be undertaken by the Board; and provided further that the BAR-S, in its discretion, may request to undertake Final Review. Any final review that is delegated to staff is for the purpose of assuring that for-permit construction drawings comply with the approved design.
Comparative Reviews: For each review after Conceptual approval, or if the applicant is required to submit more than one conceptual submittal, the applicant shall show on the same sheet the previous proposal for comparison to the current proposal
Courtesy Review: At the discretion of staff, an applicant may be requested to submit to a courtesy review of a project by the Board to receive informal initial feedback as to the direction of the project.
Affordable/Workforce Housing Projects: Projects which include affordable or workforce housing units that are submitted by the application deadline and which comply with all submittal requirements shall be placed on the agenda of the next regularly scheduled meeting of the Board, subject to Rules of the Board if any, that limit the number of items on agenda.
In the case of very minor projects involving repair or alterations to existing structures, the Board of Architectural Review, if the preliminary drawings and other data are sufficiently clear and explicit, may grant preliminary and final approval at one review session. Should said data indicate alterations, remodeling, or repairs not changing the exterior appearance, the administrative officer may exempt the application from provisions of this section and approve a Certificate of Appropriateness.
(Ord. No. 2012-385, § 2(Exh. B), 10-23-12; Ord. No. 2017-084, § 1, 8-15-17)
Applications for demolition, relocation, new construction, or alterations and/or additions or renovations to existing structures shall include such drawings, photographs or other information as may from time to time be adopted by the Board of Architectural Review, copies of which shall be maintained in the Office of Planning and Preservation or such successor office thereto.
(Ord. No. 2012-385, § 2(Exh. B), 10-23-12; Ord. No. 2017-084, § 1, 8-15-17; Ord. No. 2025-086, § 1, 6-17-25)
Upon the filing of an application with the Board of Architectural Review, the property to which such application applies shall be posted with a sign at least five (5) days prior to any public hearing when the application will be considered and said sign shall specify the appropriate city department to contact concerning information regarding the application. The Board of Architectural Review shall adopt and implement rules of procedure by which the posting of signing shall be conducted, and may make recommendations to City Council of fees to be charged therefore. Any fee schedule established hereunder shall be approved by City Council.
(Ord. No. 2012-385, § 2(Exh. B), 10-23-12; Ord. No. 2017-084, § 1, 8-15-17)
a.
In reviewing any application before it, the Board of Architectural Review may approve, deny or conditionally approve an application. If in the opinion of the Board, an application requires further study, action on an application may be deferred. In passing on an administrative appeal, the Board may affirm, modify or reverse the decision.
b.
In reviewing an application to demolish, or demolish in part, or remove, or alter the exterior architectural appearance of any existing structure, the Board of Architectural Review shall consider, among other things, the historic, architectural and aesthetic features of such structure, the nature and character of the surrounding area, the historic or culturally important use of such structure and the importance to the city.
c.
In reviewing an application for new construction in the Old and Historic District, Old City District or Historic Corridor District, the Board of Architectural Review shall consider, among other things, the general design, the character and appropriateness of design, the height, scale and mass of the structure, the arrangement, texture, materials and color of the structure in question, and the relation of such aspects, features and elements to similar aspects, features and elements of structures in the immediate surroundings. Notwithstanding anything in this Chapter to the contrary, in passing upon an application, the Board of Architectural Review is empowered to require the use of architectural techniques such as building façade and mass modulations or adjustments to the footprint of a structure on a site to achieve appropriate form and proportion of a structure in relation to its immediate surroundings, so long as such techniques do not unreasonably restrict the use of a site in light of its underlying zoning. The Board of Architectural Review shall not consider interior arrangement or interior design; nor shall it make requirements except for the purpose of preventing designs of developments which are not in harmony with the prevailing character of Charleston, or which are obviously incongruous with this character.
d.
Among other grounds for considering a design inappropriate and requiring denial or deferral and resubmission are the following effects: Arresting and spectacular effects, violent contrasts of materials or colors and intense or lurid colors, a multiplicity or incongruity of details resulting in a restless and disturbing appearance, the absence of unity, visual compatibility and coherence in composition, form and proportion not in consonance with the dignity and character of the present structure (in the case of repair, remodeling or enlargement of an existing structure) or with the prevailing character of the immediate surroundings (in the case of a new structure).
e.
In case of denial of an application, the Board of Architectural Review shall state the reasons therefore in a written statement to the applicant and make recommendations in regard to appropriateness of design.
f.
The Board of Architectural Review may refuse a permit or Certificate of Appropriateness for the erection, reconstruction, alteration, demolition, partial demolition, or removal of any structure within the Old and Historic District, which in the opinion of the Board of Architectural Review, would be detrimental to the interests of the Old and Historic District and against the historic character and public interest of the city.
g.
Upon receiving an application for the demolition or removal of a structure over fifty (50) years old and within the limits of the Old City District, the Board of Architectural Review, within forty-five (45) days after receipt of the application, shall either approve or deny such application, or find that the preservation and protection of historic places and the public interest will best be served by postponing the application for a designated period, which shall not exceed one hundred eighty (180) days from the receipt of the application, and notify the applicant of such postponement.
h.
In any case involving the demolition or partial demolition or removal of a structure, before granting approval or requiring a postponement, the Board of Architectural Review may call on the chief building official to provide it with a report on the state of repair and structural stability of the structure under consideration.
i.
In all applications involving the demolition or partial demolition or removal of a structure, provision shall be made for a public hearing as set forth in this article.
j.
Within the period of postponement of such demolition, partial demolition or removal of any structure, the Board of Architectural Review shall take steps to ascertain what the City Council can or may do to preserve such structure, including consultation with private civic groups, interested private citizens and other public boards or agencies and including investigation of the potential use of the power of eminent domain when the preservation of a given structure is clearly in the interest of the general welfare of the community and of certain historic and architectural significance. The Board of Architectural Review shall then make such recommendations thereabout to the City Council as the board may determine to submit.
k.
The Board of Architectural Review shall have the power to delay for a period of 180 days or deny outright the demolition, partial demolition or removal of a structure over 50 years old in the area bounded to the north by Mount Pleasant Street or the extensions thereof into the waters of the Ashley and Cooper Rivers, to the east by the waters of the Cooper River to the south by the Old City District and to the west by the waters of the Ashley River.
l.
The approval of an application by the Board of Zoning Appeals—Zoning or the Board of Zoning Appeals—Site Design pertaining to dimensional requirements of a proposed project shall not be binding on the Board of Architectural Review in its review, or of any power granted to it in this ordinance.
(Ord. No. 1998-148, § 1, 8-18-98; Ord. No. 1999-54, § 4, 4-27-99; Ord. No. 2012-385, § 2(Exh. B), 10-23-12; Ord. No. 2017-084, § 1, 8-15-17)
a.
The Board of Architectural Review, on its own initiative, may file a petition with the chief building official requesting that said officer proceed under the public safety and housing ordinance to require correction of defects or repairs to any structure covered by this article so that such structure shall not experience demolition by neglect and be preserved and protected in consonance with the purpose of this article and the public safety and housing ordinance.
b.
An application to the Board of Architectural Review for after-the-fact approval for demolition of a structure, in whole or in part, creates a rebuttable presumption that the demolition was intentional when a prior application for demolition of said structure, whether in whole or in part, was denied within the preceding five (5) years.
1.
The presumption may be rebutted by credible evidence establishing to the Board of Architectural Review's satisfaction that:
i.
Significant and material further deterioration of the structure not occasioned by neglect occurred after denial of the prior application, and that such further deterioration was caused by circumstances beyond the owner's control; or
ii.
Good faith efforts to prevent further deterioration of the structure were undertaken after denial of the prior application, and the present condition of the structure indicates those efforts were significantly and materially frustrated by circumstances beyond the owner's control.
2.
Where the presumption is not rebutted, the application shall be denied. The owner shall be subject to penalties as stated in section 1-16 of the Code of the City of Charleston, South Carolina, and any licensed professionals who took part in the unauthorized demolition shall be subject to suspension or revocation of their business license pursuant to section 17-30 of the Code of the City of Charleston, South Carolina. In addition, the Board shall have discretion to deny any further approvals for the subject property for a period of up to five (5) years. Nothing herein shall prevent the Board from placing specific conditions to rebuild the structure in connection with the denial.
(Ord. No. 2012-385, § 2(Exh. B), 10-23-12; Ord. No. 2017-084, § 1, 8-15-17; Ord. No. 2023-250, § 1, 12-5-23; Ord. No. 2024-024, § 1, 2-27-24)
Editor's note— Ord. No. 2023-250, § 1, adopted December 5, 2023, amended the title of § 54-241 to read as herein set out. The former § 54-241 title pertained to powers of board to require repair of structures.
Nothing in this article shall be construed to prevent the ordinary maintenance or repair of any exterior elements of any structure described in section 54-232; nor shall anything in this article be construed to prevent the construction, reconstruction, alteration or demolition of any such elements which the chief building official shall certify as required by public safety.
(Ord. No. 2012-385, § 2(Exh. B), 10-23-12; Ord. No. 2017-084, § 1, 8-15-17)
Upon approval of the plans, the Board of Architectural Review shall forthwith transmit a report to the administrative officer stating the basis upon which such approval was made, and if no further action is required of the Board or staff, cause a Certificate of Appropriateness to be issued to the applicant. If the Board of Architectural Review shall fail to take final action upon any case within forty-five (45) days after the receipt of application for permit, the application shall be deemed to be disapproved, except where mutual agreement has been made for an extension of time limit.
When a Certificate of Appropriateness has been issued, a copy thereof shall be transmitted to the city building inspector, who shall from time to time inspect the alteration or construction approved by such certificate and shall make a report of such inspection to the Board of Architectural Review of any work not in accordance with such certificate or violating any ordinances of the city.
(Ord. No. 2012-385, § 2(Exh. B), 10-23-12; Ord. No. 2017-084, § 1, 8-15-17)
Conceptual and Preliminary approvals and Certificates of Appropriateness shall remain valid for two (2) years from the date of approval, unless extended in accordance with Section 54-962 hereof.
(Ord. No. 1999-24, § 1, 3-10-99; Ord. No. 2005-99, § 2, 6-21-05; Ord. No. 2012-385, § 2(Exh. B), 10-23-12; Ord. No. 2017-084, § 1, 8-15-17)
Appeals to the Board of Architectural Review may be taken by any person aggrieved or by any officer, department, Board or bureau of the city. Such appeal shall be taken within a reasonable time as provided by the rules of the Board by filing with the officer from whom the appeal is taken and with the Board of Architectural Review a notice of appeal specifying the grounds thereof. The officer from whom the appeal is taken shall forthwith transmit to the Board all the papers constituting the record upon which the action appealed from was taken.
(Ord. No. 1999-54, § 2B, 4-27-99; Ord. No. 2012-385, § 2(Exh. B), 10-23-12; Ord. No. 2012-385, § 2(Exh. B), 10-23-12; Ord. No. 2017-084, § 1, 8-15-17)
An appeal stays all proceedings in furtherance of the action appealed from, unless the officer from whom the appeal is taken certifies to the Board, after the notice of appeal shall have been filed with him, that by reason of facts stated in the certificate a stay would, in his opinion, cause imminent peril to life or property. In such case proceedings shall not be stayed otherwise than by a restraining order which may be granted by the Board of Architectural Review or a court of record on application, on notice to the officer from whom the appeal is taken, and on due cause shown.
(Ord. No. 1999-54, § 2B, 4-27-99; Ord. No. 2012-385, § 2(Exh. B), 10-23-12; Ord. No. 2017-084, § 1, 8-15-17)
The Board shall fix a reasonable time for the hearing of the appeal, or other matter referred to it, and give public notice of it, as well as due notice to the parties in interest, and decide the same within a reasonable time. At the hearing any party may appear in person or by agent or by attorney.
(Ord. No. 1999-54, § 2B, 4-27-99; Ord. No. 2012-385, § 2(Exh. B), 10-23-12; Ord. No. 2017-084, § 1, 8-15-17)
A person who may have a substantial interest in any decision of the Board or any officer or agent of the appropriate governing authority may appeal from a decision of the Board to the circuit court in the county by filing with the clerk of court a petition in writing setting forth plainly, fully, and distinctly why the decision is contrary to law. The appeal must be filed within thirty days after the affected party receives actual notice of the decision of the Board.
(Ord. No. 1999-54, § 2B, 4-27-99; Ord. No. 2012-385, § 2(Exh. B), 10-23-12; Ord. No. 2017-084, § 1, 8-15-17)
A planned unit development consists of a tract or tracts of land planned and developed as a whole in a single development stage or phased series of development stages according to an approved PUD Master Plan.
(Ord. No. 2013-125, § 1, 11-6-13)
A planned unit development (PUD) is intended to provide flexibility in the design of developments; to encourage comprehensive planning of developments; to permit innovation in neighborhood design that includes incorporation of open space, preservation of natural features and other amenities; to provide opportunity for a mixture of uses within a development, and to insure compatibility of developments with surrounding areas.
(Ord. No. 2013-125, § 1, 11-6-13)
a.
A tract or tracts of land is eligible for a PUD if the tract or tracts of land under consideration total five (5) or more contiguous acres. A PUD may include less than five (5) acres or contain non-contiguous parcels, if City Council, upon a recommendation of the Planning Commission, determines the PUD is an appropriate zoning classification because of the unique constraints of the land owing to the size, shape, topography or other physical conditions of the tract or tracts or because the proposed PUD is consistent from a land use and development perspective with an adjoining PUD. A PUD may consist of tracts of land owned by different owners provided that all owners agree in writing to the PUD Master Plan and provided that residential units and open space acreage requirements are allocated by tract in the PUD Master Plan and all subsequent plats and plans. PUD rezoning applications shall include the signatures of all property owners.
b.
No person shall erect or alter any building, structure or sign on any tract of land or use any tract of land within a PUD except in conformance with the requirements and limitations of the ordinance approving the PUD Master Plan. No Site Plan, Phasing Plan, Subdivision Concept Plan, Preliminary Plat, Road Construction Plans or Final Plat shall be approved except in conformance with this Article and the ordinance approving the Master Plan.
(Ord. No. 2013-125, § 1, 11-6-13)
a.
Generally. The procedure for approving a PUD application is divided into three steps which may be combined as described below.
Step 1. PUD Pre-Application Plan Review is intended to provide city staff with an introduction to the proposed development and a chance to comment on the proposal before the expenditure of funds in preparation of a Master Plan.
Step 2. Approval of a Master Plan and accompanying rezoning ordinance requires review by the Technical Review Committee and two public hearings, one with the Planning Commission, and one with City Council. Approval of a Master Plan and accompanying rezoning ordinance by City Council constitutes a rezoning of the property and establishes all site development regulations for future development on the property. Where applicable, the Subdivision Concept Plan, in accordance with Article 8, may proceed concurrently with this step.
Step 3. Subdivision Concept Plan Approval begins the process of subdividing property and building public improvements to serve the site. This step requires review by the Technical Review Committee and approval of the Planning Commission after a public hearing. After Subdivision Concept Plan approval, applications for preliminary plat and road construction plans approval shall be approved by the Technical Review Committee. Final Plat is approved by the Plat Review Committee.
b.
Administration. All petitions, applications and supporting documents for a PUD shall be filed with the office of the Zoning Administrator, who shall maintain and make available for public inspection records of all applications and related actions. The PUD rezoning application must be signed by the owner(s).
c.
Fees. All applications shall be accompanied by payment for applicable fees as set forth in the fee schedule for the Department of Planning and Preservation.
d.
PUD Pre-Application Plan Review.
1.
Applicants for a PUD shall schedule a meeting with the Director of the Department of Planning and Preservation representatives from other City departments to present their proposal and receive staff comments. Twelve (12) sets of the PUD Conceptual Plan shall be submitted to the Zoning Division in the Department of Planning and Preservation at least ten working days prior to the scheduled meeting.
2.
The Planning Director shall consult with other appropriate City departments and advise the applicant of the application's conformance with relevant plans adopted by City Council and shall provide comments within ten days following the meeting with the applicant.
e.
Master Plan Review.
1.
Applicants for a Master Plan PUD shall submit twelve (12) sets of the information required for Master Plans prior to the deadline for the next scheduled meeting of the Planning Commission. Applicants wishing to receive Subdivision Concept Plan approval concurrently with Master Plan approval in accordance with Article 8, shall submit eight (8) sets of the Subdivision Concept Plan which satisfies the information requirements in Article 8.
2.
The Zoning Administrator shall first determine if the application is complete. If complete, the Zoning Administrator shall refer the application to the Technical Review Committee and Planning Commission for the next scheduled meetings, and advertise a public hearing on the proposed Master Plan PUD application.
3.
The Technical Review Committee shall review the application and provide the Planning Commission with written comments at the public hearing. Utility providers and regulatory agencies may also be consulted.
4.
The Planning Commission shall review the application, hold a public hearing, and make a recommendation to the City Council to approve, approve with modifications and/or conditions, or disapprove the application.
5.
After the Planning Commission has made its recommendation, the Zoning Administrator shall forward the application with the recommendation to the Clerk of Council. The Clerk of Council shall then set the date for, and advertise the public hearing on the application, to be held at a scheduled meeting of City Council.
6.
Following the public hearing, the City Council shall approve, approve with modifications and/or conditions or disapprove the application for Master Plan PUD subject to Article 9: Part 3 Changes and Amendments.
7.
Approved Master Plans shall be filed with the Department of Planning and Preservation.
f.
Subdivision Concept Plan Approval.
1.
Applicants shall submit eight (8) sets of the Subdivision Concept Plan prepared in accordance with the requirements of Article 8. The Subdivision Concept Plan may be submitted after PUD Master Plan approval or concurrently with the PUD Master Plan per Article 8.
2.
The Zoning Administrator shall first determine if the application is complete. If complete, the Zoning Administrator shall refer the application to the Planning Commission for the next scheduled meeting and advertise a date for the public hearing by the Planning Commission. If not complete, the Zoning Administrator shall advise the applicant in writing why the application is not complete within ten (10) business days.
3.
The Technical Review Committee shall review the application to insure compliance with the Master Plan and provide the Planning Commission with written comments.
4.
The Planning Commission shall review the application, hold a public hearing, and approve, approve with modifications and/or conditions, or disapprove the application. Planning Commission approval of the Subdivision Concept Plan submitted with the PUD Master Plan shall be considered contingent upon City Council approval of the PUD Master Plan.
5.
After Subdivision Concept Plan approval, the applicant shall then submit the Preliminary Plat, Road Construction Plans and Site Plans to the Technical Review Committee for approval. Final plats shall be submitted to the Plat Review Committee and the approved final plat shall be recorded in the RMC office and also filed with the Department Planning and Preservation and the Department of Public Service.
(Ord. No. 2013-125, § 1, 11-6-13; Ord. No. 2025-086, § 1, 6-17-25)
Review of all PUD Master Plan applications shall be based on the criteria listed in this section. Prior to the Planning Commission or City Council approving, or approving with modifications any PUD Master Plan application, the Council and Commission shall find that the application:
a.
is consistent with the City's adopted comprehensive plan and all adopted plans for sub-areas of the City;
b.
better achieves the goals of adopted plans than would development under other zoning district regulations;
c.
is consistent with the City's adopted master road plan;
d.
better protects and preserves natural and cultural resources than would development under other zoning district regulations;
e.
is compatible with the density and maximum building height of adjacent developed neighborhoods and the zoning of adjacent undeveloped areas;
f.
is compatible with the existing network of public streets in adjacent neighborhoods and areas;
g.
provides adequate parking for residents and users of the PUD;
h.
can be accommodated by existing and planned public facilities including but not limited to, roads, sewer, water, schools and parks;
i.
provides adequate public facilities, open space and recreational amenities; and
j.
adequately provides for the continued maintenance of common areas, open space, and other public facilities not dedicated to the city;
k.
provides for a mixture of uses.
(Ord. No. 2013-125, § 1, 11-6-13)
a.
Generally. All sets of drawings and plans submitted as part of the PUD Master Plan shall be prepared in accordance with the following criteria.
1.
Scale: All drawings should use a consistent scale.
2.
Title page and locator map: Indicating the name of the development, the owner(s), the developer, the person or firm preparing the plan, the date of the plans and the location of the project area in relation to major streets, waterways or other geographical features.
3.
Title block: Indicating the name of the development, the owner(s), the developer, the person or firm preparing the plan and the date of the drawing.
4.
Professional certification: Each plan or drawing for the Master Plan submittal shall be prepared by a licensed architect, landscape architect, surveyor, or engineer.
5.
Each drawing set shall be bound into one package.
b.
PUD Pre-Application Plan Review. Prior to filing an application for a PUD, the applicant must submit twelve (12) sets of a PUD Pre-Application Plan to the Zoning Division in the Department of Planning and Preservation and meet with the Planning Director and representatives from other City departments regarding the proposed PUD development. The PUD Pre-Application Plan is not required to be prepared by an engineer. The PUD Pre-Application Plan shall, at a minimum, include the following information:
1.
A conceptual land use plan for the entire PUD delineating the approximate location and area of buildable and nonbuildable land, proposed uses and acreages and related planning and development data including information on vegetation, to include forest cover and significant stands of trees, proposed buffers, cultural resources, and adjacent land uses.
2.
A general plan for public facilities which includes an assessment of existing traffic patterns, storm drainage and the availability of sewer and water, and general topographic information from city topographic maps or other suitable maps.
c.
Master Plan. The application for a Planned Unit Development shall require the submission of twelve (12) sets of a PUD Master Plan containing, at a minimum, the following information:
1.
Plat prepared by a registered surveyor showing the exact location, size, shape, gross acreage, and ownership of the tract(s) to be developed as a PUD, all known easements located thereon, and the approximate location of all freshwater and saltwater wetlands and other critical areas as determined by a professional wetlands consultant.
2.
Site analysis prepared by registered engineer or surveyor showing the following:
(a)
Location of existing manmade features including, but not limited to, major utility lines or facilities, drainage canals, manmade water bodies and existing structures.
(b)
General topographic information from city topographic maps or other suitable maps.
(c)
Location and description of cultural resources identified in cultural resource inventories available through local and state government agencies.
3.
An aerial photograph of the entire PUD with property lines indicated.
4.
Land use plan showing the location, approximate net acreage and gross acreage of each type of residential, mixed-use, office, commercial, and industrial development pod, open space area, recreational area and water body in the PUD, and existing land uses adjacent to the PUD, except that for a PUD containing more than one thousand (1,000) acres, requirements for locating proposed open space areas and recreational areas may be generally defined in lieu of identifying locations on a land use plan to ensure that required useable open space areas are distributed throughout the PUD. The plan shall also show the approximate location of major vehicular, pedestrian and bicycle circulation systems within the PUD and include typical cross sections of major circulation systems indicating right-of-way width and design. The plan shall show proposed major transmission lines for utilities, proposed major stormwater drainage facilities, and proposed buffers. Within each residential development pod the maximum number of residential dwelling units and net density shall be specified.
Decisions regarding major land uses should be made on consultation with local government agencies and in consideration of the many impact factors listed below:
Traffic.
Schools.
Storm water drainage.
Fresh-water supply.
Sewerage.
Solid-waste management.
Other municipal services (e.g., health, safety).
Open space, natural and cultural resource preservation.
5.
For each development pod identified on the Land Use Plan, the following PUD Zoning Regulations, prepared in accordance with Section 54-257 PUD Zoning Regulations shall be provided.
(a)
For conservation and residential pods the regulations shall include, but not be limited to, the following:
(1)
The type of dwelling units allowed, i.e. single-family detached, single-family attached, duplex, two-family, townhouse, or multi-family.
(2)
Minimum lot size per dwelling unit and minimum lot frontage requirements.
(3)
Minimum setback requirements for principal buildings and, where applicable, for accessory buildings.
(4)
Maximum lot occupancy restrictions for buildings.
(5)
Minimum and/or maximum building heights (in feet and stories) allowed for principal buildings and, where applicable, for accessory buildings.
(6)
Regulations for neighborhood uses permitted in accordance with Section 54-257 PUD Zoning Regulations.
(7)
Parking requirements.
(b)
For mixed-use, commercial, office, civic and industrial pods the regulations shall include, but not be limited to the following:
(1)
Minimum building setbacks.
(2)
Building heights in feet and stories; minimum and maximum.
(3)
Maximum lot occupancy for buildings.
(4)
Regulations for residential uses as specified in the above section.
(5)
Permitted uses and restrictions on hours of operation, if any are proposed.
(6)
Parking requirements.
6.
For each area designated for open space and recreational use, a list and description of the proposed improvements and facilities shall be provided with an explanation of the ownership and maintenance of the areas and facilities.
7.
Proposed general plan for landscape buffers.
8.
Additional information requested during PUD Pre-Application Plan review or which will be helpful in reviewing the PUD.
9.
Traffic Impact Study. The type and scope of the study shall be determined by the Department of Traffic and Transportation and the Department of Planning, Preservation and Sustainability during the PUD Pre-Application Plan review based on the potential impacts the development is anticipated to have on the existing transportation infrastructure over and above the impact entitled development would have. Technical Review Committee requirements for traffic impact studies for Site Plans and Subdivision Concept Plans shall still apply.
10.
A drainage basin analysis shall be required with the PUD Master Plan application. The scope of the analysis shall be determined by the Engineering Division during the PUD Pre-Application Plan review.
d.
Subdivision Concept Plans, Preliminary Plats, Road Construction Plans, Final Plats and Site Plans shall be prepared in accordance with Article 6 and Article 8.
(Ord. No. 2013-125, § 1, 11-6-13; Ord. No. 2025-086, § 1, 6-17-25)
a.
Generally.
1.
PUD Zoning Regulations shall be developed for each development pod identified on the PUD Master Plan in accordance with the regulations set forth in this section.
2.
All applicable regulations of the Zoning Ordinance for the base zoning district not specifically permitted to be varied by this section shall remain in effect.
3.
All landscape buffer requirements specified in Article 3: Part 8 shall apply along the perimeter property lines and OCRM critical areas. However, a PUD may modify the perimeter buffer requirements provided that the modifications are addressed in the PUD guidelines and shown on the PUD master plan.
4.
Each set of PUD Zoning Regulations shall be displayed in a consistent, understandable format in the Master Plan.
b.
Permitted uses. Permitted uses for all PUD applications shall comply with the permitted uses and any special requirements specified in Article 2, of this Chapter for the applicable base zoning district(s).
1.
Exceptions.
(a)
Dwelling unit type. Within any PUD, the dwelling unit type may be varied. The permitted dwelling unit types shall be specified on the Master Plan.
(b)
Each PUD must include mixed-use, commercial, office, civic or industrial uses. These uses may be permitted within small designated locations within the PUD or larger pods.
(1)
Mixed-use, commercial, office, civic and industrial development pods shall provide pedestrian and vehicular access to major circulation systems and adjacent neighborhoods constructed as part of the PUD.
(2)
Each development pod devoted to mixed-use, commercial, office, civic and industrial shall be labeled on the Master Plan and PUD Zoning Regulations shall be specified for each pod.
c.
Height and Area Regulations. Within any base zoning district, the height, area and setback regulations specified in Article 3: Part 1, relating to setbacks for principal and accessory structures, lot area per dwelling unit, lot occupancy, and building height may be varied.
1.
Exceptions.
(a)
Old City Height Districts as specified in Article 3: Part 2, shall not be exceeded by PUD development.
d.
Density. The net density allowed for the entire PUD shall not be exceeded.
e.
Open Space. For PUD's with a net acreage greater than ten (10) acres, a minimum of twenty (20) percent of the gross acreage shall remain as open space; twenty-five (25) percent of the required open space shall be developed and maintained as usable open space.
f.
Parking and Off-Street Loading. The applicant shall be permitted to develop new parking and off-street loading standards for the number of spaces required for each permitted use within the PUD Master Plan or adopt the parking requirements of Article 3: Part 4, and the off-street loading requirements of Article 3: Part 5. New parking and off-street loading standards shall be specified in the Master Plan.
g.
Rights-of-way. In order to allow flexibility in the design of major circulation systems shown on the PUD Master Plan, the applicant may modify requirements in Article 8, for right-of-way width, pavement width, curb, gutter and sidewalk improvements upon a finding that such requirements are not in the interest of the residents of the development or the entire City, provided that the applicant can demonstrate to the satisfaction of the City that:
1.
The resulting improvements are designed and constructed in accordance with accepted engineering standards.
2.
The modification is reasonable because of the uniqueness of the planned development and the excellence of design and construction to be employed in the development.
3.
Any modification of street requirements is reasonable in relation to projected traffic generation in the area at the time of project completion.
4.
Any sidewalk modifications are justified because other adequate provisions are made for pedestrian and bicycle traffic.
h.
Tree Protection Requirements. For PUD's with a net acreage equal to or greater than one thousand (1,000) acres, the applicant shall be permitted to modify requirements in Article 2: Part 6 Tree Protection Requirements.
i.
Exceptions and Modifications. Exceptions and modifications to regulations as specified in Section 54-505, Exceptions to Height Requirements, shall remain in effect unless specifically amended on the Master Plan.
(Ord. No. 2013-125, § 1, 11-6-13)
a.
The regulations below shall apply to all common open space and improvements, including all private streets, driveways, parking lots, uses, facilities and buildings provided in a PUD. All such common lands and improvements shall be established and maintained in accordance with the following requirements.
1.
The developer shall organize an incorporated property owner associations to ensure the maintenance of common open space and improvements.
2.
Organizations established for this purpose shall meet the following requirements.
(a)
Organizations shall be established prior to the closing of the sale of any lots.
(b)
All persons having ownership of property within the development shall have membership rights in those organizations.
(c)
Organizations shall own and manage all common open space and improvements.
(d)
All lands and improvements shall be described as to the general location, size, use and control in the declaration of covenants, conditions and restrictions. This declaration shall set forth the method of assessment for maintenance of common land and improvements. Covenants, conditions and restrictions shall run with the land.
(e)
Organizations shall not be dissolved nor shall they dispose of any common open space except to an organization established to own and maintain common open space, to the city, or to other appropriate governmental agencies.
3.
All private streets created in any PUD shall provide guaranteed vehicular and pedestrian access for abutting lot owners and guaranteed access for public vehicles and public service employees. Private covenants and restrictions shall be provided guaranteeing the long-term private ownership and maintenance of private streets.
(Ord. No. 2013-125, § 1, 11-6-13)
All plats for an approved PUD shall be recorded in the RMC office of the appropriate county and copies shall be maintained in the Department of Planning and Preservation and the Engineering Division of the City of Charleston. All recorded plats shall include an allocation of PUD residential units and open space for the portion of the PUD area being platted and all remaining PUD land area.
(Ord. No. 2013-125, § 1, 11-6-13; Ord. No. 2025-086, § 1, 6-17-25)
The owner(s) of lands zoned PUD may apply to rezone the subject property and thereby terminate the PUD provided that no development of any portion of the PUD has taken place.
(Ord. No. 2013-125, § 1, 11-6-13)
a.
Amendments to an approved master plan. Proposed amendments to an approved PUD Master Plan involving the following changes shall be considered major amendments and shall only be approved by the City Council in the manner provided by law for the amendment to the zoning map at the time of any such proposed amendment.
1.
the location of residential, office, commercial, mixed-use, civic, industrial development pods, open space areas;
2.
a change in the major circulation systems that would render invalid the Master Plan traffic impact analysis or the intent of the adopted Master Plan major circulation systems for providing access and circulation within the PUD;
3.
the maximum number of allowed dwelling units and maximum net density;
4.
the PUD zoning regulations, except that changes to the adopted PUD Master Plan zoning regulations for a particular development pod or portion of a development pod may be approved by the Zoning Administrator with approval of a site plan or written explanation of the changes, provided that the request for changes is made by the owner of the property in question; that the changes only affect land uses, residential density, building height, building setback or other building location restrictions, lot occupancy, impervious surface coverage, lot frontage and off-street parking/loading regulations; that the change will clearly make the PUD zoning regulations more restrictive in nature (i.e. commercial to residential, multi-family to single-family residential, increase in setback requirements, decrease in permitted building height, increase in minimum lot frontage, etc.); that no permits or approvals beyond the approval of a PUD Master Plan have been issued for the area in questions that would be contrary to the proposed change; and that the change will comply with state enabling legislation for zoning and subdivision regulations;
5.
information required for open space and recreational use areas as specified under Section 54-255, Application Requirements; or
6.
the plan for landscape screens and buffers.
b.
All other amendments to the Master Plan shall be considered minor amendments. The Zoning Administrator, upon receipt of an application, may approve minor amendments to the Master Plan.
(Ord. No. 2013-125, § 1, 11-6-13)
a.
Modifications of approved PUD Master Plan zoning regulations. Requests for modifications to PUD Zoning Regulations specified on the approved PUD Master Plan shall be treated as amendments per Section 54-261 or as requests for variances as determined by the Zoning Administrator. Variances shall be referred to either the Board of Zoning Appeals-Zoning or the Board of Zoning Appeals-Site Design in accordance with Article 9: Part 2, and subject to the criteria in Section 54-924, Requirements for granting a variance.
(Ord. No. 2013-125, § 1, 11-6-13)
Within the DI-PUD District, land may be used and buildings erected, altered, or used pursuant to the Daniel Island Master Plan Zoning Text, adopted by Ordinance 1993-32 on March 23, 1993; and amended by Ordinance 1994-440 on December 20, 1994, and Ordinance 1995-160 on May 9, 1995; and Ord. No. 2015-075, §§ 1, 2, on July 21, 2015; and amended by Ord. No. 2015-141, §§ 1, 2, on October 13, 2015; and amended by Ord. No. 2019-023, on April 9, 2019; and amended by Ord. No. 2020-003, on Jan. 14, 2020; and amended by Ord. No. 2020-075, June 9, 2020, and amended by Ord. No. 2023-249, on December 5, 2023, made a part hereof.
(Ord. No. 2019-023, § 1, 4-9-19; Ord. No. 2020-003, § 1, 1-14-20; Ord. No. 2020-075, § 1, 6-9-20; Ord. No. 2023-249, § 1, 12-5-23)
Within the CW-PUD District, land may be used and buildings erected, altered, or used pursuant to the Canterbury Woods Development Guidelines and Master Plan (see Appendix G).
Within the CY District, land may be used and buildings erected, altered, or used pursuant to the Cainhoy District Development Guidelines (see Appendix J).
The purpose of the Design Review District is to establish a review process that will protect and improve the visual and aesthetic character and economic value of development within the City of Charleston. The City Council finds that excessive uniformity, dissimilarity, inappropriateness, or the poor quality of design in the exterior appearance of structures and signs, and the lack of proper attention to site design in the major commercial corridors of the city outside the Old and Historic District and Old City District hinders the harmonious development of the city, impairs the desirability of residence, investment or occupation in the city, limits the opportunity to attain the optimum use and value of land and improvements, adversely affects the stability and value of property, produces degeneration of property in such areas with attendant deterioration of conditions affecting the peace, health and welfare of the city, and destroys a proper relationship between the taxable value of property and the cost of municipal services therefore.
(Ord. No. 2011-45, § 1, 6-21-11)
(a)
Encourage originality, flexibility, and innovation in site planning and development, including the architecture, landscaping, and graphic design of said development;
(b)
Discourage monotonous, drab, unsightly, dreary and inharmonious developments;
(c)
Protect and enhance the appearance of development;
(d)
Protect and enhance the city's natural beauty, visual character and charm by insuring that structures, signs, and other improvements are properly related to their sites, and to surrounding sites and structures, and that proper attention is given to the exterior appearance of structures, signs, and other improvements;
(e)
Protect and enhance the city's appeal to residents and visitors and thus support and stimulate business and industry and promote the desirability of investment and occupancy in residential, commercial and industrial properties;
(f)
Stabilize and improve property values and prevent blighted areas and, thus, increase tax revenues;
(g)
Implement design guidelines that have been included in plans adopted by City Council and design policy statements adopted by the Design Review Board;
(h)
Sustain the comfort, health, tranquility, and contentment of residents; and thus, promote and protect the peace, health and welfare of the city.
(Ord. No. 2011-45, § 1, 6-21-11)
a.
The Design Review District shall include all land which lies within the rights-of-way and all properties which abut each side of the rights-of-way within all zoning districts including the Savannah Highway (SH) overlay zone, of the following commercial corridors currently within the city limits, future extensions of designated corridors and those segments of such designated commercial corridors which may be incorporated into the city at a future date:
Albemarle Road (Folly Road to Croghan Spur)
Albemarle Road (East side of corridor- Croghan Spur to Ashley Point Drive)
Ashley Point Drive
Ashley River Road (S.C. 61)
Bees Ferry Road
Bohicket Road
Citadel Haven Drive
Cainhoy Road
Central Park Road
Clements Ferry Road (S.C. 33)
Croghan Spur
Daniel Ellis Drive
Daniel Island Drive
Daniels Landing Drive
Dupont Road (Savannah Highway to Sam Rittenberg Boulevard)
Ellis Oak Avenue
Fairchild Street
Folly Road
Glenn McConnell Parkway
Harborview Road
Henry Tecklenburg Drive
Highway 41
Interstate 26 (North of Mount Pleasant Street)
Island Park Drive
James Island Expressway
King Street (North of Mount Pleasant Street)
Magnolia Road (Savannah Highway to Audubon Avenue)
Main Road
Mark Clark Expressway (I-526)
Mary Ader Avenue
Maybank Highway
Meeting Street (North of Mount Pleasant Street)
Mizzen Mast Drive
Morrison Drive
Old Towne Road (S.C. 171) and adjacent frontage roads
Orleans Road (Savannah Highway to Savage Road)
Pier View Street
Ripley Point Drive
River Landing Drive
River Road
Saint Andrews Boulevard
Sam Rittenberg Boulevard (S.C. 7) and adjacent frontage roads
Savage Road
Savannah Highway (U.S. 17) and adjacent frontage roads
SC 30 Ramp (Saint Andrews Boulevard to SC 30)
Seven Farms Road and off-ramps from I-526 to Seven Farms Road
Shelby Ray Court
Skylark Drive
Thomas Island Drive
Town Center Drive
Transom Court
Wappoo Road (Savannah Highway to Sam Rittenberg Boulevard)
Wesley Drive
West Ashley Circle, as identified in the Glenn McConnell Expressway Extension Study dated February 2002, on file in the Department of Planning and Neighborhoods, to include all future cross streets as identified in said study and all existing and future roads within one thousand (1,000) feet of the intersection of Glenn McConnell Parkway and Bees Ferry Road
West Wildcat Boulevard
b.
The Design Review District shall include all land which lies within the rights-of-way and all properties which abut each side of the rights-of-way within the Gathering Place (GP) zoning district.
c.
Scope of authority. Within the Design Review District, exterior improvements or changes to the following residential and non-residential developments specified below shall require approval by either the Design Review Board or the administrative officer prior to the issuance of any permits by the City in accordance with Section 54-268(a and b) herein. For the purposes hereof, the term "developments" includes structures and the site upon which they are situated. Any fee schedule established for the review of improvements or changes shall be approved by City Council.
1.
Developments located within areas designated as Job Center Districts and Industrial Districts in the City of Charleston Century V 2010 Comprehensive Plan Update shall only require approval by the administrative officer. The boundaries of the Job Center Districts and Industrial Districts are as delineated upon the maps marked as exhibit A attached hereto and incorporated by reference herein.
2.
All new non-residential developments which do not include fuel dispensing or drive-through service facilities shall require conceptual approval and preliminary approval by the Board and final approval by the administrative officer, except that new non-residential developments which do not include fuel dispensing or drive-through service facilities and have less than 3,000 square feet of floor area shall only require approval by the administrative officer.
3.
All new non-residential developments which include fuel dispensing or drive-through service facilities, or alterations and/or additions to existing non-residential developments which include fuel dispensing or drive-through service facilities, shall require conceptual approval and preliminary approval by the Board and final approval by the administrative officer.
4.
All new residential developments with eight or more units shall require conceptual approval and preliminary approval by the board and final approval by the administrative officer.
5.
All exterior alterations to structures in existing non-residential developments or residential developments with eight or more units shall only require approval by the administrative officer.
6.
All exterior additions to structures in existing non-residential developments or residential developments with eight or more units in which the floor area of the additions exceeds twenty-five (25) percent of the floor area of the existing structure shall require conceptual approval and preliminary approval by the Board and final approval by the administrative officer. All other exterior additions to structures in existing non-residential developments or residential developments with eight (8) or more units shall only require approval of the administrative officer.
7.
All exterior color changes to existing non-residential developments or residential developments with eight or more units shall only require approval by the administrative officer.
8.
All new or replacement signs and supporting structures for non-residential developments or residential developments with eight (8) or more units shall only require approval by the administrative officer.
9.
All changes to the illumination of signs shall only require approval by the administrative officer.
10.
Demolition or relocation of any structure originally designed and/or used for residential purposes along the following commercial corridors shall require approval by the Board:
Folly Road (from Savannah Highway to the West Ashley Greenway/railroad right-of-way)
Saint Andrews Boulevard (from the Ashley River to Avondale Avenue)
Savannah Highway (from the Ashley River to Stocker Drive and Parish Road)
Wesley Drive (from Savannah Highway to the West Ashley Greenway/ railroad right-of-way)
11.
Demolition, partial demolition, removal or relocation of any structure 50 years of age or older within the jurisdiction of the Design Review Board shall require approval by the Board. Demolition, partial demolition, removal or relocation of any structure less than fifty (50) years of age, with the exception of those referenced in paragraph 7 above, shall not require approval.
12.
Developments and demolitions located within area designated as the "West Ashley Redevelopment Tax Increment Finance District" shall only require approval by the administrative officer.
d.
Standards for demolition, partial demolition, removal or relocation review. In reviewing an application to demolish in whole or in part, or remove or relocate any existing structure applicable to paragraph 10 or 11 above, the Design Review Board shall consider, among other things, the following factors:
1.
The architectural and aesthetic features of the structure, the nature and quality of the structure, including its architectural fabric, any historical significance, the nature and quality of the surrounding area and the structure's contribution to the overall streetscape of the area.
2.
In all applications involving the demolition, partial demolition, removal or relocation of a structure, provision shall be made for a public hearing as set forth in this article.
3.
In any case involving the demolition, partial demolition, removal or relocation of a structure, before granting approval, the Design Review Board may require that the applicant provide a written report produced by a South Carolina licensed structural engineer describing the state of repair and/or structural stability of the structure under consideration. The Design Review Board may also call upon the city engineer or chief building official to provide it with a written report on the state of repair and/or structural stability of the structure under consideration.
4.
Nothing in this article shall be construed to prevent the ordinary maintenance or repair of any exterior element of any building or structure governed by this article; nor shall anything in this article be construed to prevent the construction, reconstruction, alteration, demolition, partial demolition, removal or relocation of a structure that the chief building official shall certify is required by public safety.
e.
Exemptions. Communication towers shall be exempt from the review and approval requirements of the Design Review District and the requirements of part 11 of this ordinance.
(Ord. No. 2011-45, § 1, 6-21-11; Ord. No. 2012-386, §§ 1, 2, 10-23-12; Ord. No. 2024-185, § 1, 12-3-24)
a.
A Design Review Board is hereby established. Such board shall consist of seven (7) board members and two (2) alternates who do not hold any other public office or position in the City of Charleston and are appointed by City Council. Board members shall be citizens of the City of Charleston, with the exception of the professions required by this ordinance who may be non-citizen owners, principals, or employees of a business within the City of Charleston. These members and alternates shall have a demonstrated interest in, and a competence and knowledge of architecture, landscape architecture and urban design. The Board shall include four (4) design professionals including at least one (1) registered architect, one registered landscape architect, one (1) professional engineer, and one (1) realtor/development professional and a layperson. The board shall elect one of its members as chairman, who shall serve for one year or until he/she is re-elected or his/her successor is elected and qualified. The board shall adopt rules of procedure.
b.
Board members and alternates shall serve staggered terms of four (4) years or until their successors are appointed as described in the Code of the City of Charleston Sec. 2-152. No member shall serve more than two successive four-year terms. An appointment to fill a vacancy shall be only for the unexpired portion of the term.
c.
Alternate members, when seated, have all the powers and duties of regular members. Alternate members may always attend meetings but shall only participate in Board deliberations and debate, make motions and vote in the absence or voting disqualification of a regular member or the vacancy of a regular member's seat.
(Ord. No. 2011-45, § 1, 6-21-11; Ord. No. 2013-49, § 2, 5-14-13; Ord. No. 2022-009, § 1, 1-25-22; Ord. No. 2023-206, § 1, 10-10-23)
Meetings of the Design Review Board shall be held at the call of the chairman and at such other times as the board may determine. The chairman or, in his or her absence, the acting chairman, may administer oaths and compel the attendance of witnesses by subpoena. The board shall keep minutes of its proceedings, showing the vote of each member upon each question, or if absent or failing to vote, indicating that fact, and shall keep records of its examinations and other official actions, all of which immediately must be filed in the office of the board and must be a public record.
(Ord. No. 2011-45, § 1, 6-21-11)
a.
Appeal to the Design Review Board.
1.
Any person aggrieved, may appeal from any decision of the administrative officer to the Board. The appeal must be taken within a reasonable time, as provided by the rules of the board by filing with the Urban Design and Preservation Division notice of appeal specifying the grounds of it. The administrative officer from whom the appeal is taken immediately shall transmit to the board all the papers constituting the record upon which the action appealed from was taken.
2.
An appeal stays all legal proceedings in furtherance of the action appealed from, unless the administrative officer from whom the appeal is taken certifies to the board, after the notice of appeal has been filed with him, that by reason of facts stated in the certificate a stay would, in his opinion, cause imminent peril to life and property. In that case, proceedings may not be stayed otherwise than by a restraining order which may be granted by the board or by a court of record on application, on notice to the administrative officer from whom the appeal is taken, and on due cause shown.
3.
The board shall fix a reasonable time for the hearing of the appeal or other matter referred to it, and give public notice of it, as well as due notice to the parties in interest, and decide the same within a reasonable time. At the hearing any party may appear in person or by agent or by attorney.
b.
Appeal from board to circuit court. A person who may have a substantial interest in any decision of the Design Review Board may appeal from any decision of the board to the circuit court in and for the county by filing with the clerk of court a petition in writing setting forth plainly, fully, and distinctly why the decision is contrary to law. The appeal must be filed within thirty days after the affected party receives actual notice of the decision of the Design Review Board.
(Ord. No. 2011-45, § 1, 6-21-11)
a.
The following standards shall be utilized by the board and the administrative officer in reviewing the plans, drawings, sketches and other documents required under Section 54-273. These standards are intended to provide a frame of reference for the applicant in the development of site and building plans as well as a method of review for the board and the administrative officer. These standards shall not be regarded as inflexible requirements. They are not intended to discourage creativity, invention, or innovation. The specification of one or more particular architectural styles is not included in these standards. These standards are not intended to affect the use of property or any by right entitlement of applicable zoning regulations, with the exception of the siting of development.
1.
Building features and appearance. The shape, configuration, design, color, and types of material of proposed buildings, and/or alterations and additions to existing buildings, must establish an identifiable character for the development and not detract from neighboring properties. To this end, all elevations of a building must be in harmony one with another in terms of scale, proportion, detail, material, color, and design quality, and all buildings and accessory structures within a proposed development, including gasoline canopies, must be designed to create a harmonious whole. The use of loud, garish colors must be avoided except when the use of colors so characterized is essential for creating a successful design which complies with all other standards.
Structures shall not dominate, in an incompatible way, any general development or adjacent building which is substantially in compliance with this article. This may be accomplished by the use of proper site design, architectural features, and/or landscaping to reduce the appearance of excessive and inappropriate height or mass of proposed structures. Long, monotonous facade designs including, but not limited to those characterized by unrelieved repetition of shape or form or by unbroken extension of line shall be avoided. Excessive ornamentation shall be avoided to prevent visual clutter.
2.
Site design. The relationship of structures to their environment, and the location and design of driveways, parking, and circulation areas shall be given special consideration. Proposed structures shall be sited to relate harmoniously to the terrain and to existing structures in the vicinity that have a visual relationship to the proposed structures. The achievement of such relationship may include the enclosure of space in conjunction with other existing buildings or other proposed buildings, and the creation of focal points with respect to avenues of approach, terrain features, or other buildings. With respect to vehicular and pedestrian circulation, including walkways, interior drives, and parking, special attention shall be given to location and number of access points, general interior circulation, separation of pedestrian and vehicular traffic, and arrangement of parking areas that are safe and convenient and, in so far as practicable, do not detract from the design of proposed buildings and structures and the neighboring properties.
3.
Utility service. Whenever feasible, on-site electric, telephone, and other utility lines shall be underground. Any utility installations remaining above ground shall be located so as to have a harmonious relation to neighboring properties and the site.
4.
Special features and accessory structures. Exposed storage areas, exposed machinery installations, service areas, truck loading areas, utility buildings, and structures and similar accessory areas and structures shall be subject to such design standards, setbacks, screen plantings, or other screening methods as shall reasonably be required to prevent their being incongruous with the existing or contemplated environment and the surrounding properties.
5.
Signs. The shape, configuration, location, design, color, texture, lighting and materials of all exterior signs and outdoor advertising structures or features should not detract from the design of proposed or existing buildings and structures and the surrounding properties.
6.
Application of design standards. The standards of review outlined in 54-27.2 a.1. through 5., shall also apply to all accessory buildings, structures, exterior signs and other site features, however related to the major buildings or structures.
7.
In reviewing a proposed structure, specific consideration shall be given to its compatibility with adjacent structures where such structures are substantially in compliance with 54-27.2 a.1. through 5.
8.
Application of Board policy statements. All design policy statements formally adopted by the Board shall be applied in reviewing the plans, drawings, sketches and other documents required under Section 54-273.
b.
Neither the Board nor the administrative officer shall have the authority to waive or modify the site development requirements of this ordinance, or the requirements of any other applicable city ordinance.
c.
Review authority granted by this ordinance shall only apply to exterior elements of developments.
(Ord. No. 2011-45, § 1, 6-21-11)
The procedures outlined below are to be followed for all projects seeking approval by the Board or administrative officer. Submittals must be complete and shall be received by the Department of Planning and Preservation, or its successor department, in accordance with the published schedule of deadlines and meeting dates and submittal requirements.
a.
A pre-design conference with the administrative officer is required prior to an applicant making application for conceptual approval by the Board or administrative officer.
b.
At any time during the administrative review process, review of the project may be transferred to the Board at the discretion of the administrative officer.
c.
Conceptual plan review. Materials listed below shall be submitted to the Urban Design and Preservation Division for all projects:
1.
Completed application form and fee;
2.
Five (5) copies of a streetscape elevation depicting the proposed structure(s) in context with existing building(s) adjacent to the property lines;
3.
Five (5) copies of a conceptual site plan including the following:
a)
Proposed footprint of the building(s);
b)
Existing building(s) adjacent to the property lines;
c)
Location of parking area(s);
d)
Schematic landscape plan including all landscape buffers, parking lot tree islands, and tree survey as required by the zoning ordinance;
e)
Building setbacks as required by the zoning ordinance;
f)
Parcel boundaries (all property lines shown);
4.
Five (5) copies of building elevations for all sides of the building(s);
5.
Photographs of site and adjoining properties.
6.
Contextual model showing new building(s) in existing environment if required by the Board or the administrative officer.
d.
Preliminary plan review. Materials listed below shall be submitted to the Urban Design and Preservation Division for all projects:
1.
All information as described below in paragraph e., items 1 thru 8.
e.
Final plan review. Materials listed below shall be submitted to the Urban Design and Preservation Division for all projects:
1.
Completed application form;
2.
Five (5) copies of a dimensioned site plan including the following:
a)
Proposed footprint of the building(s);
b)
Existing building(s) adjacent to the property lines;
c)
Location of all parking areas, parking lot islands, driveways, sidewalks, loading areas, walls/fences, utilities, site lighting, drainage, site signage, at grade mechanical units, dumpsters, and all other site improvements;
d)
Building setbacks as required by the zoning ordinance
e)
Parcel boundaries (all property lines shall be shown).
3.
Five (5) copies of a landscape plan including planting details, plant schedule, street trees, foundation plantings, all landscape buffers, parking lot trees, and existing trees to remain;
4.
Five (5) copies of dimensioned floor plans depicting the arrangement of the interior spaces, location of windows and doors, mechanical equipment, electrical meter and utility location(s). First floor plans shall show the relationship between the first floor and the site;
5.
Five (5) copies of dimensioned building elevations for all sides of the building(s) showing design of all elevations, existing grade, proposed grade, finish floor elevations, roof slopes, mechanical vents and equipment, location and type of outdoor light fixtures, design and location of all wall sign(s), and notations regarding exterior colors and materials;
6.
Five (5) copies of typical wall section(s) with information as described above in item 5;
7.
Materials specification outline with samples, brochures and/or photographs of all exterior building and site materials, finishes and fixtures;
8.
Contextual model showing new building(s) in existing environment if required by the Board or the administrative officer.
9.
Five (5) copies of all final construction details for building(s), walls/fences, signs and any other improvements.
f.
Sign submission requirements. Applications for sign permits shall receive final approval by the administrative officer. The materials listed below shall be submitted to the Urban Design and Preservation Division for permits:
1.
Completed Sign Application form and fee;
2.
Two site plans drawn to scale, indicating sign location and all existing improvements on property. For freestanding signs and billboards a landscape plan showing exact location and plant types shall be included on the site plan.
3.
Two drawings of the proposed sign, lettering and graphics, drawn to scale of at least one-quarter inch to the foot including any support structure. Colors of the proposed sign shall be indicated on the drawing, and actual color samples shall also be furnished. Any proposed illumination techniques shall be indicated on the drawing.
4.
Color photographs of the existing site, including the area of the sign location, other signage, and the building elevations.
(Ord. No. 2011-45, § 1, 6-21-11; Ord. No. 2022-009, § 2, 1-25-22; Ord. No. 2025-086, § 1, 6-17-25)
This district authorizes mixed-use town, village, and neighborhood centers around the city at major intersections or along traditional commercial streets around the city. Diverse housing, mixed-use, and pedestrian-oriented development are permitted in the district to allow for a variety of housing types to address housing needs, to create concentrations of housing and services at locations accessible by public transportation and to facilitate an environment conducive to walking.
Gathering Place District is for suburban locations where there is undeveloped acreage of at least eighty (80) acres, or for redevelopment sites of at least three (3) acres, as designated for Gathering Places in the City's Comprehensive Plan.
(Ord. No. 2005-603, § 1, 10-18-05)
For purposes hereof, the following words have the following meanings:
Pavement width. That portion of a street devoted exclusively to the operation of motorized vehicles. Specifically excluded are on-street parking spaces, sidewalks and landscaped areas.
Building frontage. The width of a building along a street, including parallel walls or fences, but excluding roof overhang and canopies, and any ornamental features that cause a protrusion from the walls of the building. Building frontage shall be measured as the combined width of the building faces that front the street and lie within setback limits. When the width of the building varies vertically, building frontage shall be measured at ground level.
Frontage line. The part of a lot abutting with the right-of-way of an adjacent street.
Street. The entire width between boundary lines of every way, including sidewalks, used for purposes of vehicular traffic to include any public way, road, highway, street, avenue, boulevard, parkway, alley, lane, bridge and approaches thereto. "Street" shall also mean any private way, road, highway, street, avenue, boulevard, parkway, alley, lane, bridge, and approaches thereto, as well as any private way or area within a shopping center, office park or other non-residential development, including sidewalks, that is designed or intended for the passage of vehicular traffic.
(Ord. No. 2005-603, § 1, 10-18-05)
See Article 2, Part 3: Table of Permitted Uses.
(Ord. No. 2005-603, § 1, 10-18-05)
Within the Gathering Place District, there are no maximum density or minimum lot size requirements.
(Ord. No. 2005-603, § 1, 10-18-05)
No block face within a Gathering Place District shall exceed 400' in length without another street providing through access. This length can be extended to 600' where a mid-block pedestrian path is provided to connect through the entire block.
(Ord. No. 2005-603, § 1, 10-18-05)
Streets in the Gathering Place District must to connect to other streets within the District and to adjoining neighborhoods. Cul-de-sacs, T-turnarounds and dead-end streets are not permitted in a Gathering Place District unless unavoidable due to physical constraints of the site or an adjoining site.
In the event of unavoidable physical constraints, a modified cul-de-sac may be used if it does not exceed 600 feet in length and meets one of the following criteria:
1.
It incorporates an alternative design feature at the center of the turn-around, such as a natural area with existing trees, a landscaped space, or a park area with amenities, the size of which must at least equal the square footage of pavement within the turn-around area.
2.
A pedestrian access area to the marsh front, waterfront or other physical feature that necessitates the cul-de-sac, the area of which must be at least equal to the square footage of the turn-around.
Gated streets are not permitted in a Gathering Place District.
(Ord. No. 2005-603, § 1, 10-18-05)
a.
Within the Gathering Place District, a thoroughfare is defined as a vehicular way incorporating moving lanes and parking lanes within a right-of-way. Thoroughfares shall be designed in context with the Gathering Place District development for which they will be incorporated based on geography, infrastructure, proposed land use and density.
b.
Thoroughfares are identified according to the following definitions and hierarchy, which are only applicable within the boundaries of a Gathering Place District.
c.
Gathering Place thoroughfares shall be designed according to the minimum design requirements found in Table 12-1.
TABLE 12-1: THOROUGHFARE AND RIGHT-OF-WAY DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
1.
Right-Of-Way Design Modifications—Right-of-way narrowing devices including, but not limited to, curb extensions, bulbouts, neckdowns and corner bulges shall not be permitted unless approved by the Design Review Committee. Minimum right-of-way width may need to be increased to accommodate utilities. Thoroughfare types may be incorporated into a divided right-of-way design provided that the center median includes street trees and has a minimum width of 10' (width may include curb).
2.
Travel Lanes—Travel lane width is designed for low to moderate vehicular speeds (25 MPH or less); higher vehicular speeds may require design modifications. Travel lane width is inclusive of the gutter and up to the face of the curb.
3.
On-Street Parking—On-street parking may exist on both sides of Type 1, 2, 3 and 4 streets. On-street parking width is inclusive of the gutter and up to the face of the curb. For thoroughfares with high levels of parking usage and parking turnover (i.e. Type 1 GP Commercial Street) on-street parking lanes shall be increased to 8 feet.
4.
Curb Radii—Curb radii are applicable to the face of curb and apply to street intersections, not driveway intersections. Curb radii are designed for low vehicular speeds; higher vehicular speeds may require design modifications. Rear alley intersection may incorporate a "driveway" intersection design rather than a curbed street design if approved by the Department of Public Service.
5.
Street Trees—Street tree spacing may vary depending on tree species and development infrastructure. Street tree spacing shall be reviewed and approved by the Department of Parks at construction plan submittal. Street trees shall be installed prior to final plat approval and recordation. Tree wells are encouraged on the Type 1 GP Commercial Street.
6.
Bicycle Travel—The Gathering Place District should provide opportunities for bicycle travel. A bicycle path is an independent bicycle way that is to be provided off-street and outside of the vehicular thoroughfare. A bicycle route shall be provided within the vehicular thoroughfare where suitable for shared use of bicycles and vehicles traveling at low speeds and may be indicated with the use of "sharrows". A bicycle lane is a dedicated marked lane with a moderate-speed vehicular thoroughfare. (See Figure 280:2)
d.
Thoroughfare Design Flexibility. Gathering Place thoroughfare design standards may be modified to accommodate unique design elements that are project-specific provided that such modifications are made part of the official concept plan and are approved by the Planning Commission. The concept plan must show the proposed layout and corresponding right-of-way cross sections. Modified design standards shall not compromise thoroughfare right-of-way safety or function and must be able to provide appropriate locations for utilities. Modified design standards shall accommodate all required right-of-way components, shall provide appropriate pedestrian and vehicle mobility options and shall be designed to support adjacent future development.
(Ord. No. 2005-603, § 1, 10-18-05; Ord. No. 2007-156, § 1, 8-21-07)
The following streets within the City of Charleston are designated as Type 1 streets:
Clements Ferry Road
Folly Road on James Island
Maybank Highway on James Island
Sam Rittenberg Boulevard
King Street
This Type 1 designation is applicable only for sections of these streets that are located with the boundaries of a Gathering Place District.
(Ord. No. 2005-603, § 1, 10-18-05)
The following streets within the City Of Charleston are designated as Type 2 streets:
Maybank Highway on Johns Island
West Ashley Circle, as identified in the Glenn McConnell Expressway Extension Study dated February 2002, on file in the Department of Planning and Neighborhoods, to include all future cross streets as identified in said study and all existing and future roads within one thousand (1000′) feet of the intersection of Glenn McConnell Parkway and Bees Ferry Road.
Folly Road in West Ashley
Albemarle Road
Savannah Highway
Wesley Drive
St. Andrews Boulevard
Old Towne Road
Ashley River Road
(Ord. No. 2005-603, § 1, 10-18-05)
There are no requirements for off-street parking in the Gathering Place District.
(Ord. No. 2005-603, § 1, 10-18-05)
a.
Each building must front on a thoroughfare.
b.
Setback and height. Design requirements within the Gathering Place District are based upon the type of street a lot or building area abuts. Setback and height requirements, per thoroughfare type, are as follows:
1.
The maximum height granted for properties in a FEMA flood zone shall be the height allowed per street type measured from base flood elevation, provided that the area below base flood elevation is floodproofed in nonresidential buildings. Ground floor parking shall count as a story.
2.
The Frontage Ratio is the amount of building frontage as a proportion of the front property line. Utility easements, required buffers, grand trees (including grand tree protective zones), driveways and sidewalks shall be excluded from the building frontage ratio calculations.
3.
All buildings fronting a Type 1 or Type 2 street must have a minimum of two occupied floors.
4.
For those Gathering Place developments located with an Old City Height District, the maximum and minimum requirements for the Old City Height District shall apply instead of the maximum height requirements in this section.
5.
Building setbacks shall be measured from the street right-of-way. Buildings, including attached units in a continuous row, may be sited outside the required setbacks, where necessary, for the preservation of natural features and grand trees (including grand tree protective zones) subject to approval by the Zoning Administrator.
(Ord. No. 2005-603, § 1, 10-18-05; Ord. No. 2007-156, § 2, 8-21-07)
Gathering Places shall include open space for community use, which must constitute a minimum of 10% of the gross acreage of the gathering place. The following parks and open space types are permitted within Gathering Places:
Neighborhood Greens—Open green spaces intended to serve as the social center of the community and provide a location for civic activities and outdoor community functions. Neighborhood greens shall:
-
Be predominantly planted areas, but may have some paved surfaces;
-
Be a minimum of 20,000 square feet; and
-
Be centrally located within the gathering place.
Plazas/Squares—Enclosed spaces that are urban in nature and designed to serve as meeting places for area residents and workers. Plazas and squares shall:
-
Be predominantly paved surfaces, but may have some planted areas;
-
Include pedestrian lighting and pedestrian-level details, such as variations in paving types;
-
Be landscaped and incorporate amenities such as benches, fountains, monuments, and formal or informal gardens;
-
Be a minimum area of 1,000 square feet;
-
Be located within denser, more urban areas of the gathering place, either at the intersection of streets or within a developed block;
-
Be mostly enclosed by building frontages;
Neighborhood Parks—Large open areas designed to provide recreational facilities and spaces for the entire gathering place, or smaller green spaces designed to serve smaller areas within the gathering place. These parks may be designed as part of a Neighborhood Green, and shall:
-
Contain grassy fields, playground equipment, designated sports facilities, or picnic areas;
-
Be landscaped throughout;
-
Be designed for active and passive recreational purposes;
-
Be a minimum area of 40,000 square feet;
-
Be directly connected to any bicycle and pedestrian network
(Ord. No. 2005-603, § 1, 10-18-05)
In addition to the information as may be required by Article 6 of this chapter, site plans for properties zoned Gathering Place shall include the following:
Street Types: Each street on a site plan must be assigned a street type.
Uses: A range of uses shall be specified for each lot or building area of a site plan.
Park/Open Space Types: All parks and open space must be identified as to type and location, and the dimensions of each must be delineated.
(Ord. No. 2005-603, § 1, 10-18-05)
This district authorizes neighborhoods that include a mix of uses to facilitate locating neighborhood services and workplaces in proximity to the primary users thereof. The district is intended to allow and encourage a variety of residential uses and to promote alternative modes of transportation by requiring interconnected street networks and pedestrian oriented designed streets. Density in the district is governed by location, if the district constitutes the base zoning of a property, and by the base zoning of a property, as applicable.
(Ord. No. 2007-213, § 1, 11-20-07)
The Neighborhood District regulations shall apply to any undeveloped conservation, residentially or commercially zoned parcels that meet the minimum size requirements as set forth herein, and any parcels developed under Neighborhood District regulations. Each neighborhood shall be a minimum of thirty (30) net acres to include, outdoor space, streets and building lots, but excluding submerged land, jurisdictional freshwater wetlands and saltwater marsh. Parcels between ten (10) net acres and thirty (30) net acres may be developed as a Neighborhood District if the proposed property is physically connected and adjacent to an existing Neighborhood District.
(Ord. No. 2007-213, § 1, 11-20-07)
Properties developed using Neighborhood District regulations shall be subdivided in accordance with a plan which covers the entire Neighborhood District area and has been granted concept plan approval by the Planning Commission. Concept plan approval is required prior to the approval of any subdivision plat or adjustment of property lines of land to be developed using Neighborhood District regulations. Each Neighborhood District plan and plat shall be submitted and approved in accordance with the subdivision review procedures in Section 54-808 and shall meet all standards prescribed in this Part 13 and applicable standards in Article 8. In addition, subdivision plans and plats for Neighborhood District uses shall include the following:
a.
Street types: Types 1—6 (Section 54-821)—Each street on a plat and/or plan must be assigned a street type and every plat must include at least three (3) types of streets.
b.
Land uses: (Section 54-289)—Each lot must be assigned a specific use.
c.
Outdoor space types: (Section 54-294)—All outdoor space must be identified as to type and the dimensions of each must be delineated. Neighborhoods over fifteen (15) acres must incorporate more than one type of outdoor space.
d.
Density distribution: (Section 54-290)—The plat must specify the location and types of density allocated in the neighborhood. The location and boundaries of any Neighborhood Centers must be delineated.
e.
Phase Lines: The concept plan must show proposed development phase lines.
(Ord. No. 2007-213, § 1, 11-20-07; Ord. No. 2012-370, § 1, 9-11-12)
a.
As described in Section 54-286, this district is intended to promote mixed-use neighborhoods that provide a variety of housing options. Within the Neighborhood District, there are no minimum lot size requirements. Neighborhood density is based on net acreage and is allocated along a continuum, from more dense to less dense, depending on location:
b.
In base zoning districts, Neighborhood District densities are applied:
c.
Density distribution within a Neighborhood District: Each neighborhood shall have at least one center and an edge. A center is that part of the Neighborhood District where mixed uses are concentrated. Mixed-use centers must contain residential units and density shall be higher in the centers and less at the edges of the neighborhood. Centers are not necessarily located in the middle of the neighborhood, but shall be sited to maximize the accessibility thereto by residents of the neighborhood and other intended users. Centers must abut Type 1 streets. The Neighborhood District Concept Plan must demonstrate the proposed density continuum.
(Ord. No. 2007-213, § 1, 11-20-07)
The following are general descriptions of permitted uses in the Neighborhood District and the required allocation of uses, based on net acreage, in a neighborhood. Permitted uses shall be those uses listed under Article 2, Part 3, Table of Permitted Uses for the base zoning district of the property or, as to properties zoned Neighborhood District, uses permitted shall be those listed under the Table for the base zoning district that corresponds to the Neighborhood District density as set forth in Section 54-288 or as listed herein.
*Retail, office, and institutional mixed-uses permitted per the following Standard Industrial Category (SIC) codes:
(Ord. No. 2007-213, § 1, 11-20-07; Ord. No. 2012-370, §§ 2, 3, 9-11-12)
No side of a proposed block, measured from right-of-way boundary to right-of-way boundary, within a Neighborhood District shall exceed six hundred (600) feet in length without another street providing through access to another street. This length may be extended to a maximum of eight hundred (800) feet provided a through-block pedestrian accessway is provided. Through-block pedestrian accessways shall be a minimum fifteen (15) feet wide with a ten-foot-wide minimum surfaced path and shall be located in the center of the block or in the most practical location to facilitate pedestrian circulation within the neighborhood or to provide access to special neighborhood features. Pedestrian accessways shall be owned and maintained by an association formed for that purpose. A block may exceed the maximum length if the block incorporates existing natural features such as freshwater wetlands, marsh, OCRM critical area, or bodies of water.
(Ord. No. 2007-213, § 1, 11-20-07)
a.
See Section 54-821.
b.
Neighborhood District streets may be public or private. However, justification for creating private streets shall be provided in writing and private covenants and restrictions shall be provided guaranteeing the long-term private ownership and maintenance of such streets.
c.
Street design flexibility— Neighborhood District street design standards may be modified to accommodate unique design elements that are project-specific provided that such modifications are made part of the official concept plan and are approved by the Planning Commission. The concept plan must show the proposed layout and corresponding right-of-way cross sections. Modified design standards shall not compromise thoroughfare right-of-way safety or function and must be able to provide appropriate locations for utilities. Modified design standards shall accommodate all required right-of-way components, shall provide appropriate pedestrian and vehicle mobility options and shall be designed to support adjacent future development.
(Ord. No. 2007-213, § 1, 11-20-07)
a.
Each building must front on a Neighborhood District street or outdoor space.
b.
Building frontage requirements. Buildings shall be designed appropriately to address the corresponding neighborhood street type(s), outdoor space and neighborhood land use type. Buildings must front on a public street or outdoor space. Building frontage is the side of the building parallel to, or most closely parallel to the front property line. Neighborhood centers should be defined by building frontages, screen walls and landscaping and not by parking lots.
c.
Build-to, height and frontage ratio requirements. There shall be no minimum requirements for side or rear setbacks with the exception that minimum building code standards must be met. Though every lot must have frontage on a neighborhood street or outdoor space, there shall be no minimum width requirement for lot frontage. There shall also be no maximum lot occupancy requirement. Front build-to, height and frontage ratio requirements of the Neighborhood District are based on the type of street a lot abuts. Front build-to, height and frontage ratio requirements, per street type, are:
1.
The front build-to zone is the area inside and across the lot measured from the front property line within which the building frontage must be placed. Building frontages may be placed anywhere within the front build-to zone. Buildings, including attached units in a continuous row, may be sited outside the required build-to zone, where necessary, for the preservation of natural features and grand trees (including grand tree protective zones) subject to approval by the Zoning Administrator. Utility easements shall not be permitted within the front build-to zone of lots fronting on Type 1 Streets.
2.
The maximum height permitted for properties in a FEMA flood zone shall be the height allowed per street type measured from base flood elevation, provided the area below base flood elevation is floodproofed in nonresidential buildings. Ground floor parking shall count as a story.
3.
The frontage ratio is the amount of building frontage as a proportion of the front line of the lot, exclusive of a front-loaded garage. Utility easements, side setbacks (maximum 12 feet for residential lots) for driveways, required buffers and grand trees (including grand tree protective zones) shall be excluded from the building frontage ratio calculations.
d.
Corner lot requirements. On corner lots within the Neighborhood District mixed-use center(s), the building frontages shall be at least ninety (90) percent of the frontage on the primary street and no less twenty-five (25) percent on the secondary street with the remainder of the frontage on the secondary street being occupied by an appropriate screen wall. Fences or walls three (3) feet six (6) inches to six (6) feet zero (0) inches may count as building frontage, not to exceed twenty (20) percent of the building frontage ratio. On corner lots, the abutting building frontages must extend to the corner or have a corner entrance. Corner lots in areas other than the Neighborhood District center(s) shall not be required to meet building frontage requirements on the secondary street.
e.
Driveway and alley requirements. The maximum driveway width for residential lots shall be ten (10) feet within the front ten (10) feet of a lot. Alleys are required for parking access to single-family detached units on lots having forty (40) feet of lot frontage or less, and on all, single-family attached, duplexes, triplexes, and quadroplexes. However, to encourage a mixture of residential building types on a Neighborhood District street the following exception may be allowed:
—
When no more than three (3) lots with one of the aforementioned building types are planned in a block, the lots may be accessed by an 11-foot driveway instead of an alley. Lots with one duplex building may have two (2) driveways. Common parking areas for single-family attached, duplexes, triplexes and quadroplexes shall be located behind the building(s).
f.
Parking requirements. There shall be no minimum parking requirements for residential uses in the Neighborhood District. All other uses in the Neighborhood District shall meet all parking requirements per Section 54-315 through Section 54-320 with the exception that up to twenty-five (25) percent of the required parking for multi-family residential or mixed uses may be non-hard surfaced utilizing slag, gravel, ROC, grasscrete or similar pervious material, subject to site plan approval. One hundred (100) percent of the required parking for designated outdoor spaces and amenity areas may be non-hard surfaced utilizing slag, gravel, ROC, grasscrete or similar pervious material, subject to site plan approval.
g.
Lots fronting on outdoor space. Lots and buildings shall be permitted to have frontage on a defined outdoor space instead of a defined street type provided that the following requirements are satisfied:
—
The lots shall be accessed from the rear by a Type 5 street (alley).
—
The required front setback, height and frontage ratio shall be met according to the street type requirements for which the defined outdoor space has frontage.
—
Physical features such as paths, fences, vegetation (i.e. shrubs or trees), etc., shall be required to delineate public outdoor space.
(Ord. No. 2007-213, § 1, 11-20-07; Ord. No. 2012-370, §§ 4, 5, 9-11-12; Ord. No. 2012-370, § 5, 9-11-12)
Each neighborhood must include outdoor space for neighborhood use. Outdoor space use must constitute at least twenty (20) percent of the gross acreage of each neighborhood. All outdoor space improvements and corresponding details shall be shown on construction plans and/or on TRC approved site plans and all outdoor space improvements, except for amenity centers, must be completed prior to final subdivision plat approval and recordation unless the outdoor space is to be accepted by the City of Charleston per Section 54-295(c).
a.
Outdoor space types. The following types of outdoor space are permitted:
Neighborhood Green—Open green space intended to serve as the social center of the neighborhood and provide a location for civic activities and outdoor community functions. Neighborhood greens shall:
—
Be predominantly grassed (sodded) planted areas, but may have some paved surfaces;
—
Be a minimum of 20,000 square feet;
—
Be centrally located within the neighborhood.
Plazas/Squares—Enclosed spaces that are urban in nature and designed to serve as meeting places for neighborhood residents and workers. Plazas and squares shall:
—
Be predominantly paved surfaces, but may have some planted areas;
—
Include pedestrian lighting, as well as pedestrian-level details, such as variations in paving types;
—
Be landscaped and include elements such as benches, fountains, monuments, and formal or informal gardens;
—
Be a minimum of 1,000 square feet;
—
Be located within denser, more urban areas of the neighborhood, either at the intersection of streets or within a developed block;
—
Be fronted or surrounded by a mixture of uses that lends to pedestrian activity;
—
Be predominantly enclosed by building frontages;
Neighborhood Parks—Large open areas designed to provide recreational facilities and spaces for the entire neighborhood, or smaller green spaces designed to serve smaller areas within the neighborhood. These parks may be designed as part of a neighborhood green, and shall:
—
Contain grassed (sodded) fields, playground equipment, designated sports facilities (i.e. baseball field, tennis courts, soccer field, etc.) picnic areas, or amenity centers;
—
Be landscaped throughout;
—
Be designed for active and passive recreational purposes;
—
Be a minimum of forty thousand (40,000) square feet;
—
Be directly connected to a bicycle and pedestrian network;
—
Include no more than fifty (50) percent of created water features that are landscaped and incorporate a pedestrian trail, bikeway or passive/active recreational amenity.
Greenways—Linear outdoor spaces that are planned, designed and managed for ecological, recreational, cultural, and aesthetic purposes. Greenways shall:
—
Include either a nature trail or pedestrian/bike path. A nature trail is a path that is a minimum of six (6) feet wide and has a woodchip or gravel surface (improved, exposed earth will not be allowed). A pedestrian/bike path is a path that is a minimum of ten (10) feet wide and has a paved (asphalt, concrete, porous concrete) surface or a compacted, durable material (plantation mix, slag, ROC, rubber) surface.
—
Incorporate off-street facilities for bikes and other non-motorized transportation with a surrounding natural or landscaped green space;
—
Either serve to connect specific destinations within the neighborhood or provide a scenic or recreational function;
—
Provide a connection to external greenways, pedestrian trails, bike path and bike lanes;
—
Include no more than fifty (50) percent of created water features that are landscaped and incorporate a pedestrian trail or bikeway;
—
Be a minimum twenty-five (25) wide linear swath (for usable outdoor space calculations purposes) and include a minimum nature trail or pedestrian/bike path.
—
At least seventy-five (75) percent of the total linear footage of a greenway shall be in the form of a pedestrian/bike path;
—
All greenway improvements must be marked where the improvement meets the public right-of-way with appropriate signage to inform the user.
Conservation Areas— Outdoor space designated specifically for the preservation of natural, undeveloped regions. Conservation areas shall:
—
Serve the sole purpose of protecting unique or ecologically valuable habitats and vegetation, rather than existing simply as spaces between areas of development;
—
Be a minimum of five thousand (5,000) contiguous square feet;
—
Be comprised of no more than fifty (50) percent critical line buffer areas, freshwater wetland buffer areas, existing or created water features, or designated wetlands.
b.
Usable space requirement. Of the twenty (20) percent of gross acreage designated for outdoor space, some portion must be in the form of maintained usable space. Usable space is any outdoor space other than a conservation area. At least fifty (50) percent of the required outdoor space acreage shall be usable space, except in Neighborhoods with N-1 density, where usable space must account for at least twenty-five (25) percent of the outdoor space area.
c.
Ownership and maintenance requirements. Outdoor spaces shall be owned and maintained by an association formed for that purpose. If outdoor space location and type meet a need identified in the City of Charleston Parks and Recreation Master Plan 2012, the City and developer may consider City acceptance of a completed outdoor space, provided that:
1.
The outdoor space shall be either a Neighborhood Green of at least one (1) acre or a Neighborhood Park of at least three (3) acres.
2.
The completed outdoor space shall be conveyed to the City at no cost;
3.
The outdoor space shall be operated and maintained by the City as a public park;
4.
The City shall be involved with the design of the outdoor space.
(Ord. No. 2007-213, § 1, 11-20-07)
Within the HW-PUD District, land may be used and buildings erected, altered, or used pursuant to the Hemmingwood Development Guidelines (see Appendix K).
(Ord. No. 2006-187, 5-23-06)
a.
City Council finds that its urban areas have traditionally included mixed use developments that incorporate housing opportunities for persons of varying means and incomes, along with complementary nonresidential uses. City Council finds that these mixed use developments have contributed significantly to the economic success and unique fabric of its urban environment by enhancing diversity and providing job opportunities, and that it is in the public interest that incentive-driven districts be established to encourage the continued development of mixed use projects.
b.
City Council finds that opportunity zones, which were added to the federal tax code by the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the "Act") on December 22, 2018, provide for preferential tax treatment for new investments in economically-distressed areas, including areas within the City designated as qualified opportunity zones under the procedures set forth in the Act.
(Ord. No. 2006-463, § 1, 10-17-06; Ord. No. 2019-132, § 1, 12-17-19)
a.
The MU-1/WH and MU-2/WH base zoning districts are intended to promote a mixture of housing opportunities within a single development, along with appropriate nonresidential uses, by providing incentives for the creation of such developments in urban areas of the City where on street parking or other public parking is customary and can be reasonably accommodated.
b.
The creation of qualified developments in areas of the City designated as qualified opportunity zones is intended to take advantage of the Act and the economic development tools provided therein to spur economic development and job creation in distressed communities, while ensuring appropriate housing is provided in these areas.
(Ord. No. 2006-463, § 1, 10-17-06; Ord. No. 2019-132, § 1, 12-17-19)
a.
Except as set forth in Section 54-299.b, The MU-1/WH and MU-2/WH districts, being incentive based, are only available to owners who apply for the district designation.
b.
Subject to the terms, conditions, and restrictions set forth in this Part, notwithstanding Section. 54-299.a, any owner may apply for the incentives applicable to the MU-1/WH or MU-2/WH districts without applying for the district designation, by demonstrating to the Zoning Administrator that the proposed development on the owner's property meets all of the following criteria:
i.
The development is funded wholly or in part by a qualified opportunity zone fund.
ii.
The development lies wholly or in part within a designated qualified opportunity zone.
iii.
The development will occur on property lying entirely in at least one of the following base zoning districts: UC, GB, LB, CT, GO, BP, LI, or HI.
(Ord. No. 2006-463, § 1, 10-17-06; Ord. No. 2019-132, § 1, 12-17-19)
Terms in this part shall be defined as follows:
a.
Owner occupied workforce housing unit: A dwelling unit where at least one occupant is an owner, and where all occupants have, in the aggregate, household income less than or equal to one hundred twenty (120%) percent of the area median income (AMI) for owner occupied units.
b.
Rental workforce housing unit: A dwelling unit, where occupants have, in the aggregate, household income less than or equal to eighty (80%) percent of the area median income (AMI) for rental units.
c.
Qualified household: Households where occupants have, in the aggregate, (1) a household income less than or equal to one hundred twenty (120%) percent of the area median income (AMI) for owner occupied workforce housing units; (2) a household income less than or equal to eighty (80%) percent of the area median income (AMI) for rental workforce housing units; or (3) a household income less than or equal to sixty (60%) percent of the area median income (AMI).
d.
Initial maximum allowable sales price: An amount equal to three (3) times one hundred twenty (120%) percent of AMI plus any subsidy available to the purchaser.
e.
Affordable rent: An amount equal to thirty (30%) percent of eighty (80%) percent of the annual AMI. Affordable rent for efficiency/studio units is the High HOME rents as published annually by the United States Department of Housing and Urban Development, or its successor, for the Charleston-North Charleston Metropolitan Statistical Area, as may be adjusted by the City of Charleston Department of Housing and Community Development, or their successors. In the absence of such information, the total annual rent charged by the owner shall not exceed thirty (30%) percent of the annual household income.
f.
Household income: All sources of financial support, both cash and in kind, of adult occupants of the housing unit, to include wages, salaries, tips, commissions, all forms of self-employment income, interest, dividends, net rental income, income from estates or trusts, Social Security benefits, railroad retirement benefits, Supplemental Security income, Aid to Families with Dependent Children or other public assistance welfare programs, other sources of income regularly received, including Veterans' (VA) payments, unemployment compensation and alimony, and awards, prizes, government or institutional or eleemosynary loans, grants or subsidies and contributions made by the household members' families for medical, personal or educational needs.
g.
Area Median Income (AMI): Area median income (AMI) shall be as determined annually by the United States Department of Housing and Urban Development, as adjusted by the City of Charleston Department of Housing and Community Development, or their successors.
h.
Designated qualified opportunity zone: A designated qualified opportunity zone is a qualified opportunity zone, as defined in subsection (a) of Section 1400Z-1 of Title 26 of the United States Code, that has received a designation pursuant to that section.
i.
Qualified opportunity zone fund: The term "qualified opportunity zone fund" is defined in subsection (d) of Section 1400Z-2 of Title 26 of the United States Code.
j.
Qualified development: A development satisfying the criteria in Sec. 54-299.b, as determined by the Zoning Administrator.
k.
WH district(s): The term "WH district" means the MU-1/WH zoning district or the MU-2/WH zoning district. The term "WH districts" means the MU-1/WH district and the MU-2/WH district.
l.
Workforce housing units: Workforce housing unit means owner occupied workforce housing units and rental workforce housing units.
m.
Required workforce housing units: Required workforce housing units means workforce housing units required to be provided by the terms of this Part.
n.
First generation properties: Any property which is zoned to a WH District as of January 10, 2017; or any property for which, as of January 10, 2017, an application has been filed for rezoning to a WH district and for which City Council later grants the rezoning application.
o.
Second generation properties: Any property, other than first generation properties, for which the City has received an application for a rezoning to a WH district on or before March 9, 2021, to the extent City Council later approves the rezoning application.
p.
Gross square footage ("GSF"): Gross square footage or GSF means the number of gross square feet within the development, whether residential, retail, commercial, or otherwise, inclusive of heated and unheated square footage, but excluding parking garages. Any portion of the GSF initially used solely for a grocery store or pharmacy shall be excluded from GSF for purposes of calculating any fee-in-lieu of providing required workforce housing units; provided; however, if, at any time within thirty (30) years after receipt of a certificate of occupancy or completion for the development, the use of such GSF as a grocery store or pharmacy lapses for a period of twelve (12) months or is used for any other purpose, then the owner of the development shall be required, as a condition of occupancy of such space, to pay a sum equal to the difference between the fee per unit that would have been payable had the space not been excluded from the per unit calculation and the fee per unit initially paid.
q.
Consumer Price Index ("CPI"): The Consumer Price Index (CPI) is a measure of the average change over time in the prices paid by urban consumers for a market basket of consumer goods and services published by the United States Department of Labor and available for the pertinent geographical area, as determined annually by the City's Department of Housing and Community Development.
r.
First tier unit(s): First tier units are calculated by dividing the required workforce housing units by four and rounding down to the nearest whole number.
s.
Second tier unit(s): Second tier units are calculated by dividing the required workforce housing units by two, then subtracting the first tier units. If this calculation results in a number other than a whole number, then the resulting number shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number.
t.
Third tier unit(s): Third tier units are calculated by dividing the required workforce housing units by four, then multiplying the resulting number by three, then subtracting first tier units and second tier units. If this calculation results in a number other than a whole number, then the resulting number shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number.
u.
Fourth tier unit(s): Fourth tier units are calculated by subtracting the first tier units, second tier units, and third tier units from the required workforce housing units; provided, however, if the required workforce housing units is one (1), then such workforce housing unit shall be a fourth tier unit.
v.
Small efficiency dwelling unit (micro-unit): A dwelling unit no smaller than 250 square feet and no larger than 375 square feet but still containing cooking, living, sanitary and sleeping facilities that are not shared with any other dwelling unit. Any unit larger than 375 square feet does not qualify as a small efficiency dwelling unit.
w.
Full-service supermarket/grocery store: A licensed retail establishment with a minimum contiguous size of 10,000 square feet that carries a variety of food and grocery items for sale including, but not limited to, fresh produce and meats, prepared meals, canned and boxed food, bread and dairy, and household items. A full-service supermarket/grocery shall also provide parking within 600 feet, measured from the closest point of the grocery store space to the closest point of the parking lot or structure.
(Ord. No. 2006-463, § 1, 10-17-06; Ord. No. 2014-81, § 1, 6-17-14; Ord. No. 2017-069, § 1, 7-11-17; Ord. No. 2019-132, § 1, 12-17-19; Ord. No. 2021-039, § 1, 4-13-21; Ord. No. 2022-065, § 1, 4-26-2022)
The permitted land uses in the WH districts are those listed under Article 2, Part 3, Table of Permitted Land Uses, in the column headings having the applicable district designation, to wit: MU-1/WH or MU-2/WH, respectively, modified as follows:
a.
Every development in a WH district that has less than five (5) dwelling units must include at least one (1) workforce housing unit.
b.
Every development within a WH district which includes five (5) or more dwelling units shall include workforce housing units comprising at least twenty percent (20%) of the total number of dwelling units in the development, rounded up to the next whole number. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to first generation properties, every development within a WH district which includes five (5) or more dwelling units shall include workforce housing units comprising at least fifteen percent (15%) of the total number of dwelling units in the development, rounded up to the next whole number.
c.
Required workforce housing units shall be sized, in terms of square footage and number of bedrooms, comparable and proportional to the square footage and number of bedrooms of market rate dwelling units in the development as a whole. The smallest required workforce housing unit shall not be smaller than the smallest market rate dwelling unit and shall contain the same number of bedrooms as the smallest market rate dwelling unit. Required workforce housing units shall be integrated and intermixed with the market rate dwelling units in the development. Required workforce housing units shall not be clustered together or segregated from the market rate dwelling units. Developments that contain multiple buildings shall incorporate required workforce housing units into each building, and the required workforce housing units shall be proportional, in terms of square footage and number of bedrooms, to the number of market rate dwelling units in each building. Exterior finishes of required workforce housing units shall be the same type and quality as the development's market rate dwelling units.
d.
In lieu of providing required workforce housing units under section 54-299.2.a, a development may dedicate the greater of (1) fifty percent (50%) of the ground level square footage; or (2) 1,500 square feet on the ground level to nonresidential uses which front on a public right-of-way. Nonresidential uses in the MU-1/WH district shall be those allowable in the Limited Business (LB) zoning district. Nonresidential uses in the MU-2/WH district shall be those allowable in the General Business (GB) zoning district.
e.
(1)
In lieu of providing the required workforce housing units onsite, a developer may contribute a fee, on a per unit basis, to the City's Affordable/Workforce Housing Account for any or all of the number of required workforce housing units for the development. Fees shall be calculated at the time of building permit application and paid in full prior to the issuance of a certificate of occupancy or completion for any part of the development covered in such building permit application. The fee for a required workforce housing unit shall be calculated as follows:
(a)
For first tier units, the fee per unit shall be calculated by dividing the GSF in the development by four (4), then multiplying the resulting number by $7.50, then dividing the latter number by the total number of first tier units.
(b)
For second tier units, the fee per unit shall be calculated by dividing the GSF in the development by four (4), then multiplying the resulting number by $10.00, then dividing the latter number by the total number of second tier units.
(c)
For third quarter tier units, the fee per unit shall be calculated by dividing the GSF in the development by four (4), then multiplying the resulting number by $12.50, then dividing the latter number by the total number of third tier units.
(d)
For fourth tier units, the fee per unit shall be calculated by dividing the GSF in the development by four (4), then multiplying the resulting number by $15.00, then dividing the latter number by the total number of fourth tier units.
The City's Department of Housing and Community Development (the "CDC") shall adjust the $7.50 multiplier for first tier units, the $10.00 multiplier for second tier units, the $12.50 multiplier for third tier units, and the $15.00 multiplier for fourth tier units annually based on any increase to the CPI or AMI, whichever is greater. The adjustment shall apply to (i) any properties which have not received a vested right for a site specific development plan as of the date of publication of the multiplier by the CDC; or (ii) any required workforce housing units resulting from an amendment to a vested site specific development plan as of the date of the publication of the multiplier by CDC.
(2)
Notwithstanding section 54-299.2.e.(1), with respect to first generation properties, the fee per required workforce housing unit shall be calculated based on GSF multiplied by $3.40, with the resulting number then being divided by the total required workforce housing units. If a certificate of occupancy has been issued for the development or applicable phase, the fee per unit shall be prorated to account for the number of months the unit has already been subject to rental workforce housing covenants.
(3)
Notwithstanding section 54-299.2.e.(1), with respect to second generation properties, the fee per required workforce housing unit shall be calculated based on GSF multiplied by $5.10, with the resulting number then being divided by the total required workforce housing units.
f.
Land donation in lieu of required workforce housing units. Upon approval by City Council by resolution, and in City Council's sole discretion, land may be donated to the City in lieu of required workforce housing units. The size, configuration, and location of any land proposed for donation shall be capable and appropriately zoned to support, at a minimum, the number of required workforce housing units such donation is intended to replace. City Council may accept or reject the donation for any reason. If City Council elects to accept land in lieu of required workforce housing units, the developer shall be solely responsible for all costs of acquiring the land and transferring the land to the City, including but not limited to the costs of surveys, plats, environmental investigation, title insurance, the City's attorneys' fees, and recording fees. Title to the land proposed for donation shall be conveyed to the City by general warranty deed prior to the issuance of a building permit for any part of the development.
g.
Prior to receiving a building permit for any portion of a development within a WH district, the owner thereof shall provide, in writing, to the satisfaction of the CDC, information identifying the total number of one bedroom dwelling units, two bedroom dwelling units, etc., and the respective square footages of the same; the total number of one bedroom workforce housing units, two bedroom workforce housing units, etc., and the respective square footages of the same; and the location of the required workforce housing units in the development. Prior to the issuance of a certificate of occupancy or completion for any portion of a development within a WH district, the owner thereof shall identify, in writing, to the CDC, the dwelling units designated as owner occupied workforce housing units and/or rental workforce housing units.
h.
(1)
Prior to the issuance of a certificate of occupancy or completion for any portion of a development, the owner shall execute covenants satisfactory to the CDC that identify the required workforce housing units and which restrict such units to occupancy, or, if applicable, ownership, by qualified households for at least thirty (30) years, and submit a copy of the recorded covenants to the CDC. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the affordability period shall be ten (10) years for first generation properties and twenty-five (25) years for second generation properties.
(2)
For the owner occupied workforce housing units, the covenants shall identify the initial maximum allowable sales price, and provide that the initial maximum allowable sales price may be adjusted annually for inflation based on the increase in the area median income (AMI) or Consumer Price Index, whichever is greater. Each owner of such units, prior to initial occupancy, shall be required to submit to the CDC a verified income report of household income of all members of the household. The covenants shall require notice to the CDC of any transfer of the owner occupied workforce housing units and verification that the purchaser is a qualified household. Owner occupied workforce housing units shall be subject to resale restrictions for no fewer than thirty (30) years from date of initial sale of the property. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the affordability period shall be ten (10) years for first generation properties and twenty-five (25) years for second generation properties. Such restrictions will be recorded as deed restrictions against the subject property.
(3)
As for rental workforce housing units, the covenants shall require the owner to provide proof to the CDC, at inception of every tenancy, and on an annual basis thereafter, that no more than affordable rent is being charged for the unit(s), and verified income reports of household income of all occupants of rental workforce housing units. Rental workforce housing units shall be subject to these restrictions for no fewer than thirty (30) years from the initial occupancy as workforce housing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the affordability period shall be ten (10) years for first generation properties and twenty-five (25) years for second generation properties.
(4)
The covenants for rental workforce housing units shall provide: If a workforce housing unit is converted from rental occupied to owner occupied occupancy during the term of the rental workforce housing covenants, the unit shall be subject to the owner occupied workforce housing unit requirements as set out in section 54-299.h.(2), as amended, (to include an Initial Maximum Sales Price) for a term of months equal to the number resulting when subtracting from 312 months (or 300 months for second generation properties) the number of months the unit has been subject to rental workforce housing covenants. Conversion of a workforce housing unit from owner occupied to a rental workforce housing unit shall not be permitted. Covenants shall require written notice to the City prior to any conversion taking place.
(5)
The covenants shall accord the City of Charleston, or its assignee, rights to enforcement by any legal and/or equitable means, including the revocation of a certificate of occupancy or completion, and in all events be subject to approval by the City's corporation counsel.
i.
If the development is to be phased, each phase shall include workforce housing units concurrently with the market rate units in the particular phase. A phasing plan that brings the workforce housing units on line at the end of build out is not permitted.
j.
The upkeep of rental workforce housing units shall be of the same quality as the upkeep of the other market rate rental units within the development.
(Ord. No. 2006-463, § 1, 10-17-06; Ord. No. 2008-147, § 1, 11-25-08; Ord. No. 2014-81, § 1, 6-17-14; Ord. No. 2017-069, § 1, 7-11-17; Ord. No. 2019-019, § 1, 3-26-19; Ord. No. 2019-132, § 1, 12-17-19; Ord. No. 2021-039, § 2, 4-13-21)
Parking requirements for an owner occupied workforce housing unit or rental workforce housing unit shall be one (1) space per two units.
Parking requirements for an owner occupied market rate housing unit or rental housing unit shall be one (1) space per unit.
Parking requirements for nonresidential uses in developments shall be governed by the parking provisions of Article 3, Part 4, Off-Street Parking Requirements; provided however, there shall be no off-street parking requirements for nonresidential uses in developments for the first five thousand (5,000) square feet of area dedicated for nonresidential uses, not including restaurants and bars which shall follow the parking requirements of Article 3, Part 4, and further provided that the off-street parking requirement for office uses shall be one (1) space per 600 square feet (excluding halls, stairwells, storage/elevator shafts and bathrooms). There are no off-street loading requirements for nonresidential uses.
(Ord. No. 2006-463, § 1, 10-17-06; Ord. No. 2016-011, § 1, 1-12-16)
a.
The height, area and setback regulations for the MU-1/WH and MU-2/WH districts are listed under Part 1 of Article 3 (Site Regulations) of this Chapter in Table 3.1 (Height, Area and Setback Regulations).
b.
The height, area and setback regulations for the MU-1/WH and MU-2/WH districts, as set forth in Table 3.1, shall also apply within qualified developments.
(Ord. No. 2006-463, § 1, 10-17-06; Ord. No. 2019-132, § 1, 12-17-19)
There is hereby created a City of Charleston Affordable/Workforce Housing Account. Fees contributed to the account per this Part, along with all interest earnings, shall be used solely for the purpose of creating and/or preserving workforce and/or affordable housing, including but not limited to preserving or redeveloping existing housing stock, the acquisition of land, costs and fees for design and construction of affordable housing, and loans or grants to affordable housing providers. The terms of any assistance shall be developed by the City of Charleston Department of Housing and Community Development, or its successor, and approved by City Council.
(Ord. No. 2017-069, § 1, 7-11-17; Ord. No. 2021-039, § 3, 4-13-21)
a.
New lots created in the MU-1/WH and MU-2/WH zone districts shall not be required to have frontage on a street, as set forth in Section 54-824.
b.
New lots created within a qualified development shall not be required to have frontage on a street, unless such frontage would be required on a new lot created in the MU-1/WH and MU-2/WH zone districts.
(Ord. No. 2018-059, § 1, 5-8-18; Ord. No. 2019-132, § 1, 12-17-19; Ord. No. 2021-039, § 4, 4-13-21)
Editor's note— Ord. No. 2021-039, § 4, adopted April 13, 2021, repealed former § 54-299.6 in its entirety and renumbered former §§ 54-299.7, 54-299.8 as §§ 54-299.6, 54-299.7. Repealed former 54-299.6 pertained to existing MU-1/WH and MU-2/WH classifications and derived from Ord. No. 2017-069, § 1, adopted July 11, 2017.
With respect to a qualified development, the following standards shall apply:
a.
Every qualified development containing dwelling units shall be subject to the same incentives and requirements applicable to a development in the MU-1/WH or MU-2/WH zoning districts except that the option of a fee payment in lieu of workforce housing units as set forth in Section 54-299.2(c) shall not apply.
b.
Nonresidential uses allowable in a qualified development are the nonresidential uses allowable in the base zoning district of the property.
(Ord. No. 2019-132, § 1, 12-17-19; Ord. No. 2021-039, § 4, 4-13-21)
Small efficiency dwelling units shall be permitted in MU-1/WH and MU-2/WH districts if the plans satisfy the following requirements.
a.
Buildings with small efficiency dwelling units shall not contain any other dwelling unit type unless specifically allowed by this section.
b.
Buildings with small efficiency dwelling units must conform to the provisions of Section 54-299.2
c.
Developments utilizing the reduced parking requirement for small efficiency dwelling units shall satisfy all requirements of this section and contain a minimum of fifteen (15) small efficiency dwelling units.
d.
Small efficiency dwelling units shall be located within the following distances, measured in a straight line from the closest point of the small efficiency dwelling property to the grocery store space or transit stop:
(1)
¾ mile of a full-service, supermarket/grocery store, as defined herein; and
(2)
¼ mile or less from a public transit stop (bus, BRT).
e.
Buildings with small efficiency dwelling units shall provide an onsite enclosed and covered bicycle parking room that is secure and ventilated and which can accommodate one (1) bicycle parking space per three small efficiency dwelling unit, rounded up to the next whole number. The building shall include a bicycle work stand, a basic set of bicycle repair tools and an air pump in close proximity to the bicycle parking room. The use of security cameras and/or security personnel is encouraged. Spaces within dwelling units do not count toward the bicycle parking requirement.
General requirements for all bicycle parking rooms:
(1)
Bicycle rack selection criteria.
(a)
Provide at least two (2) points of contact for a standard bicycle frame (racks that are designed to support a bicycle primarily by a wheel are not allowed).
(b)
Have rounded surfaces and corners.
(c)
Be coated in a material that will not damage the bicycle.
(d)
Be securely anchored or fastened to a hardscape surface.
(2)
Bicycle parking space dimensions:
(a)
Parking spaces shall accommodate a wide range of bicycle frame types and provide adequate space between bikes, especially those with wider handlebar stems. Each bicycle parking space shall be sufficient to accommodate a bicycle at least six (6) feet in length and two (2) feet wide.
(b)
An aisle or other space shall be provided for bicycles to enter and leave the facility.
(3)
Lighting and site materials:
(a)
Lighting shall be provided such that all bicycle parking facilities are thoroughly illuminated and visible from adjacent sidewalks, parking lots or buildings during hours of use.
(b)
Bicycle parking shall be located on a hard surface material such as concrete, asphalt, brick or other stable surface the rack can be securely fastened to.
(c)
Signage shall demarcate the bicycle parking and be placed in a visible and highly used location to inform users of the system in place.
(4)
Proximity to building entrances.
(a)
Bicycle parking shall be located within close proximity to, or inside, the main building. Bicycle parking shall be located no further from the building's main or secondary entrance than the closest automobile parking space to that entrance or no more than fifty (50) feet away, whichever is closer.
(b)
If required bicycle parking is not clearly visible from the main entrance of the building, wayfinding signs shall be posted at the primary entrances indicating the location of the parking.
f.
Any resident of a small efficiency dwelling unit shall not be eligible for a "neighborhood parking decal" (if located in such a district where they would ordinarily be eligible) and acknowledge that exclusion within the lease documentation or a separate rider.
(Ord. No. 2022-065, § 2, 4-26-22)
The purpose of the cluster development ordinance is to permit unique residential developments that:
a.
Utilize creative and flexible site design that is sensitive to natural, historical, cultural and/or other significant land features.
b.
Provide quality common open space, both recreational and passive, for community members and citizens.
c.
Decrease stormwater runoff and nonpoint source pollution by reducing the amount of impervious surface in a development.
d.
Reduce the costs associated with infrastructure improvements.
e.
Provide a mixture of lot sizes and housing options within a development.
(Ord. No. 2011-120, § 2, 9-13-11)
Cluster or clustering. Means a site planning technique that concentrates buildings and structures in specific areas on a lot, site or parcel to allow the remaining land to be used for common open space for recreation and/or preservation of features and/or structures with environmental, historical, cultural, or other significance. The techniques used to concentrate buildings may include, but shall not be limited to, reduction in lot area, setback requirements, lot frontage, and/or lot occupancy with the resultant common open space being devoted by deed restrictions for one or more uses.
Common open space. For the purposes of Section 54-299.11 through Section 54-299.15 common open space shall mean any parcel, area of land or portion of a site set aside in perpetuity as open space. Open space may be unimproved and set aside, or improved, dedicated, designated or reserved for public or private use or enjoyment, or for the use and enjoyment of owners and occupants of land adjoining or neighboring such open space. This area may include wetlands, critical area, water bodies, agricultural lands, wildlife habitat, scenic views, historical or cultural features, archaeological sites, easements for public utilities excluding above ground power line easements, or other elements to be protected from development. Open space shall not include streets, drives, off-street parking and loading areas, area so located or of such size or shape to have no substantial aesthetic, environmental, cultural or recreational value and any area within residential lots.
(Ord. No. 2011-120, § 2, 9-13-11)
Properties developed using cluster development standards shall be developed and subdivided in accordance with a plan which includes the entire development area and has been granted subdivision concept plan approval by the Planning Commission, followed by preliminary subdivision plat and road construction plan approval by the Technical Review Committee and final subdivision plat approval by the Plat Review Committee. Each cluster development plan shall be submitted and approved in accordance with the review procedures and standards prescribed in Article 2, Part 16 and Article 8.
(Ord. No. 2011-120, § 2, 9-13-11)
a.
Residential cluster development shall be permitted in any SR-1, SR-7, RR-1 or C zone districts pursuant to the provisions in this ordinance.
b.
Minimum acreage: Cluster developments shall be a minimum of five (5) net acres.
c.
Open space: For cluster developments of five (5) to ten (10) net acres, not less than forty (40) percent of the gross site acreage shall be reserved as common open space. For cluster developments greater than ten (10) net acres, not less than fifty (50) percent of the gross site acreage shall be reserved as common open space. The following shall also apply:
1.
A minimum of twenty-five (25) percent of the required common open space shall be designed for active recreation (play fields, playgrounds, trails, etc.) and/or agricultural uses.
2.
If a playground or improved play area is included in the common open space, its total area may count up to four times toward the overall common open space requirement up to a maximum of one acre. (example: if a three thousand-square foot playground is part of the open space, it may be counted as twelve thousand (12,000) square feet toward the required open space but the total area of this credit cannot exceed one (1) acre)
3.
Where the site contains an existing or proposed man-made water body, only fifty (50) percent of that water body shall be included in calculating common open space.
4.
Common open space shall be owned and maintained by an association formed for that purpose or by a nonprofit organization whose principal purpose is the conservation of open space or cultural sites. Portions of the common open space may also be leased by such an entity to a person or organization who utilizes the land for agricultural purposes. If open space location and type meet a need identified in the City of Charleston Parks and Recreation Master Plan 2012, the City and developer may consider conveyance of a completed outdoor space to the City, provided that:
(a)
The open space shall be either a neighborhood green of at least one (1) acre or a neighborhood park of at least three (3) acres.
(b)
The completed open space shall be conveyed to the City;
(c)
The open space shall be operated and maintained by the City as a public park;
(d)
The City shall be involved with the design of the open space.
5.
The common open space shall be deed restricted and shall not be developed for use other than open space.
d.
Density: The maximum number of dwelling units allowed per acre of high ground of existing base zone district per Table 3.1 in Section 54-301 shall apply, except that accessory dwelling units, as permitted below, shall not count towards the density limitation.
e.
Allowed Uses: All principal and accessory uses permitted in the applicable base zone district(s) shall be allowed in the cluster development. In addition, accessory dwelling units may be permitted for a cluster development located in a zoning district that does not otherwise allow accessory dwelling units provided that the following requirements are met:
1.
An accessory dwelling unit that is an accessory use to a principal single-family dwelling unit, and is located in the same building as the principal use or in an accessory building on the same lot shall be permitted.
2.
Only one (1) accessory dwelling unit shall be permitted per lot.
3.
If an accessory dwelling unit is located within an accessory building, the building height shall be limited to one and one-half (1½) stories and a parking level shall count as one (1) story.
4.
Accessory dwelling unit size shall be limited to a maximum of six hundred (600) square feet of conditioned space.
5.
One (1) off-street parking space shall be provided for the accessory dwelling unit.
f.
Lot standards: There shall be no minimum lot area requirement, maximum lot occupancy requirement or minimum building setback requirement. There shall be no minimum lot frontage requirement provided that each lot shall have a platted access easement a minimum of ten (10) feet wide to a public or private right-of-way. Such access easement may be shared with other lots.
g.
Height: The maximum height for the applicable zoning district shall apply.
h.
Parking and garages:
1.
The number of required off-street parking spaces shall meet the standards in Section 54-317, unless otherwise noted.
2.
Driveways on individual residential lots shall not exceed ten (10) feet wide within the public or private street right-of-way and the first five (5) feet of the front yard.
3.
Parking shall be located on the subject lot of record or in a community parking lot and the community parking lot may be non-hard surfaced utilizing slag, gravel, ROC, grasscrete or similar pervious paving material. Required parking may also be provided on-street.
4.
Garage doors whose faces are less than 90 degrees rotated from the front street shall be setback at least 20 feet behind the front side of the principal building.
i.
Other zoning requirements: Other development and zoning requirements not addressed herein shall be designed in accordance with the Zoning Ordinance.
j.
Building Code and Fire Code: Building code requirements and International Fire Code requirements shall apply including, but not limited to, a minimum twenty-foot clear fire apparatus access route.
(Ord. No. 2011-120, § 2, 9-13-11)
Cluster development proposals meeting the preceding requirements shall also be evaluated, as part of the City review and approval process, for compliance with the following criteria:
a.
Individual lots, building locations, streets, parking areas, utilities and infrastructure should be grouped in a manner so that the required percentage of the gross site area is set aside as common open space. To the greatest degree practicable, common open space shall be designated as a single block or shall be contiguous and not divided into unconnected small parcels located in various parts of the development;
b.
Pedestrians should have easy access common open space;
c.
Individual lots, buildings, structures, streets, parking areas, utilities and infrastructure should be designed and sited to minimize the alteration of natural features, vegetation and topography;
d.
Individual lots, building locations, streets, parking areas, utilities and infrastructure should be designed and sited to be compatible with surrounding development patterns;
e.
Existing scenic views or vistas should be permitted to remain unobstructed, especially from street rights-of-way;
f.
Open space should be located on a site in such a manner so that view sheds from existing public right-of-way are enhanced by the open space;
g.
The site layout should accommodate and preserve any features of historic, cultural, archaeological or sensitive environmental value;
h.
The cluster development should provide a mixture of lot sizes;
i.
The cluster development should advance the purposes of this part.
(Ord. No. 2011-120, § 2, 9-13-11)
On or after October 13, 2020 (the "Sunset Date"), cluster developments shall not be permitted under this Part; provided, however, this Part shall continue to apply to the following developments:
(a)
Developments which have obtained a vested right for a cluster development under this Part before the Sunset Date.
(b)
Future developments identified in a phased development plan as being developed as a cluster development under this Part if one or more phases included in the phased development plan have obtained a vested right for a cluster development under this Part before the Sunset Date.
(c)
Developments which have been developed under an approved cluster development under this Part before the Sunset Date.
Once approved, the developments identified in (a)—(c) shall be considered conforming for purposes of this Chapter, subject to all conditions and limitation set forth in this Part and the approved development plan for any such development.
(Ord. No. 2021-006, § 1, 1-26-21)
Numerous studies and plans suggest the area of the Peninsula lying generally to the east of Interstate 26 and north of Huger Street (Upper Peninsula District) is well suited for greater density and increased building height due to its connectivity to major transportation routes such as I-26, Highway 17, Highway 52 and Highway 78, the expansive nature of its existing infrastructure and its relatively sparse population as compared to other areas of the Peninsula. The character of the Upper Peninsula District is distinct and different from other areas of the Peninsula in that there is not a predominance of historic buildings, thus presenting an opportunity for buildings to be sized and designed in a manner that incorporates architectural features characteristic to Charleston but which also take advantage of the geographic features of the area, as the potential for views of both the Ashley and Cooper Rivers exist. After receiving valuable input from various sectors of the public, including residents, neighborhood leaders, area businesses and nonprofit groups, preservation organizations, developers, real estate professionals, designers and green building experts, City Council finds it to be in the public interest that this area of the Peninsula be developed in a manner that reflects the built environment, makes advantageous use of technology to protect the natural environment and which provides opportunities for diverse housing and commercial activities.
(Ord. No. 2015-142, § 1, 10-13-2015)
The purpose of the Upper Peninsula District is to preserve the character and quality of the existing residential neighborhoods and to accommodate responsible growth and redevelopment through the use of incentives designed to promote and protect the built and natural environments.
(Ord. No. 2015-142, § 1, 10-13-2015)
Land uses permitted in the Upper Peninsula District are set out in Article 2, Part 3, Table of Permitted Land Uses, in the column heading having the district designation UP.
(Ord. No. 2015-142, § 1, 10-13-2015)
Rooftop uses above the height limit are permitted, provided that such uses are not residential or office in nature, and provided further, the spaces for such uses are open air. Shade structures or other types of partial protection from the elements are allowed.
(Ord. No. 2015-142, § 1, 10-13-2015; Ord. No. 2016-127, § 1, 10-11-16)
All buildings having frontage on a primary street shall have an active use on the ground floor for the length of the frontage and that occupies, at a minimum, the first thirty (30) feet of linear depth of the building as measured from the front facade of the building.
An active use is any non-residential and non-parking (vehicle or bicycle) use that is also enclosed in a conditioned space, designed for human occupation and has a direct view from adjacent primary streets. Some examples of active uses are retail, office, restaurant, coffee shop, brewery, library, institution, educational facility, cultural facility and entrance lobby.
Primary streets are Morrison Drive, Meeting Street, Meeting Street Road, King Street, King Street Extension, Mount Pleasant Street, Brigade Street, Romney Street, Cool Blow Street and Huger Street.
(Ord. No. 2015-142, § 1, 10-13-2015)
Every new building in the District with more than 50,000 gross square feet of space shall contain at least two (2) different land use categories. For the purpose of this section, land use categories are residential/multifamily, retail, office, institutional, or any other use not falling within these categories.
(Ord. No. 2015-142, § 1, 10-13-2015; Ord. No. 2016-127, § 1, 10-11-16)
If workforce housing is included within a building, parking requirements for all workforce housing units shall be one (1) space per two (2) units, parking requirements for all other residential units shall be one (1) space per one (1) unit. Parking requirements for all other uses shall be governed by the parking provisions of Article 3, Part 4, Off-Street Parking Requirements, with the exception of the location of parking.
(Ord. No. 2015-142, § 1, 10-13-2015; Ord. No. 2016-127, § 1, 10-11-16)
Off-street parking spaces shall be located upon the same lot of record as the use to which they are associated. If a property does not provide sufficient off-street parking onsite, parking (except handicapped parking) may be provided on a properly zoned lot within one thousand five hundred (1,500) feet of the property, provided a satisfactory long-term lease of at least ten (10) years in duration is submitted to and approved by the zoning administrator. The distance shall be measured from the nearest lot line of the parking lot to the nearest lot line of the property the parking lot is to serve. The off-site parking lot must be connected to the property it serves by a safe and accessible pedestrian route.
Spaces that are subject to an approved space-sharing agreement, or that are part of a car share program, or that are designated as electric vehicle charging stations, or that are designated for compact car only, count toward fulfilling minimum parking requirements.
(Ord. No. 2015-142, § 1, 10-13-2015)
Density shall be limited to 26.4 dwelling units per highland acre, subject to density bonuses acquired through the use of incentive options as hereinafter set forth.
(Ord. No. 2015-142, § 1, 10-13-2015)
There is no minimum building height. The maximum height of a building or structure shall be four (4) stories, subject to height bonuses acquired through the use of incentive options as hereinafter set forth.
(Ord. No. 2015-142, § 1, 10-13-2015)
Constructed wetlands and surface retention and detention drainage ponds, as defined in Low Impact Development in Coastal South Carolina: A Planning and Design Guide (hereafter the "Guide"), are not permitted in the District.
(Ord. No. 2015-142, § 1, 10-13-2015)
Height and density bonuses are available to owners who achieve a predetermined sum of incentive option points. The options for achieving points are identified in Table 1: Incentive Options. The number of points required to achieve a bonus for one (1) building is set out in Table 2: Building Height and Density Bonuses.
Table 1: Incentive Options
Table 2: Building Height and Density Bonuses
General requirements for incentive options
(a)
For each building on a site utilizing bonuses, any combination of the seven (7) incentive options is allowed, up to the maximum allowable points per option as indicated in Table 1, unless otherwise noted. A site is defined by its parcel lines.
(b)
A certificate of occupancy for any building utilizing bonuses will not be issued until all incentive options are verified by necessary documentation and field inspections.
(c)
If the owner cannot achieve the points originally set out to, the owner shall be required to substitute incentive options to earn all points necessary for the height before a certificate of occupancy will be issued.
(d)
Each point approved may only be redeemed once.
(e)
Owners may choose to implement incentive options onsite in advance of development, allowing for projects to be phased. Any preexisting incentive options will still be verified for compliance.
(f)
Each incentive option has its own specific requirements regarding where on the site the option may be implemented as some are building specific and some are site specific; please refer to each individual section for this information.
(g)
Each incentive option has its own specific requirements regarding how its points may be redeemed on the site as some are building specific and some are site specific; please refer to each individual section for this information.
(h)
All incentive options used toward height and/or density bonuses shall remain in place and be maintained for the life of the building utilizing the bonus, unless otherwise noted.
(i)
Each building that utilizes height bonuses to exceed four (4) stories or density bonuses and includes residential uses shall provide owner occupied workforce housing units for qualified households whose household income does not exceed one hundred twenty (120%) percent of AMI and/or rental workforce housing units for qualified households whose household income does not exceed eighty (80%) percent of AMI that total at minimum ten (10%) percent of the number of residential units in the building, rounded up to the next whole number, and subject to all applicable requirements and definitions in Part 17 - Upper Peninsula District, particularly Section 54-299.32, 7) Workforce Housing. The aforementioned workforce housing units are eligible to earn incentive option points should all requirements to earn points be met.
1)
Stormwater Management. Urban landscapes often feature expansive areas of impervious surfaces such as roadways, parking lots, sidewalks and rooftops that increase surface runoff and reduce infiltration. Management of stormwater as close to its source as possible by way of low impact development infiltration techniques recharges the water table via infiltration and reduces stormwater runoff. Reducing stormwater runoff lessens the amount of water entering the City's stormwater system, thus reducing the potential for flooding issues and the demand on City infrastructure. Low impact development systems recreate the predevelopment site hydrology through site design techniques that promote storage, infiltration, evaporation, and treatment of stormwater runoff onsite. Low impact development can be both an aesthetically pleasing and a functional way of managing stormwater at the source.
Requirements:Decrease Stormwater Runoff and Impervious Surfaces
For two (2) points, design, construct, and maintain low impact development stormwater management systems that handle rainfall onsite, and prevent the offsite discharge of at least one (1) inch of stormwater runoff from the site's total area. Impervious surfaces shall not exceed sixty five (65%) percent of the surface area of the entire site.
For purposes hereof, impervious surfaces means a surface that does not allow water to penetrate. Examples of impervious surfaces include asphalt, rooftops and concrete. For purposes hereof, all other surfaces shall be considered pervious surfaces.
The design, construction and maintenance of the system shall adhere to the recommendations of the Guide, a copy of which is available in the Department of Planning and Preservation (hereafter the "Department"). Approved systems include, but are not limited to, bioretention cells, permeable pavement, stormwater infiltration, vegetated green roofs, rainwater harvesting and impervious surface disconnection.
No more than two (2) points per site may be awarded for this incentive option.
General requirements
(a)
The design of all low impact development systems shall follow the specifications and guidelines listed in the Guide, to include specifications pertaining to contaminated soils and guidelines for plant selection and installation. Runoff reduction rates provided for the Coastal Zone Credit Approach as outlined in the Guide will be recognized for meeting the prevention of the above offsite discharge requirement.
(b)
The creation of wetlands, open channels and surface retention or detention facilities (i.e. ponds), as defined in the Guide, are not permitted.
(c)
All low impact development systems shall have appropriate stormwater educational signage, approved by the Department and any applicable review boards, displayed in a prominent location.
(d)
Owners availing themselves of this incentive shall be required to sign a Maintenance and Operation Agreement which, among other things, will require continued maintenance of the system and a yearly inspection and report on the condition and functionality of the system by an engineer licensed by the State of South Carolina, the cost of which shall be borne by the property owner. Any deficiencies revealed by the inspection shall be corrected in a timeframe established by the City. The Agreement shall be in recordable form, and at the option of the City, may be recorded in the RMC Office for Charleston County. The City may choose to perform additional inspections at its discretion at no cost to the property owner.
(e)
Certificate of occupancy. If the committed points in this category are not achieved, the owner shall be required to substitute incentive options and earn all points necessary to justify bonuses before a certificate of occupancy will be issued.
(f)
Longevity. The stormwater management system(s) shall exist and be maintained for the life of the corresponding building(s) utilizing bonuses.
(g)
Implementation. This incentive option is not limited to being located in, on or around a specific building, but does need to be located onsite.
(h)
Point redemption. Points earned from this incentive option may be applied to any building on the site, in any full point increment.
2)
Vegetated Green Roof. Urban greening in the form of vegetated green roofs reduces stormwater runoff and flooding, mitigates the urban heat island effect, creates a sanctuary for wildlife, adds aesthetic beautification, can extend the life of the roof and can improve energy efficiency of the building by acting as an insulator. Vegetated green roofs can be installed on a wide range of buildings and are an ideal best management practice for urban sites, especially those which may be contaminated.
Requirements:Vegetated Green Roof
Install and maintain a vegetated green roof. The vegetated green roof surface area need not be contiguous to allow flexibility for mechanical equipment and other necessary or desired roof infrastructure.
For one (1) point, incorporate and maintain a vegetated green roof onsite that is the greater of: (1) seven hundred (700) square feet; or (2) thirty (30%) percent of total roof area of the building utilizing bonuses.
OR
For two (2) points, incorporate and maintain a vegetated green roof onsite that is the greater of: (1) one thousand five hundred (1,500) square feet; or (2) sixty (60%) percent of total roof area of the building utilizing bonuses.
There are two (2) types of allowable vegetated green roof systems: modular and layered.
System type requirements
Modular System Type: The following components, in order, shall be included in all modular systems:
(a)
Waterproofing layer, to prevent water damage to the roof. This layer can be the roof itself, in some cases.
(b)
Root barrier slip sheets to protect the waterproofing membrane from root penetration.
(c)
Engineered plastic container made from recycled plastic with built-in water retention, drainage holes and raised drainage channels designed specifically for vegetated green roofs.
(d)
Growing media, engineered to be lightweight and to support a range of vegetated green roof plant growth and resilience (e.g. extreme conditions).
(e)
Vegetation layer, to include plants specified for vegetated green roof and climate conditions.
(f)
An irrigation system.
Layered System Type: The following components, in order, shall be included in all layered systems:
(a)
Waterproofing layer to prevent water damage to the roof. This layer can be the roof itself, in some cases.
(b)
Root barrier slip sheets to protect the waterproofing membrane from root penetration.
(c)
Drainage layer, to consist of a combination of a (non-woven) geotextile fabric that is placed or glued on top of a waffled rigid plastic sheet with drainage holes throughout.
(d)
Root permeable filter fabric, a semi-permeable layer that prevents growing media from entering the drainage layer and clogging it.
(e)
Growing media, engineered to be lightweight and to support a range of vegetated green roof plant growth and resilience (e.g. extreme conditions).
(f)
Vegetation layer, to include plants specified for vegetated green roofs and climate conditions.
(g)
An irrigation system.
General requirements
(a)
Root barrier slip sheets. A minimum forty (40) mil thick slip sheet of EPDM, TPO or PVC or another material as recommended by the roof membrane manufacturer shall be installed as a root barrier layer. Root barriers which have been impregnated with pesticides, metals or other chemicals that could leach into stormwater runoff shall not be allowed in systems where the root barrier layer will come into contact with water or allow water to pass through the barrier.
(b)
Growing media. Growing media shall be lightweight, absorbent and engineered specifically for vegetated green roofs. Growing media shall contain organic matter of approximately ten (10%) percent to thirty (30%) percent of the soil composition by volume.
(c)
Depth. Growing media shall be four (4) inches or more deep. A standard four (4) inch modular unit is acceptable so long as it is filled with growing media as close to the top as possible.
(d)
Planting plan. A planting plan shall be completed by a landscape architect, horticulturalist or other professional experienced with vegetated green roofs and Charleston's unique climate.
(e)
Vegetation. Tolerant plant selections shall be used and should be suitable to Charleston's climate and able to withstand rooftop sensitivities such as strong winds, extreme heat and drought conditions.
i.
A variety of at least five (5) different plant species representing at least two (2) different genera shall be used to maintain diversity. One genus shall not contain more than seventy five (75%) percent of the total vegetation.
ii.
Guidelines for plant selection are listed in the Guide. It is imperative plant selection considerations are made specifically for Charleston's unique climate as a plant that does well in another climate may not work as well in Charleston.
iii.
Pre-planted vegetation mats or already established mature plants shall be installed. Small plugs and seeds are difficult to establish on rooftops and shall be used sparingly only as appropriate for a species. Seeds cannot exceed a maximum of fifty (50%) percent of the total vegetated green roof surface area.
iv.
Living vegetation shall cover at least fifty (50%) percent of the surface area of the vegetated green roof after the first three (3) months and throughout the remainder of the first year.
v.
After the first year, living vegetation shall cover at least seventy (70%) percent of the surface area of the vegetated green roof and shall be maintained at that level for the life of the building(s) utilizing bonuses.
vi.
Vegetation shall be replaced as needed to maintain the minimum vegetative surface coverage at all times to prevent roots from drying out and ensuring its success and effectiveness.
(f)
Irrigation. A permanent programmable irrigation system and water access on roof shall be installed and shall include a rain sensor to ensure proper irrigation and avoid overwatering. The frequency of irrigation shall adhere to the recommendations in "Appendix A: Charleston Vegetated Green Roof Maintenance Manual" (hereafter the "Manual"), a copy of which is on file in the Department.
(g)
Roof pitch. Flat or low sloping roofs are required to optimize stormwater collection and ease maintenance access. The slope of the vegetated green roof shall not exceed a rise:run ratio of 3:12 or a twenty five (25%) percent pitch.
(h)
Separation of active and inactive zones. Vegetated green roofs which also offer pedestrian active areas (walkways and/or gathering areas) shall clearly delineate and demarcate pedestrian activity zones from inactive vegetated green roof zones to deter everyday foot traffic out of the vegetated green roof area.
(i)
Drain collars. Drain collars and protective flashing shall be installed to ensure free flow of excess stormwater.
(j)
Maintenance access. The vegetated green roof shall be setback a minimum of two (2) feet from all serviceable rooftop equipment allowing ample room for maintenance personnel to access rooftop mechanical equipment without disturbing the vegetation on the roof. A clear, vegetation free, maintenance route to all serviceable equipment shall be available and maintained.
(k)
Maintenance. A maintenance plan that complies with the Manual shall be followed. At a minimum, for the first two (2) years, all maintenance shall be performed by experienced green roof personnel to help the vegetated green roof get established during its most sensitive growing period. Documentation of this contract shall be furnished to the Department.
(l)
Inspection. Owners of property availing themselves of this incentive shall be required to sign a Maintenance and Operation Agreement which, among other things, will require continued maintenance of the green roof system and a yearly inspection and report on the condition and functionality of the green roof system by a third party experienced vegetated green roof professional, the cost of which, if any, shall be borne by the property owner. Any deficiencies revealed by the inspection shall be corrected in the timeframe established by the City. The Agreement shall be in recordable form, and at the option of the City, may be recorded in the RMC Office for Charleston County. The City may choose to perform additional inspections at its discretion at no cost to the property owner.
(m)
Installation. An experienced installer shall construct the vegetated green roof.
(n)
Signage. All vegetated green roofs shall have appropriate educational signage, approved by the Department, on the roof to inform users of the design and prevent accidental trampling of the vegetation. If the roof is not open for user access, the sign shall be placed in a more visible and highly used location to inform users of the system in place and its function.
(o)
Data. The City shall be provided the approximate stormwater retention capacity of the designed system in gallons per square foot and the size of the system in square feet.
(p)
Best practices and tips. For vegetated green roof design considerations and best practices, referencing the Guide is encouraged.
(q)
Longevity. This incentive option shall exist and be maintained by the owner for the life of the corresponding building(s) utilizing bonuses.
(r)
Implementation. This incentive option is not limited to being located in, on or around a specific building, but does need to be located onsite. However, the size requirement of a vegetated green roof specifically corresponds to the building utilizing bonuses.
(s)
Point redemption. Points earned from this incentive option may be applied to any building on the site, in any full point increment.
3)
Building Certification Programs. Green building certification programs address a broad range of sustainability goals which include, but are not limited to, energy efficiency, contaminated site cleanup, stormwater management and transportation options. There are two green building certification programs approved for this category: Charleston Resilient, Innovative, Sustainable, Efficiency Standards (Charleston RISES) and Leadership in Energy & Environmental Design (LEED).
Charleston Resilient, Innovative, Sustainable, Efficiency Standards (Charleston RISES): A Charleston specific green building certification program that recognizes best-in-class building strategies and practices relative to the unique needs of the Charleston area, the requirements for which can be secured from the Sustainability Institute.
Leadership in Energy & Environmental Design (LEED): A nationally accepted green building certification program that recognizes best-in-class building strategies and practices.
Requirements:Charleston Resilient, Innovative, Sustainable, Efficiency Standards (Charleston RISES)
For six (6) points, achieve certification in the Charleston RISES program for the building utilizing bonuses.
OR
Requirements: Leadership in Energy & Environmental Design (LEED)
For two (2) points, achieve LEED Silver certification in the Building Design and Construction category for the building utilizing bonuses.
OR
For six (6) points, achieve LEED Gold certification in the Building Design and Construction category for the building utilizing bonuses.
OR
For eight (8) points, achieve LEED Platinum certification in the Building Design and Construction category for the building utilizing bonuses.
General requirements (for all certification programs)
(a)
The owner shall execute a restrictive covenant, recordable in form, committing to achieve the specified rating.
(b)
The owner shall provide the Department with a copy of the completed registration for projects seeking rating.
(c)
The owner shall submit a preliminary checklist to the Department indicating the measures the project intends to complete to meet the applicable requirement.(d) The owner shall submit to the Department the design review results and an updated checklist or scorecard indicating the project will be able to obtain certification by project completion.
(e)
A third party certified inspector shall be chosen by the Department to follow the project and ensure it is on target to meet the certification goal. The owner shall be responsible for funding up to four (4) inspections and all final certification meetings as needed.
(f)
Points for incomplete or partial certification shall not be awarded.
(g)
The owner shall provide written proof of the certification from the authorized inspector to the Department prior to receiving a permanent certificate of occupancy.
(h)
For projects demonstrating good faith progress toward earning certification, a one-time temporary certificate of occupancy of up to one hundred twenty (120) days may be issued, subject to the approval of the Building Inspector.
(i)
Certificate of occupancy. If an owner fails to meet certification after a temporary certificate of occupancy expires, the owner shall be required to substitute incentive options to earn all points necessary for bonuses granted before a permanent certificate of occupancy will be issued. All such substitutions shall be completed within the time specified by the Department, or the certificate of occupancy (temporary or permanent) shall be revoked.
(j)
Longevity. All post construction components of the certification system shall exist and be maintained by the owner for the life of the corresponding building utilizing bonuses.
(k)
Implementation. This incentive option directly correlates to a specific building, meaning the certification program needs to be associated with the building utilizing bonuses.
(l)
Point redemption. Points earned from this incentive option may only be applied to its corresponding building and may not be applied to other buildings on the site.
4)
Mobility and Transportation. Sustainable communities welcome, encourage and offer a variety of transportation options. Walking, bicycling, public transit and car sharing programs require significantly less space per traveler than do single ownership automobiles. When a variety of bicycle parking options and other alternative methods of transportation are available, a reduction in vehicular parking can be justified.
Requirements:Alternative Transportation
For one (1) point, provide and maintain one (1) of the following onsite:
1.
Install electric vehicle car charging stations (minimum Level 2 or DC fast charging) with appropriate signage for electric vehicles to provide service for four (4) vehicle parking spaces or five (5%) percent of total vehicle parking spaces for the building utilizing bonuses, whichever is greater.
2.
Incorporate a car share program with appropriate signage and car capacity totaling four (4) vehicle parking spaces or five (5%) percent of total vehicle parking for the building utilizing bonuses, whichever is greater.
3.
Incorporate a mix of car share and electric vehicle charging stations (minimum Level 2 or DC fast charging) with appropriate signage to provide service for four (4) vehicle parking spaces or five (5%) percent of total vehicle parking for the building utilizing bonuses, whichever is greater.
General requirements
(a)
Certificate of occupancy. If the committed points in this category are not achieved, the owner shall be required to substitute incentive options and earn all points necessary to justify bonuses before a certificate of occupancy will be issued. (b) Longevity. This incentive option shall exist and be maintained by the owner for the life of the corresponding building utilizing bonuses.
(b)
Implementation. This incentive option directly correlates to a specific building, meaning the alternative transportation options need to be associated with the building utilizing bonuses.
(c)
Point redemption. Points earned from this incentive option may only be applied to its corresponding building and may not be applied to other buildings on the site.
Requirements:Exceptional Bicycle Parking and Facilities
This option, designed for long-term, overnight and work-day bicycle storage, is only available for buildings in which more than fifty (50%) percent of the gross square footage is dedicated to residential and/or office use.
For one (1) point, provide and maintain the following:
(a)
Reduce vehicle parking requirements. Minimum vehicle parking requirements may be reduced at the rate of one (1) vehicle space per every six (6) bicycle spaces, up to a maximum of ten (10%) percent of vehicle parking requirements for the building.
(b)
Bicycle Parking and Facilities.
For residential
Provide an onsite enclosed and covered bicycle parking room that is secure and ventilated and which can accommodate one (1) bicycle parking space per three bedrooms, rounded up to the next whole number. A studio unit shall count as one (1) bedroom for the purpose of this calculation. The facility shall include a bicycle work stand, a basic set of bicycle repair tools and an air pump. The use of security cameras and/or security personnel is encouraged. Spaces within dwelling units do not count toward the bicycle parking requirement.
OR
For office
Provide an onsite enclosed and covered bicycle parking room that is secure and ventilated and which can accommodate one (1) bicycle parking space for every ten thousand (10,000) square feet of net office use, rounded up to the next whole number. The facility shall include a bicycle work stand, a basic set of bicycle repair tools and an air pump. The use of security cameras and/or security personnel, and the installation of a vending machine stocked with patch kits, inner tubes, drinks and energy bars are encouraged. A minimum of two (2) onsite showers with associated changing facilities, restrooms and lockers must also be provided within the bicycle parking room or in close proximity thereof.
OR
For mixed use office and residential
If there is mix of office and residential uses in the building, provide an onsite enclosed and covered bicycle parking room that is secure and ventilated and which can accommodate one (1) bicycle parking space per three (3) bedrooms, rounded up to the next whole number. plus one (1) bicycle parking space for every fifteen thousand (15,000) square feet of net office use, rounded up to the next whole number. A studio unit shall count as one (1) bedroom for the purpose of this calculation. Spaces within dwelling units do not count toward the bicycle parking requirement. The facility shall include a bicycle work stand, a basic set of bicycle repair tools and an air pump. The use of security cameras and/or security personnel is encouraged. A minimum of two (2) onsite showers with associated changing facilities, restrooms and lockers must also be provided within the bicycle parking room or in close proximity thereof.
General requirements
i.
Bicycle rack selection criteria.
(a)
Provide at least two (2) points of contact for a standard bicycle frame (racks that are designed to support a bicycle primarily by a wheel are not allowed).
(b)
Have rounded surfaces and corners.
(c)
Be coated in a material that will not damage the bicycle.
(d)
Be securely anchored or fastened to a hardscape surface.
ii.
Bicycle parking space dimensions.
(a)
Accommodate a wide range of bicycle frame types and provide adequate space between bikes, especially those with wider handlebar stems. Each bicycle parking space shall be sufficient to accommodate a bicycle at least six (6) feet in length and two (2) feet wide.
(b)
An aisle or other space shall be provided for bicycles to enter and leave the facility.
iii.
Lighting and site materials.
(a)
Lighting shall be provided such that all bicycle parking facilities are thoroughly illuminated and visible from adjacent sidewalks, parking lots or buildings during hours of use.
(b)
Bicycle parking shall be located on a hard surface material such as concrete, asphalt, brick or other stable surface the rack can be securely fastened to.
(c)
Signage shall demarcate the bicycle parking and be placed in a visible and highly used location to inform users of the system in place.
iv.
Proximity to building entrances.
(a)
Bicycle parking shall be located within close proximity to, or inside, the main building. Bicycle parking shall be located no further from the building's main or secondary entrance than the closest automobile parking space to that entrance or no more than fifty (50) feet away, whichever is closer.
(b)
If required bicycle parking is not clearly visible from the main entrance of the building, wayfinding signs shall be posted at the primary entrances indicating the location of the parking.
v.
Certificate of occupancy. If the committed points in this category are not achieved, the owner shall be required to substitute incentive options and earn all points necessary to justify bonuses before a certificate of occupancy will be issued. vi. Longevity. This incentive option shall exist and be maintained by the owner for the life of the corresponding building utilizing bonuses.
vii.
Implementation. This incentive option directly correlates to a specific building, meaning the exceptional bicycle parking and facilities need to be associated with the building utilizing bonuses.
viii.
Point redemption. Points earned from this incentive option may only be applied to its corresponding building and may not be applied to other buildings on the site.
Requirements:Mobility Improvement Fund
A Mobility Improvement Committee is hereby created, the sole purpose of which is to identify and prioritize for consideration by City Council needed alternative transportation improvements within or immediately adjacent to the District. The Committee shall be appointed by the Mayor and include two (2) members of City Council, one (1) representative from the Department of Planning, Preservation and Sustainability, the Department of Parks and the Department of Traffic and Transportation (or their respective successor Departments), and one (1) representative from the local area. The Committee shall select its own chair and meet at the call of the chair or upon the request of two (2) committee members.
There is hereby created a Mobility Improvement Fund. Deposits to the Fund shall be used for the sole purpose of assisting in the funding of transportation improvements for projects directly around the Upper Peninsula District. The Fund shall be maintained in an interest bearing account and administered by the Department of Budget, Finance and Revenue Collections. All projects funded by the Mobility Improvement Fund shall be approved by City Council. Transportation improvements relating to alternative types of transportation (other than single ownership automobiles) shall be given priority, however, projects can include, but are not limited to, protected bike lanes, covered bus stop shelters, signalization, signage, turning lanes and other transportation improvements deemed necessary by the committee for the Upper Peninsula. Transportation improvements do not include mitigation for impacts recommended by a traffic impact study required for a project.
For one (1) point, contribute the greater of, $25,000 or $0.60 per square foot of the total gross square footage of the building utilizing bonuses.
General requirements
(a)
No more than fifty (50%) percent, rounded up to the nearest whole number, of a building's points can be earned by way of a contribution to the Mobility Improvement Fund.
(b)
Certificate of occupancy. All contributions shall be complete prior to the issuance of a certificate of occupancy. If the committed points in this category are not achieved, the owner shall be required to substitute incentive options and earn all points necessary to justify bonuses before a certificate of occupancy will be issued.
(c)
Longevity. All contributions are non-refundable.
(d)
Implementation. This incentive option directly correlates to a specific building, meaning the amount of funds required needs to be associated with the size of the building utilizing bonuses.
(e)
Point redemption. Points earned from this incentive option may only be applied to its corresponding building and may not be applied to other buildings on the site.
5)
Renewable Energy. Renewable energy technologies are clean sources of energy that have a lower environmental impact than conventional energy technologies which are dependent on natural resources limited in availability. Renewable energy may include, but is not limited to, solar, wind, biomass and biogas.
Requirements:Renewable Energy
For one (1) point, incorporate a minimum five (5 kW) kilowatts onsite renewable energy system measured in direct current (DC) kilowatt (kW) units.
OR
For two (2) points, incorporate a minimum twelve (12 kW) kilowatts onsite renewable energy system measured in direct current (DC) kilowatt (kW) units.
General requirements
(a)
The owner shall execute and provide the Department a restrictive covenant committing to achieve and maintain the specified rating.
(b)
The owner shall provide the Department with certified evidence the system meets the capacity required and is functioning properly before a certificate of occupancy is given.(c) Certificate of occupancy. If the committed points in this category are not achieved, the owner shall be required to substitute incentive options and earn all points necessary to justify bonuses before a certificate of occupancy will be issued. (d) Longevity. This incentive option shall exist and be maintained to its full capacity by the owner for the life of the corresponding building(s) utilizing bonuses.(e) Implementation. This incentive option is not limited to being located in, on or around a specific building, but does need to be located onsite.(f) Point redemption. Points earned from this incentive option may be applied to any building on the site, in any full point increment.
6)
Outdoor Public Space. High quality public spaces are important attributes of any thriving community. As a community grows, so too does the demand for additional outdoor space. Quality public places are thoughtfully designed to be accessible, comfortable, sociable and to provide a variety of activities. A quality outdoor public space provides a much needed alternative to the surrounding urban development. Outdoor public spaces may include, but are not limited to, parks, plazas and greenways.
Requirements:Quality Outdoor Public Space
Incorporate onsite contiguous outdoor space that is publicly accessible and privately maintained by the property owner. This space shall be preserved and protected in perpetuity by either a conservation easement held by a suitable entity and monitored annually or by irrevocable deed restrictions in favor of the City.
More than one (1) outdoor public spaces may be created per site, however no more than two (2) outdoor public spaces are eligible for incentive option points, per site.
For one (1) point, create a public space that is greater than or equal to 2,500 square feet that follows the general requirements
OR
For two (2) points, create a public space that is greater than or equal to 2,500 square feet that follows both the general requirements and exceptional requirements.
Size Bonus
For one (1) bonus point, create a public space that is greater than or equal to 5,000 square feet.
OR
For two (2) bonus points, create a public space that is greater than or equal to 20,000 square feet.
Table 3: Points Possible for Outdoor Public Space
General requirements
(a)
The space shall be contiguous.
(b)
The space shall be designed by a licensed landscape architect and subject to approval by applicable City boards and commissions.
(c)
The space shall be at ground level, adjacent to a public right of way and visible from a public right of way. The space may connect to a public right of way via a pedestrian path; however, the path will not be factored into the size of the public space.
(d)
The space shall be open to the public daily during normal business hours and remain open at least until dusk. Special events or programmed activities that restrict general public access shall be limited to twelve (12) days per calendar year.
(e)
The space shall display appropriate welcome signage at the main entrance in a prominent location.
(f)
The space shall accommodate, at a minimum, six (6) different semi-programmed activities which may include, but are not limited to: paths to walk, places to sit, tables to utilize, games to play, music to hear, Wi-Fi to access, playgrounds to climb, community gardens to cultivate, art exhibits to observe, fountains to watch, etc. so there are a wide range of reasons to visit the space.
(g)
The space shall include ample plantings such as trees, shrubs, flowering plants, groundcover or turf, as appropriate. Generally, turf shall be limited to areas where use and/or play is anticipated. Responsible selection, placement and spacing of vegetation shall be made so all species may mature properly in the space over time.
(h)
The space shall include native plants or introduced plants that are not considered invasive species.
(i)
The space shall provide a programmable irrigation system to properly maintain plantings and/or usable turf. All irrigation systems shall use a rain sensor to prevent the irrigation from unnecessarily running during a rainstorm or directly after there has been sufficient rainfall. Irrigation is encouraged to run in early morning (before 10:00am) or early evening hours (after 4:00pm) to minimize water loss from drift, evaporation and evapotranspiration- all associated with mid-day watering.
(j)
The space shall offer shade by means of plantings and/or shade structures. Greater than fifty (50%) percent of the programmed sitting areas are encouraged to be located in the shade between the hours of 10:00am and 4:00pm during the summer months of June, July and August.
(k)
The space shall be designed at a pedestrian scale.
(l)
The space shall include an appropriate hardscape and softscape material palette that is comfortable, aesthetically appealing and is of quality construction.
(m)
The space shall incorporate a variety of site furniture to include ample seating areas, (some designed for single users, and others designed for groups), tables, trash receptacles, recycling bins, etc.
(n)
The space shall integrate lighting into appropriate locations and use energy efficient lighting systems.
(o)
The space shall provide outdoor bicycle parking.
(p)
The space shall display local public art as either a focal point or supplementary pieces.
(q)
Utilization of designs which serve multiple purposes to maximize efficiency in small spaces are encouraged. By way of example, a rain garden could offer stormwater management, aesthetically appealing plantings, wildlife habitat, a seat wall around the edge and a focal piece of art in the center. A piece of art could also function as a bike rack or other piece of site furniture and could be an iconic identifier of the public space.
(r)
The space shall not allow automobile uses except for maintenance or special event reasons.
(s)
The space shall have and follow a City approved long term maintenance plan.
(t)
Certificate of occupancy. If the committed points in this category are not achieved, the owner shall be required to substitute incentive options and earn all points necessary to justify bonuses before a certificate of occupancy will be issued.
(u)
Implementation. This incentive option is not limited to being located in, on or around a specific building, but does need to be located onsite.
(v)
Point redemption. Points earned from this incentive option may be applied to any building on the site, in any full point increment.
Exceptional requirements
(a)
All general requirements shall be met.
(b)
The space shall accommodate, at a minimum, ten (10) different semi-programmed activities in total. Activities may include, but are not limited to: paths to walk, places to sit, tables to utilize, games to play, music to hear, Wi-Fi to access, playgrounds to climb, community gardens to cultivate, art exhibits to observe, fountains to watch, etc. so there are a wide range of reasons to visit the space.
(c)
The space shall use rainwater catchment cisterns to collect rainwater on site. The collected rainwater shall be reused in the irrigation system to help meet the irrigation demand of the landscaped plantings. Display appropriate stormwater educational signage, approved by the Department, in a prominent location.
OR
The space shall incorporate renewable energy to be utilized within the space, such as solar powered overhead lighting, solar powered pathways, solar powered device charging stations, etc. Display appropriate renewable energy educational signage, approved by the Department, in a prominent location.
7)
Workforce Housing. Housing affordability is important to protect in the Upper Peninsula.
Requirements:Workforce Housing
Provide onsite residential units inside the building utilizing bonuses, qualifying as owner occupied workforce housing units or rental workforce housing units as defined by the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development, or its successor, and adjusted for household size by the City of Charleston Department of Housing and Community Development, or its successor.
For two (2) points, provide owner occupied workforce housing units for qualified households whose household income does not exceed sixty (60%) percent of AMI and/or rental workforce housing units for qualified households whose household incomes do not exceed sixty (60%) percent of AMI that total ten (10) units or five (5%) percent of the number of residential units in the building, rounded up to the next whole number, whichever is greater. At least twenty five (25%) percent of the workforce housing units, rounded up to the next whole number, shall have more than one (1) bedroom.
AND/OR
For three (3) points, provide owner occupied workforce housing units for qualified households whose household income does not exceed one hundred twenty (120%) percent of AMI and/or rental workforce housing units for qualified households whose household income does not exceed eighty (80%) percent of AMI that total fifteen (15) units or ten (10%) percent of the number of residential units in the building, rounded up to the next whole number, whichever is greater. At least twenty five (25%) percent of workforce housing units, rounded up to the next whole number, shall have more than one (1) bedroom.
AND/OR
For four (4) points, provide owner occupied workforce housing units for qualified households whose household income does not exceed one hundred twenty (120%) percent of AMI and/or rental workforce housing units for qualified households whose household incomes do not exceed eighty (80%) percent of AMI that total twenty five (25) units or fifteen (15%) percent of the number of residential units in the building, rounded up to the next whole number, whichever is greater. At least twenty five (25%) percent of the workforce housing units, rounded up to the next whole number, shall have more than one (1) bedroom.
General requirements
(a)
The workforce housing units shall be integrated and intermixed within the building, and not isolated to a specific area or floor that is separate from market rate units. If there are multiple floors of residential units, the workforce housing shall be spread out and shall not all be located on the same floor or specific area.
(b)
Exterior finishes and general quality of workforce housing units shall be similar to the building's market rate units.
(c)
The upkeep of workforce rental units shall be of the same quality as the upkeep of the other market rate rental units of the development.
(d)
Prior to the issuance of a certificate of occupancy for any portion of the development, the owner thereof shall identify, in writing, to the City of Charleston Department of Housing and Community Development, or its successor, the units designated as owner occupied workforce housing units and/or rental workforce housing units.
(e)
Prior to the issuance of a certificate of occupancy for any portion of a development, the owner shall execute covenants identifying the owner occupied workforce housing units and/or rental workforce housing units and restricting such units to occupancy, and if applicable ownership, by qualified households, and submit a copy of the recorded covenants to the City of Charleston Department of Housing and Community Development, or its successor.
(f)
As for the owner occupied workforce housing units, the covenants shall identify the initial maximum allowable sales price, and provide that the initial maximum allowable sales price may be adjusted annually for inflation based on the increase in the area median income (AMI) or Consumer Price Index, whichever is greater. Each owner of such units, prior to initial occupancy, shall be required to submit to the City of Charleston Department of Housing and Community Development, or its successor, a verified income report of household income of all members of the household. The covenants shall require notice to the City of Charleston Department of Housing and Community Development, or its successor, of any transfer of the owner occupied workforce housing units and verification that the purchaser is a qualified household. Owner occupied workforce housing units shall be subject to resale restrictions for a period of ninety (90) years.
(g)
As for rental workforce housing units, the covenants shall require the owner to provide proof to the City of Charleston Department of Housing and Community Development, or its successor, at inception and on an annual basis, that no more than fair market rent is being charged for the unit(s), and verified income reports of household income of all rental occupants. Rental workforce housing units shall be subject to these restrictions for a period of thirty (30) years.
(h)
The covenants shall accord the City of Charleston, or its assignee, rights to enforcement by any legal and/or equitable means, including the revocation of a certificate of occupancy, and in all events be subject to approval by corporation counsel.
(i)
Implementation. This incentive option directly correlates to a specific building, meaning the workforce housing units need to be located within the building utilizing bonuses.
(j)
Point redemption. Points earned from this incentive option may only be applied to its corresponding building and may not be applied to other buildings on the site.
(Ord. No. 2015-142, § 1, 10-13-2015; Ord. No. 2016-127, § 1, 10-11-16; Ord. No. 2019-020, § 1, 3-26-19; Ord. No. 2025-086, § 1, 6-17-25)
For the purpose of this Part, the following terms mean:
a.
Car share program: A membership based shared vehicle program in which member drivers are able to reserve and drive a vehicle they do not own.
b.
Coastal SC Low Impact Development Guide:
Ellis, K., C. Berg, D. Caraco, S. Drescher, G. Hoffmann, B. Keppler, M. LaRocco, and A. Turner. 2014. Low Impact Development in Coastal South Carolina: A Planning and Design Guide. ACE Basin and North Inlet - Winyah Bay National Estuarine Research Reserves, 462 pp.
c.
Fair market rent: An amount calculated and published annually by the United States Department of Housing and Urban Development, or its successor, for the Charleston-North Charleston Metropolitan Statistical Area (eighty (80%) percent of area median income (AMI)), as adjusted by the City of Charleston Department of Housing and Community Development. In the absence of such information, the rents charged by the owner shall not exceed thirty (30%) percent of the annual household income.
d.
Household income: All sources of financial support, both cash and in kind, of adult occupants of the housing unit, to include wages, salaries, tips, commissions, all forms of self-employment income, interest, dividends, net rental income, income from estates or trusts, Social Security benefits, railroad retirement benefits, Supplemental Security income, Aid to Families with Dependent Children or other public assistance welfare programs, other sources of income regularly received, including Veterans' (VA) payments, unemployment compensation and alimony, awards, prizes, government or institutional or eleemosynary loans, grants or subsidies and contributions made by the members' families for medical, personal or educational needs.
e.
Initial maximum allowable sales price: An amount equal to three (3) times one hundred twenty (120%) percent of the area median family income (AMI), as determined annually by the United States Department of Housing and Urban Development as adjusted by the City of Charleston Department of Housing and Community Development, or their successors, plus any subsidy available to the buyer.
f.
Owner occupied workforce housing unit: A dwelling unit where at least one occupant is an owner, and where all occupants have, in the aggregate, household income less than or equal to one hundred twenty (120%) percent of the area median income (AMI) for owner occupied units. Area median income (AMI) shall be determined annually by the United States Department of Housing and Urban Development as adjusted by the City of Charleston Department of Housing and Community Development, or their successors.
g.
Qualified household: Households where occupants have, in the aggregate, a household income less than or equal to one hundred twenty (120%) percent of the area median income (AMI) for owner occupied units, or a household income less than or equal to eighty (80%) percent of the area median income (AMI) for rental units. Area median income (AMI) shall be determined annually by the United States Department of Housing and Urban Development as adjusted by the City of Charleston Department of Housing and Community Development, or their successors.
h.
Rental workforce housing unit: A dwelling unit, where occupants have, in the aggregate, having a household income less than or equal to eighty (80%) percent of the area median family income (AMI) for rental units. Area median income (AMI) shall be determined annually by the United States Department of Housing and Urban Development as adjusted by the City of Charleston Department of Housing and Community Development, or their successors.
i.
Vegetated green roof: A living roof or eco-roof with a living layer of vegetation grown on a rooftop in a specially engineered growing media on top of a synthetic waterproof membrane.
(Ord. No. 2015-142, § 1, 10-13-2015)
The JC District is intended to promote small entrepreneurial businesses and industries consisting of consumer, special trade, services, office/warehousing and limited business park uses. Uses that fit into this category are characterized by being incubators for new small and entrepreneurial business, low traffic generators, and with no external environmental effects across property lines.
The standards in this section apply on all properties zoned JC District in addition to all other applicable regulations of the City of Charleston Zoning Ordinance.
The hours of operation for uses that are open to the public are limited to 7:00 a.m. to 9:00 p.m.
The height, area and setback regulations are listed under Article 3, Part 1, Table 3.1: Height, Area and Setback Regulations and section 54-311 Building setbacks for business, office or industrial lots.
a.
General. The driveway separation requirements shall apply per Article 3, Part 3 Driveway and Building Setback Requirements for Business, Office or Industrial Lots, sections 54-310 and 54-311.
b.
Shared access. Shared access is encouraged between adjoining parcels. Driveways for all uses except single-family residential should be located in a manner where they can be shared between adjoining parcels, if feasible and as described below.
a)
Shared access should be located along a common property boundary.
b)
If the owner of the adjacent parcel does not agree to share access the applicant must provide documentation of such in a letter from the adjacent property owner or by an affidavit.
c)
Shared access agreements shall be recorded with the Register of Mesne Conveyance (RMC) Office.
a.
Requirements for landscape buffers shall apply per Article 3, Part 8, Landscape Buffer Requirements, with the following exception: for buffers required to screen incompatible land uses, a six (6) foot tall screen wall or fence may be utilized and the landscape buffer may be reduced by up to one-half (½) its required depth; however, no required landscape buffer shall be less than ten (10) feet in depth.
b.
Requirements for parking lot, vehicular use and refuse collection area landscaping and screening shall apply per Article 3, Part 7, Parking Lot, Vehicular Use and Refuse Collection Area Landscaping and Screening Requirements.
a.
Building height and size.
1.
Building height, size and scale at the street frontage should be compatible with neighboring properties if the adjoining properties are single family residential. Building height in these areas is limited to a maximum two and one-half (2½) stories.
2.
No single building shall exceed 12,500 gross square feet.
b.
Building appearance.
1.
Building entrances and windows shall be provided along the street frontage.
2.
Vehicle and storage bays shall not face any road frontage. Emergency service facilities may be exempt from this requirement.
3.
New buildings shall utilize colors that are complementary, not necessarily homogeneous, to existing buildings.
4.
In cases where buildings that are residential in nature are converted to nonresidential uses, the residential character (height, scale, material entrances, windows roof pitch) shall be presented at the street frontage.
c.
Exterior lighting. Exterior lighting, if used, shall be shielded residential lighting and shall be installed in a manner to minimize glare on adjacent properties.
Parking areas may be non-hard surfaced utilizing slag, gravel, ROC, grasscrete or other pervious material provided that site drainage can be accommodated pursuant to City requirements; that a hard surfaced paved apron is constructed at each driveway entrance from a public street; and that the type of material and design of the paving material(s) used are found by the City to be suitable for the intended land use of the property. In making a determination of the suitability of the parking area material and design, the types of vehicles which will typically use the parking lot, the anticipated amount of daily or weekly traffic, the drainage conditions of the site and surrounding area, and the character of the property and surrounding area shall be considered."
(1)
Intent. City Council intends for Conservation Developments to facilitate innovative residential developments that:
(a)
Utilize creative and flexible site design compatible with surrounding development patterns;
(b)
Accommodate and preserve features of historical, cultural, archeological, and/or environmental significance;
(c)
Conserve existing, intact, undisturbed forests, understory, grasslands, soils, and other upland ecosystems.
(d)
Provide common open space of high quality with multiple access points;
(e)
Decrease stormwater runoff and nonpoint source pollution by reducing the amount of impervious surface in the development and incorporating GI;
(f)
Reduce infrastructure costs by mimicking predevelopment site hydrology into the stormwater management design for the development; and
(g)
Maintain unobstructed scenic views or vistas, especially from street rights-of-way.
(2)
Definition. A Conservation Development is a development utilizing innovative site planning techniques to concentrate buildings, structures, and impervious surfaces in specific areas within the development and to allow the remaining land to be used for common open space. Such techniques may include, but shall not be limited to, any or all of the following:
(a)
Reduction or, when appropriate, elimination of (i) minimum lot areas per family; (ii) minimum setbacks; and/or (iii) minimum lot frontage; and/or
(b)
Increase or, when appropriate, elimination of maximum lot occupancy;
but only to the extent such techniques facilitate the preservation and use of the remainder of the development as common open space.
(3)
Conservation Site. "Conservation Site" or "Site" means all properties, lots, parcels, waterbodies, watercourses, wetlands, and other areas included within a Conservation Development, whether or not such properties, lots, parcels, waterbodies, watercourses, wetlands, or other areas will be developed.
(Ord. No. 2021-040, § 3, 4-13-21)
(1)
Base Zoning: Conservation Developments may be permitted only on properties entirely located within one or more of the following base zoning districts: SR-1, SR-7, RR-1 or C.
(2)
Minimum acreage: Conservation Developments may be permitted only on developments with a minimum of ten (10) contiguous gross acres.
(3)
Net Density: Net Density shall comply with the standards set forth in the base zoning district for each property or portion thereof included in the Conservation Site, as set forth in Table 3.1 in Sec. 54-301, except as follows:
(a)
When an accessory dwelling unit is permitted, such accessory dwelling unit shall not count toward Net Density; and
(b)
Workforce housing units meeting the conditions in Sec. 54-299.60(4)(b) shall not count toward Net Density.
(4)
Allowed Uses: All principal and accessory uses permitted in the base zoning district for each property or portion thereof included within a Conservation Development also shall be permitted on such property or portion thereof, subject to the same conditions, special exceptions, limitations, and terms applicable to such principal or accessory uses within the base zoning district; provided, however, the following terms, conditions, and exceptions shall apply:
(a)
Accessory dwelling units. Accessory dwelling units shall be permitted as part of a Conservation Development, whether or not permitted in the applicable base zoning district, if the conditions in section 54-214 are met. If the accessory dwelling unit is located within an accessory building, the building height shall be limited to one and one-half (1½) stories and a parking level shall count as one (1) story.
(b)
Workforce housing units. Workforce housing units included as part of a Conservation Development shall comply with each of the following conditions in order to qualify as such for purposes of section 54-299.60(3)(b) and section 54-299.60(4)(c):
(i)
The workforce housing unit is a one-family detached dwelling unit; a one-family attached dwelling unit; or an accessory dwelling unit;
(ii)
The workforce housing unit has been approved by the City's Department of Housing and Community Development in conformity with the criteria applicable to such workforce housing unit; and
(iii)
Once approved, a workforce housing unit shall be maintained as such in perpetuity as part of the zoning regulations applicable to the property.
(c)
One-family attached dwelling units. One-family attached dwelling units may be permitted as part of a Conservation Development, whether or not permitted in the applicable base zoning district, only when each of the following conditions is met:
(i)
There are no more than six (6) one-family attached dwelling units located within a single row;
(ii)
At least twenty percent (20%) of the one-family attached dwelling units on the Conservation Site have been set aside as workforce housing units complying with the conditions in section 54-299.60(4)(b);
(iii)
The required workforce housing units shall be integrated throughout the Conservation Site, such that they are not concentrated together within a single row.
(5)
Stormwater Regulations: Notwithstanding any other provision of this Part which may be interpreted to the contrary, all Conservation Developments shall comply with the Stormwater Regulations in effect at the time a complete application for a development plan is submitted, and nothing in this Part amends, modifies, abrogates, or repeals the Stormwater Regulations.
(Ord. No. 2021-040, § 3, 4-13-21)
Properties satisfying the criteria of section 54-299.60 may be developed as a Conservation Development as set forth in an approved development plan, upon compliance with the procedures and regulations governing subdivisions in Article 8 of the Zoning Ordinance, subject to the following supplemental terms and conditions:
(1)
Pre-Application Site Review.
(a)
Purpose. The purpose of the pre-application site review is to identify the features and resources on the proposed Conservation Site that should be preserved, and to determine potential site layouts that will best meet the criteria of a Conservation Development.
(b)
Request. The applicant for approval of a Conservation Development shall submit a Request for Pre-Application Site Review on a checklist available from the Zoning Division, together with the following exhibits (collectively, the "Request"):
(i)
Graphic exhibits at the same scale as the existing conditions survey with all existing features on the parcel(s) clearly identified and labeled to include: all Conservation Trees; wetlands; OCRM critical areas; man-made and natural water bodies or watercourses, including without limitation ditches; phosphate mines; logging, farm and forest roads; structures; archeological sites; scenic views or vistas (into and out from the parcel); topographical features; elevation; floodplain; significant groves/plots of vegetation; and unique environmental characteristics; and
(ii)
A preliminary stormwater management summary detailing the pre- and post-development runoff volumes for the site. The summary must include a breakdown by area of planned stormwater management BMPs separated into detention pond versus GI practices.
(c)
Pre-Application Site Review Meeting. Upon submission of a Request, the Zoning Administrator shall determine if the Request is complete. If the Zoning Administrator determines that the Request is complete, the Zoning Administrator will schedule a pre-application site review meeting with a representative of the applicant; designated staff of the City's Department of Planning and Preservation (the "Planning Department"); and designated staff of the City's Department of Stormwater Management (the "Stormwater Department").
(d)
Diagram. Following the pre-application review meeting, the applicant shall submit a bubble diagram showcasing the proposed land use plan, including where and how stormwater will be managed.
(e)
Determination. Designated staff from the Planning Department and the Stormwater Department shall determine whether the Request complies, in concept only, with the standards for Conservation Development before the applicant may submit a concept plan to TRC.
(f)
Amendment. To the extent the area or location of the proposed Conservation Site changes at any time prior to approval of a development plan, the applicant shall be required to submit a new Request.
(2)
Site Analysis. With respect to a Conservation Development, each application for concept plan approval shall include a site analysis presented in graphic form at the same scale as the existing conditions survey and shall provide the same information as required for the pre-application site review conducted prior to concept plan submission (the "Site Analysis"). The Site Analysis shall also include the following:
(a)
Narrative. A narrative as to how the concept plan aligns with the intent, purpose, and definition of a Conservation Development as delineated in section 54-299.59.
(b)
Vegetation. An exhibit demonstrating that existing vegetation will be preserved as much as reasonably feasible.
(c)
Conservation Trees. A survey of all Conservation Trees within the Conservation Site, together with a tree risk assessment by a Certified Arborist for the Conservation Trees identified on the survey.
(d)
Soils. A preliminary soils investigation for the site that includes the soil types, hydrologic soil groups, infiltration characteristics, and seasonal high water table.
(e)
Other Information. All information required to show that the Conservation Site will comply with the requirements of this Part.
(3)
Streets. The following standards shall apply to streets within a Conservation Development:
(a)
All streets shall be public.
(b)
All streets shall be designed in a manner to allow for visitor parking inside or outside the public right-of-way at the rate of one (1) parking space per three (3) dwelling units.
(c)
GI shall be incorporated into the street design and approved by TRC.
(d)
A twenty-foot (20') clear zone must be provided in a street design to accommodate emergency response vehicles.
(e)
If lots front on an access easement, other than a public right-of-way, the access surface material may be constructed with pervious paving material.
(f)
Street trees are required for all street types, except alleys or within developments using open ditch/swale drainage systems.
(g)
The location, species and spacing of street trees shall comply with the City's Street Tree Manual.
(h)
In all other respects, street design must meet the standards set forth in section 54-821 and other provisions in this Chapter; provided, however street design and cross-sections may be modified upon the review and approval of TRC.
(4)
Lots. The following standards shall apply to lots within a Conservation Development:
(a)
There shall be no minimum lot area requirement, maximum lot occupancy requirement, or minimum building setback requirement.
(b)
There shall be no minimum lot frontage requirement provided that each lot shall have a platted access easement a minimum of ten (10) feet wide to a public or private right-of-way. Such access easement may be shared with other lots.
(c)
In all other respects, the standards for lots set forth in this chapter shall apply.
(5)
Height. Except as set forth in drction 54-299.60(4)(a), the height requirements, exceptions, terms, and conditions applicable to the base zoning district for each property within the Conservation Development shall continue to apply to such property.
(6)
Parking. The following parking standards shall apply to a Conservation Development:
(a)
The number of required off-street parking spaces shall meet the standards in section 54-317, unless specifically provided otherwise.
(b)
The required off-street parking for each lot shall be provided (1) on the lot; or (2) in a community parking lot; provided, however, the community parking lot shall have a pervious surface. Upon approval of TRC, required off-street parking spaces may also be provided on-street.
(7)
Garage Doors. Garage doors must be flush with or set back further than the building line.
(8)
Wetland Buffer. Existing wetlands shall be protected by an undisturbed buffer, at least thirty feet (30') wide, adjacent to the delineated boundary of the wetlands. Without limiting the foregoing, existing vegetation and Conservation Trees within such buffer shall be preserved within the buffer area.
(9)
Open space. The following open space requirements shall apply within a Conservation Development:
(a)
At least fifty percent (50%) of the gross acreage within the Conservation Site shall qualify as common open space (the "Required Open Space").
(b)
Notwithstanding subsections (c) through (e), at least twenty-five percent (25%) of the Required Open Space shall be designed for active recreational uses, such as play fields, playgrounds, greenways, and/or agricultural uses. To qualify as an active recreational use under this subsection and to be considered as part of the Required Open Space, a greenway shall have (i) a pervious surface; (ii) a minimum total width of at least twenty-five feet (25'); and (iii) a minimum pathway for pedestrian and/or bike trails of eight feet (8').
(c)
Subject to subsection (b), when a Conservation Site includes existing or proposed water bodies or watercourses, only fifty percent (50%) of the area of such water bodies and/or watercourses shall qualify as part of the Required Open Space.
(d)
Subject to subsection (b), when a Conservation Site includes existing wetlands, only seventy-five percent (75%) of the area of such wetlands shall qualify as part of the Required Open Space.
(e)
Subject to subsection (b), if the Conservation Site is forested at the time of the Site Analysis, then the lesser of (i) at least seventy percent (75%) of the Required Open Space; or (ii) the gross acreage of the Conservation Site which is forested at the time of the Site Analysis, shall be maintained in an undisturbed canopy.
(f)
All common open space shall comply with section 54-299.62.
(g)
The improvement or development of common open space shall incorporate GI.
(h)
To the extent reasonably feasible, common open space shall be contiguous and not divided into unconnected small parcels located in various parts of the Conservation Site.
(10)
Stormwater Management. Without limiting, amending, abrogating, or repealing the Stormwater Regulations, the following stormwater management standards shall apply to a Conservation Development:
(a)
Conservation Developments shall demonstrate limited impacts on the natural features and pre-development hydrology.
(b)
At least fifty percent (50%) of stormwater volume shall be managed with GI practices instead of stormwater detention ponds or other, similar stormwater management techniques.
(c)
Roof drainage and gutter downspouts shall be hydraulically disconnected from impervious surfaces and properly drained so as to prevent erosion within the Conservation Site or on offsite properties.
(d)
Pervious surfaces shall be used when reasonably feasible.
(e)
Impervious surfaces shall not exceed forty percent (40%) of the net acreage within the Conservation Site; provided, however, the calculation of impervious surface for residential lots shall be fifty percent (50%) of the lot area, regardless of the actual impervious surface area of the lots.
(f)
Each residential lot shall have a minimum of two (2) native canopy trees, which shall be trees existing on the pre-developed Site, when reasonably feasible. To the extent the use of an existing tree or trees are not reasonably feasible, only native species commonly found in the associated Inland Atlantic Maritime Forest shall be utilized, per list provided in Appendix B.
(11)
Other Requirements. Unless specifically provided otherwise herein, all other requirements of this Chapter shall apply to the Conservation Development.
(12)
Standard Codes. The City's standard codes, including, without limitation, the City's building code and fire code, apply to a Conservation Development, notwithstanding any other provision herein to the contrary. Without limiting the foregoing, the minimum clearance requirements for fire apparatus access routes shall apply to Conservation Developments.
(Ord. No. 2021-040, § 3, 4-13-21; Ord. No. 2025-086, § 1, 6-17-25)
The following regulations shall apply to all common open space within the Conservation Site:
(1)
POA. Prior to obtaining final plat approval for all or any portion of the Conservation Site, the applicant shall establish a property owners' or similar association (a "POA") to provide for the maintenance of all common open space, BMPs (as defined in the City's Stormwater Design Standards Manual), and other improvements, unless any such common open space and/or improvements are dedicated to and accepted by the City or other appropriate governmental entity or accredited land trust for ownership and/or maintenance.
(2)
POA Requirements. The POA required under subsection (1) shall meet the following requirements:
(a)
The POA shall include as members all owners of lots or parcels within the Conservation Site, except the City or other governmental entity as to any public improvements dedicated to and accepted by the public.
(b)
The POA shall take title to and manage all common open space and improvements, other than public improvements dedicated to and accepted by the public.
(3)
Declaration. All lands, common open space, BMPs, and improvements shall be described as to the general location, size, use and control in a Declaration of Covenants, Conditions and Restrictions ("Declaration") governing the Conservation Site and properly recorded with the Office of the Register of Deeds for Charleston or Berkeley County, as applicable. The Declaration shall set forth the method of assessment against all lots or parcels within the Conservation Site (other than areas dedicated to and accepted by the public and common areas) for maintenance of common areas, common open space, BMPs, and other improvements to be owned or maintained by the POA. The Declaration shall run with title to the Conservation Site and all privately-owned lots or parcels located therein. The Declaration shall indicate the properties included therein are part of a Conservation Development approved by the City of Charleston.
(4)
No Dissolution. Unless prohibited by applicable law, the requirements applicable to the Declaration shall perpetually run with title to the Conservation Site or any portion thereof as part of the zoning regulations applicable to the Site. The POA shall not be dissolved nor shall the POA dispose of any common open space except to (a) a conservation or similar organization established to own and maintain common open space; (b) to the City; or (c) to another appropriate governmental entity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any such conveyance, to be complete, shall require acceptance by the grantee.
(5)
Restricted Use. Unless prohibited by applicable law, all common open space shall be restricted in perpetuity as part of the zoning regulations applicable to the Conservation Site. All such common open space shall be deed restricted and may not be developed for uses other than common open space. The applicant shall include the following notice on all deeds, mortgages, plats, or any other legal instruments used to convey any right, title or interest in the Conservation Site or any portion thereof:
NOTICE: THIS PROPERTY IS SUBJECT TO THE CITY OF CHARLESTON'S REQUIREMENTS FOR CONSERVATION DEVELOPMENTS AND MAY BE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN USE RESTRICTIONS AS SET FORTH IN THE REQUIREMENTS APPLICABLE TO CONSERVATION DEVELOPMENTS ON FILE WITH THE CITY'S ZONING DIVISION.
(Ord. No. 2021-040, § 3, 4-13-21)
Any determination by staff and/or TRC under this Part 19 may be appealed to the Planning Commission by any party in interest if an appeal is filed with the Zoning Division within ten (10) business days after actual notice of the decision. The Planning Commission must act on the appeal within sixty (60) days, and the action of the Planning Commission is final.
(Ord. No. 2021-040, § 3, 4-13-21)